Issue #1258 - Part 1: Import mailnews, ldap, and mork from comm-esr52.9.1

63 files changed, 33721 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67c245a93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/glautocomp.js
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/errUtils.js");
+
+var Gloda = null;
+var GlodaUtils = null;
+var MultiSuffixTree = null;
+var TagNoun = null;
+var FreeTagNoun = null;
+
+function ResultRowFullText(aItem, words, typeForStyle) {
+  this.item = aItem;
+  this.words = words;
+  this.typeForStyle = "gloda-fulltext-" + typeForStyle;
+}
+ResultRowFullText.prototype = {
+  multi: false,
+  fullText: true
+};
+
+function ResultRowSingle(aItem, aCriteriaType, aCriteria, aExplicitNounID) {
+  this.nounID = aExplicitNounID || aItem.NOUN_ID;
+  this.nounDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[this.nounID];
+  this.criteriaType = aCriteriaType;
+  this.criteria = aCriteria;
+  this.item = aItem;
+  this.typeForStyle = "gloda-single-" + this.nounDef.name;
+}
+ResultRowSingle.prototype = {
+  multi: false,
+  fullText: false
+};
+
+function ResultRowMulti(aNounID, aCriteriaType, aCriteria, aQuery) {
+  this.nounID = aNounID;
+  this.nounDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+  this.criteriaType = aCriteriaType;
+  this.criteria = aCriteria;
+  this.collection = aQuery.getCollection(this);
+  this.collection.becomeExplicit();
+  this.renderer = null;
+}
+ResultRowMulti.prototype = {
+  multi: true,
+  typeForStyle: "gloda-multi",
+  fullText: false,
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.renderer) {
+      for (let [iItem, item] of aItems.entries()) {
+        this.renderer.renderItem(item);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function() {
+  }
+};
+
+function nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult(aListener, aCompleter, aString) {
+  this.listener = aListener;
+  this.completer = aCompleter;
+  this.searchString = aString;
+  this._results = [];
+  this._pendingCount = 0;
+  this._problem = false;
+  // Track whether we have reported anything to the complete controller so
+  //  that we know not to send notifications to it during calls to addRows
+  //  prior to that point.
+  this._initiallyReported = false;
+
+  this.wrappedJSObject = this;
+}
+nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult.prototype = {
+  getObjectAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this._results[aIndex] || null;
+  },
+  markPending: function ACGR_markPending(aCompleter) {
+    this._pendingCount++;
+  },
+  markCompleted: function ACGR_markCompleted(aCompleter) {
+    if (--this._pendingCount == 0 && this.active) {
+      this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+    }
+  },
+  announceYourself: function ACGR_announceYourself() {
+    this._initiallyReported = true;
+    this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+  },
+  addRows: function ACGR_addRows(aRows) {
+    if (!aRows.length)
+      return;
+    this._results.push.apply(this._results, aRows);
+    if (this._initiallyReported && this.active) {
+      this.listener.onSearchResult(this.completer, this);
+    }
+  },
+  // ==== nsIAutoCompleteResult
+  searchString: null,
+  get searchResult() {
+    if (this._problem)
+      return Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_FAILURE;
+    if (this._results.length)
+      return (!this._pendingCount) ? Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_SUCCESS
+                          : Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_SUCCESS_ONGOING;
+    else
+      return (!this._pendingCount) ? Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_NOMATCH
+                          : Ci.nsIAutoCompleteResult.RESULT_NOMATCH_ONGOING;
+  },
+  active: false,
+  defaultIndex: -1,
+  errorDescription: null,
+  get matchCount() {
+    return (this._results === null) ? 0 : this._results.length;
+  },
+  // this is the lower text, (shows the url in firefox)
+  // we try and show the contact's name here.
+  getValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    return thing.name || thing.value || thing.subject || null;
+  },
+  getLabelAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the "title".  it is the upper text
+  // we try and show the identity here.
+  getCommentAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    if (thing.value) // identity
+      return thing.contact.name;
+    else
+      return thing.name || thing.subject;
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the "type"
+  getStyleAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let row = this._results[aIndex];
+    return row.typeForStyle;
+  },
+  // rich uses this to be the icon
+  getImageAt: function(aIndex) {
+    let thing = this._results[aIndex];
+    if (!thing.value)
+      return null;
+
+    return ""; // we don't want to use gravatars as is.
+    /*
+    let md5hash = GlodaUtils.md5HashString(thing.value);
+    let gravURL = "http://www.gravatar.com/avatar/" + md5hash +
+                                "?d=identicon&s=32&r=g";
+    return gravURL;
+    */
+  },
+  getFinalCompleteValueAt: function(aIndex) {
+    return this.getValueAt(aIndex);
+  },
+  removeValueAt: function() {},
+
+  _stop: function() {
+  }
+};
+
+var MAX_POPULAR_CONTACTS = 200;
+
+/**
+ * Complete contacts/identities based on name/email.  Instant phase is based on
+ *  a suffix-tree built of popular contacts/identities.  Delayed phase relies
+ *  on a LIKE search of all known contacts.
+ */
+function ContactIdentityCompleter() {
+  // get all the contacts
+  let contactQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+  contactQuery.orderBy("-popularity").limit(MAX_POPULAR_CONTACTS);
+  this.contactCollection = contactQuery.getCollection(this, null);
+  this.contactCollection.becomeExplicit();
+}
+ContactIdentityCompleter.prototype = {
+  _popularitySorter: function(a, b){ return b.popularity - a.popularity; },
+  complete: function ContactIdentityCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    if (aString.length < 3) {
+      // In CJK, first name or last name is sometime used as 1 character only.
+      // So we allow autocompleted search even if 1 character.
+      //
+      // [U+3041 - U+9FFF ... Full-width Katakana, Hiragana
+      //                      and CJK Ideograph
+      // [U+AC00 - U+D7FF ... Hangul
+      // [U+F900 - U+FFDC ... CJK compatibility ideograph
+      if (!aString.match(/[\u3041-\u9fff\uac00-\ud7ff\uf900-\uffdc]/))
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    let matches;
+    if (this.suffixTree) {
+      matches = this.suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    }
+    else
+      matches = [];
+
+    // let's filter out duplicates due to identity/contact double-hits by
+    //  establishing a map based on the contact id for these guys.
+    // let's also favor identities as we do it, because that gets us the
+    //  most accurate gravat, potentially
+    let contactToThing = {};
+    for (let iMatch = 0; iMatch < matches.length; iMatch++) {
+      let thing = matches[iMatch];
+      if (thing.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT && !(thing.id in contactToThing))
+        contactToThing[thing.id] = thing;
+      else if (thing.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY)
+        contactToThing[thing.contactID] = thing;
+    }
+    // and since we can now map from contacts down to identities, map contacts
+    //  to the first identity for them that we find...
+    matches = Object.keys(contactToThing).map(id => contactToThing[id]).
+      map(val => val.NOUN_ID == Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY ? val : val.identities[0]);
+
+    let rows = matches.
+      map(match => new ResultRowSingle(match, "text", aResult.searchString));
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    // - match against database contacts / identities
+    let pending = {contactToThing: contactToThing, pendingCount: 2};
+
+    let contactQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+    contactQuery.nameLike(contactQuery.WILDCARD, aString,
+	contactQuery.WILDCARD);
+    pending.contactColl = contactQuery.getCollection(this, aResult);
+    pending.contactColl.becomeExplicit();
+
+    let identityQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    identityQuery.kind("email").valueLike(identityQuery.WILDCARD, aString,
+        identityQuery.WILDCARD);
+    pending.identityColl = identityQuery.getCollection(this, aResult);
+    pending.identityColl.becomeExplicit();
+
+    aResult._contactCompleterPending = pending;
+
+    return true;
+  },
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    // handle the initial setup case...
+    if (aCollection.data == null) {
+      // cheat and explicitly add our own contact...
+      if (Gloda.myContact &&
+          !(Gloda.myContact.id in this.contactCollection._idMap))
+        this.contactCollection._onItemsAdded([Gloda.myContact]);
+
+      // the set of identities owned by the contacts is automatically loaded as part
+      //  of the contact loading...
+      // (but only if we actually have any contacts)
+      this.identityCollection =
+        this.contactCollection.subCollections[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+
+      let contactNames = this.contactCollection.items.
+        map(c => c.name.replace(" ", "").toLowerCase() || "x");
+      // if we had no contacts, we will have no identity collection!
+      let identityMails;
+      if (this.identityCollection)
+        identityMails = this.identityCollection.items.
+          map(i => i.value.toLowerCase());
+
+      // The suffix tree takes two parallel lists; the first contains strings
+      //  while the second contains objects that correspond to those strings.
+      // In the degenerate case where identityCollection does not exist, it will
+      //  be undefined.  Calling concat with an argument of undefined simply
+      //  duplicates the list we called concat on, and is thus harmless.  Our
+      //  use of && on identityCollection allows its undefined value to be
+      //  passed through to concat.  identityMails will likewise be undefined.
+      this.suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(contactNames.concat(identityMails),
+        this.contactCollection.items.concat(this.identityCollection &&
+          this.identityCollection.items));
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // handle the completion case
+    let result = aCollection.data;
+    let pending = result._contactCompleterPending;
+
+    if (--pending.pendingCount == 0) {
+      let possibleDudes = [];
+
+      let contactToThing = pending.contactToThing;
+
+      let items;
+
+      // check identities first because they are better than contacts in terms
+      //  of display
+      items = pending.identityColl.items;
+      for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < items.length; iIdentity++){
+        let identity = items[iIdentity];
+        if (!(identity.contactID in contactToThing)) {
+          contactToThing[identity.contactID] = identity;
+          possibleDudes.push(identity);
+          // augment the identity with its contact's popularity
+          identity.popularity = identity.contact.popularity;
+        }
+      }
+      items = pending.contactColl.items;
+      for (let iContact = 0; iContact < items.length; iContact++) {
+        let contact = items[iContact];
+        if (!(contact.id in contactToThing)) {
+          contactToThing[contact.id] = contact;
+          possibleDudes.push(contact.identities[0]);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // sort in order of descending popularity
+      possibleDudes.sort(this._popularitySorter);
+      let rows = possibleDudes.
+        map(dude => new ResultRowSingle(dude, "text", result.searchString));
+      result.addRows(rows);
+      result.markCompleted(this);
+
+      // the collections no longer care about the result, make it clear.
+      delete pending.identityColl.data;
+      delete pending.contactColl.data;
+      // the result object no longer needs us or our data
+      delete result._contactCompleterPending;
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete tags that are used on contacts.
+ */
+function ContactTagCompleter() {
+  FreeTagNoun.populateKnownFreeTags();
+  this._buildSuffixTree();
+  FreeTagNoun.addListener(this);
+}
+ContactTagCompleter.prototype = {
+  _buildSuffixTree: function() {
+    let tagNames = [], tags = [];
+    for (let [tagName, tag] in Iterator(FreeTagNoun.knownFreeTags)) {
+      tagNames.push(tagName.toLowerCase());
+      tags.push(tag);
+    }
+    this._suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(tagNames, tags);
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = false;
+  },
+  onFreeTagAdded: function(aTag) {
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = true;
+  },
+  complete: function ContactTagCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    // now is not the best time to do this; have onFreeTagAdded use a timer.
+    if (this._suffixTreeDirty)
+      this._buildSuffixTree();
+
+    if (aString.length < 2)
+      return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+
+    let tags = this._suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    let rows = [];
+    for (let tag of tags) {
+      let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT);
+      query.freeTags(tag);
+      let resRow = new ResultRowMulti(Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT, "tag", tag.name,
+                                      query);
+      rows.push(resRow);
+    }
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete tags that are used on messages
+ */
+function MessageTagCompleter() {
+  this._buildSuffixTree();
+}
+MessageTagCompleter.prototype = {
+  _buildSuffixTree: function MessageTagCompleter__buildSufficeTree() {
+    let tagNames = [], tags = [];
+    let tagArray = TagNoun.getAllTags();
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      tagNames.push(tag.tag.toLowerCase());
+      tags.push(tag);
+    }
+    this._suffixTree = new MultiSuffixTree(tagNames, tags);
+    this._suffixTreeDirty = false;
+  },
+  complete: function MessageTagCompleter_complete(aResult, aString) {
+    if (aString.length < 2)
+      return false;
+
+    let tags = this._suffixTree.findMatches(aString.toLowerCase());
+    let rows = [];
+    for (let tag of tags) {
+      let resRow = new ResultRowSingle(tag, "tag", tag.tag, TagNoun.id);
+      rows.push(resRow);
+    }
+    aResult.addRows(rows);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Complete with helpful hints about full-text search
+ */
+function FullTextCompleter() {
+}
+FullTextCompleter.prototype = {
+  complete: function FullTextCompleter_complete(aResult, aSearchString) {
+    if (aSearchString.length < 4)
+      return false;
+    // We use code very similar to that in msg_search.js, except that we
+    // need to detect when we found phrases, as well as strip commas.
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.trim();
+    let terms = [];
+    let phraseFound = false;
+    while (aSearchString) {
+      let term = "";
+      if (aSearchString.startsWith('"')) {
+        let endIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(aSearchString[0], 1);
+        // eat the quote if it has no friend
+        if (endIndex == -1) {
+          aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(1);
+          continue;
+        }
+        phraseFound = true;
+        term = aSearchString.substring(1, endIndex).trim();
+        if (term)
+          terms.push(term);
+        aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(endIndex + 1);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let spaceIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(" ");
+      if (spaceIndex == -1) {
+        terms.push(aSearchString.replace(/,/g, ""));
+        break;
+      }
+
+      term = aSearchString.substring(0, spaceIndex).replace(/,/g, "");
+      if (term)
+        terms.push(term);
+      aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(spaceIndex+1);
+    }
+
+    if (terms.length == 1 && !phraseFound)
+      aResult.addRows([new ResultRowFullText(aSearchString, terms, "single")]);
+    else
+      aResult.addRows([new ResultRowFullText(aSearchString, terms, "all")]);
+
+    return false; // no async mechanism that will add new rows
+  }
+};
+
+var LOG;
+
+function nsAutoCompleteGloda() {
+  this.wrappedJSObject = this;
+  try {
+    // set up our awesome globals!
+    if (Gloda === null) {
+      let loadNS = {};
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js", loadNS);
+      Gloda = loadNS.Gloda;
+
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js", loadNS);
+      GlodaUtils = loadNS.GlodaUtils;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/suffixtree.js", loadNS);
+      MultiSuffixTree = loadNS.MultiSuffixTree;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js", loadNS);
+      TagNoun = loadNS.TagNoun;
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js", loadNS);
+      FreeTagNoun = loadNS.FreeTagNoun;
+
+      Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js", loadNS);
+      LOG = loadNS["Log4Moz"].repository.getLogger("gloda.autocomp");
+    }
+
+    this.completers = [];
+    this.curResult = null;
+
+    this.completers.push(new FullTextCompleter());        // not async.
+    this.completers.push(new ContactIdentityCompleter()); // potentially async.
+    this.completers.push(new ContactTagCompleter());      // not async.
+    this.completers.push(new MessageTagCompleter());      // not async.
+  } catch (e) {
+    logException(e);
+  }
+}
+
+nsAutoCompleteGloda.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d}"),
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([
+      Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteSearch]),
+
+  startSearch: function(aString, aParam, aResult, aListener) {
+    try {
+      let result = new nsAutoCompleteGlodaResult(aListener, this, aString);
+      // save this for hacky access to the search.  I somewhat suspect we simply
+      //  should not be using the formal autocomplete mechanism at all.
+      // Used in glodacomplete.xml.
+      this.curResult = result;
+
+      // Guard against late async results being sent.
+      this.curResult.active = true;
+
+      if (aParam == "global") {
+        for (let completer of this.completers) {
+          // they will return true if they have something pending.
+          if (completer.complete(result, aString))
+            result.markPending(completer);
+        }
+      //} else {
+      //   It'd be nice to do autocomplete in the quicksearch modes based
+      //   on the specific values for that mode in the current view.
+      //   But we don't do that yet.
+      }
+
+      result.announceYourself();
+    } catch (e) {
+      logException(e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  stopSearch: function() {
+    this.curResult.active = false;
+  }
+};
+
+var components = [nsAutoCompleteGloda];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0156e94f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/gloda.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+component {3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d} glautocomp.js
+contract @mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=gloda {3bbe4d77-3f70-4252-9500-bc00c26f476d}
+component {8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24} jsmimeemitter.js
+contract @mozilla.org/gloda/jsmimeemitter;1 {8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24}
+category mime-emitter @mozilla.org/messenger/mimeemitter;1?type=application/x-js-mime-message @mozilla.org/gloda/jsmimeemitter;1
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed86415dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/jsmimeemitter.js
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var kStateUnknown = 0;
+var kStateInHeaders = 1;
+var kStateInBody = 2;
+var kStateInAttachment = 3;
+
+/**
+ * When the saneBodySize flag is active, limit body parts to at most this many
+ *  bytes.  See |MsgHdrToMimeMessage| for more information on the flag.
+ *
+ * The choice of 20k was made on the very scientific basis of running a query
+ *  against my indexed e-mail and finding the point where these things taper
+ *  off.  I chose 20 because things had tapered off pretty firmly by 16, so
+ *  20 gave it some space and it was also the end of a mini-plateau.
+ */
+var MAX_SANE_BODY_PART_SIZE = 20 * 1024;
+
+/**
+ * Custom nsIMimeEmitter to build a sub-optimal javascript representation of a
+ *  MIME message.  The intent is that a better mechanism than is evolved to
+ *  provide a javascript-accessible representation of the message.
+ *
+ * Processing occurs in two passes.  During the first pass, libmime is parsing
+ *  the stream it is receiving, and generating header and body events for all
+ *  MimeMessage instances it encounters.  This provides us with the knowledge
+ *  of each nested message in addition to the top level message, their headers
+ *  and sort-of their bodies.  The sort-of is that we may get more than
+ *  would normally be displayed in cases involving multipart/alternatives.
+ * We have augmented libmime to have a notify_nested_options parameter which
+ *  is enabled when we are the consumer.  This option causes MimeMultipart to
+ *  always emit a content-type header (via addHeaderField), defaulting to
+ *  text/plain when an explicit value is not present.  Additionally,
+ *  addHeaderField is called with a custom "x-jsemitter-part-path" header with
+ *  the value being the part path (ex: 1.2.2).  Having the part path greatly
+ *  simplifies our life for building the part hierarchy.
+ * During the second pass, the libmime object model is traversed, generating
+ *  attachment notifications for all leaf nodes.  From our perspective, this
+ *  means file attachments and embedded messages (message/rfc822).  We use this
+ *  pass to create the attachment objects proper, which we then substitute into
+ *  the part tree we have already built.
+ */
+function MimeMessageEmitter() {
+  this._mimeMsg = {};
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimemsg.js", this._mimeMsg);
+  this._utils = {};
+  Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js", this._utils);
+
+  this._url = null;
+  this._partRE = this._utils.GlodaUtils.PART_RE;
+
+  this._outputListener = null;
+
+  this._curPart = null;
+  this._curAttachment = null;
+  this._partMap = {};
+  this._bogusPartTranslation = {};
+
+  this._state = kStateUnknown;
+
+  this._writeBody = false;
+}
+
+var deathToNewlines = /\n/g;
+
+MimeMessageEmitter.prototype = {
+  classID: Components.ID("{8cddbbbc-7ced-46b0-a936-8cddd1928c24}"),
+
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIMimeEmitter]),
+
+  initialize: function mime_emitter_initialize(aUrl, aChannel, aFormat) {
+    this._url = aUrl;
+    this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessage();
+    // the partName is intentionally ""!  not a place-holder!
+    this._curPart.partName = "";
+    this._curAttachment = "";
+    this._partMap[""] = this._curPart;
+
+    // pull options across...
+    let options = this._mimeMsg.MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL;
+    this._saneBodySize = (options && ("saneBodySize" in options)) ?
+                           options.saneBodySize : false;
+
+    this._mimeMsg.MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aUrl.spec] =
+      this._curPart;
+  },
+
+  complete: function mime_emitter_complete() {
+    this._url = null;
+
+    this._outputListener = null;
+
+    this._curPart = null;
+    this._curAttachment = null;
+    this._partMap = null;
+    this._bogusPartTranslation = null;
+  },
+
+  setPipe: function mime_emitter_setPipe(aInputStream, aOutputStream) {
+    // we do not care about these
+  },
+  set outputListener(aListener) {
+    this._outputListener = aListener;
+  },
+  get outputListener() {
+    return this._outputListener;
+  },
+
+  _stripParams: function mime_emitter__stripParams(aValue) {
+    let indexSemi = aValue.indexOf(";");
+    if (indexSemi >= 0)
+        aValue = aValue.substring(0, indexSemi);
+    return aValue;
+  },
+
+  _beginPayload: function mime_emitter__beginPayload(aContentType) {
+    let contentTypeNoParams = this._stripParams(aContentType).toLowerCase();
+    if (contentTypeNoParams == "text/plain" ||
+        contentTypeNoParams == "text/html" ||
+        contentTypeNoParams == "text/enriched") {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeBody(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = true;
+    }
+    else if (contentTypeNoParams == "message/rfc822") {
+      // startHeader will take care of this
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessage();
+      // do not fall through into the content-type setting case; this
+      //  content-type needs to get clobbered by the actual content-type of
+      //  the enclosed message.
+      this._writeBody = false;
+      return;
+    }
+    // this is going to fall-down with TNEF encapsulation and such, we really
+    //  need to just be consuming the object model.
+    else if (contentTypeNoParams.startsWith("multipart/")) {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeContainer(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = false;
+    }
+    else {
+      this._curPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeUnknown(contentTypeNoParams);
+      this._writeBody = false;
+    }
+    // put the full content-type in the headers and normalize out any newlines
+    this._curPart.headers["content-type"] =
+      [aContentType.replace(deathToNewlines, "")];
+  },
+
+  // ----- Header Routines
+  /**
+   * StartHeader provides the base case for our processing.  It is the first
+   *  notification we receive when processing begins on the outer rfc822
+   *  message.  We do not receive an x-jsemitter-part-path notification for the
+   *  message, but the aIsRootMailHeader tells us everything we need to know.
+   *  (Or it would if we hadn't already set everything up in initialize.)
+   *
+   * When dealing with nested RFC822 messages, we will receive the
+   *  addHeaderFields for the content-type and the x-jsemitter-part-path
+   *  prior to the startHeader call.  This is because the MIME multipart
+   *  container that holds the message is the one generating the notification.
+   *  For that reason, we do not process them here, but instead in
+   *  addHeaderField and _beginPayload.
+   *
+   * We do need to track our state for addHeaderField's benefit though.
+   */
+  startHeader: function mime_emitter_startHeader(aIsRootMailHeader,
+      aIsHeaderOnly, aMsgID, aOutputCharset) {
+    this._state = kStateInHeaders;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Receives a header field name and value for the current MIME part, which
+   *  can be an rfc822/message or one of its sub-parts.
+   *
+   * The emitter architecture treats rfc822/messages as special because it was
+   *  architected around presentation.  In that case, the organizing concept
+   *  is the single top-level rfc822/message.  (It did not 'look into' nested
+   *  messages in most cases.)
+   * As a result the interface is biased towards being 'in the headers' or
+   *  'in the body', corresponding to calls to startHeader and startBody,
+   *  respectively.
+   * This information is interesting to us because the message itself is an
+   *  odd pseudo-mime-part.  Because it has only one child, its headers are,
+   *  in a way, its payload, but they also serve as the description of its
+   *  MIME child part.  This introduces a complication in that we see the
+   *  content-type for the message's "body" part before we actually see any
+   *  of the headers.  To deal with this, we punt on the construction of the
+   *  body part to the call to startBody() and predicate our logic on the
+   *  _state field.
+   */
+  addHeaderField: function mime_emitter_addHeaderField(aField, aValue) {
+    if (this._state == kStateInBody) {
+      aField = aField.toLowerCase();
+      if (aField == "content-type")
+        this._beginPayload(aValue, true);
+      else if (aField == "x-jsemitter-part-path") {
+        // This is either naming the current part, or referring to an already
+        //  existing part (in the case of multipart/related on its second pass).
+        // As such, check if the name already exists in our part map.
+        let partName = this._stripParams(aValue);
+        // if it does, then make the already-existing part at that path current
+        if (partName in this._partMap) {
+          this._curPart = this._partMap[partName];
+          this._writeBody = "body" in this._curPart;
+        }
+        // otherwise, name the part we are holding onto and place it.
+        else {
+          this._curPart.partName = partName;
+          this._placePart(this._curPart);
+        }
+      }
+      else if (aField == "x-jsemitter-encrypted" && aValue == "1") {
+        this._curPart.isEncrypted = true;
+      }
+      // There is no other field to be emitted in the body case other than the
+      //  ones we just handled.  (They were explicitly added for the js
+      //  emitter.)
+    }
+    else if (this._state == kStateInHeaders) {
+      let lowerField = aField.toLowerCase();
+      if (lowerField in this._curPart.headers)
+        this._curPart.headers[lowerField].push(aValue);
+      else
+        this._curPart.headers[lowerField] = [aValue];
+    }
+  },
+  addAllHeaders: function mime_emitter_addAllHeaders(aAllHeaders, aHeaderSize) {
+    // This is called by the parsing code after the calls to AddHeaderField (or
+    //  AddAttachmentField if the part is an attachment), and seems to serve
+    //  a specialized, quasi-redundant purpose.  (nsMimeBaseEmitter creates a
+    //  nsIMimeHeaders instance and hands it to the nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.)
+    // nop
+  },
+  writeHTMLHeaders: function mime_emitter_writeHTMLHeaders(aName) {
+    // It doesn't look like this should even be part of the interface; I think
+    //  only the nsMimeHtmlDisplayEmitter::EndHeader call calls this signature.
+    // nop
+  },
+  endHeader: function mime_emitter_endHeader(aName) {
+  },
+  updateCharacterSet: function mime_emitter_updateCharacterSet(aCharset) {
+    // we do not need to worry about this.  it turns out this notification is
+    //  exclusively for the benefit of the UI.  libmime, believe it or not,
+    //  is actually doing the right thing under the hood and handles all the
+    //  encoding issues for us.
+    // so, get ready for the only time you will ever hear this:
+    //  three cheers for libmime!
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Place a part in its proper location; requires the parent to be present.
+   * However, we no longer require in-order addition of children.  (This is
+   *  currently a hedge against extension code doing wacky things.  Our
+   *  motivating use-case is multipart/related which actually does generate
+   *  everything in order on its first pass, but has a wacky second pass. It
+   *  does not actually trigger the out-of-order code because we have
+   *  augmented the libmime code to generate its x-jsemitter-part-path info
+   *  a second time, in which case we reuse the part we already created.)
+   *
+   * @param aPart Part to place.
+   */
+  _placePart: function(aPart) {
+    let partName = aPart.partName;
+    this._partMap[partName] = aPart;
+
+    let [storagePartName, parentName, parentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(partName);
+    let lastDotIndex = storagePartName.lastIndexOf(".");
+    if (parentPart !== undefined) {
+      let indexInParent = parseInt(storagePartName.substring(lastDotIndex+1)) - 1;
+      // handle out-of-order notification...
+      if (indexInParent < parentPart.parts.length)
+        parentPart.parts[indexInParent] = aPart;
+      else {
+        while (indexInParent > parentPart.parts.length)
+          parentPart.parts.push(null);
+        parentPart.parts.push(aPart);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In case the MIME structure is wrong, (i.e. we have no parent to add the
+   *  current part to), this function recursively makes sure we create the
+   *  missing bits in the hierarchy.
+   * What happens in the case of encrypted emails (mimecryp.cpp):
+   *  1. is the message
+   *  1.1 doesn't exist
+   *  1.1.1 is the multipart/alternative that holds the text/plain and text/html
+   *  1.1.1.1 is text/plain
+   *  1.1.1.2 is text/html
+   * This function fills the missing bits.
+   */
+  _findOrCreateParent: function (aPartName) {
+    let partName = aPartName + "";
+    let parentName = partName.substring(0, partName.lastIndexOf("."));
+    let parentPart;
+    if (parentName in this._partMap) {
+      parentPart = this._partMap[parentName]
+      let lastDotIndex = partName.lastIndexOf(".");
+      let indexInParent = parseInt(partName.substring(lastDotIndex+1)) - 1;
+      if ("parts" in parentPart && indexInParent == parentPart.parts.length - 1)
+        return [partName, parentName, parentPart];
+      else
+        return this._findAnotherContainer(aPartName);
+    } else {
+      // Find the grandparent
+      let [, grandParentName, grandParentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(parentName);
+      // Create the missing part.
+      let parentPart = new this._mimeMsg.MimeContainer("multipart/fake-container");
+      // Add it to the grandparent, remember we added it in the hierarchy.
+      grandParentPart.parts.push(parentPart);
+      this._partMap[parentName] = parentPart;
+      return [partName, parentName, parentPart];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of UUEncoded attachments, libmime tells us about the attachment
+   *  as a child of a MimeBody. This obviously doesn't make us happy, so in case
+   *  libmime wants us to attach an attachment to something that's not a
+   *  container, we walk up the mime tree to find a suitable container to hold
+   *  the attachment.
+   * The results are cached so that they're consistent accross calls — this
+   *  ensures the call to _replacePart works fine.
+   */
+  _findAnotherContainer: function(aPartName) {
+    if (aPartName in this._bogusPartTranslation)
+      return this._bogusPartTranslation[aPartName];
+
+    let parentName = aPartName + "";
+    let parentPart;
+    while (!(parentPart && "parts" in parentPart) && parentName.length) {
+      parentName = parentName.substring(0, parentName.lastIndexOf("."));
+      parentPart = this._partMap[parentName];
+    }
+    let childIndex = parentPart.parts.length;
+    let fallbackPartName = (parentName ? parentName +"." : "")+(childIndex+1);
+    return (this._bogusPartTranslation[aPartName] = [fallbackPartName, parentName, parentPart]);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of attachments, we need to replace an existing part with a
+   *  more representative part...
+   *
+   * @param aPart Part to place.
+   */
+  _replacePart: function(aPart) {
+    // _partMap always maps the libmime names to parts
+    let partName = aPart.partName;
+    this._partMap[partName] = aPart;
+
+    let [storagePartName, parentName, parentPart] = this._findOrCreateParent(partName);
+
+    let childNamePart = storagePartName.substring(storagePartName.lastIndexOf(".")+1);
+    let childIndex = parseInt(childNamePart) - 1;
+
+    // The attachment has been encapsulated properly in a MIME part (most of
+    // the cases). This does not hold for UUencoded-parts for instance (see
+    // test_mime_attachments_size.js for instance).
+    if (childIndex < parentPart.parts.length) {
+      let oldPart = parentPart.parts[childIndex];
+      parentPart.parts[childIndex] = aPart;
+      // copy over information from the original part
+      aPart.parts = oldPart.parts;
+      aPart.headers = oldPart.headers;
+      aPart.isEncrypted = oldPart.isEncrypted;
+    } else {
+      parentPart.parts[childIndex] = aPart;
+    }
+  },
+
+  // ----- Attachment Routines
+  // The attachment processing happens after the initial streaming phase (during
+  //  which time we receive the messages, both bodies and headers).  Our caller
+  //  traverses the libmime child object hierarchy, emitting an attachment for
+  //  each leaf object or sub-message.
+  startAttachment: function mime_emitter_startAttachment(aName, aContentType,
+      aUrl, aIsExternalAttachment) {
+    this._state = kStateInAttachment;
+
+    // we need to strip our magic flags from the URL; this regexp matches all
+    // the specific flags that the jsmimeemitter understands (we abuse the URL
+    // parameters to pass information all the way to here)
+    aUrl = aUrl.replace(/((header=filter|emitter=js|fetchCompleteMessage=(true|false)|examineEncryptedParts=(true|false)))&?/g, "");
+    // the url should contain a part= piece that tells us the part name, which
+    // we then use to figure out where to place that part if it's a real
+    // attachment.
+    let partMatch, partName;
+    if (aUrl.startsWith("http") || aUrl.startsWith("file")) {
+      // if we have a remote url, unlike non external mail part urls, it may also
+      // contain query strings starting with ?; PART_RE does not handle this.
+      partMatch = aUrl.match(/[?&]part=[^&]+$/);
+      partMatch = partMatch && partMatch[0];
+      partName = partMatch && partMatch.split("part=")[1];
+    }
+    else {
+      partMatch = this._partRE.exec(aUrl);
+      partName = partMatch && partMatch[1];
+    }
+    this._curAttachment = partName;
+
+    if (aContentType == "message/rfc822") {
+      // we want to offer extension authors a way to see attachments as the
+      // message readers sees them, which means attaching an extra url property
+      // to the part that was already created before
+      if (partName) {
+        // we disguise this MimeMessage into something that can be used as a
+        // MimeAttachment so that it is transparent for the user code
+        this._partMap[partName].url = aUrl;
+        this._partMap[partName].isExternal = aIsExternalAttachment;
+        this._partMap[partName].name = aName;
+        this._partMap[partName].isRealAttachment = true;
+      }
+    }
+    else if (partName) {
+      let part = new this._mimeMsg.MimeMessageAttachment(partName,
+          aName, aContentType, aUrl, aIsExternalAttachment);
+      // replace the existing part with the attachment...
+      this._replacePart(part);
+    }
+  },
+  addAttachmentField: function mime_emitter_addAttachmentField(aField, aValue) {
+    // What gets passed in here is X-Mozilla-PartURL with a value that
+    //  is completely identical to aUrl from the call to startAttachment.
+    //  (it's the same variable they use in each case).  As such, there is
+    //  no reason to handle that here.
+    // However, we also pass information about the size of the attachment, and
+    //  that we want to handle
+    if (aField == "X-Mozilla-PartSize" && (this._curAttachment in this._partMap))
+      this._partMap[this._curAttachment].size = parseInt(aValue);
+  },
+  endAttachment: function mime_emitter_endAttachment() {
+    // don't need to do anything here, since we don't care about the headers.
+  },
+  endAllAttachments: function mime_emitter_endAllAttachments() {
+    // nop
+  },
+
+  // ----- Body Routines
+  /**
+   * We don't get an x-jsemitter-part-path for the message body, and we ignored
+   *  our body part's content-type in addHeaderField, so this serves as our
+   *  notice to set up the part (giving it a name).
+   */
+  startBody: function mime_emitter_startBody(aIsBodyOnly, aMsgID, aOutCharset) {
+    this._state = kStateInBody;
+
+    let subPartName = (this._curPart.partName == "") ?
+                        "1" :
+                        this._curPart.partName + ".1";
+    this._beginPayload(this._curPart.get("content-type", "text/plain"));
+    this._curPart.partName = subPartName;
+    this._placePart(this._curPart);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Write to the body.  When saneBodySize is active, we stop adding if we are
+   *  already at the limit for this body part.
+   */
+  writeBody: function mime_emitter_writeBody(aBuf, aSize, aOutAmountWritten) {
+    if (this._writeBody &&
+        (!this._saneBodySize ||
+         this._curPart.size < MAX_SANE_BODY_PART_SIZE))
+      this._curPart.appendBody(aBuf);
+  },
+
+  endBody: function mime_emitter_endBody() {
+  },
+
+  // ----- Generic Write (confusing)
+  // (binary data writing...)
+  write: function mime_emitter_write(aBuf, aSize, aOutAmountWritten) {
+    // we don't actually ever get called because we don't have the attachment
+    //  binary payloads pass through us, but we do the following just in case
+    //  we did get called (otherwise the caller gets mad and throws exceptions).
+    aOutAmountWritten.value = aSize;
+  },
+
+  // (string writing)
+  utilityWrite: function mime_emitter_utilityWrite(aBuf) {
+    this.write(aBuf, aBuf.length, {});
+  },
+};
+
+var components = [MimeMessageEmitter];
+var NSGetFactory = XPCOMUtils.generateNSGetFactory(components);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0252cce7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/components/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_COMPONENTS += [
+    'glautocomp.js',
+    'gloda.manifest',
+    'jsmimeemitter.js',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e52bff21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.css
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+textbox[type="glodacomplete"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete");
+}
+
+panel[type="glodacomplete-richlistbox"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-rich-result-popup");
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistbox {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete-richlistbox");
+  -moz-user-focus: ignore;
+  -moz-appearance: none;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistbox > scrollbox {
+  overflow-x: hidden !important;
+}
+
+.explanation, .gloda-single-identity {
+  margin-inline-start: 1em;
+  margin-top: 2px;
+  margin-bottom: 2px;
+}
+
+.ac-comment {
+  font-size: 1.1em;
+  margin-inline-start: 0;
+}
+
+.ac-url-text {
+  color: -moz-nativehyperlinktext;
+  font-size: 0.95em;
+}
+
+span.ac-emphasize-text {
+  font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.ac-url-text[selected="true"] {
+  color: inherit !important;
+}
+
+.gloda-single-identity[selected="true"] .ac-url{
+  color: white;
+}
+
+.parameters {
+  font-style: italic;
+  margin-inline-start: 1em;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-single-tag"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-single-tag-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-single-identity"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-single-identity-item");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-single"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-single-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-any"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-any-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-fulltext-all"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-fulltext-all-item");
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+richlistitem[type="gloda-contact-chunk"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-contact-chunk");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+.autocomplete-richlistitem[type="gloda-multi"] {
+  -moz-binding: url("chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#gloda-multi-item");
+  -moz-box-orient: vertical;
+  overflow: -moz-hidden-unscrollable;
+}
+
+/* .autocomplete-history-dropmarker wants to be optional, but we don't care */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c6b2f59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<bindings id="autocompleteBindings"
+          xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"
+          xmlns:html="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+          xmlns:xul="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"
+          xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl">
+
+  <binding id="glodacomplete-rich-result-popup" extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/autocomplete.xml#autocomplete-rich-result-popup">
+    <implementation implements="nsIAutoCompletePopup">
+      <method name="_appendCurrentResult">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var controller = this.mInput.controller;
+
+          // Process maxRows per chunk to improve performance and user experience
+          for (let i = 0; i < this.maxRows; i++) {
+            if (this._currentIndex >= this._matchCount)
+              return;
+
+            var existingItemsCount = this.richlistbox.childNodes.length;
+            var item;
+
+            // trim the leading/trailing whitespace
+            var trimmedSearchString = controller.searchString.trim();
+
+            // Unescape the URI spec for showing as an entry in the popup
+            let url = Components.classes["@mozilla.org/intl/texttosuburi;1"].
+              getService(Components.interfaces.nsITextToSubURI).
+              unEscapeURIForUI("UTF-8", controller.getValueAt(this._currentIndex));
+
+            // Unlike our superclass, we create nodes every time because we have
+            //  heterogeneous results and we cannot rely on the XBL bindings to
+            //  to change fast enough.
+            item = document.createElementNS("http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul", "richlistitem");
+
+            var glodaCompleter =  Components.
+              classes["@mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=gloda"].
+              getService(). //Components.interfaces.nsIAutoCompleteSearch)
+              wrappedJSObject;
+            var result = glodaCompleter.curResult;
+
+            // set these attributes before we set the class
+            // so that we can use them from the contructor
+            var row = result.getObjectAt(this._currentIndex);
+            var obj = row.item;
+            item.setAttribute("text", trimmedSearchString);
+            item.setAttribute("type", result.getStyleAt(this._currentIndex));
+
+            item.row = row;
+
+            // set the class at the end so we can use the attributes
+            // in the xbl constructor
+            item.className = "autocomplete-richlistitem";
+            this.richlistbox.appendChild(item);
+
+            this._currentIndex++;
+          }
+
+          // yield after each batch of items so that typing the url bar is responsive
+          setTimeout(() => this._appendCurrentResult(), 0);
+        ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+      <method name="_invalidate">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          setTimeout(() => this.adjustHeight(), 0);
+
+          // remove all child nodes because we never want to reuse them.
+          while (this.richlistbox.hasChildNodes())
+            this.richlistbox.lastChild.remove();
+
+          this._currentIndex = 0;
+          this._appendCurrentResult();
+        ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <!-- This is autocomplete.xml's autocomplete-richlistitem duplicated and
+       modified to include its useful helper functions, but eliminating anything
+       that assumes specific content sub-items.  Namely, url/title/etc.  -->
+  <binding id="glodacomplete-base-richlistitem" extends="chrome://global/content/bindings/richlistbox.xml#richlistitem">
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <field name="_boundaryCutoff">null</field>
+
+      <property name="boundaryCutoff" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+          if (!this._boundaryCutoff) {
+            this._boundaryCutoff =
+              Services.prefs
+                      .getIntPref("toolkit.autocomplete.richBoundaryCutoff");
+          }
+          return this._boundaryCutoff;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+
+      <method name="_getBoundaryIndices">
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <parameter name="aSearchTokens"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Short circuit for empty search ([""] == "")
+          if (aSearchTokens == "")
+            return [0, aText.length];
+
+          // Find which regions of text match the search terms
+          let regions = [];
+          for (let search of aSearchTokens) {
+            let matchIndex;
+            let startIndex = 0;
+            let searchLen = search.length;
+
+            // Find all matches of the search terms, but stop early for perf
+            let lowerText = aText.toLowerCase().substr(0, this.boundaryCutoff);
+            while ((matchIndex = lowerText.indexOf(search, startIndex)) >= 0) {
+              // Start the next search from where this one finished
+              startIndex = matchIndex + searchLen;
+              regions.push([matchIndex, startIndex]);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // Sort the regions by start position then end position
+          regions = regions.sort(function(a, b) {
+            let start = a[0] - b[0];
+            return (start == 0) ? a[1] - b[1] : start;
+          });
+
+          // Generate the boundary indices from each region
+          let start = 0;
+          let end = 0;
+          let boundaries = [];
+          let len = regions.length;
+          for (let i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+            // We have a new boundary if the start of the next is past the end
+            let region = regions[i];
+            if (region[0] > end) {
+              // First index is the beginning of match
+              boundaries.push(start);
+              // Second index is the beginning of non-match
+              boundaries.push(end);
+
+              // Track the new region now that we've stored the previous one
+              start = region[0];
+            }
+
+            // Push back the end index for the current or new region
+            end = Math.max(end, region[1]);
+          }
+
+          // Add the last region
+          boundaries.push(start);
+          boundaries.push(end);
+
+          // Put on the end boundary if necessary
+          if (end < aText.length)
+            boundaries.push(aText.length);
+
+          // Skip the first item because it's always 0
+          return boundaries.slice(1);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_getSearchTokens">
+        <parameter name="aSearch"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          let search = aSearch.toLowerCase();
+          return search.split(/\s+/);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_needsAlternateEmphasis">
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          for (let i = aText.length; --i >= 0; ) {
+            let charCode = aText.charCodeAt(i);
+            // Arabic, Syriac, Indic languages are likely to have ligatures
+            // that are broken when using the main emphasis styling
+            if (0x0600 <= charCode && charCode <= 0x109F)
+              return true;
+          }
+
+          return false;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_setUpDescription">
+        <parameter name="aDescriptionElement"/>
+        <parameter name="aText"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Get rid of all previous text
+          while (aDescriptionElement.hasChildNodes())
+            aDescriptionElement.lastChild.remove();
+
+          // Get the indices that separate match and non-match text
+          let search = this.getAttribute("text");
+          let tokens = this._getSearchTokens(search);
+          let indices = this._getBoundaryIndices(aText, tokens);
+
+          // If we're searching for something that needs alternate emphasis,
+          // we'll need to check the text that we match
+          let checkAlt = this._needsAlternateEmphasis(search);
+
+          let next;
+          let start = 0;
+          let len = indices.length;
+          // Even indexed boundaries are matches, so skip the 0th if it's empty
+          for (let i = indices[0] == 0 ? 1 : 0; i < len; i++) {
+            next = indices[i];
+            let text = aText.substr(start, next - start);
+            start = next;
+
+            if (i % 2 == 0) {
+              // Emphasize the text for even indices
+              let span = aDescriptionElement.appendChild(
+                document.createElementNS("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml", "span"));
+              span.className = checkAlt && this._needsAlternateEmphasis(text) ?
+                "ac-emphasize-alt" : "ac-emphasize-text";
+              span.textContent = text;
+            } else {
+              // Otherwise, it's plain text
+              aDescriptionElement.appendChild(document.createTextNode(text));
+            }
+          }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_setUpOverflow">
+        <parameter name="aParentBox"/>
+        <parameter name="aEllipsis"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Hide the ellipsis incase there's just enough to not underflow
+          aEllipsis.hidden = true;
+
+          // Start with the parent's width and subtract off its children
+          let tooltip = [];
+          let children = aParentBox.childNodes;
+          let widthDiff = aParentBox.boxObject.width;
+
+          for (let i = 0; i < children.length; i++) {
+            // Only consider a child if it actually takes up space
+            let childWidth = children[i].boxObject.width;
+            if (childWidth > 0) {
+              // Subtract a little less to account for subpixel rounding
+              widthDiff -= childWidth - .5;
+
+              // Add to the tooltip if it's not hidden and has text
+              let childText = children[i].textContent;
+              if (childText)
+                tooltip.push(childText);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // If the children take up more space than the parent.. overflow!
+          if (widthDiff < 0) {
+            // Re-show the ellipsis now that we know it's needed
+            aEllipsis.hidden = false;
+
+            // Separate text components with a ndash --
+            aParentBox.tooltipText = tooltip.join(" \u2013 ");
+          }
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+      <method name="_doUnderflow">
+        <parameter name="aName"/>
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // Hide the ellipsis right when we know we're underflowing instead of
+          // waiting for the timeout to trigger the _setUpOverflow calculations
+          this[aName + "Box"].tooltipText = "";
+          this[aName + "OverflowEllipsis"].hidden = true;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-single-tag-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation gloda-single"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "tag " + this.row.item.tag;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesTagged.label");
+            this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.item.tag);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+
+  <binding id="gloda-fulltext-single-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation gloda-fulltext-single"/>
+      <xul:description anonid="parameters"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "full text search: " + this.row.item;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+            let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesMentioning.label");
+            this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.item);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-fulltext-all-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation" class="explanation"/>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return "full text search: " + this.row.item; // what is this for? l10n?
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          let label = gGlodaCompleteStrings.get("glodaComplete.messagesMentioningMany.label");
+          this._explanation.value = label.replace("#1", this.row.words.join(", "));
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-single-identity-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content>
+      <xul:hbox class="gloda-single-identity">
+        <xul:image anonid="picture" class="picture"/>
+        <xul:vbox>
+          <xul:hbox>
+            <xul:hbox anonid="name-box" class="ac-title" flex="1"
+                      onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_name');">
+              <xul:description anonid="name" class="ac-normal-text ac-comment"
+                               xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+            </xul:hbox>
+            <xul:label anonid="name-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                       class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-comment" hidden="true"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox>
+            <xul:hbox anonid="identity-box" class="ac-url" flex="1"
+                      onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_identity');">
+              <xul:description anonid="identity" class="ac-normal-text ac-url-text"
+                               xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+            </xul:hbox>
+            <xul:label anonid="identity-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                       class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-url-text" hidden="true"/>
+            <xul:image anonid="type-image" class="ac-type-icon"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+        </xul:vbox>
+      </xul:hbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            let ellipsis = "\u2026";
+            try {
+              ellipsis = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("intl.ellipsis",
+                  Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+            } catch (ex) {
+              // Do nothing.. we already have a default
+            }
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-overflow-ellipsis");
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-overflow-ellipsis");
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+
+            this._typeImage = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "type-image");
+
+            this._identityBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-box");
+            this._identity = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity");
+
+            this._nameBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-box");
+            this._name = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name");
+            
+            this._picture = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "picture");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var identity = this.row.item;
+            return identity.accessibleLabel;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var identity = this.row.item;
+          
+          if (identity == null)
+            return;
+          
+          // I guess we should get the picture size from CSS or something?
+          this._picture.src = identity.pictureURL(32);
+          
+          // Emphasize the matching search terms for the description
+          this._setUpDescription(this._name, identity.contact.name);
+          this._setUpDescription(this._identity, identity.value);
+
+          // Set up overflow on a timeout because the contents of the box
+          // might not have a width yet even though we just changed them
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._nameBox, this._nameOverflowEllipsis);
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._identityBox, this._identityOverflowEllipsis);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-contact-chunk" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="horizontal">
+      <xul:image anonid="picture"/>
+      <xul:vbox>
+        <xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox anonid="name-box" class="ac-title" flex="1"
+                    onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_name');">
+            <xul:description anonid="name" class="ac-normal-text ac-comment"
+                             xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:label anonid="name-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                     class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-comment" hidden="true"/>
+        </xul:hbox>
+        <xul:hbox>
+          <xul:hbox anonid="identity-box" class="ac-url" flex="1"
+                    onunderflow="_doUnderflow('_identity');">
+            <xul:description anonid="identity" class="ac-normal-text ac-url-text"
+                             xbl:inherits="selected"/>
+          </xul:hbox>
+          <xul:label anonid="identity-overflow-ellipsis" xbl:inherits="selected"
+                     class="ac-ellipsis-after ac-url-text" hidden="true"/>
+          <xul:image anonid="type-image" class="ac-type-icon"/>
+        </xul:hbox>
+      </xul:vbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation>
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            let ellipsis = "\u2026";
+            try {
+              ellipsis = Services.prefs.getComplexValue("intl.ellipsis",
+                  Components.interfaces.nsIPrefLocalizedString).data;
+            } catch (ex) {
+              // Do nothing.. we already have a default
+            }
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-overflow-ellipsis");
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-overflow-ellipsis");
+
+            this._identityOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+            this._nameOverflowEllipsis.value = ellipsis;
+
+            this._typeImage = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "type-image");
+
+            this._identityBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-box");
+            this._identity = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity");
+
+            this._nameBox = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name-box");
+            this._name = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "name");
+            
+            this._picture = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "picture");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            var identity = this.obj;
+            return identity.accessibleLabel;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          var contact = this.obj;
+          
+          if (contact == null)
+            return;
+          
+          var identity = contact.identities[0];
+          
+          // I guess we should get the picture size from CSS or something?
+          this._picture.src = identity.pictureURL(32);
+          
+          // Emphasize the matching search terms for the description
+          this._setUpDescription(this._name, contact.name);
+          this._setUpDescription(this._identity, identity.value);
+
+          // Set up overflow on a timeout because the contents of the box
+          // might not have a width yet even though we just changed them
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._nameBox, this._nameOverflowEllipsis);
+          setTimeout(this._setUpOverflow, 0, this._identityBox, this._identityOverflowEllipsis);
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+  <binding id="gloda-multi-item" extends="chrome://gloda/content/glodacomplete.xml#glodacomplete-base-richlistitem">
+    <content orient="vertical">
+      <xul:description anonid="explanation"/>
+      <xul:hbox anonid="identity-holder" flex="1">
+      </xul:hbox>
+    </content>
+    <implementation implements="nsIDOMXULSelectControlItemElement">
+      <constructor>
+        <![CDATA[
+            this._explanation = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "explanation");
+            this._identityHolder = document.getAnonymousElementByAttribute(this, "anonid", "identity-holder");
+
+            this._adjustAcItem();
+          ]]>
+      </constructor>
+      
+      <property name="label" readonly="true">
+        <getter>
+          <![CDATA[
+            return this._explanation.value;
+          ]]>
+        </getter>
+      </property>
+      
+      <method name="renderItem">
+        <parameter name="aObj"/>
+        <body>
+          var node = document.createElementNS(
+            "http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul",
+            "richlistitem");
+          
+          node.obj = aObj;
+          node.setAttribute("type",
+                            "gloda-" + this.row.nounDef.name + "-chunk");
+          
+          this._identityHolder.appendChild(node);
+        </body>
+      </method>
+      
+      <method name="_adjustAcItem">
+        <body>
+          <![CDATA[
+          // clear out any lingering children
+          while (this._identityHolder.hasChildNodes())
+            this._identityHolder.lastChild.remove();
+          
+          var row = this.row;
+          if (row == null)
+            return;
+          
+          this._explanation.value = row.nounDef.name + "s " +
+            row.criteriaType + "ed " + row.criteria;
+          
+          // render anyone already in there
+          for (let item of row.collection.items) {
+            this.renderItem(item);
+          }
+          // listen up, yo.
+          row.renderer = this;
+          ]]>
+        </body>
+      </method>
+    </implementation>
+  </binding>
+
+
+</bindings>
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4220be90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/overlay.js
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// get the core
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f2d65a30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+  - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+  - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<overlay id="gloda-overlay"
+         xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">
+  <script type="application/javascript" src="chrome://gloda/content/overlay.js"/>
+</overlay>
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn b/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e5cfe127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/jar.mn
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+gloda.jar:
+% content gloda   %content/
+% overlay chrome://messenger/content/messenger.xul    chrome://gloda/content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul application={3550f703-e582-4d05-9a08-453d09bdfdc6}
+  content/overlay.js               (content/overlay.js)
+  content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul   (content/thunderbirdOverlay.xul)
+  content/glodacomplete.css        (content/glodacomplete.css)
+  content/glodacomplete.xml        (content/glodacomplete.xml)
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..466d7df1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/collection.js
@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaCollection', 'GlodaCollectionManager'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.collection");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Central registry and logic for all collections.
+ *
+ * The collection manager is a singleton that has the following tasks:
+ * - Let views of objects (nouns) know when their objects have changed.  For
+ *   example, an attribute has changed due to user action.
+ * - Let views of objects based on queries know when new objects match their
+ *   query, or when their existing objects no longer match due to changes.
+ * - Caching/object-identity maintenance.  It is ideal if we only ever have
+ *   one instance of an object at a time.  (More specifically, only one instance
+ *   per database row 'id'.)  The collection mechanism lets us find existing
+ *   instances to this end.  Caching can be directly integrated by being treated
+ *   as a special collection.
+ */
+var GlodaCollectionManager = {
+  _collectionsByNoun: {},
+  _cachesByNoun: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Registers the existence of a collection with the collection manager.  This
+   *  is done using a weak reference so that the collection can go away if it
+   *  wants to.
+   */
+  registerCollection: function gloda_colm_registerCollection(aCollection) {
+    let collections;
+    let nounID = aCollection.query._nounDef.id;
+    if (!(nounID in this._collectionsByNoun))
+      collections = this._collectionsByNoun[nounID] = [];
+    else {
+      // purge dead weak references while we're at it
+      collections = this._collectionsByNoun[nounID].filter(function (aRef) {
+        return aRef.get(); });
+      this._collectionsByNoun[nounID] = collections;
+    }
+    collections.push(Cu.getWeakReference(aCollection));
+  },
+
+  getCollectionsForNounID: function gloda_colm_getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID){
+    if (!(aNounID in this._collectionsByNoun))
+      return [];
+
+    // generator would be nice, but I suspect get() is too expensive to use
+    //  twice (guard/predicate and value)
+    let weakCollections = this._collectionsByNoun[aNounID];
+    let collections = [];
+    for (let iColl = 0; iColl < weakCollections.length; iColl++) {
+      let collection = weakCollections[iColl].get();
+      if (collection)
+        collections.push(collection);
+    }
+    return collections;
+  },
+
+  defineCache: function gloda_colm_defineCache(aNounDef, aCacheSize) {
+    this._cachesByNoun[aNounDef.id] = new GlodaLRUCacheCollection(aNounDef,
+                                                                   aCacheSize);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to locate an instance of the object of the given noun type with the
+   *  given id.  Counts as a cache hit if found.  (And if it was't in a cache,
+   *  but rather a collection, it is added to the cache.)
+   */
+  cacheLookupOne: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupOne(aNounID, aID, aDoCache) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      if (aID in cache._idMap) {
+        let item = cache._idMap[aID];
+        return cache.hit(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      if (aID in collection._idMap) {
+        let item = collection._idMap[aID];
+        if (cache)
+          cache.add([item]);
+        return item;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup multiple nouns by ID from the cache/existing collections.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The kind of noun identified by its ID.
+   * @param aIDMap A dictionary/map whose keys must be gloda noun ids for the
+   *     given noun type and whose values are ignored.
+   * @param aTargetMap An object to hold the noun id's (key) and noun instances
+   *     (value) for the noun instances that were found available in memory
+   *     because they were cached or in existing query collections.
+   * @param [aDoCache=true] Should we add any items to the cache that we found
+   *     in collections that were in memory but not in the cache?  You would
+   *     likely want to pass false if you are only updating in-memory
+   *     representations rather than performing a new query.
+   *
+   * @return [The number that were found, the number that were not found,
+   *          a dictionary whose keys are the ids of noun instances that
+   *          were not found.]
+   */
+  cacheLookupMany: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupMany(aNounID, aIDMap,
+      aTargetMap, aDoCache) {
+    let foundCount = 0, notFoundCount = 0, notFound = {};
+
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let key in aIDMap) {
+        let cacheValue = cache._idMap[key];
+        if (cacheValue === undefined) {
+          notFoundCount++;
+          notFound[key] = null;
+        }
+        else {
+          foundCount++;
+          aTargetMap[key] = cacheValue;
+          cache.hit(cacheValue);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      for (let key in notFound) {
+        let collValue = collection._idMap[key];
+        if (collValue !== undefined) {
+          aTargetMap[key] = collValue;
+          delete notFound[key];
+          foundCount++;
+          notFoundCount--;
+          if (cache)
+            cache.add([collValue]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    return [foundCount, notFoundCount, notFound];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Friendlier version of |cacheLookupMany|; takes a list of ids and returns
+   *  an object whose keys and values are the gloda id's and instances of the
+   *  instances that were found.  We don't tell you who we didn't find.  The
+   *  assumption is this is being used for in-memory updates where we only need
+   *  to tweak what is in memory.
+   */
+  cacheLookupManyList: function gloda_colm_cacheLookupManyList(aNounID, aIds) {
+    let checkMap = {}, targetMap = {};
+    for (let id of aIds) {
+      checkMap[id] = null;
+    }
+    // do not promote found items into the cache
+    this.cacheLookupMany(aNounID, checkMap, targetMap, false);
+    return targetMap;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to locate an instance of the object of the given noun type with the
+   *  given id.  Counts as a cache hit if found.  (And if it was't in a cache,
+   *  but rather a collection, it is added to the cache.)
+   */
+  cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue:
+      function gloda_colm_cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(aNounID, aUniqueValue,
+                                                      aDoCache) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+
+    if (cache) {
+      if (aUniqueValue in cache._uniqueValueMap) {
+        let item = cache._uniqueValueMap[aUniqueValue];
+        return cache.hit(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aDoCache === false)
+      cache = null;
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      if (aUniqueValue in collection._uniqueValueMap) {
+        let item = collection._uniqueValueMap[aUniqueValue];
+        if (cache)
+          cache.add([item]);
+        return item;
+      }
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the provided item with the given id is actually a duplicate
+   *  of an instance that already exists in the cache/a collection.  If it is,
+   *  the pre-existing instance is returned and counts as a cache hit.  If it
+   *  is not, the passed-in instance is added to the cache and returned.
+   */
+  cacheLoadUnifyOne: function gloda_colm_cacheLoadUnifyOne(aItem) {
+    let items = [aItem];
+    this.cacheLoadUnify(aItem.NOUN_ID, items);
+    return items[0];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of items, check if any of them already have duplicate,
+   *  canonical, instances in the cache or collections.  Items with pre-existing
+   *  instances are replaced by those instances in the provided list, and each
+   *  counts as a cache hit.  Items without pre-existing instances are added
+   *  to the cache and left intact.
+   */
+  cacheLoadUnify: function gloda_colm_cacheLoadUnify(aNounID, aItems,
+      aCacheIfMissing) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (aCacheIfMissing === undefined)
+      aCacheIfMissing = true;
+
+    // track the items we haven't yet found in a cache/collection (value) and
+    //  their index in aItems (key).  We're somewhat abusing the dictionary
+    //  metaphor with the intent of storing tuples here.  We also do it because
+    //  it allows random-access deletion theoretically without cost.  (Since
+    //  we delete during iteration, that may be wrong, but it sounds like the
+    //  semantics still work?)
+    let unresolvedIndexToItem = {};
+    let numUnresolved = 0;
+
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let iItem = 0; iItem < aItems.length; iItem++) {
+        let item = aItems[iItem];
+
+        if (item.id in cache._idMap) {
+          let realItem = cache._idMap[item.id];
+          // update the caller's array with the reference to the 'real' item
+          aItems[iItem] = realItem;
+          cache.hit(realItem);
+        }
+        else {
+          unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem] = item;
+          numUnresolved++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // we're done if everyone was a hit.
+      if (numUnresolved == 0)
+        return;
+    }
+    else {
+      for (let iItem = 0; iItem < aItems.length; iItem++) {
+        unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem] = aItems[iItem];
+      }
+      numUnresolved = aItems.length;
+    }
+
+    let needToCache = [];
+    // next, let's fall back to our collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      for (let [iItem, item] in Iterator(unresolvedIndexToItem)) {
+        if (item.id in collection._idMap) {
+          let realItem = collection._idMap[item.id];
+          // update the caller's array to now have the 'real' object
+          aItems[iItem] = realItem;
+          // flag that we need to cache this guy (we use an inclusive cache)
+          needToCache.push(realItem);
+          // we no longer need to resolve this item...
+          delete unresolvedIndexToItem[iItem];
+          // stop checking collections if we got everybody
+          if (--numUnresolved == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // anything left in unresolvedIndexToItem should be added to the cache
+    //  unless !aCacheIfMissing.  plus, we already have 'needToCache'
+    if (cache && aCacheIfMissing) {
+      cache.add(needToCache.concat(Object.keys(unresolvedIndexToItem).
+                                   map(key => unresolvedIndexToItem[key])));
+    }
+
+    return aItems;
+  },
+
+  cacheCommitDirty: function glod_colm_cacheCommitDirty() {
+    for (let id in this._cachesByNoun) {
+      let cache = this._cachesByNoun[id];
+      cache.commitDirty();
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Notifies the collection manager that an item has been loaded and should
+   *  be cached, assuming caching is active.
+   */
+  itemLoaded: function gloda_colm_itemsLoaded(aItem) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aItem.NOUN_ID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add([aItem]);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Notifies the collection manager that multiple items has been loaded and
+   *  should be cached, assuming caching is active.
+   */
+  itemsLoaded: function gloda_colm_itemsLoaded(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add(aItems);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items are added to the global database.  This
+   *  should generally mean during indexing by indexers or an attribute
+   *  provider.
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type and add the items
+   *  to the collection if the item meets the query that defines the collection.
+   */
+  itemsAdded: function gloda_colm_itemsAdded(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      cache.add(aItems);
+    }
+
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let addItems = aItems.filter(item => collection.query.test(item));
+      if (addItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsAdded(addItems);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items in the global database are modified.  For
+   *  example, as a result of indexing.  This should generally only be called
+   *  by indexers or by attribute providers.
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type.  For items
+   *  currently included in each collection but should no longer be (per the
+   *  collection's defining query) we generate onItemsRemoved events.  For items
+   *  not currently included in the collection but should now be, we generate
+   *  onItemsAdded events.  For items included that still match the query, we
+   *  generate onItemsModified events.
+   */
+  itemsModified: function gloda_colm_itemsModified(aNounID, aItems) {
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let added = [], modified = [], removed = [];
+      for (let item of aItems) {
+        if (item.id in collection._idMap) {
+          // currently in... but should it still be there?
+          if (collection.query.test(item))
+            modified.push(item); // yes, keep it
+          // oy, so null queries really don't want any notifications, and they
+          //  sorta fit into our existing model, except for the removal bit.
+          //  so we need a specialized check for them, and we're using the
+          //  frozen attribute to this end.
+          else if (!collection.query.frozen)
+            removed.push(item); // no, bin it
+        }
+        else if (collection.query.test(item)) // not in, should it be?
+          added.push(item); // yep, add it
+      }
+      if (added.length)
+        collection._onItemsAdded(added);
+      if (modified.length)
+        collection._onItemsModified(modified);
+      if (removed.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removed);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * This should be called when items in the global database are permanently-ish
+   *  deleted.  (This is distinct from concepts like message deletion which may
+   *  involved trash folders or other modified forms of existence.  Deleted
+   *  means the data is gone and if it were to come back, it would come back
+   *  via an itemsAdded event.)
+   * We walk all existing collections for the given noun type.  For items
+   *  currently in the collection, we generate onItemsRemoved events.
+   * 
+   * @param aItemIds A list of item ids that are being deleted.
+   */
+  itemsDeleted: function gloda_colm_itemsDeleted(aNounID, aItemIds) {
+    // cache
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let itemId of aItemIds) {
+        if (itemId in cache._idMap)
+          cache.deleted(cache._idMap[itemId]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let removeItems = aItemIds.filter(itemId => itemId in collection._idMap).
+        map(itemId => collection._idMap[itemId]);
+      if (removeItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removeItems);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Like |itemsDeleted| but for the case where the deletion is based on an
+   *  attribute that SQLite can more efficiently check than we can and where the
+   *  cost of scanning the in-memory items is presumably much cheaper than
+   *  trying to figure out what actually got deleted.
+   * 
+   * Since we are doing an in-memory walk, this is obviously O(n) where n is the
+   *  number of noun instances of a given type in-memory.  We are assuming this
+   *  is a reasonable number of things and that this type of deletion call is
+   *  not going to happen all that frequently.  If these assumptions are wrong,
+   *  callers are advised to re-think the whole situation.
+   * 
+   * @param aNounID Type of noun we are talking about here.
+   * @param aFilter A filter function that returns true when the item should be
+   *     thought of as deleted, or false if the item is still good.  Screw this
+   *     up and you will get some seriously wacky bugs, yo.
+   */
+  itemsDeletedByAttribute: function gloda_colm_itemsDeletedByAttribute(
+      aNounID, aFilter) {
+    // cache
+    let cache = this._cachesByNoun[aNounID];
+    if (cache) {
+      for (let id in cache._idMap) {
+        let item = cache._idMap[id];
+        if (aFilter(item))
+          cache.deleted(item);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // collections
+    for (let collection of this.getCollectionsForNounID(aNounID)) {
+      let removeItems = collection.items.filter(aFilter);
+      if (removeItems.length)
+        collection._onItemsRemoved(removeItems);
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A current view of the set of first-class nouns meeting a given query.
+ *  Assuming a listener is present, events are
+ *  generated when new objects meet the query, existing objects no longer meet
+ *  the query, or existing objects have experienced a change in attributes that
+ *  does not affect their ability to be present (but the listener may care about
+ *  because it is exposing those attributes).
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function GlodaCollection(aNounDef, aItems, aQuery, aListener,
+      aMasterCollection) {
+  // if aNounDef is null, we are just being invoked for subclassing
+  if (aNounDef === undefined)
+    return;
+
+  this._nounDef = aNounDef;
+  // should we also maintain a unique value mapping...
+  if (this._nounDef.usesUniqueValue)
+    this._uniqueValueMap = {};
+
+  this.pendingItems = [];
+  this._pendingIdMap = {};
+  this.items = [];
+  this._idMap = {};
+
+  // force the listener to null for our call to _onItemsAdded; no events for
+  //  the initial load-out.
+  this._listener = null;
+  if (aItems && aItems.length)
+    this._onItemsAdded(aItems);
+
+  this.query = aQuery || null;
+  if (this.query) {
+    this.query.collection = this;
+    if (this.query.options.stashColumns)
+      this.stashedColumns = {};
+  }
+  this._listener = aListener || null;
+
+  this.deferredCount = 0;
+  this.resolvedCount = 0;
+
+  if (aMasterCollection) {
+    this.masterCollection = aMasterCollection.masterCollection;
+  }
+  else {
+    this.masterCollection = this;
+    /** a dictionary of dictionaries. at the top level, the keys are noun IDs.
+     * each of these sub-dictionaries maps the IDs of desired noun instances to
+     * the actual instance, or null if it has not yet been loaded.
+     */
+    this.referencesByNounID = {};
+    /**
+     * a dictionary of dictionaries. at the top level, the keys are noun IDs.
+     * each of the sub-dictionaries maps the IDs of the _recognized parent
+     * noun_ to the list of children, or null if the list has not yet been
+     * populated.
+     *
+     * So if we have a noun definition A with ID 1 who is the recognized parent
+     *  noun of noun definition B with ID 2, AND we have an instance A(1) with
+     *  two children B(10), B(11), then an example might be: {2: {1: [10, 11]}}.
+     */
+    this.inverseReferencesByNounID = {};
+    this.subCollections = {};
+  }
+}
+
+GlodaCollection.prototype = {
+  get listener() { return this._listener; },
+  set listener(aListener) { this._listener = aListener; },
+
+  /**
+   * If this collection still has a query associated with it, drop the query
+   *  and replace it with an 'explicit query'.  This means that the Collection
+   *  Manager will not attempt to match new items indexed to the system against
+   *  our query criteria.
+   * Once you call this method, your collection's listener will no longer
+   *  receive onItemsAdded notifications that are not the result of your
+   *  initial database query.  It will, however, receive onItemsModified
+   *  notifications if items in the collection are re-indexed.
+   */
+  becomeExplicit: function gloda_coll_becomeExplicit() {
+    if (!(this.query instanceof this._nounDef.explicitQueryClass)) {
+      this.query = new this._nounDef.explicitQueryClass(this);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Clear the contents of this collection.  This only makes sense for explicit
+   *  collections or wildcard collections.  (Actual query-based collections
+   *  should represent the state of the query, so unless we're going to delete
+   *  all the items, clearing the collection would violate that constraint.)
+   */
+  clear: function gloda_coll_clear() {
+    this._idMap = {};
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      this._uniqueValueMap = {};
+    this.items = [];
+  },
+
+  _onItemsAdded: function gloda_coll_onItemsAdded(aItems) {
+    this.items.push.apply(this.items, aItems);
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap) {
+      for (let item of this.items) {
+        this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+        this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      for (let item of this.items) {
+        this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsAdded(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsAdded: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _onItemsModified: function gloda_coll_onItemsModified(aItems) {
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsModified(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsModified: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of items that definitely no longer belong in this collection,
+   *  remove them from the collection and notify the listener.  The 'tricky'
+   *  part is that we need to remove the deleted items from our list of items.
+   */
+  _onItemsRemoved: function gloda_coll_onItemsRemoved(aItems) {
+    // we want to avoid the O(n^2) deletion performance case, and deletion
+    //  should be rare enough that the extra cost of building the deletion map
+    //  should never be a real problem.
+    let deleteMap = {};
+    // build the delete map while also nuking from our id map/unique value map
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      deleteMap[item.id] = true;
+      delete this._idMap[item.id];
+      if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+        delete this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue];
+    }
+    let items = this.items;
+    // in-place filter.  probably needless optimization.
+    let iWrite=0;
+    for (let iRead = 0; iRead < items.length; iRead++) {
+      let item = items[iRead];
+      if (!(item.id in deleteMap))
+        items[iWrite++] = item;
+    }
+    items.splice(iWrite);
+
+    if (this._listener) {
+      try {
+        this._listener.onItemsRemoved(aItems, this);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        LOG.error("caught exception from listener in onItemsRemoved: " +
+            ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _onQueryCompleted: function gloda_coll_onQueryCompleted() {
+    this.query.completed = true;
+    if (this._listener && this._listener.onQueryCompleted)
+      this._listener.onQueryCompleted(this);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Create an LRU cache collection for the given noun with the given size.
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function GlodaLRUCacheCollection(aNounDef, aCacheSize) {
+  GlodaCollection.call(this, aNounDef, null, null, null);
+
+  this._head = null; // aka oldest!
+  this._tail = null; // aka newest!
+  this._size = 0;
+  // let's keep things sane, and simplify our logic a little...
+  if (aCacheSize < 32)
+    aCacheSize = 32;
+  this._maxCacheSize = aCacheSize;
+}
+/**
+ * @class A LRU-discard cache.  We use a doubly linked-list for the eviction
+ *  tracking.  Since we require that there is at most one LRU-discard cache per
+ *  noun class, we simplify our lives by adding our own attributes to the
+ *  cached objects.
+ * @augments GlodaCollection
+ */
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype = new GlodaCollection;
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.add = function cache_add(aItems) {
+  for (let item of aItems) {
+    if (item.id in this._idMap) {
+      // DEBUGME so, we're dealing with this, but it shouldn't happen.  need
+      //  trace-debuggage.
+      continue;
+    }
+    this._idMap[item.id] = item;
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue] = item;
+
+    item._lruPrev = this._tail;
+    // we do have to make sure that we will set _head the first time we insert
+    //  something
+    if (this._tail !== null)
+      this._tail._lruNext = item;
+    else
+      this._head = item;
+    item._lruNext = null;
+    this._tail = item;
+
+    this._size++;
+  }
+
+  while (this._size > this._maxCacheSize) {
+    let item = this._head;
+
+    // we never have to deal with the possibility of needing to make _head/_tail
+    //  null.
+    this._head = item._lruNext;
+    this._head._lruPrev = null;
+    // (because we are nice, we will delete the properties...)
+    delete item._lruNext;
+    delete item._lruPrev;
+
+    // nuke from our id map
+    delete this._idMap[item.id];
+    if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+      delete this._uniqueValueMap[item.uniqueValue];
+
+    // flush dirty items to disk (they may not have this attribute, in which
+    //  case, this returns false, which is fine.)
+    if (item.dirty) {
+      this._nounDef.objUpdate.call(this._nounDef.datastore, item);
+      delete item.dirty;
+    }
+
+    this._size--;
+  }
+};
+
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.hit = function cache_hit(aItem) {
+  // don't do anything in the 0 or 1 items case, or if we're already
+  //  the last item
+  if ((this._head === this._tail) || (this._tail === aItem))
+    return aItem;
+
+  // - unlink the item
+  if (aItem._lruPrev !== null)
+    aItem._lruPrev._lruNext = aItem._lruNext;
+  else
+    this._head = aItem._lruNext;
+  // (_lruNext cannot be null)
+  aItem._lruNext._lruPrev = aItem._lruPrev;
+  // - link it in to the end
+  this._tail._lruNext = aItem;
+  aItem._lruPrev = this._tail;
+  aItem._lruNext = null;
+  // update tail tracking
+  this._tail = aItem;
+
+  return aItem;
+};
+
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.deleted = function cache_deleted(aItem) {
+  // unlink the item
+  if (aItem._lruPrev !== null)
+    aItem._lruPrev._lruNext = aItem._lruNext;
+  else
+    this._head = aItem._lruNext;
+  if (aItem._lruNext !== null)
+    aItem._lruNext._lruPrev = aItem._lruPrev;
+  else
+    this._tail = aItem._lruPrev;
+
+  // (because we are nice, we will delete the properties...)
+  delete aItem._lruNext;
+  delete aItem._lruPrev;
+
+  // nuke from our id map
+  delete this._idMap[aItem.id];
+  if (this._uniqueValueMap)
+    delete this._uniqueValueMap[aItem.uniqueValue];
+
+  this._size--;
+};
+
+/**
+ * If any of the cached items are dirty, commit them, and make them no longer
+ *  dirty.
+ */
+GlodaLRUCacheCollection.prototype.commitDirty = function cache_commitDirty() {
+  // we can only do this if there is an update method available...
+  if (!this._nounDef.objUpdate)
+    return;
+
+  for (let iItem in this._idMap) {
+    let item = this._idMap[iItem];
+    if (item.dirty) {
+      LOG.debug("flushing dirty: " + item);
+      this._nounDef.objUpdate.call(this._nounDef.datastore, item);
+      delete item.dirty;
+    }
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ef424d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/connotent.js
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaContent', 'whittlerRegistry',
+                          'mimeMsgToContentAndMeta', 'mimeMsgToContentSnippetAndMeta'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.connotent");
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Given a MimeMsg and the corresponding folder, return the GlodaContent object.
+ *
+ * @param aMimeMsg: the MimeMessage instance
+ * @param folder: the nsIMsgDBFolder
+ * @return an array containing the GlodaContent instance, and the meta dictionary
+ * that the Gloda content providers may have filled with useful data.
+ */
+
+function mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder) {
+  let content = new GlodaContent();
+  let meta = {subject: aMimeMsg.get("subject")};
+  let bodyLines = aMimeMsg.coerceBodyToPlaintext(folder).split(/\r?\n/);
+
+  for (let whittler of whittlerRegistry.getWhittlers())
+    whittler.contentWhittle(meta, bodyLines, content);
+
+  return [content, meta];
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Given a MimeMsg, return the whittled content string, suitable for summarizing
+ * a message.
+ *
+ * @param aMimeMsg: the MimeMessage instance
+ * @param folder: the nsIMsgDBFolder
+ * @param length: optional number of characters to trim the whittled content.
+ * If the actual length of the message is greater than |length|, then the return
+ * value is the first (length-1) characters with an ellipsis appended.
+ * @return an array containing the text of the snippet, and the meta dictionary
+ * that the Gloda content providers may have filled with useful data.
+ */
+
+function mimeMsgToContentSnippetAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder, length) {
+  let [content, meta] = mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, folder);
+
+  let text = content.getContentSnippet(length + 1);
+  if (length && text.length > length)
+    text = text.substring(0, length-1) + "\u2026"; // ellipsis
+
+  return [text, meta];
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * A registry of gloda providers that have contentWhittle() functions.
+ * used by mimeMsgToContentSnippet, but populated by the Gloda object as it's
+ * processing providers.
+ */
+function WhittlerRegistry() {
+  this._whittlers = [];
+}
+
+WhittlerRegistry.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Add a provider as a content whittler.
+   */
+  registerWhittler: function whittler_registry_registerWhittler(provider) {
+    this._whittlers.push(provider);
+  },
+  /**
+   * get the list of content whittlers, sorted from the most specific to
+   * the most generic
+   */
+  getWhittlers: function whittler_registry_getWhittlers() {
+    // Use the concat() trick to avoid mutating the internal object and
+    // leaking an internal representation.
+    return this._whittlers.concat().reverse();
+  }
+}
+
+this.whittlerRegistry = new WhittlerRegistry();
+
+function GlodaContent() {
+  this._contentPriority = null;
+  this._producing = false;
+  this._hunks = [];
+}
+
+GlodaContent.prototype = {
+  kPriorityBase: 0,
+  kPriorityPerfect: 100,
+
+  kHunkMeta: 1,
+  kHunkQuoted: 2,
+  kHunkContent: 3,
+
+  _resetContent: function gloda_content__resetContent() {
+    this._keysAndValues = [];
+    this._keysAndDeltaValues = [];
+    this._hunks = [];
+    this._curHunk = null;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Consumer API ===== */
+  hasContent: function gloda_content_hasContent() {
+    return (this._contentPriority != null);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return content suitable for snippet display.  This means that no quoting
+   *  or meta-data should be returned.
+   *
+   * @param aMaxLength The maximum snippet length desired.
+   */
+  getContentSnippet: function gloda_content_getContentSnippet(aMaxLength) {
+    let content = this.getContentString();
+    if (aMaxLength)
+      content = content.substring(0, aMaxLength);
+    return content;
+  },
+
+  getContentString: function gloda_content_getContent(aIndexingPurposes) {
+    let data = "";
+    for (let hunk of this._hunks) {
+      if (hunk.hunkType == this.kHunkContent) {
+        if (data)
+          data += "\n" + hunk.data;
+        else
+          data = hunk.data;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (aIndexingPurposes) {
+      // append the values for indexing.  we assume the keywords are cruft.
+      // this may be crazy, but things that aren't a science aren't an exact
+      // science.
+      for (let kv of this._keysAndValues) {
+        data += "\n" + kv[1];
+      }
+      for (let kon of this._keysAndValues) {
+        data += "\n" + kon[1] + "\n" + kon[2];
+      }
+    }
+
+    return data;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Producer API ===== */
+  /**
+   * Called by a producer with the priority they believe their interpretation
+   *  of the content comes in at.
+   *
+   * @returns true if we believe the producer's interpretation will be
+   *     interesting and they should go ahead and generate events.  We return
+   *     false if we don't think they are interesting, in which case they should
+   *     probably not issue calls to us, although we don't care.  (We will
+   *     ignore their calls if we return false, this allows the simplification
+   *     of code that needs to run anyways.)
+   */
+  volunteerContent: function gloda_content_volunteerContent(aPriority) {
+    if (this._contentPriority === null || this._contentPriority < aPriority) {
+      this._contentPriority = aPriority;
+      this._resetContent();
+      this._producing = true;
+      return true;
+    }
+    this._producing = false;
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  keyValue: function gloda_content_keyValue(aKey, aValue) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    this._keysAndValues.push([aKey, aValue]);
+  },
+  keyValueDelta: function gloda_content_keyValueDelta (aKey, aOldValue,
+      aNewValue) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    this._keysAndDeltaValues.push([aKey, aOldValue, aNewValue]);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Meta lines are lines that have to do with the content but are not the
+   *  content and can generally be related to an attribute that has been derived
+   *  and stored on the item.
+   * For example, a bugzilla bug may note that an attachment was created; this
+   *  is not content and wouldn't be desired in a snippet, but is still
+   *  potentially interesting meta-data.
+   *
+   * @param aLineOrLines The line or list of lines that are meta-data.
+   * @param aAttr The attribute this meta-data is associated with.
+   * @param aIndex If the attribute is non-singular, indicate the specific
+   *     index of the item in the attribute's bound list that the meta-data
+   *     is associated with.
+   */
+  meta: function gloda_content_meta(aLineOrLines, aAttr, aIndex) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkMeta, attr: aAttr, index: aIndex,
+                     data: data};
+    this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Quoted lines reference previous messages or what not.
+   *
+   * @param aLineOrLiens The line or list of lines that are quoted.
+   * @param aDepth The depth of the quoting.
+   * @param aOrigin The item that originated the original content, if known.
+   *     For example, perhaps a GlodaMessage?
+   * @param aTarget A reference to the location in the original content, if
+   *     known.  For example, the index of a line in a message or something?
+   */
+  quoted: function gloda_content_quoted(aLineOrLines, aDepth, aOrigin,
+      aTarget) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    if (!this._curHunk ||
+        this._curHunk.hunkType != this.kHunkQuoted ||
+        this._curHunk.depth != aDepth ||
+        this._curHunk.origin != aOrigin || this._curHunk.target != aTarget) {
+      this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkQuoted, data: data,
+                       depth: aDepth, origin: aOrigin, target: aTarget};
+      this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+    }
+    else
+      this._curHunk.data += "\n" + data;
+  },
+
+  content: function gloda_content_content(aLineOrLines) {
+    if (!this._producing)
+      return;
+
+    let data;
+    if (typeof(aLineOrLines) == "string")
+      data = aLineOrLines;
+    else
+      data = aLineOrLines.join("\n");
+
+    if (!this._curHunk || this._curHunk.hunkType != this.kHunkContent) {
+      this._curHunk = {hunkType: this.kHunkContent, data: data};
+      this._hunks.push(this._curHunk);
+    }
+    else
+      this._curHunk.data += "\n" + data;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a2ecf1773
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/databind.js
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaDatabind"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+var DBC_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.dbc");
+
+function GlodaDatabind(aNounDef, aDatastore) {
+  this._nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this._tableName = aNounDef.tableName;
+  this._tableDef = aNounDef.schema;
+  this._datastore = aDatastore;
+  this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.databind." + this._tableName);
+
+  // process the column definitions and make sure they have an attribute mapping
+  for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+    // default to the other dude's thing.
+    if (coldef.length < 3)
+      coldef[2] = coldef[0];
+    if (coldef[0] == "id")
+      this._idAttr = coldef[2];
+    // colDef[3] is the index of us in our SQL bindings, storage-numbering
+    coldef[3] = iColDef;
+  }
+
+  // XXX This is obviously synchronous and not perfectly async.  Since we are
+  //  doing this, we don't actually need to move to ordinal binding below
+  //  since we could just as well compel creation of the name map and thereby
+  //  avoid ever acquiring the mutex after bootstrap.
+  // However, this specific check can be cleverly avoided with future work.
+  // Namely, at startup we can scan for extension-defined tables and get their
+  //  maximum id so that we don't need to do it here.  The table will either
+  //  be brand new and thus have a maximum id of 1 or we will already know it
+  //  because of that scan.
+  this._nextId = 1;
+  let stmt = this._datastore._createSyncStatement(
+    "SELECT MAX(id) FROM " + this._tableName, true);
+  if (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+    this._nextId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+  }
+  stmt.finalize();
+
+  let insertColumns = [];
+  let insertValues = [];
+  let updateItems = [];
+  for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+    let column = coldef[0];
+    let placeholder = "?" + (iColDef + 1);
+    insertColumns.push(column);
+    insertValues.push(placeholder);
+    if (column != "id") {
+      updateItems.push(column + " = " + placeholder);
+    }
+  }
+
+  let insertSql = "INSERT INTO " + this._tableName + " (" +
+    insertColumns.join(", ") + ") VALUES (" + insertValues.join(", ") + ")";
+
+  // For the update, we want the 'id' to be a constraint and not a value
+  //  that gets set...
+  let updateSql = "UPDATE " + this._tableName + " SET " +
+    updateItems.join(", ") + " WHERE id = ?1";
+  this._insertStmt = aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(insertSql);
+  this._updateStmt = aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(updateSql);
+
+  if (this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+    for (let [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns.entries()) {
+      if (coldef.length < 3)
+        coldef[2] = coldef[0];
+      // colDef[3] is the index of us in our SQL bindings, storage-numbering
+      coldef[3] = iColDef + 1;
+    }
+
+    let insertColumns = [];
+    let insertValues = [];
+    let updateItems = [];
+    for (var [iColDef, coldef] of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns.entries()) {
+      let column = coldef[0];
+      // +2 instead of +1 because docid is implied
+      let placeholder = "?" + (iColDef + 2);
+      insertColumns.push(column);
+      insertValues.push(placeholder);
+      if (column != "id") {
+        updateItems.push(column + " = " + placeholder);
+      }
+    }
+
+    let insertFulltextSql = "INSERT INTO " + this._tableName + "Text (docid," +
+      insertColumns.join(", ") + ") VALUES (?1," + insertValues.join(", ") +
+      ")";
+
+    // For the update, we want the 'id' to be a constraint and not a value
+    //  that gets set...
+    let updateFulltextSql = "UPDATE " + this._tableName + "Text SET " +
+      updateItems.join(", ") + " WHERE docid = ?1";
+
+    this._insertFulltextStmt =
+      aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(insertFulltextSql);
+    this._updateFulltextStmt =
+      aDatastore._createAsyncStatement(updateFulltextSql);
+  }
+}
+
+GlodaDatabind.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Perform appropriate binding coercion based on the schema provided to us.
+   * Although we end up effectively coercing JS Date objects to numeric values,
+   *  we should not be provided with JS Date objects!  There is no way for us
+   *  to know to turn them back into JS Date objects on the way out.
+   *  Additionally, there is the small matter of storage's bias towards
+   *  PRTime representations which may not always be desirable.
+   */
+  bindByType: function(aStmt, aColDef, aValue) {
+    if (aValue == null)
+      aStmt.bindNullParameter(aColDef[3]);
+    else if (aColDef[1] == "STRING" || aColDef[1] == "TEXT")
+      aStmt.bindStringParameter(aColDef[3], aValue);
+    else
+      aStmt.bindInt64Parameter(aColDef[3], aValue);
+  },
+
+  objFromRow: function(aRow) {
+    let getVariant = this._datastore._getVariant;
+    let obj = new this._nounDef.class();
+    for (let [iCol, colDef] of this._tableDef.columns.entries()) {
+      obj[colDef[2]] = getVariant(aRow, iCol);
+    }
+    return obj;
+  },
+
+  objInsert: function(aThing) {
+    let bindByType = this.bindByType;
+    if (!aThing[this._idAttr])
+      aThing[this._idAttr] = this._nextId++;
+
+    let stmt = this._insertStmt;
+    for (let colDef of this._tableDef.columns) {
+      bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+    }
+
+    stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+
+    if (this._insertFulltextStmt) {
+      stmt = this._insertFulltextStmt;
+      stmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aThing[this._idAttr]);
+      for (let colDef of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+      }
+      stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  objUpdate: function(aThing) {
+    let bindByType = this.bindByType;
+    let stmt = this._updateStmt;
+    // note, we specially bound the location of 'id' for the insert, but since
+    //  we're using named bindings, there is nothing special about setting it
+    for (let colDef of this._tableDef.columns) {
+      bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+    }
+    stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+
+    if (this._updateFulltextStmt) {
+      stmt = this._updateFulltextStmt;
+      // fulltextColumns doesn't include id/docid, need to explicitly set it
+      stmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aThing[this._idAttr]);
+      for (let colDef of this._tableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        bindByType(stmt, colDef, aThing[colDef[2]]);
+      }
+      stmt.executeAsync(this._datastore.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  adjustAttributes: function() {
+    // just proxy the call over to the datastore... we have to do this for
+    //  'this' reasons.  we don't refactor things to avoid this because it does
+    //  make some sense to have all the methods exposed from a single object,
+    //  even if the implementation does live elsewhere.
+    return this._datastore.adjustAttributes.apply(this._datastore, arguments);
+  },
+
+  // also proxied...
+  queryFromQuery: function() {
+    return this._datastore.queryFromQuery.apply(this._datastore, arguments);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bdd6d01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datamodel.js
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaAttributeDBDef", "GlodaAccount",
+                    "GlodaConversation", "GlodaFolder", "GlodaMessage",
+                    "GlodaContact", "GlodaIdentity", "GlodaAttachment"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.datamodel");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+
+// Make it lazy.
+var gMessenger;
+function getMessenger () {
+  if (!gMessenger)
+    gMessenger = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsIMessenger);
+  return gMessenger;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @class Represents a gloda attribute definition's DB form.  This class
+ *  stores the information in the database relating to this attribute
+ *  definition.  Access its attrDef attribute to get at the realy juicy data.
+ *  This main interesting thing this class does is serve as the keeper of the
+ *  mapping from parameters to attribute ids in the database if this is a
+ *  parameterized attribute.
+ */
+function GlodaAttributeDBDef(aDatastore, aID, aCompoundName, aAttrType,
+                           aPluginName, aAttrName) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._compoundName = aCompoundName;
+  this._attrType = aAttrType;
+  this._pluginName = aPluginName;
+  this._attrName = aAttrName;
+
+  this.attrDef = null;
+
+  /** Map parameter values to the underlying database id. */
+  this._parameterBindings = {};
+}
+
+GlodaAttributeDBDef.prototype = {
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get attributeName() { return this._attrName; },
+
+  get parameterBindings() { return this._parameterBindings; },
+
+  /**
+   * Bind a parameter value to the attribute definition, allowing use of the
+   *  attribute-parameter as an attribute.
+   *
+   * @return
+   */
+  bindParameter: function gloda_attr_bindParameter(aValue) {
+    // people probably shouldn't call us with null, but handle it
+    if (aValue == null) {
+      return this._id;
+    }
+    if (aValue in this._parameterBindings) {
+      return this._parameterBindings[aValue];
+    }
+    // no database entry exists if we are here, so we must create it...
+    let id = this._datastore._createAttributeDef(this._attrType,
+                 this._pluginName, this._attrName, aValue);
+    this._parameterBindings[aValue] = id;
+    this._datastore.reportBinding(id, this, aValue);
+    return id;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of values, return a list (regardless of plurality) of
+   *  database-ready [attribute id,  value] tuples.  This is intended to be used
+   *  to directly convert the value of a property on an object that corresponds
+   *  to a bound attribute.
+   *
+   * @param {Array} aInstanceValues An array of instance values regardless of
+   *     whether or not the attribute is singular.
+   */
+  convertValuesToDBAttributes:
+      function gloda_attr_convertValuesToDBAttributes(aInstanceValues) {
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let dbAttributes = [];
+    if (nounDef.usesParameter) {
+      for (let instanceValue of aInstanceValues) {
+        let [param, dbValue] = nounDef.toParamAndValue(instanceValue);
+        dbAttributes.push([this.bindParameter(param), dbValue]);
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      // Not generating any attributes is ok. This basically means the noun is
+      // just an informative property on the Gloda Message and has no real
+      // indexing purposes.
+      if ("toParamAndValue" in nounDef) {
+        for (let instanceValue of aInstanceValues) {
+          dbAttributes.push([this._id,
+                             nounDef.toParamAndValue(instanceValue)[1]]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return dbAttributes;
+  },
+
+  toString: function() {
+    return this._compoundName;
+  }
+};
+
+var GlodaHasAttributesMixIn = {
+  enumerateAttributes: function* gloda_attrix_enumerateAttributes() {
+    let nounDef = this.NOUN_DEF;
+    for (let key in this) {
+      let value = this[key];
+      let attrDef = nounDef.attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // we expect to not have attributes for underscore prefixed values (those
+      //  are managed by the instance's logic.  we also want to not explode
+      //  should someone crap other values in there, we get both birds with this
+      //  one stone.
+      if (attrDef === undefined)
+        continue;
+      if (attrDef.singular) {
+        // ignore attributes with null values
+        if (value != null)
+          yield [attrDef, [value]];
+      }
+      else {
+        // ignore attributes with no values
+        if (value.length)
+          yield [attrDef, value];
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  domContribute: function gloda_attrix_domContribute(aDomNode) {
+    let nounDef = this.NOUN_DEF;
+    for (let attrName in nounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName) {
+      let attr = nounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName[attrName];
+      if (this[attrName])
+        aDomNode.setAttribute(attr.domExpose, this[attrName]);
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+function MixIn(aConstructor, aMixIn) {
+  let proto = aConstructor.prototype;
+  for (let [name, func] in Iterator(aMixIn)) {
+    if (name.startsWith("get_"))
+      proto.__defineGetter__(name.substring(4), func);
+    else
+      proto[name] = func;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @class A gloda wrapper around nsIMsgIncomingServer.
+ */
+function GlodaAccount(aIncomingServer) {
+  this._incomingServer = aIncomingServer;
+}
+
+GlodaAccount.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 106,
+  get id() { return this._incomingServer.key; },
+  get name() { return this._incomingServer.prettyName; },
+  get incomingServer() { return this._incomingServer; },
+  toString: function gloda_account_toString() {
+    return "Account: " + this.id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_account_toLocaleString() {
+    return this.name;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A gloda conversation (thread) exists so that messages can belong.
+ */
+function GlodaConversation(aDatastore, aID, aSubject, aOldestMessageDate,
+                           aNewestMessageDate) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._subject = aSubject;
+  this._oldestMessageDate = aOldestMessageDate;
+  this._newestMessageDate = aNewestMessageDate;
+}
+
+GlodaConversation.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 101,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get subject() { return this._subject; },
+  get oldestMessageDate() { return this._oldestMessageDate; },
+  get newestMessageDate() { return this._newestMessageDate; },
+
+  getMessagesCollection: function gloda_conversation_getMessagesCollection(
+    aListener, aData) {
+    let query = new GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_DEF.queryClass();
+    query.conversation(this._id).orderBy("date");
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_conversation_toString() {
+    return "Conversation:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_conversation_toLocaleString() {
+    return this._subject;
+  }
+};
+
+function GlodaFolder(aDatastore, aID, aURI, aDirtyStatus, aPrettyName,
+                     aIndexingPriority) {
+  // _datastore is now set by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._uri = aURI;
+  this._dirtyStatus = aDirtyStatus;
+  this._prettyName = aPrettyName;
+  this._xpcomFolder = null;
+  this._account = null;
+  this._activeIndexing = false;
+  this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = 0;
+  this._indexingPriority = aIndexingPriority;
+  this._deleted = false;
+  this._compacting = false;
+}
+
+GlodaFolder.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 100,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+
+  /** The folder is believed to be up-to-date */
+  kFolderClean: 0,
+  /** The folder has some un-indexed or dirty messages */
+  kFolderDirty: 1,
+  /** The folder needs to be entirely re-indexed, regardless of the flags on
+   * the messages in the folder. This state will be downgraded to dirty */
+  kFolderFilthy: 2,
+
+  _kFolderDirtyStatusMask: 0x7,
+  /**
+   * The (local) folder has been compacted and all of its message keys are
+   *  potentially incorrect.  This is not a possible state for IMAP folders
+   *  because their message keys are based on UIDs rather than offsets into
+   *  the mbox file.
+   */
+  _kFolderCompactedFlag: 0x8,
+
+  /** The folder should never be indexed. */
+  kIndexingNeverPriority: -1,
+  /** The lowest priority assigned to a folder. */
+  kIndexingLowestPriority: 0,
+  /** The highest priority assigned to a folder. */
+  kIndexingHighestPriority: 100,
+
+  /** The indexing priority for a folder if no other priority is assigned. */
+  kIndexingDefaultPriority: 20,
+  /** Folders marked check new are slightly more important I guess. */
+  kIndexingCheckNewPriority: 30,
+  /** Favorite folders are more interesting to the user, presumably. */
+  kIndexingFavoritePriority: 40,
+  /** The indexing priority for inboxes. */
+  kIndexingInboxPriority: 50,
+  /** The indexing priority for sent mail folders. */
+  kIndexingSentMailPriority: 60,
+
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get uri() { return this._uri; },
+  get dirtyStatus() {
+    return this._dirtyStatus & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Mark a folder as dirty if it was clean.  Do nothing if it was already dirty
+   *  or filthy.  For use by GlodaMsgIndexer only.  And maybe rkent and his
+   *  marvelous extensions.
+   */
+  _ensureFolderDirty: function gloda_folder__markFolderDirty() {
+    if (this.dirtyStatus == this.kFolderClean) {
+      this._dirtyStatus = (this.kFolderDirty & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask) |
+                          (this._dirtyStatus & ~this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask);
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Definitely for use only by GlodaMsgIndexer to downgrade the dirty status of
+   *  a folder.
+   */
+  _downgradeDirtyStatus: function gloda_folder__downgradeDirtyStatus(
+                           aNewStatus) {
+    if (this.dirtyStatus != aNewStatus) {
+      this._dirtyStatus = (aNewStatus & this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask) |
+                          (this._dirtyStatus & ~this._kFolderDirtyStatusMask);
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Indicate whether this folder is currently being compacted.  The
+   *  |GlodaMsgIndexer| keeps this in-memory-only value up-to-date.
+   */
+  get compacting() {
+    return this._compacting;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set whether this folder is currently being compacted.  This is really only
+   *  for the |GlodaMsgIndexer| to set.
+   */
+  set compacting(aCompacting) {
+    this._compacting = aCompacting;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Indicate whether this folder was compacted and has not yet been
+   *  compaction processed.
+   */
+  get compacted() {
+    return Boolean(this._dirtyStatus & this._kFolderCompactedFlag);
+  },
+  /**
+   * For use only by GlodaMsgIndexer to set/clear the compaction state of this
+   *  folder.
+   */
+  _setCompactedState: function gloda_folder__clearCompactedState(aCompacted) {
+    if (this.compacted != aCompacted) {
+      if (aCompacted)
+        this._dirtyStatus |= this._kFolderCompactedFlag;
+      else
+        this._dirtyStatus &= ~this._kFolderCompactedFlag;
+      this._datastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(this);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get name() { return this._prettyName; },
+  toString: function gloda_folder_toString() {
+    return "Folder:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_folder_toLocaleString() {
+    let xpcomFolder = this.getXPCOMFolder(this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+    if (!xpcomFolder)
+      return this._prettyName;
+    return xpcomFolder.prettiestName +
+      " (" + xpcomFolder.rootFolder.prettiestName + ")";
+  },
+
+  get indexingPriority() {
+    return this._indexingPriority;
+  },
+
+  /** We are going to index this folder. */
+  kActivityIndexing: 0,
+  /** Asking for the folder to perform header retrievals. */
+  kActivityHeaderRetrieval: 1,
+  /** We only want the folder for its metadata but are not going to open it. */
+  kActivityFolderOnlyNoData: 2,
+
+
+  /** Is this folder known to be actively used for indexing? */
+  _activeIndexing: false,
+  /** Get our indexing status. */
+  get indexing() {
+    return this._activeIndexing;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set our indexing status.  Normally, this will be enabled through passing
+   *  an activity type of kActivityIndexing (which will set us), but we will
+   *  still need to be explicitly disabled by the indexing code.
+   * When disabling indexing, we will call forgetFolderIfUnused to take care of
+   *  shutting things down.
+   * We are not responsible for committing changes to the message database!
+   *  That is on you!
+   */
+  set indexing(aIndexing) {
+    this._activeIndexing = aIndexing;
+    if (!aIndexing)
+      this.forgetFolderIfUnused();
+  },
+  /** When was this folder last used for header retrieval purposes? */
+  _activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp: 0,
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the nsIMsgFolder instance corresponding to this folder, providing
+   *  an explanation of why you are requesting it for tracking/cleanup purposes.
+   *
+   * @param aActivity One of the kActivity* constants.  If you pass
+   *     kActivityIndexing, we will set indexing for you, but you will need to
+   *     clear it when you are done.
+   * @return The nsIMsgFolder if available, null on failure.
+   */
+  getXPCOMFolder: function gloda_folder_getXPCOMFolder(aActivity) {
+    if (!this._xpcomFolder) {
+      let rdfService = Cc['@mozilla.org/rdf/rdf-service;1']
+                         .getService(Ci.nsIRDFService);
+      this._xpcomFolder = rdfService.GetResource(this.uri)
+                                    .QueryInterface(Ci.nsIMsgFolder);
+    }
+    switch (aActivity) {
+      case this.kActivityIndexing:
+        // mark us as indexing, but don't bother with live tracking.  we do
+        //  that independently and only for header retrieval.
+        this.indexing = true;
+        break;
+      case this.kActivityHeaderRetrieval:
+        if (this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp === 0)
+          this._datastore.markFolderLive(this);
+        this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = Date.now();
+        break;
+      case this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData:
+        // we don't have to do anything here.
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return this._xpcomFolder;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve a GlodaAccount instance corresponding to this folder.
+   *
+   * @return The GlodaAccount instance.
+   */
+  getAccount: function gloda_folder_getAccount() {
+    if (!this._account) {
+      let msgFolder = this.getXPCOMFolder(this.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+      this._account = new GlodaAccount(msgFolder.server);
+    }
+    return this._account;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * How many milliseconds must a folder have not had any header retrieval
+   *  activity before it's okay to lose the database reference?
+   */
+  ACCEPTABLY_OLD_THRESHOLD: 10000,
+
+  /**
+   * Cleans up our nsIMsgFolder reference if we have one and it's not "in use".
+   * In use, from our perspective, means that it is not being used for indexing
+   *  and some arbitrary interval of time has elapsed since it was last
+   *  retrieved for header retrieval reasons.  The time interval is because if
+   *  we have one GlodaMessage requesting a header, there's a high probability
+   *  that another message will request a header in the near future.
+   * Because setting indexing to false disables us, we are written in an
+   *  idempotent fashion.  (It is possible for disabling indexing's call to us
+   *  to cause us to return true but for the datastore's timer call to have not
+   *  yet triggered.)
+   *
+   * @returns true if we are cleaned up and can be considered 'dead', false if
+   *     we should still be considered alive and this method should be called
+   *     again in the future.
+   */
+  forgetFolderIfUnused: function gloda_folder_forgetFolderIfUnused() {
+    // we are not cleaning/cleaned up if we are indexing
+    if (this._activeIndexing)
+      return false;
+
+    // set a point in the past as the threshold.  the timestamp must be older
+    //  than this to be eligible for cleanup.
+    let acceptablyOld = Date.now() - this.ACCEPTABLY_OLD_THRESHOLD;
+    // we are not cleaning/cleaned up if we have retrieved a header more
+    //  recently than the acceptably old threshold.
+    if (this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp > acceptablyOld)
+      return false;
+
+    if (this._xpcomFolder) {
+      // This is the key action we take; the nsIMsgFolder will continue to
+      //  exist, but we want it to forget about its database so that it can
+      //  be closed and its memory can be reclaimed.
+      this._xpcomFolder.msgDatabase = null;
+      this._xpcomFolder = null;
+      // since the last retrieval time tracks whether we have marked live or
+      //  not, this needs to be reset to 0 too.
+      this._activeHeaderRetrievalLastStamp = 0;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A message representation.
+ */
+function GlodaMessage(aDatastore, aID, aFolderID, aMessageKey,
+                      aConversationID, aConversation, aDate,
+                      aHeaderMessageID, aDeleted, aJsonText,
+                      aNotability,
+                      aSubject, aIndexedBodyText, aAttachmentNames) {
+  // _datastore is now set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._folderID = aFolderID;
+  this._messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  this._conversationID = aConversationID;
+  this._conversation = aConversation;
+  this._date = aDate;
+  this._headerMessageID = aHeaderMessageID;
+  this._jsonText = aJsonText;
+  this._notability = aNotability;
+  this._subject = aSubject;
+  this._indexedBodyText = aIndexedBodyText;
+  this._attachmentNames = aAttachmentNames;
+
+  // only set _deleted if we're deleted, otherwise the undefined does our
+  //  speaking for us.
+  if (aDeleted)
+    this._deleted = aDeleted;
+}
+
+GlodaMessage.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 102,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get folderID() { return this._folderID; },
+  get messageKey() { return this._messageKey; },
+  get conversationID() { return this._conversationID; },
+  // conversation is special
+  get headerMessageID() { return this._headerMessageID; },
+  get notability() { return this._notability; },
+  set notability(aNotability) { this._notability = aNotability; },
+
+  get subject() { return this._subject; },
+  get indexedBodyText() { return this._indexedBodyText; },
+  get attachmentNames() { return this._attachmentNames; },
+
+  get date() { return this._date; },
+  set date(aNewDate) { this._date = aNewDate; },
+
+  get folder() {
+    // XXX due to a deletion bug it is currently possible to get in a state
+    //  where we have an illegal folderID value.  This will result in an
+    //  exception.  As a workaround, let's just return null in that case.
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID != null)
+        return this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get folderURI() {
+    // XXX just like for folder, handle mapping failures and return null
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID != null)
+        return this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID).uri;
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get account() {
+    // XXX due to a deletion bug it is currently possible to get in a state
+    //  where we have an illegal folderID value.  This will result in an
+    //  exception.  As a workaround, let's just return null in that case.
+    try {
+      if (this._folderID == null)
+        return null;
+      let folder = this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+      return folder.getAccount();
+    }
+    catch (ex) { }
+    return null;
+  },
+  get conversation() {
+    return this._conversation;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_message_toString() {
+    // uh, this is a tough one...
+    return "Message:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  _clone: function gloda_message_clone() {
+    return new GlodaMessage(/* datastore */ null, this._id, this._folderID,
+      this._messageKey, this._conversationID, this._conversation, this._date,
+      this._headerMessageID, "_deleted" in this ? this._deleted : undefined,
+      "_jsonText" in this ? this._jsonText : undefined, this._notability,
+      this._subject, this._indexedBodyText, this._attachmentNames);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Provide a means of propagating changed values on our clone back to
+   *  ourselves.  This is required because of an object identity trick gloda
+   *  does; when indexing an already existing object, all mutations happen on
+   *  a clone of the existing object so that
+   */
+  _declone: function gloda_message_declone(aOther) {
+    if ("_content" in aOther)
+      this._content = aOther._content;
+
+    // The _indexedAuthor/_indexedRecipients fields don't get updated on
+    //  fulltext update so we don't need to propagate.
+    this._indexedBodyText = aOther._indexedBodyText;
+    this._attachmentNames = aOther._attachmentNames;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark this message as a ghost.  Ghosts are characterized by having no folder
+   *  id and no message key.  They also are not deleted or they would be of
+   *  absolutely no use to us.
+   *
+   * These changes are suitable for persistence.
+   */
+  _ghost: function gloda_message_ghost() {
+    this._folderID = null;
+    this._messageKey = null;
+    if ("_deleted" in this)
+      delete this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we a ghost (which implies not deleted)?  We are not a ghost if we have
+   *  a definite folder location (we may not know our message key in the case
+   *  of IMAP moves not fully completed) and are not deleted.
+   */
+  get _isGhost() {
+    return this._folderID == null && !this._isDeleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If we were dead, un-dead us.
+   */
+  _ensureNotDeleted: function gloda_message__ensureNotDeleted() {
+    if ("_deleted" in this)
+      delete this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we deleted?  This is private because deleted gloda messages are not
+   *  visible to non-core-gloda code.
+   */
+  get _isDeleted() {
+    return ("_deleted" in this) && this._deleted;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Trash this message's in-memory representation because it should no longer
+   *  be reachable by any code.  The database record is gone, it's not coming
+   *  back.
+   */
+  _objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant: function gloda_message_nuke() {
+    this._id = null;
+    this._folderID = null;
+    this._messageKey = null;
+    this._conversationID = null;
+    this._conversation = null;
+    this.date = null;
+    this._headerMessageID = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return the underlying nsIMsgDBHdr from the folder storage for this, or
+   *  null if the message does not exist for one reason or another.  We may log
+   *  to our logger in the failure cases.
+   *
+   * This method no longer caches the result, so if you need to hold onto it,
+   *  hold onto it.
+   *
+   * In the process of retrieving the underlying message header, we may have to
+   *  open the message header database associated with the folder.  This may
+   *  result in blocking while the load happens, so you may want to try and find
+   *  an alternate way to initiate the load before calling us.
+   * We provide hinting to the GlodaDatastore via the GlodaFolder so that it
+   *  knows when it's a good time for it to go and detach from the database.
+   *
+   * @returns The nsIMsgDBHdr associated with this message if available, null on
+   *     failure.
+   */
+  get folderMessage() {
+    if (this._folderID === null || this._messageKey === null)
+      return null;
+
+    // XXX like for folder and folderURI, return null if we can't map the folder
+    let glodaFolder;
+    try {
+      glodaFolder = this._datastore._mapFolderID(this._folderID);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      return null;
+    }
+    let folder = glodaFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                   glodaFolder.kActivityHeaderRetrieval);
+    if (folder) {
+      let folderMessage;
+      try {
+        folderMessage = folder.GetMessageHeader(this._messageKey);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        folderMessage = null;
+      }
+      if (folderMessage !== null) {
+        // verify the message-id header matches what we expect...
+        if (folderMessage.messageId != this._headerMessageID) {
+          LOG.info("Message with message key " + this._messageKey +
+                   " in folder '" + folder.URI + "' does not match expected " +
+                   "header! (" + this._headerMessageID + " expected, got " +
+                   folderMessage.messageId + ")");
+          folderMessage = null;
+        }
+      }
+      return folderMessage;
+    }
+
+    // this only gets logged if things have gone very wrong.  we used to throw
+    //  here, but it's unlikely our caller can do anything more meaningful than
+    //  treating this as a disappeared message.
+    LOG.info("Unable to locate folder message for: " + this._folderID + ":" +
+             this._messageKey);
+    return null;
+  },
+  get folderMessageURI() {
+    let folderMessage = this.folderMessage;
+    if (folderMessage)
+      return folderMessage.folder.getUriForMsg(folderMessage);
+    else
+      return null;
+  }
+};
+MixIn(GlodaMessage, GlodaHasAttributesMixIn);
+
+/**
+ * @class Contacts correspond to people (one per person), and may own multiple
+ *  identities (e-mail address, IM account, etc.)
+ */
+function GlodaContact(aDatastore, aID, aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID, aName,
+                      aPopularity, aFrecency, aJsonText) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._directoryUUID = aDirectoryUUID;
+  this._contactUUID = aContactUUID;
+  this._name = aName;
+  this._popularity = aPopularity;
+  this._frecency = aFrecency;
+  if (aJsonText)
+    this._jsonText = aJsonText;
+
+  this._identities = null;
+}
+
+GlodaContact.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 103,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get directoryUUID() { return this._directoryUUID; },
+  get contactUUID() { return this._contactUUID; },
+  get name() { return this._name; },
+  set name(aName) { this._name = aName; },
+
+  get popularity() { return this._popularity; },
+  set popularity(aPopularity) {
+    this._popularity = aPopularity;
+    this.dirty = true;
+  },
+
+  get frecency() { return this._frecency; },
+  set frecency(aFrecency) {
+    this._frecency = aFrecency;
+    this.dirty = true;
+  },
+
+  get identities() {
+    return this._identities;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_contact_toString() {
+    return "Contact:" + this._id;
+  },
+
+  get accessibleLabel() {
+    return "Contact: " + this._name;
+  },
+
+  _clone: function gloda_contact_clone() {
+    return new GlodaContact(/* datastore */ null, this._id, this._directoryUUID,
+      this._contactUUID, this._name, this._popularity, this._frecency);
+  },
+};
+MixIn(GlodaContact, GlodaHasAttributesMixIn);
+
+
+/**
+ * @class A specific means of communication for a contact.
+ */
+function GlodaIdentity(aDatastore, aID, aContactID, aContact, aKind, aValue,
+                       aDescription, aIsRelay) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._contactID = aContactID;
+  this._contact = aContact;
+  this._kind = aKind;
+  this._value = aValue;
+  this._description = aDescription;
+  this._isRelay = aIsRelay;
+  /// Cached indication of whether there is an address book card for this
+  ///  identity.  We keep this up-to-date via address book listener
+  ///  notifications in |GlodaABIndexer|.
+  this._hasAddressBookCard = undefined;
+}
+
+GlodaIdentity.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 104,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  _datastore: null,
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  get contactID() { return this._contactID; },
+  get contact() { return this._contact; },
+  get kind() { return this._kind; },
+  get value() { return this._value; },
+  get description() { return this._description; },
+  get isRelay() { return this._isRelay; },
+
+  get uniqueValue() {
+    return this._kind + "@" + this._value;
+  },
+
+  toString: function gloda_identity_toString() {
+    return "Identity:" + this._kind + ":" + this._value;
+  },
+
+  toLocaleString: function gloda_identity_toLocaleString() {
+    if (this.contact.name == this.value)
+      return this.value;
+    return this.contact.name + " : " + this.value;
+  },
+
+  get abCard() {
+    // for our purposes, the address book only speaks email
+    if (this._kind != "email")
+      return false;
+    let card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(this._value);
+    this._hasAddressBookCard = (card != null);
+    return card;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether we have an address book card for this identity.  This
+   *  value is cached once looked-up and kept up-to-date by |GlodaABIndexer|
+   *  and its notifications.
+   */
+  get inAddressBook() {
+    if (this._hasAddressBookCard !== undefined)
+      return this._hasAddressBookCard;
+    return (this.abCard && true) || false;
+  },
+
+  pictureURL: function(aSize) {
+    if (this.inAddressBook) {
+      // XXX should get the photo if we have it.
+    }
+    return "";
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * An attachment, with as much information as we can gather on it
+ */
+function GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage, aName, aContentType, aSize, aPart, aExternalUrl, aIsExternal) {
+  // _datastore set on the prototype by GlodaDatastore
+  this._glodaMessage = aGlodaMessage;
+  this._name = aName;
+  this._contentType = aContentType;
+  this._size = aSize;
+  this._part = aPart;
+  this._externalUrl = aExternalUrl;
+  this._isExternal = aIsExternal;
+}
+
+GlodaAttachment.prototype = {
+  NOUN_ID: 105,
+  // set by GlodaDatastore
+  get name() { return this._name; },
+  get contentType() { return this._contentType; },
+  get size() { return this._size; },
+  get url() {
+    if (this.isExternal)
+      return this._externalUrl;
+    else {
+      let uri = this._glodaMessage.folderMessageURI;
+      if (!uri)
+        throw new Error("The message doesn't exist anymore, unable to rebuild attachment URL");
+      let neckoURL = {};
+      let msgService = getMessenger().messageServiceFromURI(uri);
+      msgService.GetUrlForUri(uri, neckoURL, null);
+      let url = neckoURL.value.spec;
+      let hasParamAlready = url.match(/\?[a-z]+=[^\/]+$/);
+      let sep = hasParamAlready ? "&" : "?";
+      return url+sep+"part="+this._part+"&filename="+encodeURIComponent(this._name);
+    }
+  },
+  get isExternal() { return this._isExternal; },
+
+  toString: function gloda_attachment_toString() {
+    return "attachment: " + this._name + ":" + this._contentType;
+  },
+
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70bbdc6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/datastore.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3989 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This file looks to Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>'s Mozilla Labs snowl
+ * project's (http://hg.mozilla.org/labs/snowl/) modules/datastore.js
+ * for inspiration and idioms (and also a name :).
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaDatastore"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/IOUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/databind.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+
+var MIN_CACHE_SIZE = 8 * 1048576;
+var MAX_CACHE_SIZE = 64 * 1048576;
+var MEMSIZE_FALLBACK_BYTES = 256 * 1048576;
+
+var PCH_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.pch");
+
+/**
+ * Commit async handler; hands off the notification to
+ *  |GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted|.
+ */
+function PostCommitHandler(aCallbacks) {
+  this.callbacks = aCallbacks;
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+
+PostCommitHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_pch_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+  },
+
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_pch_handleError(aError) {
+    PCH_LOG.error("database error:" + aError);
+  },
+
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_pch_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    if (aReason == Ci.mozIStorageStatementCallback.REASON_FINISHED) {
+      for (let callback of this.callbacks) {
+        try {
+          callback();
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          PCH_LOG.error("PostCommitHandler callback (" + ex.fileName + ":" +
+               ex.lineNumber + ") threw: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    try {
+      GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      PCH_LOG.error("Exception in handleCompletion:", e);
+    }
+
+  }
+};
+
+var QFQ_LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.ds.qfq");
+
+/**
+ * Singleton collection listener used by |QueryFromQueryCallback| to assist in
+ *  the loading of referenced noun instances.  Which is to say, messages have
+ *  identities (specific e-mail addresses) associated with them via attributes.
+ *  And these identities in turn reference / are referenced by contacts (the
+ *  notion of a person).
+ *
+ * This listener is primarily concerned with fixing up the references in each
+ *  noun instance to its referenced instances once they have been loaded.  It
+ *  also deals with caching so that our identity invariant is maintained: user
+ *  code should only ever see one distinct instance of a thing at a time.
+ */
+var QueryFromQueryResolver = {
+  onItemsAdded: function(aIgnoredItems, aCollection, aFake) {
+    let originColl = aCollection.dataStack ? aCollection.dataStack.pop()
+                                           : aCollection.data;
+    //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: originColl: " + originColl);
+    if (aCollection.completionShifter)
+      aCollection.completionShifter.push(originColl);
+    else
+      aCollection.completionShifter = [originColl];
+
+    if (!aFake) {
+      originColl.deferredCount--;
+      originColl.resolvedCount++;
+    }
+
+    // bail if we are still pending on some other load completion
+    if (originColl.deferredCount > 0) {
+      //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: bailing " + originColl._nounDef.name);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let referencesByNounID = originColl.masterCollection.referencesByNounID;
+    let inverseReferencesByNounID =
+      originColl.masterCollection.inverseReferencesByNounID;
+
+    if (originColl.pendingItems) {
+      for (let [, item] in Iterator(originColl.pendingItems)) {
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("QFQR: loading deferred " + item.NOUN_ID + ":" + item.id);
+        GlodaDatastore.loadNounDeferredDeps(item, referencesByNounID,
+            inverseReferencesByNounID);
+      }
+
+      // we need to consider the possibility that we are racing a collection very
+      //  much like our own.  as such, this means we need to perform cache
+      //  unification as our last step.
+      GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLoadUnify(originColl._nounDef.id,
+        originColl.pendingItems, false);
+
+      // just directly tell the collection about the items.  we know the query
+      //  matches (at least until we introduce predicates that we cannot express
+      //  in SQL.)
+      //QFQ_LOG.debug(" QFQR: about to trigger listener: " + originColl._listener +
+      //    "with collection: " + originColl._nounDef.name);
+      originColl._onItemsAdded(originColl.pendingItems);
+      delete originColl.pendingItems;
+      delete originColl._pendingIdMap;
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function() {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function() {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    let originColl = aCollection.completionShifter ?
+      aCollection.completionShifter.shift() : aCollection.data;
+    //QFQ_LOG.debug(" QFQR about to trigger completion with collection: " +
+    //  originColl._nounDef.name);
+    if (originColl.deferredCount <= 0) {
+      originColl._onQueryCompleted();
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Handles the results from a GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery call in cooperation
+ *  with the |QueryFromQueryResolver| collection listener.  We do a lot of
+ *  legwork related to satisfying references to other noun instances on the
+ *  noun instances the user directy queried.  Messages reference identities
+ *  reference contacts which in turn (implicitly) reference identities again.
+ *  We have to spin up those other queries and stitch things together.
+ *
+ * While the code is generally up to the existing set of tasks it is called to
+ *  handle, I would not be surprised for it to fall down if things get more
+ *  complex.  Some of the logic here 'evolved' a bit and could benefit from
+ *  additional documentation and a fresh go-through.
+ */
+function QueryFromQueryCallback(aStatement, aNounDef, aCollection) {
+  this.statement = aStatement;
+  this.nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this.collection = aCollection;
+
+  //QFQ_LOG.debug("Creating QFQCallback for noun: " + aNounDef.name);
+
+  // the master collection holds the referencesByNounID
+  this.referencesByNounID = {};
+  this.masterReferencesByNounID =
+    this.collection.masterCollection.referencesByNounID;
+  this.inverseReferencesByNounID = {};
+  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID =
+    this.collection.masterCollection.inverseReferencesByNounID;
+  // we need to contribute our references as we load things; we need this
+  //  because of the potential for circular dependencies and our inability to
+  //  put things into the caching layer (or collection's _idMap) until we have
+  //  fully resolved things.
+  if (this.nounDef.id in this.masterReferencesByNounID)
+    this.selfReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id];
+  else
+    this.selfReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id] = {};
+  if (this.nounDef.parentColumnAttr) {
+    if (this.nounDef.id in this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID)
+      this.selfInverseReferences =
+        this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id];
+    else
+      this.selfInverseReferences =
+        this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[this.nounDef.id] = {};
+  }
+
+  this.needsLoads = false;
+
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+
+QueryFromQueryCallback.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    try {
+      // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+      if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+        return;
+
+      let pendingItems = this.collection.pendingItems;
+      let pendingIdMap = this.collection._pendingIdMap;
+      let row;
+      let nounDef = this.nounDef;
+      let nounID = nounDef.id;
+      while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+        let item = nounDef.objFromRow.call(nounDef.datastore, row);
+        if (this.collection.stashedColumns) {
+          let stashed = this.collection.stashedColumns[item.id] = [];
+          for (let [,iCol] in
+               Iterator(this.collection.query.options.stashColumns)) {
+            stashed.push(GlodaDatastore._getVariant(row, iCol));
+          }
+        }
+        // try and replace the item with one from the cache, if we can
+        let cachedItem = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(nounID, item.id,
+                                                               false);
+
+        // if we already have a copy in the pending id map, skip it
+        if (item.id in pendingIdMap)
+          continue;
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("loading item " + nounDef.id + ":" + item.id + " existing: " +
+        //    this.selfReferences[item.id] + " cached: " + cachedItem);
+        if (cachedItem)
+          item = cachedItem;
+        // we may already have been loaded by this process
+        else if (this.selfReferences[item.id] != null)
+          item = this.selfReferences[item.id];
+        // perform loading logic which may produce reference dependencies
+        else
+          this.needsLoads =
+            GlodaDatastore.loadNounItem(item, this.referencesByNounID,
+                                        this.inverseReferencesByNounID) ||
+            this.needsLoads;
+
+        // add ourself to the references by our id
+        // QFQ_LOG.debug("saving item " + nounDef.id + ":" + item.id + " to self-refs");
+        this.selfReferences[item.id] = item;
+
+        // if we're tracking it, add ourselves to our parent's list of children
+        //  too
+        if (this.selfInverseReferences) {
+          let parentID = item[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.idStorageAttributeName];
+          let childrenList = this.selfInverseReferences[parentID];
+          if (childrenList === undefined)
+            childrenList = this.selfInverseReferences[parentID] = [];
+          childrenList.push(item);
+        }
+
+        pendingItems.push(item);
+        pendingIdMap[item.id] = item;
+      }
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      GlodaDatastore._log.error("Exception in handleResult:", e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("Async queryFromQuery error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_qfq_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    try {
+      try {
+        this.statement.finalize();
+        this.statement = null;
+
+        // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+        if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+          return;
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("handleCompletion: " + this.collection._nounDef.name);
+
+        if (this.needsLoads) {
+          for (let nounID in this.referencesByNounID) {
+            let references = this.referencesByNounID[nounID];
+            if (nounID == this.nounDef.id)
+              continue;
+            let nounDef = GlodaDatastore._nounIDToDef[nounID];
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("  have references for noun: " + nounDef.name);
+            // try and load them out of the cache/existing collections.  items in the
+            //  cache will be fully formed, which is nice for us.
+            // XXX this mechanism will get dubious when we have multiple paths to a
+            //  single noun-type.  For example, a -> b -> c, a-> c; two paths to c
+            //  and we're looking at issuing two requests to c, the latter of which
+            //  will be a superset of the first one.  This does not currently pose
+            //  a problem because we only have a -> b -> c -> b, and sequential
+            //  processing means no alarms and no surprises.
+            let masterReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[nounID];
+            if (masterReferences === undefined)
+              masterReferences = this.masterReferencesByNounID[nounID] = {};
+            let outReferences;
+            if (nounDef.parentColumnAttr)
+              outReferences = {};
+            else
+              outReferences = masterReferences;
+            let [foundCount, notFoundCount, notFound] =
+              GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(nounDef.id, references,
+                  outReferences);
+
+            if (nounDef.parentColumnAttr) {
+              let inverseReferences;
+              if (nounDef.id in this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID)
+                inverseReferences =
+                  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[nounDef.id];
+              else
+                inverseReferences =
+                  this.masterInverseReferencesByNounID[nounDef.id] = {};
+
+              for (let key in outReferences) {
+                let item = outReferences[key];
+                masterReferences[item.id] = item;
+                let parentID = item[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.idStorageAttributeName];
+                let childrenList = inverseReferences[parentID];
+                if (childrenList === undefined)
+                  childrenList = inverseReferences[parentID] = [];
+                childrenList.push(item);
+              }
+            }
+
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("  found: " + foundCount + " not found: " + notFoundCount);
+            if (notFoundCount === 0) {
+              this.collection.resolvedCount++;
+            }
+            else {
+              this.collection.deferredCount++;
+              let query = new nounDef.queryClass();
+              query.id.apply(query, Object.keys(notFound));
+
+              this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id] =
+                GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery(query, QueryFromQueryResolver,
+                  this.collection,
+                  // we fully expect/allow for there being no such subcollection yet.
+                  this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id],
+                  this.collection.masterCollection,
+                  {becomeExplicit: true});
+            }
+          }
+
+          for (let nounID in this.inverseReferencesByNounID) {
+            let inverseReferences = this.inverseReferencesByNounID[nounID];
+            this.collection.deferredCount++;
+            let nounDef = GlodaDatastore._nounIDToDef[nounID];
+
+            //QFQ_LOG.debug("Want to load inverse via " + nounDef.parentColumnAttr.boundName);
+
+            let query = new nounDef.queryClass();
+            // we want to constrain using the parent column
+            let queryConstrainer = query[nounDef.parentColumnAttr.boundName];
+            queryConstrainer.apply(query, Object.keys(inverseReferences));
+            this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id] =
+              GlodaDatastore.queryFromQuery(query, QueryFromQueryResolver,
+                this.collection,
+                // we fully expect/allow for there being no such subcollection yet.
+                this.collection.masterCollection.subCollections[nounDef.id],
+                this.collection.masterCollection,
+                {becomeExplicit: true});
+          }
+        }
+        else {
+          this.collection.deferredCount--;
+          this.collection.resolvedCount++;
+        }
+
+        //QFQ_LOG.debug("  defer: " + this.collection.deferredCount +
+        //              " resolved: " + this.collection.resolvedCount);
+
+        // process immediately and kick-up to the master collection...
+        if (this.collection.deferredCount <= 0) {
+          // this guy will resolve everyone using referencesByNounID and issue the
+          //  call to this.collection._onItemsAdded to propagate things to the
+          //  next concerned subCollection or the actual listener if this is the
+          //  master collection.  (Also, call _onQueryCompleted).
+          QueryFromQueryResolver.onItemsAdded(null, {data: this.collection}, true);
+          QueryFromQueryResolver.onQueryCompleted({data: this.collection});
+        }
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        Components.utils.reportError(e);
+        QFQ_LOG.error("Exception:", e);
+      }
+    }
+    finally {
+      GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Used by |GlodaDatastore.folderCompactionPassBlockFetch| to accumulate the
+ *  results and pass them back in to the compaction process in
+ *  |GlodaMsgIndexer._worker_folderCompactionPass|.
+ */
+function CompactionBlockFetcherHandler(aCallback) {
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.idsAndMessageKeys = [];
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+CompactionBlockFetcherHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this.idsAndMessageKeys.push([
+        row.getInt64(0), // id
+        row.getInt64(1), // messageKey
+        row.getString(2), // headerMessageID
+        ]);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("CompactionBlockFetcherHandler error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    this.callback(this.idsAndMessageKeys);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Use this as the callback handler when you have a SQL query that returns a
+ *  single row with a single integer column value, like a COUNT() query.
+ */
+function SingletonResultValueHandler(aCallback) {
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.result = null;
+  GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+}
+SingletonResultValueHandler.prototype = {
+  handleResult: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this.result = row.getInt64(0);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleError(aError) {
+    GlodaDatastore._log.error("SingletonResultValueHandler error: " +
+      aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function gloda_ds_cbfh_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+    this.callback(this.result);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper that duplicates actions taken on a real statement to an explain
+ *  statement.  Currently only fires an explain statement once.
+ */
+function ExplainedStatementWrapper(aRealStatement, aExplainStatement,
+                                   aSQLString, aExplainHandler) {
+  this.real = aRealStatement;
+  this.explain = aExplainStatement;
+  this.sqlString = aSQLString;
+  this.explainHandler = aExplainHandler;
+  this.done = false;
+}
+ExplainedStatementWrapper.prototype = {
+  bindNullParameter: function(aColIndex) {
+    this.real.bindNullParameter(aColIndex);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindNullParameter(aColIndex);
+  },
+  bindStringParameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindStringParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindStringParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  bindInt64Parameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindInt64Parameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindInt64Parameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  bindDoubleParameter: function(aColIndex, aValue) {
+    this.real.bindDoubleParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.bindDoubleParameter(aColIndex, aValue);
+  },
+  executeAsync: function wrapped_executeAsync(aCallback) {
+    if (!this.done) {
+      this.explainHandler.sqlEnRoute(this.sqlString);
+      this.explain.executeAsync(this.explainHandler);
+      this.explain.finalize();
+      this.done = true;
+    }
+    return this.real.executeAsync(aCallback);
+  },
+  finalize: function wrapped_finalize() {
+    if (!this.done)
+      this.explain.finalize();
+    this.real.finalize();
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Writes a single JSON document to the provide file path in a streaming
+ *  fashion.  At startup we open an array to place the queries in and at
+ *  shutdown we close it.
+ */
+function ExplainedStatementProcessor(aDumpPath) {
+  Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+  this._sqlStack = [];
+  this._curOps = [];
+  this._objsWritten = 0;
+
+  let filePath = Cc["@mozilla.org/file/local;1"]
+                   .createInstance(Ci.nsILocalFile);
+  filePath.initWithPath(aDumpPath);
+
+  this._ostream = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-output-stream;1"]
+                 .createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+  this._ostream.init(filePath, -1, -1, 0);
+
+  let s = '{"queries": [';
+  this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+}
+ExplainedStatementProcessor.prototype = {
+  sqlEnRoute: function esp_sqlEnRoute(aSQLString) {
+    this._sqlStack.push(aSQLString);
+  },
+  handleResult: function esp_handleResult(aResultSet) {
+    let row;
+    // addr  opcode (s)      p1    p2    p3    p4 (s)   p5   comment (s)
+    while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+      this._curOps.push([
+        row.getInt64(0),  // addr
+        row.getString(1), // opcode
+        row.getInt64(2),  // p1
+        row.getInt64(3),  // p2
+        row.getInt64(4),  // p3
+        row.getString(5), // p4
+        row.getString(6), // p5
+        row.getString(7)  // comment
+      ]);
+    }
+  },
+  handleError: function esp_handleError(aError) {
+    Cu.reportError("Unexpected error in EXPLAIN handler: " + aError);
+  },
+  handleCompletion: function esp_handleCompletion(aReason) {
+    let obj = {
+      sql: this._sqlStack.shift(),
+      operations: this._curOps,
+    };
+    let s = (this._objsWritten++ ? ", " : "") + JSON.stringify(obj, null, 2);
+    this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+
+    this._curOps = [];
+  },
+
+  observe: function esp_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if (aTopic == "quit-application")
+      this.shutdown();
+  },
+
+  shutdown: function esp_shutdown() {
+    let s = "]}";
+    this._ostream.write(s, s.length);
+    this._ostream.close();
+
+    Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application");
+  }
+};
+
+// See the documentation on GlodaDatastore._schemaVersion to understand these:
+var DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_LOW = 31,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_HIGH = 34,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_LOW = 35,
+      DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_HIGH = 39,
+      DB_SCHEMA_DOWNGRADE_DELTA = 5;
+
+/**
+ * Database abstraction layer.  Contains explicit SQL schemas for our
+ *  fundamental representations (core 'nouns', if you will) as well as
+ *  specialized functions for then dealing with each type of object.  At the
+ *  same time, we are beginning to support extension-provided tables, which
+ *  call into question whether we really need our hand-rolled code, or could
+ *  simply improve the extension-provided table case to work for most of our
+ *  hand-rolled cases.
+ * For now, the argument can probably be made that our explicit schemas and code
+ *  is readable/intuitive (not magic) and efficient (although generic stuff
+ *  could also be made efficient, if slightly evil through use of eval or some
+ *  other code generation mechanism.)
+ *
+ * === Data Model Interaction / Dependencies
+ *
+ * Dependent on and assumes limited knowledge of the datamodel.js
+ *  implementations.  datamodel.js actually has an implicit dependency on
+ *  our implementation, reaching back into the datastore via the _datastore
+ *  attribute which we pass into every instance we create.
+ * We pass a reference to ourself as we create the datamodel.js instances (and
+ *  they store it as _datastore) because of a half-implemented attempt to make
+ *  it possible to live in a world where we have multiple datastores.  This
+ *  would be desirable in the cases where we are dealing with multiple SQLite
+ *  databases.  This could be because of per-account global databases or
+ *  some other segmentation.  This was abandoned when the importance of
+ *  per-account databases was diminished following public discussion, at least
+ *  for the short-term, but no attempted was made to excise the feature or
+ *  preclude it.  (Merely a recognition that it's too much to try and implement
+ *  correct right now, especially because our solution might just be another
+ *  (aggregating) layer on top of things, rather than complicating the lower
+ *  levels.)
+ *
+ * === Object Identity / Caching
+ *
+ * The issue of object identity is handled by integration with the collection.js
+ *  provided GlodaCollectionManager.  By "Object Identity", I mean that we only
+ *  should ever have one object instance alive at a time that corresponds to
+ *  an underlying database row in the database.  Where possible we avoid
+ *  performing database look-ups when we can check if the object is already
+ *  present in memory; in practice, this means when we are asking for an object
+ *  by ID.  When we cannot avoid a database query, we attempt to make sure that
+ *  we do not return a duplicate object instance, instead replacing it with the
+ *  'live' copy of the object.  (Ideally, we would avoid any redundant
+ *  construction costs, but that is not currently the case.)
+ * Although you should consult the GlodaCollectionManager for details, the
+ *  general idea is that we have 'collections' which represent views of the
+ *  database (based on a query) which use a single mechanism for double duty.
+ *  The collections are registered with the collection manager via weak
+ *  reference.  The first 'duty' is that since the collections may be desired
+ *  to be 'live views' of the data, we want them to update as changes occur.
+ *  The weak reference allows the collection manager to track the 'live'
+ *  collections and update them.  The second 'duty' is the caching/object
+ *  identity duty.  In theory, every live item should be referenced by at least
+ *  one collection, making it reachable for object identity/caching purposes.
+ * There is also an explicit (inclusive) caching layer present to both try and
+ *  avoid poor performance from some of the costs of this strategy, as well as
+ *  to try and keep track of objects that are being worked with that are not
+ *  (yet) tracked by a collection.  Using a size-bounded cache is clearly not
+ *  a guarantee of correctness for this, but is suspected will work quite well.
+ *  (Well enough to be dangerous because the inevitable failure case will not be
+ *  expected.)
+ *
+ * The current strategy may not be the optimal one, feel free to propose and/or
+ *  implement better ones, especially if you have numbers.
+ * The current strategy is not fully implemented in this file, but the common
+ *  cases are believed to be covered.  (Namely, we fail to purge items from the
+ *  cache as they are purged from the database.)
+ *
+ * === Things That May Not Be Obvious (Gotchas)
+ *
+ * Although the schema includes "triggers", they are currently not used
+ *  and were added when thinking about implementing the feature.  We will
+ *  probably implement this feature at some point, which is why they are still
+ *  in there.
+ *
+ * We, and the layers above us, are not sufficiently thorough at cleaning out
+ *  data from the database, and may potentially orphan it _as new functionality
+ *  is added in the future at layers above us_.  That is, currently we should
+ *  not be leaking database rows, but we may in the future.  This is because
+ *  we/the layers above us lack a mechanism to track dependencies based on
+ *  attributes.  Say a plugin exists that extracts recipes from messages and
+ *  relates them via an attribute.  To do so, it must create new recipe rows
+ *  in its own table as new recipes are discovered.  No automatic mechanism
+ *  will purge recipes as their source messages are purged, nor does any
+ *  event-driven mechanism explicitly inform the plugin.  (It could infer
+ *  such an event from the indexing/attribute-providing process, or poll the
+ *  states of attributes to accomplish this, but that is not desirable.)  This
+ *  needs to be addressed, and may be best addressed at layers above
+ *  datastore.js.
+ * @namespace
+ */
+var GlodaDatastore = {
+  _log: null,
+
+  /* see Gloda's documentation for these constants */
+  kSpecialNotAtAll: 0,
+  kSpecialColumn: 16,
+  kSpecialColumnChildren: 16|1,
+  kSpecialColumnParent: 16|2,
+  kSpecialString: 32,
+  kSpecialFulltext: 64,
+  IGNORE_FACET: {},
+
+  kConstraintIdIn: 0,
+  kConstraintIn: 1,
+  kConstraintRanges: 2,
+  kConstraintEquals: 3,
+  kConstraintStringLike: 4,
+  kConstraintFulltext: 5,
+
+  /* ******************* SCHEMA ******************* */
+
+  /**
+   * Schema version policy. IMPORTANT!  We expect the following potential things
+   *  to happen in the life of gloda that can impact our schema and the ability
+   *  to move between different versions of Thunderbird:
+   *
+   * - Fundamental changes to the schema so that two versions of Thunderbird
+   *    cannot use the same global database.  To wit, Thunderbird N+1 needs to
+   *    blow away the database of Thunderbird N and reindex from scratch.
+   *    Likewise, Thunderbird N will need to blow away Thunderbird N+1's
+   *    database because it can't understand it.  And we can't simply use a
+   *    different file because there would be fatal bookkeeping losses.
+   *
+   * - Bidirectional minor schema changes (rare).
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not affect Thunderbird N's use
+   *    of the database, and a user switching back to Thunderbird N will not be
+   *    negatively impacted.  It will also be fine when they go back to N+1 and
+   *    N+1 will not be missing any vital data.  The historic example of this is
+   *    when we added a missing index that was important for performance.  In
+   *    that case, Thunderbird N could have potentially left the schema revision
+   *    intact (if there was a safe revision), rather than swapping it on the
+   *    downgrade, compelling N+1 to redo the transform on upgrade.
+   *
+   * - Backwards compatible, upgrade-transition minor schema changes.
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not require nuking the
+   *    database / a full re-index, but does require processing on upgrade from
+   *    a version of the database previously used by Thunderbird.  These changes
+   *    do not impact N's ability to use the database.  For example, adding a
+   *    new indexed attribute that affects a small number of messages could be
+   *    handled by issuing a query on upgrade to dirty/index those messages.
+   *    However, if the user goes back to N from N+1, when they upgrade to N+1
+   *    again, we need to re-index.  In this case N would need to have downgrade
+   *    the schema revision.
+   *
+   * - Backwards incompatible, minor schema changes.
+   *    Thunderbird N+1 does something that does not require nuking the database
+   *    but will break Thunderbird N's ability to use the database.
+   *
+   * - Regression fixes.  Sometimes we may land something that screws up
+   *    databases, or the platform changes in a way that breaks our code and we
+   *    had insufficient unit test coverage and so don't detect it until some
+   *    databases have gotten messed up.
+   *
+   * Accordingly, every version of Thunderbird has a concept of potential schema
+   *  versions with associated semantics to prepare for the minor schema upgrade
+   *  cases were inter-op is possible.  These ranges and their semantics are:
+   * - accepts and leaves intact.  Covers:
+   *    - regression fixes that no longer exist with the landing of the upgrade
+   *       code as long as users never go back a build in the given channel.
+   *    - bidirectional minor schema changes.
+   * - accepts but downgrades version to self.  Covers:
+   *    - backwards compatible, upgrade-transition minor schema changes.
+   * - nuke range (anything beyond a specific revision needs to be nuked):
+   *    - backwards incompatible, minor scheme changes
+   *    - fundamental changes
+   *
+   *
+   * SO, YOU WANT TO CHANGE THE SCHEMA?
+   *
+   * Use the ranges below for Thunderbird 11 as a guide, bumping things as little
+   *  as possible.  If we start to use up the "accepts and leaves intact" range
+   *  without majorly changing things up, re-do the numbering acceptance range
+   *  to give us additional runway.
+   *
+   * Also, if we keep needing non-nuking upgrades, consider adding an additional
+   *  table to the database that can tell older versions of Thunderbird what to
+   *  do when confronted with a newer database and where it can set flags to tell
+   *  the newer Thunderbird what the older Thunderbird got up to.  For example,
+   *  it would be much easier if we just tell Thunderbird N what to do when it's
+   *  confronted with the database.
+   *
+   *
+   * CURRENT STATE OF THE MIGRATION LOGIC:
+   *
+   * Thunderbird 11: uses 30 (regression fix from 26)
+   * - accepts and leaves intact: 31-34
+   * - accepts and downgrades by 5: 35-39
+   * - nukes: 40+
+   */
+  _schemaVersion: 30,
+  // what is the schema in the database right now?
+  _actualSchemaVersion: 0,
+  _schema: {
+    tables: {
+
+      // ----- Messages
+      folderLocations: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["folderURI", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["dirtyStatus", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["name", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["indexingPriority", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE from messages WHERE folderID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      conversations: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["subject", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["oldestMessageDate", "INTEGER"],
+          ["newestMessageDate", "INTEGER"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          subject: ['subject'],
+          oldestMessageDate: ['oldestMessageDate'],
+          newestMessageDate: ['newestMessageDate'],
+        },
+
+        fulltextColumns: [
+          ["subject", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE from messages WHERE conversationID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      /**
+       * A message record correspond to an actual message stored in a folder
+       *  somewhere, or is a ghost record indicating a message that we know
+       *  should exist, but which we have not seen (and which we may never see).
+       *  We represent these ghost messages by storing NULL values in the
+       *  folderID and messageKey fields; this may need to change to other
+       *  sentinel values if this somehow impacts performance.
+       */
+      messages: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["folderID", "INTEGER"],
+          ["messageKey", "INTEGER"],
+          // conversationID used to have a REFERENCES but I'm losing it for
+          //  presumed performance reasons and it doesn't do anything for us.
+          ["conversationID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["date", "INTEGER"],
+          // we used to have the parentID, but because of the very real
+          //  possibility of multiple copies of a message with a given
+          //  message-id, the parentID concept is unreliable.
+          ["headerMessageID", "TEXT"],
+          ["deleted", "INTEGER NOT NULL default 0"],
+          ["jsonAttributes", "TEXT"],
+          // Notability attempts to capture the static 'interestingness' of a
+          //  message as a result of being starred/flagged, labeled, read
+          //  multiple times, authored by someone in your address book or that
+          //  you converse with a lot, etc.
+          ["notability", "INTEGER NOT NULL default 0"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          messageLocation: ['folderID', 'messageKey'],
+          headerMessageID: ['headerMessageID'],
+          conversationID: ['conversationID'],
+          date: ['date'],
+          deleted: ['deleted'],
+        },
+
+        // note: if reordering the columns, you need to change this file's
+        //  row-loading logic, msg_search.js's ranking usages and also the
+        //  column saturations in nsGlodaRankerFunction
+        fulltextColumns: [
+          ["body", "TEXT"],
+          ["subject", "TEXT"],
+          ["attachmentNames", "TEXT"],
+          ["author", "TEXT"],
+          ["recipients", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE messageID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      // ----- Attributes
+      attributeDefinitions: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["attributeType", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["extensionName", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["name", "TEXT NOT NULL"],
+          ["parameter", "BLOB"],
+        ],
+
+        triggers: {
+          delete: "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE attributeID = OLD.id",
+        },
+      },
+
+      messageAttributes: {
+        columns: [
+          // conversationID and messageID used to have REFERENCES back to their
+          //  appropriate types.  I removed it when removing attributeID for
+          //  better reasons and because the code is not capable of violating
+          //  this constraint, so the check is just added cost.  (And we have
+          //  unit tests that sanity check my assertions.)
+          ["conversationID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["messageID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          // This used to be REFERENCES attributeDefinitions(id) but then we
+          //  introduced sentinel values and it's hard to justify the effort
+          //  to compel injection of the record or the overhead to do the
+          //  references checking.
+          ["attributeID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"],
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          attribQuery: [
+            "attributeID", "value",
+            /* covering: */ "conversationID", "messageID"],
+          // This is required for deletion of a message's attributes to be
+          // performant.  We could optimize this index away if we changed our
+          // deletion logic to issue specific attribute deletions based on the
+          // information it already has available in the message's JSON blob.
+          // The rub there is that if we screwed up we could end up leaking
+          // attributes and there is a non-trivial performance overhead to
+          // the many requests it would cause (which can also be reduced in
+          // the future by changing our SQL dispatch code.)
+          messageAttribFastDeletion: [
+            "messageID"],
+        },
+      },
+
+      // ----- Contacts / Identities
+
+      /**
+       * Corresponds to a human being and roughly to an address book entry.
+       *  Constrast with an identity, which is a specific e-mail address, IRC
+       *  nick, etc.  Identities belong to contacts, and this relationship is
+       *  expressed on the identityAttributes table.
+       */
+      contacts: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["directoryUUID", "TEXT"],
+          ["contactUUID", "TEXT"],
+          ["popularity", "INTEGER"],
+          ["frecency", "INTEGER"],
+          ["name", "TEXT"],
+          ["jsonAttributes", "TEXT"],
+        ],
+        indices: {
+          popularity: ["popularity"],
+          frecency: ["frecency"],
+        },
+      },
+
+      contactAttributes: {
+        columns: [
+          ["contactID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["attributeID",
+           "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"]
+        ],
+        indices: {
+          contactAttribQuery: [
+            "attributeID", "value",
+            /* covering: */ "contactID"],
+        }
+      },
+
+      /**
+       * Identities correspond to specific e-mail addresses, IRC nicks, etc.
+       */
+      identities: {
+        columns: [
+          ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"],
+          ["contactID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["kind", "TEXT NOT NULL"], // ex: email, irc, etc.
+          ["value", "TEXT NOT NULL"], // ex: e-mail address, irc nick/handle...
+          ["description", "NOT NULL"], // what makes this identity different
+          // from the others? (ex: home, work, etc.)
+          ["relay", "INTEGER NOT NULL"], // is the identity just a relay
+          // mechanism? (ex: mailing list, twitter 'bouncer', IRC gateway, etc.)
+        ],
+
+        indices: {
+          contactQuery: ["contactID"],
+          valueQuery: ["kind", "value"]
+        }
+      },
+    },
+  },
+
+
+  /* ******************* LOGIC ******************* */
+  /**
+   * We only have one connection; this name exists for legacy reasons but helps
+   *  track when we are intentionally doing synchronous things during startup.
+   *  We do nothing synchronous once our setup has completed.
+   */
+  syncConnection: null,
+  /**
+   * We only have one connection and we only do asynchronous things after setup;
+   *  this name still exists mainly for legacy reasons.
+   */
+  asyncConnection: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Our "mailnews.database.global.datastore." preferences branch for debug
+   * notification handling.  We register as an observer against this.
+   */
+  _prefBranch: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The unique ID assigned to an index when it has been built. This value
+   * changes once the index has been rebuilt.
+   */
+  _datastoreID: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging, create the database if it doesn't exist, "upgrade" it
+   *  if it does and it's not up-to-date, fill our authoritative folder uri/id
+   *  mapping.
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_ds_init(aNounIDToDef) {
+    this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.datastore");
+    this._log.debug("Beginning datastore initialization.");
+
+    this._nounIDToDef = aNounIDToDef;
+
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.datastore.");
+    this._prefBranch = branch;
+
+    // Not sure the weak reference really makes a difference given that we are a
+    // GC root.
+    branch.addObserver("", this, false);
+    // claim the pref changed so we can centralize our logic there.
+    this.observe(null, "nsPref:changed", "explainToPath");
+
+    // Get the path to our global database
+    var dbFile = Services.dirsvc.get("ProfD", Ci.nsIFile);
+    dbFile.append("global-messages-db.sqlite");
+
+    var dbConnection;
+
+    // Report about the size of the database through telemetry (if there's a
+    // database, naturally).
+    if (dbFile.exists()) {
+      try {
+        let h = Services.telemetry.getHistogramById("THUNDERBIRD_GLODA_SIZE_MB");
+        h.add(dbFile.fileSize/1048576);
+      } catch (e) {
+        this._log.warn("Couldn't report telemetry", e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Create the file if it does not exist
+    if (!dbFile.exists()) {
+      this._log.debug("Creating database because it doesn't exist.");
+      dbConnection = this._createDB(dbFile);
+    }
+    // It does exist, but we (someday) might need to upgrade the schema
+    else {
+      // (Exceptions may be thrown if the database is corrupt)
+      try {
+        dbConnection = Services.storage.openUnsharedDatabase(dbFile);
+        let cacheSize = this._determineCachePages(dbConnection);
+        // see _createDB...
+        dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA cache_size = "+cacheSize);
+        dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA synchronous = FULL");
+
+        // Register custom tokenizer to index all language text
+        var tokenizer = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/fts3tokenizer;1"].
+                          getService(Ci.nsIFts3Tokenizer);
+        tokenizer.registerTokenizer(dbConnection);
+
+        // -- database schema changes
+        let dbSchemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion =
+          dbConnection.schemaVersion;
+        // - database from the future!
+        if (dbSchemaVersion > this._schemaVersion) {
+          if (dbSchemaVersion >= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_LOW &&
+              dbSchemaVersion <= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_LEAVE_HIGH) {
+            this._log.debug("db from the future in acceptable range; leaving " +
+                            "version at: " + dbSchemaVersion);
+          }
+          else if (dbSchemaVersion >= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_LOW &&
+                   dbSchemaVersion <= DB_SCHEMA_ACCEPT_DOWNGRADE_HIGH) {
+            let newVersion = dbSchemaVersion - DB_SCHEMA_DOWNGRADE_DELTA;
+            this._log.debug("db from the future in downgrade range; setting " +
+                            "version to " + newVersion + " down from " +
+                            dbSchemaVersion);
+            dbConnection.schemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion = newVersion;
+          }
+          // too far from the future, nuke it.
+          else {
+            dbConnection = this._nukeMigration(dbFile, dbConnection);
+          }
+        }
+        // - database from the past!  migrate it, possibly.
+        else if (dbSchemaVersion < this._schemaVersion) {
+          this._log.debug("Need to migrate database.  (DB version: " +
+            this._actualSchemaVersion + " desired version: " +
+            this._schemaVersion);
+          dbConnection = this._migrate(dbFile,
+                                       dbConnection,
+                                       this._actualSchemaVersion,
+                                       this._schemaVersion);
+          this._log.debug("Migration call completed.");
+        }
+        // else: this database is juuust right.
+
+        // If we never had a datastore ID, make sure to create one now.
+        if (!this._prefBranch.prefHasUserValue("id")) {
+          this._datastoreID = this._generateDatastoreID();
+          this._prefBranch.setCharPref("id", this._datastoreID);
+        } else {
+          this._datastoreID = this._prefBranch.getCharPref("id");
+        }
+      }
+      // Handle corrupt databases, other oddities
+      catch (ex) {
+        if (ex.result == Cr.NS_ERROR_FILE_CORRUPTED) {
+          this._log.warn("Database was corrupt, removing the old one.");
+          dbFile.remove(false);
+          this._log.warn("Removed old database, creating a new one.");
+          dbConnection = this._createDB(dbFile);
+        }
+        else {
+          this._log.error("Unexpected error when trying to open the database:",
+                          ex);
+          throw ex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.syncConnection = dbConnection;
+    this.asyncConnection = dbConnection;
+
+    this._log.debug("Initializing folder mappings.");
+    this._getAllFolderMappings();
+    // we need to figure out the next id's for all of the tables where we
+    //  manage that.
+    this._log.debug("Populating managed id counters.");
+    this._populateAttributeDefManagedId();
+    this._populateConversationManagedId();
+    this._populateMessageManagedId();
+    this._populateContactManagedId();
+    this._populateIdentityManagedId();
+
+    // create the timer we use to periodically drop our references to folders
+    //  we no longer need XPCOM references to (or more significantly, their
+    //  message databases.)
+    this._folderCleanupTimer =
+      Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+
+    this._log.debug("Completed datastore initialization.");
+  },
+
+  observe: function gloda_ds_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if(aTopic != "nsPref:changed")
+      return;
+
+    if (aData == "explainToPath") {
+      let explainToPath = null;
+      try {
+        explainToPath = this._prefBranch.getCharPref("explainToPath");
+        if (explainToPath.trim() == "")
+          explainToPath = null;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // don't care if the pref is not there.
+      }
+
+      // It is conceivable that the name is changing and this isn't a boolean
+      // toggle, so always clean out the explain processor.
+      if (this._explainProcessor) {
+        this._explainProcessor.shutdown();
+        this._explainProcessor = null;
+      }
+
+      if (explainToPath) {
+        this._createAsyncStatement = this._createExplainedAsyncStatement;
+        this._explainProcessor = new ExplainedStatementProcessor(
+                                       explainToPath);
+      }
+      else {
+        this._createAsyncStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  datastoreIsShutdown: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Perform datastore shutdown.
+   */
+  shutdown: function gloda_ds_shutdown() {
+    // Clear out any pending transaction by committing it.
+    // The indexer has been shutdown by this point; it no longer has any active
+    //  indexing logic and it no longer has active event listeners capable of
+    //  generating new activity.
+    // Semantic consistency of the database is guaranteed by the indexer's
+    //  strategy of only yielding control at coherent times.  Although it takes
+    //  multiple calls and multiple SQL operations to update the state of our
+    //  database representations, the generator does not yield until it has
+    //  issued all the database statements required for said update.  As such,
+    //  this commit will leave us in a good way (and the commit will happen
+    //  because closing the connection will drain the async execution queue.)
+    while (this._transactionDepth) {
+      this._log.info("Closing pending transaction out for shutdown.");
+      // just schedule this function to be run again once the transaction has
+      //  been closed out.
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+
+    this.datastoreIsShutdown = true;
+
+    // shutdown our folder cleanup timer, if active and null it out.
+    if (this._folderCleanupActive)
+      this._folderCleanupTimer.cancel();
+    this._folderCleanupTimer = null;
+
+    this._log.info("Closing db connection");
+
+    // we do not expect exceptions, but it's a good idea to avoid having our
+    //  shutdown process explode.
+    try {
+      this._cleanupAsyncStatements();
+      this._cleanupSyncStatements();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.debug("Unexpected exception during statement cleanup: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // it's conceivable we might get a spurious exception here, but we really
+    //  shouldn't get one.  again, we want to ensure shutdown runs to completion
+    //  and doesn't break our caller.
+    try {
+      // This currently causes all pending asynchronous operations to be run to
+      //  completion.  this simplifies things from a correctness perspective,
+      //  and, honestly, is a lot easier than us tracking all of the async
+      //  event tasks so that we can explicitly cancel them.
+      // This is a reasonable thing to do because we don't actually ever have
+      //  a huge number of statements outstanding.  The indexing process needs
+      //  to issue async requests periodically, so the most we have in-flight
+      //  from a write perspective is strictly less than the work required to
+      //  update the database state for a single message.
+      // However, the potential for multiple pending expensive queries does
+      //  exist, and it may be advisable to attempt to track and cancel those.
+      //  For simplicity we don't currently do this, and I expect this should
+      //  not pose a major problem, but those are famous last words.
+      // Note: asyncClose does not spin a nested event loop, but the thread
+      //  manager shutdown code will spin the async thread's event loop, so it
+      //  nets out to be the same.
+      this.asyncConnection.asyncClose();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.debug("Potentially expected exception during connection " +
+                      "closure: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    this.asyncConnection = null;
+    this.syncConnection = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Generates and returns a UUID.
+   *
+   * @return a UUID as a string, ex: "c4dd0159-9287-480f-a648-a4613e147fdb"
+   */
+  _generateDatastoreID: function gloda_ds_generateDatastoreID() {
+    let uuidGen = Cc["@mozilla.org/uuid-generator;1"]
+                    .getService(Ci.nsIUUIDGenerator);
+    let uuid = uuidGen.generateUUID().toString();
+    // We snip off the { and } from each end of the UUID.
+    return uuid.substring(1, uuid.length - 2);
+  },
+
+  _determineCachePages: function gloda_ds_determineCachePages(aDBConn) {
+    try {
+      // For the details of the computations, one should read
+      //  nsNavHistory::InitDB. We're slightly diverging from them in the sense
+      //  that we won't allow gloda to use insane amounts of memory cache, and
+      //  we start with 1% instead of 6% like them.
+      let pageStmt = aDBConn.createStatement("PRAGMA page_size");
+      pageStmt.executeStep();
+      let pageSize = pageStmt.row.page_size;
+      pageStmt.finalize();
+      let cachePermillage = this._prefBranch
+                            .getIntPref("cache_to_memory_permillage");
+      cachePermillage = Math.min(cachePermillage, 50);
+      cachePermillage = Math.max(cachePermillage, 0);
+      let physMem = IOUtils.getPhysicalMemorySize();
+      if (physMem == 0)
+        physMem = MEMSIZE_FALLBACK_BYTES;
+      let cacheSize = Math.round(physMem * cachePermillage / 1000);
+      cacheSize = Math.max(cacheSize, MIN_CACHE_SIZE);
+      cacheSize = Math.min(cacheSize, MAX_CACHE_SIZE);
+      let cachePages = Math.round(cacheSize / pageSize);
+      return cachePages;
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.warn("Error determining cache size: " + ex);
+      // A little bit lower than on my personal machine, will result in ~40M.
+      return 1000;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create our database; basically a wrapper around _createSchema.
+   */
+  _createDB: function gloda_ds_createDB(aDBFile) {
+    var dbConnection = Services.storage.openUnsharedDatabase(aDBFile);
+    // We now follow the Firefox strategy for places, which mainly consists in
+    //  picking a default 32k page size, and then figuring out the amount of
+    //  cache accordingly. The default 32k come from mozilla/toolkit/storage,
+    //  but let's get it directly from sqlite in case they change it.
+    let cachePages = this._determineCachePages(dbConnection);
+    // This is a maximum number of pages to be used.  If the database does not
+    //  get this large, then the memory does not get used.
+    // Do not forget to update the code in _init if you change this value.
+    dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA cache_size = "+cachePages);
+    // The mozStorage default is NORMAL which shaves off some fsyncs in the
+    //  interest of performance.  Since everything we do after bootstrap is
+    //  async, we do not care about the performance, but we really want the
+    //  correctness.  Bug reports and support avenues indicate a non-zero number
+    //  of corrupt databases.  Note that this may not fix everything; OS X
+    //  also supports an F_FULLSYNC flag enabled by PRAGMA fullfsync that we are
+    //  not enabling that is much more comprehensive.  We can think about
+    //  turning that on after we've seen how this reduces our corruption count.
+    dbConnection.executeSimpleSQL("PRAGMA synchronous = FULL");
+    // Register custom tokenizer to index all language text
+    var tokenizer = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/fts3tokenizer;1"].
+                      getService(Ci.nsIFts3Tokenizer);
+    tokenizer.registerTokenizer(dbConnection);
+
+    // We're creating a new database, so let's generate a new ID for this
+    // version of the datastore. This way, indexers can know when the index
+    // has been rebuilt in the event that they need to rebuild dependent data.
+    this._datastoreID = this._generateDatastoreID();
+    this._prefBranch.setCharPref("id", this._datastoreID);
+
+    dbConnection.beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      this._createSchema(dbConnection);
+      dbConnection.commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      dbConnection.rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+
+    return dbConnection;
+  },
+
+  _createTableSchema: function gloda_ds_createTableSchema(aDBConnection,
+      aTableName, aTableDef) {
+    // - Create the table
+    this._log.info("Creating table: " + aTableName);
+    let columnDefs = [];
+    for (let [column, type] of aTableDef.columns) {
+      columnDefs.push(column + " " + type);
+    }
+    aDBConnection.createTable(aTableName, columnDefs.join(", "));
+
+    // - Create the fulltext table if applicable
+    if (aTableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+      let columnDefs = [];
+      for (let [column, type] of aTableDef.fulltextColumns) {
+        columnDefs.push(column + " " + type);
+      }
+      let createFulltextSQL = "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE " + aTableName + "Text" +
+        " USING fts3(tokenize mozporter, " + columnDefs.join(", ") + ")";
+      this._log.info("Creating fulltext table: " + createFulltextSQL);
+      aDBConnection.executeSimpleSQL(createFulltextSQL);
+    }
+
+    // - Create its indices
+    if (aTableDef.indices) {
+      for (let indexName in aTableDef.indices) {
+        let indexColumns = aTableDef.indices[indexName];
+        aDBConnection.executeSimpleSQL(
+          "CREATE INDEX " + indexName + " ON " + aTableName +
+          "(" + indexColumns.join(", ") + ")");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // - Create the attributes table if applicable
+    if (aTableDef.genericAttributes) {
+      aTableDef.genericAttributes = {
+        columns: [
+          ["nounID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["attributeID", "INTEGER NOT NULL"],
+          ["value", "NUMERIC"]
+        ],
+        indices: {}
+      };
+      aTableDef.genericAttributes.indices[aTableName + "AttribQuery"] =
+        ["attributeID", "value", /* covering: */ "nounID"];
+      // let's use this very function!  (since we created genericAttributes,
+      //  explodey recursion is avoided.)
+      this._createTableSchema(aDBConnection, aTableName + "Attributes",
+                              aTableDef.genericAttributes);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create our database schema assuming a newly created database.  This
+   *  comes down to creating normal tables, their full-text variants (if
+   *  applicable), and their indices.
+   */
+  _createSchema: function gloda_ds_createSchema(aDBConnection) {
+    // -- For each table...
+    for (let tableName in this._schema.tables) {
+      let tableDef = this._schema.tables[tableName];
+      this._createTableSchema(aDBConnection, tableName, tableDef);
+    }
+
+    aDBConnection.schemaVersion = this._actualSchemaVersion =
+      this._schemaVersion;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a table for a noun, replete with data binding.
+   */
+  createNounTable: function gloda_ds_createTableIfNotExists(aNounDef) {
+    // give it a _jsonText attribute if appropriate...
+    if (aNounDef.allowsArbitraryAttrs)
+      aNounDef.schema.columns.push(['jsonAttributes', 'STRING', '_jsonText']);
+    // check if the table exists
+    if (!this.asyncConnection.tableExists(aNounDef.tableName)) {
+      // it doesn't! create it (and its potentially many variants)
+      try {
+        this._createTableSchema(this.asyncConnection, aNounDef.tableName,
+                                aNounDef.schema);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+         this._log.error("Problem creating table " + aNounDef.tableName + " " +
+           "because: " + ex + " at " + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber);
+         return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    aNounDef._dataBinder = new GlodaDatabind(aNounDef, this);
+    aNounDef.datastore = aNounDef._dataBinder;
+    aNounDef.objFromRow = aNounDef._dataBinder.objFromRow;
+    aNounDef.objInsert = aNounDef._dataBinder.objInsert;
+    aNounDef.objUpdate = aNounDef._dataBinder.objUpdate;
+    aNounDef.dbAttribAdjuster = aNounDef._dataBinder.adjustAttributes;
+
+    if (aNounDef.schema.genericAttributes) {
+      aNounDef.attrTableName = aNounDef.tableName + "Attributes";
+      aNounDef.attrIDColumnName = "nounID";
+    }
+  },
+
+  _nukeMigration: function gloda_ds_nukeMigration(aDBFile, aDBConnection) {
+    aDBConnection.close();
+    aDBFile.remove(false);
+    this._log.warn("Global database has been purged due to schema change.  " +
+                   "old version was " + this._actualSchemaVersion +
+                   ", new version is: " + this._schemaVersion);
+    return this._createDB(aDBFile);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Migrate the database _to the latest version_ from an older version.  We
+   *  only keep enough logic around to get us to the recent version.  This code
+   *  is not a time machine!  If we need to blow away the database to get to the
+   *  most recent version, then that's the sum total of the migration!
+   */
+  _migrate: function gloda_ds_migrate(aDBFile, aDBConnection,
+                                      aCurVersion, aNewVersion) {
+
+    // version 12:
+    // - notability column added
+    // version 13:
+    // - we are adding a new fulltext index column. blow away!
+    // - note that I screwed up and failed to mark the schema change; apparently
+    //   no database will claim to be version 13...
+    // version 14ish, still labeled 13?:
+    // - new attributes: forwarded, repliedTo, bcc, recipients
+    // - altered fromMeTo and fromMeCc to fromMe
+    // - altered toMe and ccMe to just be toMe
+    // - exposes bcc to cc-related attributes
+    // - MIME type DB schema overhaul
+    // version 15ish, still labeled 13:
+    // - change tokenizer to mozporter to support CJK
+    // (We are slip-streaming this so that only people who want to test CJK
+    //  have to test it.  We will properly bump the schema revision when the
+    //  gloda correctness patch lands.)
+    // version 16ish, labeled 14 and now 16
+    // - gloda message id's start from 32 now
+    // - all kinds of correctness changes (blow away)
+    // version 17
+    // - more correctness fixes. (blow away)
+    // version 18
+    // - significant empty set support (blow away)
+    // version 19
+    // - there was a typo that was resulting in deleted getting set to the
+    //  numeric value of the javascript undefined value.  (migrate-able)
+    // version 20
+    // - tokenizer changes to provide for case/accent-folding. (blow away)
+    // version 21
+    // - add the messagesAttribFastDeletion index we thought was already covered
+    //  by an index we removed a while ago (migrate-able)
+    // version 26
+    // - bump page size and also cache size (blow away)
+    // version 30
+    // - recover from bug 732372 that affected TB 11 beta / TB 12 alpha / TB 13
+    //    trunk.  The fix is bug 734507.  The revision bump happens
+    //    asynchronously. (migrate-able)
+
+    // nuke if prior to 26
+    if (aCurVersion < 26)
+      return this._nukeMigration(aDBFile, aDBConnection);
+
+    // They must be desiring our "a.contact is undefined" fix!
+    // This fix runs asynchronously as the first indexing job the indexer ever
+    //  performs.  It is scheduled by the enabling of the message indexer and
+    //  it is the one that updates the schema version when done.
+
+    // return the same DB connection since we didn't create a new one or do
+    //  anything.
+    return aDBConnection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously update the schema version; only for use by in-tree callers
+   *  who asynchronously perform migration work triggered by their initial
+   *  indexing sweep and who have properly updated the schema version in all
+   *  the appropriate locations in this file.
+   *
+   * This is done without doing anything about the current transaction state,
+   *  which is desired.
+   */
+  _updateSchemaVersion: function(newSchemaVersion) {
+    this._actualSchemaVersion = newSchemaVersion;
+    let stmt = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      // we need to concat; pragmas don't like "?1" binds
+      "PRAGMA user_version = " + newSchemaVersion, true);
+    stmt.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  _outstandingAsyncStatements: [],
+
+  /**
+   * Unless debugging, this is just _realCreateAsyncStatement, but in some
+   *  debugging modes this is instead the helpful wrapper
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement.
+   */
+  _createAsyncStatement: null,
+
+  _realCreateAsyncStatement: function gloda_ds_createAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                                aWillFinalize) {
+    let statement = null;
+    try {
+      statement = this.asyncConnection.createAsyncStatement(aSQLString);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error creating async statement " + aSQLString + " - " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    if (!aWillFinalize)
+      this._outstandingAsyncStatements.push(statement);
+
+    return statement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The ExplainedStatementProcessor instance used by
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement.  This will be null if
+   *  _createExplainedAsyncStatement is not being used as _createAsyncStatement.
+   */
+  _explainProcessor: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapped version of _createAsyncStatement that EXPLAINs the statement.  When
+   *  used this decorates _createAsyncStatement, in which case we are found at
+   *  that name and the original is at _orig_createAsyncStatement.  This is
+   *  controlled by the explainToPath preference (see |_init|).
+   */
+  _createExplainedAsyncStatement:
+      function gloda_ds__createExplainedAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                       aWillFinalize) {
+    let realStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                       aWillFinalize);
+    // don't wrap transaction control statements.
+    if (aSQLString == "COMMIT" ||
+        aSQLString == "BEGIN TRANSACTION" ||
+        aSQLString == "ROLLBACK")
+      return realStatement;
+
+    let explainSQL = "EXPLAIN " + aSQLString;
+    let explainStatement = this._realCreateAsyncStatement(explainSQL);
+
+    return new ExplainedStatementWrapper(realStatement, explainStatement,
+                                         aSQLString, this._explainProcessor);
+  },
+
+  _cleanupAsyncStatements: function gloda_ds_cleanupAsyncStatements() {
+    this._outstandingAsyncStatements.forEach(stmt => stmt.finalize());
+  },
+
+  _outstandingSyncStatements: [],
+
+  _createSyncStatement: function gloda_ds_createSyncStatement(aSQLString,
+                                                              aWillFinalize) {
+    let statement = null;
+    try {
+      statement = this.syncConnection.createStatement(aSQLString);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error creating sync statement " + aSQLString + " - " +
+             this.syncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.syncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    if (!aWillFinalize)
+      this._outstandingSyncStatements.push(statement);
+
+    return statement;
+  },
+
+  _cleanupSyncStatements: function gloda_ds_cleanupSyncStatements() {
+    this._outstandingSyncStatements.forEach(stmt => stmt.finalize());
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Perform a synchronous executeStep on the statement, handling any
+   *  SQLITE_BUSY fallout that could conceivably happen from a collision on our
+   *  read with the async writes.
+   * Basically we keep trying until we succeed or run out of tries.
+   * We believe this to be a reasonable course of action because we don't
+   *  expect this to happen much.
+   */
+  _syncStep: function gloda_ds_syncStep(aStatement) {
+    let tries = 0;
+    while (tries < 32000) {
+      try {
+        return aStatement.executeStep();
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        // SQLITE_BUSY becomes NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+        if (e.result == 0x80004005) {
+          tries++;
+          // we really need to delay here, somehow.  unfortunately, we can't
+          //  allow event processing to happen, and most of the things we could
+          //  do to delay ourselves result in event processing happening.  (Use
+          //  of a timer, a synchronous dispatch, etc.)
+          // in theory, nsIThreadEventFilter could allow us to stop other events
+          //  that aren't our timer from happening, but it seems slightly
+          //  dangerous and 'notxpcom' suggests it ain't happening anyways...
+          // so, let's just be dumb and hope that the underlying file I/O going
+          //  on makes us more likely to yield to the other thread so it can
+          //  finish what it is doing...
+        } else {
+          throw e;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    this._log.error("Synchronous step gave up after " + tries + " tries.");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper to bind based on the actual type of the javascript value.  Note
+   *  that we always use int64 because under the hood sqlite just promotes the
+   *  normal 'int' call to 'int64' anyways.
+   */
+  _bindVariant: function gloda_ds_bindBlob(aStatement, aIndex, aVariant) {
+    if (aVariant == null) // catch both null and undefined
+      aStatement.bindNullParameter(aIndex);
+    else if (typeof aVariant == "string")
+      aStatement.bindStringParameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+    else if (typeof aVariant == "number") {
+      // we differentiate for storage representation reasons only.
+      if (Math.floor(aVariant) === aVariant)
+        aStatement.bindInt64Parameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+      else
+        aStatement.bindDoubleParameter(aIndex, aVariant);
+    }
+    else
+      throw new Error("Attempt to bind variant with unsupported type: " +
+            (typeof aVariant));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper that uses the appropriate getter given the data type; should be
+   *  mooted once we move to 1.9.2 and can use built-in variant support.
+   */
+  _getVariant: function gloda_ds_getBlob(aRow, aIndex) {
+    let typeOfIndex = aRow.getTypeOfIndex(aIndex);
+    if (typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      return null;
+    // XPConnect would just end up going through an intermediary double stage
+    //  for the int64 case anyways...
+    else if (typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_INTEGER ||
+             typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_DOUBLE)
+      return aRow.getDouble(aIndex);
+    else // typeOfIndex == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_TEXT
+      return aRow.getString(aIndex);
+  },
+
+  /** Simple nested transaction support as a performance optimization. */
+  _transactionDepth: 0,
+  _transactionGood: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing BEGIN TRANSACTION statement.
+   */
+  get _beginTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("BEGIN TRANSACTION");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_beginTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._beginTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing COMMIT statement.
+   */
+  get _commitTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("COMMIT");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_commitTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._commitTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Self-memoizing ROLLBACK statement.
+   */
+  get _rollbackTransactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("ROLLBACK");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_rollbackTransactionStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._rollbackTransactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  _pendingPostCommitCallbacks: null,
+  /**
+   * Register a callback to be invoked when the current transaction's commit
+   *  completes.
+   */
+  runPostCommit: function gloda_ds_runPostCommit(aCallback) {
+    this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks.push(aCallback);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Begin a potentially nested transaction; only the outermost transaction gets
+   *  to be an actual transaction, and the failure of any nested transaction
+   *  results in a rollback of the entire outer transaction.  If you really
+   *  need an atomic transaction
+   */
+  _beginTransaction: function gloda_ds_beginTransaction() {
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks = [];
+      this._beginTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      this._transactionGood = true;
+    }
+    this._transactionDepth++;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Commit a potentially nested transaction; if we are the outer-most
+   *  transaction and no sub-transaction issues a rollback
+   *  (via _rollbackTransaction) then we commit, otherwise we rollback.
+   */
+  _commitTransaction: function gloda_ds_commitTransaction() {
+    this._transactionDepth--;
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      try {
+        if (this._transactionGood)
+          this._commitTransactionStatement.executeAsync(
+            new PostCommitHandler(this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks));
+        else
+          this._rollbackTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("Commit problem:", ex);
+      }
+      this._pendingPostCommitCallbacks = [];
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Abort the commit of the potentially nested transaction.  If we are not the
+   *  outermost transaction, we set a flag that tells the outermost transaction
+   *  that it must roll back.
+   */
+  _rollbackTransaction: function gloda_ds_rollbackTransaction() {
+    this._transactionDepth--;
+    this._transactionGood = false;
+    if (this._transactionDepth == 0) {
+      try {
+        this._rollbackTransactionStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("Rollback problem:", ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _pendingAsyncStatements: 0,
+  /**
+   * The function to call, if any, when we hit 0 pending async statements.
+   */
+  _pendingAsyncCompletedListener: null,
+  _asyncCompleted: function () {
+    if (--this._pendingAsyncStatements == 0) {
+      if (this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener !== null) {
+        this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener();
+        this._pendingAsyncCompletedListener = null;
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  _asyncTrackerListener: {
+    handleResult: function () {},
+    handleError: function(aError) {
+        GlodaDatastore._log.error("got error in _asyncTrackerListener.handleError(): " +
+                        aError.result + ": " + aError.message);
+    },
+    handleCompletion: function () {
+      try {
+        // the helper method exists because the other classes need to call it too
+        GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+      }
+      catch (e) {
+        this._log.error("Exception in handleCompletion:", e);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Increments _pendingAsyncStatements and returns a listener that will
+   *  decrement the value when the statement completes.
+   */
+  trackAsync: function() {
+    this._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+    return this._asyncTrackerListener;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Attribute Definitions ********** */
+  /** Maps (attribute def) compound names to the GlodaAttributeDBDef objects. */
+  _attributeDBDefs: {},
+  /** Map attribute ID to the definition and parameter value that produce it. */
+  _attributeIDToDBDefAndParam: {},
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute id indicates that we are encoding that a non-singular
+   *  attribute has an empty set.  The value payload that goes with this should
+   *  the attribute id of the attribute we are talking about.
+   */
+  kEmptySetAttrId: 1,
+
+  /**
+   * We maintain the attributeDefinitions next id counter mainly because we can.
+   *  Since we mediate the access, there's no real risk to doing so, and it
+   *  allows us to keep the writes on the async connection without having to
+   *  wait for a completion notification.
+   *
+   * Start from 32 so we can have a number of sentinel values.
+   */
+  _nextAttributeId: 32,
+
+  _populateAttributeDefManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM attributeDefinitions", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      // 0 gets returned even if there are no messages...
+      let highestSeen = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      if (highestSeen != 0)
+        this._nextAttributeId = highestSeen + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertAttributeDefStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO attributeDefinitions (id, attributeType, extensionName, \
+                                  name, parameter) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertAttributeDefStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertAttributeDefStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create an attribute definition and return the row ID.  Special/atypical
+   *  in that it doesn't directly return a GlodaAttributeDBDef; we leave that up
+   *  to the caller since they know much more than actually needs to go in the
+   *  database.
+   *
+   * @return The attribute id allocated to this attribute.
+   */
+  _createAttributeDef: function gloda_ds_createAttributeDef(aAttrType,
+                                    aExtensionName, aAttrName, aParameter) {
+    let attributeId = this._nextAttributeId++;
+
+    let iads = this._insertAttributeDefStatement;
+    iads.bindInt64Parameter(0, attributeId);
+    iads.bindInt64Parameter(1, aAttrType);
+    iads.bindStringParameter(2, aExtensionName);
+    iads.bindStringParameter(3, aAttrName);
+    this._bindVariant(iads, 4, aParameter);
+
+    iads.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    return attributeId;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sync-ly look-up all the attribute definitions, populating our authoritative
+   *  _attributeDBDefss and _attributeIDToDBDefAndParam maps.  (In other words,
+   *  once this method is called, those maps should always be in sync with the
+   *  underlying database.)
+   */
+  getAllAttributes: function gloda_ds_getAllAttributes() {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, attributeType, extensionName, name, parameter \
+         FROM attributeDefinitions", true);
+
+    // map compound name to the attribute
+    let attribs = {};
+    // map the attribute id to [attribute, parameter] where parameter is null
+    //  in cases where parameter is unused.
+    let idToAttribAndParam = {};
+
+    this._log.info("loading all attribute defs");
+
+    while (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      let rowId = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      let rowAttributeType = stmt.getInt64(1);
+      let rowExtensionName = stmt.getString(2);
+      let rowName = stmt.getString(3);
+      let rowParameter = this._getVariant(stmt, 4);
+
+      let compoundName = rowExtensionName + ":" + rowName;
+
+      let attrib;
+      if (compoundName in attribs) {
+        attrib = attribs[compoundName];
+      } else {
+        attrib = new GlodaAttributeDBDef(this, /* aID */ null,
+          compoundName, rowAttributeType, rowExtensionName, rowName);
+        attribs[compoundName] = attrib;
+      }
+      // if the parameter is null, the id goes on the attribute def, otherwise
+      //  it is a parameter binding and goes in the binding map.
+      if (rowParameter == null) {
+        this._log.debug(compoundName + " primary: " + rowId);
+        attrib._id = rowId;
+        idToAttribAndParam[rowId] = [attrib, null];
+      } else {
+        this._log.debug(compoundName + " binding: " + rowParameter +
+            " = " + rowId);
+        attrib._parameterBindings[rowParameter] = rowId;
+        idToAttribAndParam[rowId] = [attrib, rowParameter];
+      }
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+
+    this._log.info("done loading all attribute defs");
+
+    this._attributeDBDefs = attribs;
+    this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam = idToAttribAndParam;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper method for GlodaAttributeDBDef to tell us when their bindParameter
+   *  method is called and they have created a new binding (using
+   *  GlodaDatastore._createAttributeDef).  In theory, that method could take
+   *  an additional argument and obviate the need for this method.
+   */
+  reportBinding: function gloda_ds_reportBinding(aID, aAttrDef, aParamValue) {
+    this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam[aID] = [aAttrDef, aParamValue];
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Folders ********** */
+  /** next folder (row) id to issue, populated by _getAllFolderMappings. */
+  _nextFolderId: 1,
+
+  get _insertFolderLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO folderLocations (id, folderURI, dirtyStatus, name, \
+                                    indexingPriority) VALUES \
+        (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertFolderLocationStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertFolderLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Authoritative map from folder URI to folder ID.  (Authoritative in the
+   *  sense that this map exactly represents the state of the underlying
+   *  database.  If it does not, it's a bug in updating the database.)
+   */
+  _folderByURI: {},
+  /** Authoritative map from folder ID to folder URI */
+  _folderByID: {},
+
+  /** Intialize our _folderByURI/_folderByID mappings, called by _init(). */
+  _getAllFolderMappings: function gloda_ds_getAllFolderMappings() {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, folderURI, dirtyStatus, name, indexingPriority \
+        FROM folderLocations", true);
+
+    while (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      let folderID = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      let folderURI = stmt.getString(1);
+      let dirtyStatus = stmt.getInt32(2);
+      let folderName = stmt.getString(3);
+      let indexingPriority = stmt.getInt32(4);
+
+      let folder = new GlodaFolder(this, folderID, folderURI, dirtyStatus,
+                                   folderName, indexingPriority);
+
+      this._folderByURI[folderURI] = folder;
+      this._folderByID[folderID] = folder;
+
+      if (folderID >= this._nextFolderId)
+        this._nextFolderId = folderID + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  _folderKnown: function gloda_ds_folderKnown(aFolder) {
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    return folderURI in this._folderByURI;
+  },
+
+  _folderIdKnown: function gloda_ds_folderIdKnown(aFolderID) {
+    return (aFolderID in this._folderByID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return the default messaging priority for a folder of this type, based
+   * on the folder's flags. If aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing is true, then
+   * folders suchs as Trash and Junk will be indexed.
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {boolean} aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing
+   * @returns {Number}
+   */
+  getDefaultIndexingPriority: function gloda_ds_getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder, aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing) {
+
+    let indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingDefaultPriority;
+    // Do not walk into trash/junk folders, unless the user is explicitly
+    //  telling us to do so.
+    let specialFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk;
+    if (aFolder.isSpecialFolder(specialFolderFlags, true))
+      indexingPriority = aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing ?
+                           GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingDefaultPriority :
+                           GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+    // Queue folders should always be ignored just because messages should not
+    //  spend much time in there.
+    // We hate newsgroups, and public IMAP folders are similar.
+    // Other user IMAP folders should be ignored because it's not this user's
+    //  mail.
+    else if (aFolder.flags & (Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Queue
+                              | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Newsgroup
+                              // In unit testing at least folders can be
+                              // confusingly labeled ImapPublic when they
+                              // should not be.  Or at least I don't think they
+                              // should be.  So they're legit for now.
+                              //| Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.ImapPublic
+                              //| Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.ImapOtherUser
+                             ))
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Inbox)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingInboxPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SentMail)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingSentMailPriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Favorite)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingFavoritePriority;
+    else if (aFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.CheckNew)
+      indexingPriority = GlodaFolder.prototype.kIndexingCheckNewPriority;
+
+    return indexingPriority;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map a folder URI to a GlodaFolder instance, creating the mapping if it does
+   *  not yet exist.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder The nsIMsgFolder instance you would like the GlodaFolder
+   *     instance for.
+   * @returns The existing or newly created GlodaFolder instance.
+   */
+  _mapFolder: function gloda_ds_mapFolderURI(aFolder) {
+    let folderURI = aFolder.URI;
+    if (folderURI in this._folderByURI) {
+      return this._folderByURI[folderURI];
+    }
+
+    let folderID = this._nextFolderId++;
+
+    // if there's an indexingPriority stored on the folder, just use that
+    let indexingPriority;
+    let stringPrio = aFolder.getStringProperty("indexingPriority");
+    if (stringPrio.length)
+      indexingPriority = parseInt(stringPrio);
+    else
+      // otherwise, fall back to the default for folders of this type
+      indexingPriority = this.getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder);
+
+    // If there are messages in the folder, it is filthy.  If there are no
+    //  messages, it can be clean.
+    let dirtyStatus = aFolder.getTotalMessages(false) ?
+                        GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderFilthy :
+                        GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderClean;
+    let folder = new GlodaFolder(this, folderID, folderURI, dirtyStatus,
+                                 aFolder.prettiestName, indexingPriority);
+
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0, folder.id);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(1, folder.uri);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(2,
+                                                           folder.dirtyStatus);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(3, folder.name);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.bindInt64Parameter(
+      4, folder.indexingPriority);
+    this._insertFolderLocationStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    this._folderByURI[folderURI] = folder;
+    this._folderByID[folderID] = folder;
+    this._log.debug("!! mapped " + folder.id + " from " + folderURI);
+    return folder;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map an integer gloda folder ID to the corresponding GlodaFolder instance.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderID The known valid gloda folder ID for which you would like
+   *     a GlodaFolder instance.
+   * @return The GlodaFolder instance with the given id.  If no such instance
+   *     exists, we will throw an exception.
+   */
+  _mapFolderID: function gloda_ds_mapFolderID(aFolderID) {
+    if (aFolderID === null)
+      return null;
+    if (aFolderID in this._folderByID)
+      return this._folderByID[aFolderID];
+    throw new Error("Got impossible folder ID: " + aFolderID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark the gloda folder as deleted for any outstanding references to it and
+   *  remove it from our tables so we don't hand out any new references.  The
+   *  latter is especially important in the case a folder with the same name
+   *  is created afterwards; we don't want to confuse the new one with the old
+   *  one!
+   */
+  _killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone:
+      function gloda_ds__killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone(aGlodaFolder) {
+    aGlodaFolder._deleted = true;
+    delete this._folderByURI[aGlodaFolder.uri];
+    delete this._folderByID[aGlodaFolder.id];
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET dirtyStatus = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateFolderDirtyStatus: function gloda_ds_updateFolderDirtyStatus(aFolder) {
+    let ufds = this._updateFolderDirtyStatusStatement;
+    ufds.bindInt64Parameter(1, aFolder.id);
+    ufds.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolder.dirtyStatus);
+    ufds.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET indexingPriority = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateFolderIndexingPriority: function gloda_ds_updateFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder) {
+    let ufip = this._updateFolderIndexingPriorityStatement;
+    ufip.bindInt64Parameter(1, aFolder.id);
+    ufip.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolder.indexingPriority);
+    ufip.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _updateFolderLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE folderLocations SET folderURI = ?1 \
+              WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateFolderLocationStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateFolderLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Non-recursive asynchronous folder renaming based on the URI.
+   *
+   * @TODO provide a mechanism for recursive folder renames or have a higher
+   *     layer deal with it and remove this note.
+   */
+  renameFolder: function gloda_ds_renameFolder(aOldFolder, aNewURI) {
+    if (!(aOldFolder.URI in this._folderByURI))
+      return;
+    let folder = this._mapFolder(aOldFolder); // ensure the folder is mapped
+    let oldURI = folder.uri;
+    this._folderByURI[aNewURI] = folder;
+    folder._uri = aNewURI;
+    this._log.info("renaming folder URI " + oldURI + " to " + aNewURI);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(1, folder.id);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.bindStringParameter(0, aNewURI);
+    this._updateFolderLocationStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    delete this._folderByURI[oldURI];
+  },
+
+  get _deleteFolderByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM folderLocations WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteFolderByIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteFolderByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  deleteFolderByID: function gloda_ds_deleteFolder(aFolderID) {
+    let dfbis = this._deleteFolderByIDStatement;
+    dfbis.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    dfbis.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * This timer drives our folder cleanup logic that is in charge of dropping
+   *  our folder references and more importantly the folder's msgDatabase
+   *  reference, but only if they are no longer in use.
+   * This timer is only active when we have one or more live gloda folders (as
+   *  tracked by _liveGlodaFolders).  Although we choose our timer interval to
+   *  be power-friendly, it doesn't really matter because unless the user or the
+   *  indexing process is actively doing things, all of the folders will 'die'
+   *  and so we will stop scheduling the timer.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupTimer: null,
+
+  /**
+   * When true, we have a folder cleanup timer event active.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupActive: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Interval at which we call the folder cleanup code, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _folderCleanupTimerInterval: 2000,
+
+  /**
+   * Maps the id of 'live' GlodaFolders to the instances.  If a GlodaFolder is
+   *  in here, it means that it has a reference to its nsIMsgDBFolder which
+   *  should have an open nsIMsgDatabase that we will need to close.  This does
+   *  not count folders that are being indexed unless they have also been used
+   *  for header retrieval.
+   */
+  _liveGlodaFolders: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Mark a GlodaFolder as having a live reference to its nsIMsgFolder with an
+   *  implied opened associated message database.  GlodaFolder calls this when
+   *  it first acquires its reference.  It is removed from the list of live
+   *  folders only when our timer check calls the GlodaFolder's
+   *  forgetFolderIfUnused method and that method returns true.
+   */
+  markFolderLive: function gloda_ds_markFolderLive(aGlodaFolder) {
+    this._liveGlodaFolders[aGlodaFolder.id] = aGlodaFolder;
+    if (!this._folderCleanupActive) {
+      this._folderCleanupTimer.initWithCallback(this._performFolderCleanup,
+        this._folderCleanupTimerInterval, Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_REPEATING_SLACK);
+      this._folderCleanupActive = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Timer-driven folder cleanup logic.  For every live folder tracked in
+   *  _liveGlodaFolders, we call their forgetFolderIfUnused method each time
+   *  until they return true indicating they have cleaned themselves up.
+   * This method is called without a 'this' context!
+   */
+  _performFolderCleanup: function gloda_ds_performFolderCleanup() {
+    // we only need to keep going if there is at least one folder in the table
+    //  that is still alive after this pass.
+    let keepGoing = false;
+    for (let id in GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders) {
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders[id];
+      // returns true if it is now 'dead' and doesn't need this heartbeat check
+      if (glodaFolder.forgetFolderIfUnused())
+        delete GlodaDatastore._liveGlodaFolders[glodaFolder.id];
+      else
+        keepGoing = true;
+    }
+
+    if (!keepGoing) {
+      GlodaDatastore._folderCleanupTimer.cancel();
+      GlodaDatastore._folderCleanupActive = false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Conversation ********** */
+  /** The next conversation id to allocate.  Initialize at startup. */
+  _nextConversationId: 1,
+
+  _populateConversationManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM conversations", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextConversationId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertConversationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO conversations (id, subject, oldestMessageDate, \
+                                  newestMessageDate) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertConversationStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertConversationStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _insertConversationTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO conversationsText (docid, subject) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertConversationTextStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertConversationTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously create a conversation.
+   */
+  createConversation: function gloda_ds_createConversation(aSubject,
+        aOldestMessageDate, aNewestMessageDate) {
+
+    // create the data row
+    let conversationID = this._nextConversationId++;
+    let ics = this._insertConversationStatement;
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(0, conversationID);
+    ics.bindStringParameter(1, aSubject);
+    if (aOldestMessageDate == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ics.bindInt64Parameter(2, aOldestMessageDate);
+    if (aNewestMessageDate == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      ics.bindInt64Parameter(3, aNewestMessageDate);
+    ics.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // create the fulltext row, using the same rowid/docid
+    let icts = this._insertConversationTextStatement;
+    icts.bindInt64Parameter(0, conversationID);
+    icts.bindStringParameter(1, aSubject);
+    icts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // create it
+    let conversation = new GlodaConversation(this, conversationID,
+                                 aSubject, aOldestMessageDate,
+                                 aNewestMessageDate);
+    // it's new! let the collection manager know about it.
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(conversation.NOUN_ID, [conversation]);
+    // return it
+    return conversation;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteConversationByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM conversations WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteConversationByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteConversationByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously delete a conversation given its ID.
+   */
+  deleteConversationByID: function gloda_ds_deleteConversationByID(
+                                      aConversationID) {
+    let dcbids = this._deleteConversationByIDStatement;
+    dcbids.bindInt64Parameter(0, aConversationID);
+    dcbids.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeleted(GlodaConversation.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                        [aConversationID]);
+  },
+
+  _conversationFromRow: function gloda_ds_conversationFromRow(aStmt) {
+      let oldestMessageDate, newestMessageDate;
+      if (aStmt.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        oldestMessageDate = null;
+      else
+        oldestMessageDate = aStmt.getInt64(2);
+      if (aStmt.getTypeOfIndex(3) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        newestMessageDate = null;
+      else
+        newestMessageDate = aStmt.getInt64(3);
+      return new GlodaConversation(this, aStmt.getInt64(0),
+        aStmt.getString(1), oldestMessageDate, newestMessageDate);
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Message ********** */
+  /**
+   * Next message id, managed because of our use of asynchronous inserts.
+   * Initialized by _populateMessageManagedId called by _init.
+   *
+   * Start from 32 to leave us all kinds of magical sentinel values at the
+   *  bottom.
+   */
+  _nextMessageId: 32,
+
+  _populateMessageManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM messages", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      // 0 gets returned even if there are no messages...
+      let highestSeen = stmt.getInt64(0);
+      if (highestSeen != 0)
+        this._nextMessageId = highestSeen + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertMessageStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messages (id, folderID, messageKey, conversationID, date, \
+                             headerMessageID, jsonAttributes, notability) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6, ?7, ?8)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _insertMessageTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messagesText (docid, subject, body, attachmentNames, \
+                                 author, recipients) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageTextStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a GlodaMessage with the given properties.  Because this is only half
+   *  of the process of creating a message (the attributes still need to be
+   *  completed), it's on the caller's head to call GlodaCollectionManager's
+   *  itemAdded method once the message is fully created.
+   *
+   * This method uses the async connection, any downstream logic that depends on
+   *  this message actually existing in the database must be done using an
+   *  async query.
+   */
+  createMessage: function gloda_ds_createMessage(aFolder, aMessageKey,
+                              aConversationID, aDatePRTime, aHeaderMessageID) {
+    let folderID;
+    if (aFolder != null) {
+      folderID = this._mapFolder(aFolder).id;
+    }
+    else {
+      folderID = null;
+    }
+
+    let messageID = this._nextMessageId++;
+
+    let message = new GlodaMessage(
+      this, messageID, folderID,
+      aMessageKey,
+      aConversationID, /* conversation */ null,
+      aDatePRTime ? new Date(aDatePRTime / 1000) : null,
+      aHeaderMessageID,
+      /* deleted */ false, /* jsonText */ undefined, /* notability*/ 0);
+
+    // We would love to notify the collection manager about the message at this
+    //  point (at least if it's not a ghost), but we can't yet.  We need to wait
+    //  until the attributes have been indexed, which means it's out of our
+    //  hands.  (Gloda.processMessage does it.)
+
+    return message;
+  },
+
+  insertMessage: function gloda_ds_insertMessage(aMessage) {
+    let ims = this._insertMessageStatement;
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.id);
+    if (aMessage.folderID == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.folderID);
+    if (aMessage.messageKey == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.messageKey);
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.conversationID);
+    if (aMessage.date == null)
+      ims.bindNullParameter(4);
+    else
+      ims.bindInt64Parameter(4, aMessage.date * 1000);
+    ims.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage.headerMessageID);
+    if (aMessage._jsonText)
+      ims.bindStringParameter(6, aMessage._jsonText);
+    else
+      ims.bindNullParameter(6);
+    ims.bindInt64Parameter(7, aMessage.notability);
+
+    try {
+       ims.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+       throw new Error("error executing statement... " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+             this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // we create the full-text row for any message that isn't a ghost,
+    // whether we have the body or not
+    if (aMessage.folderID !== null)
+      this._insertMessageText(aMessage);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Inserts a full-text row. This should only be called if you're sure you want
+   * to insert a row into the table.
+   */
+  _insertMessageText: function gloda_ds__insertMessageText(aMessage) {
+    if (aMessage._content && aMessage._content.hasContent())
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = aMessage._content.getContentString(true);
+    else if (aMessage._bodyLines)
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = aMessage._bodyLines.join("\n");
+    else
+      aMessage._indexedBodyText = null;
+
+    let imts = this._insertMessageTextStatement;
+    imts.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.id);
+    imts.bindStringParameter(1, aMessage._subject);
+    if (aMessage._indexedBodyText == null)
+      imts.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      imts.bindStringParameter(2, aMessage._indexedBodyText);
+    if (aMessage._attachmentNames === null)
+      imts.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      imts.bindStringParameter(3, aMessage._attachmentNames.join("\n"));
+
+    imts.bindStringParameter(4, aMessage._indexAuthor);
+    imts.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage._indexRecipients);
+
+    try {
+      imts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      throw new Error("error executing fulltext statement... " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, \
+                           messageKey = ?2, \
+                           conversationID = ?3, \
+                           date = ?4, \
+                           headerMessageID = ?5, \
+                           jsonAttributes = ?6, \
+                           notability = ?7, \
+                           deleted = ?8 \
+              WHERE id = ?9");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageTextStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messagesText SET body = ?1, \
+                               attachmentNames = ?2 \
+              WHERE docid = ?3");
+
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageTextStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageTextStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update the database row associated with the message. If the message is
+   * not a ghost and has _isNew defined, messagesText is affected.
+   *
+   * aMessage._isNew is currently equivalent to the fact that there is no
+   * full-text row associated with this message, and we work with this
+   * assumption here. Note that if aMessage._isNew is not defined, then
+   * we don't do anything.
+   */
+  updateMessage: function gloda_ds_updateMessage(aMessage) {
+    let ums = this._updateMessageStatement;
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(8, aMessage.id);
+    if (aMessage.folderID === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(0);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.folderID);
+    if (aMessage.messageKey === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.messageKey);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.conversationID);
+    if (aMessage.date === null)
+      ums.bindNullParameter(3);
+    else
+      ums.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.date * 1000);
+    ums.bindStringParameter(4, aMessage.headerMessageID);
+    if (aMessage._jsonText)
+      ums.bindStringParameter(5, aMessage._jsonText);
+    else
+      ums.bindNullParameter(5);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(6, aMessage.notability);
+    ums.bindInt64Parameter(7, aMessage._isDeleted ? 1 : 0);
+
+    ums.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    if (aMessage.folderID !== null) {
+      if (aMessage._isNew === true)
+        this._insertMessageText(aMessage);
+      else
+        this._updateMessageText(aMessage);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Updates the full-text row associated with this message. This only performs
+   * the UPDATE query if the indexed body text has changed, which means that if
+   * the body hasn't changed but the attachments have, we don't update.
+   */
+  _updateMessageText: function gloda_ds__updateMessageText(aMessage) {
+    let newIndexedBodyText;
+    if (aMessage._content && aMessage._content.hasContent())
+      newIndexedBodyText = aMessage._content.getContentString(true);
+    else if (aMessage._bodyLines)
+      newIndexedBodyText = aMessage._bodyLines.join("\n");
+    else
+      newIndexedBodyText = null;
+
+    // If the body text matches, don't perform an update
+    if (newIndexedBodyText == aMessage._indexedBodyText) {
+      this._log.debug("in _updateMessageText, skipping update because body matches");
+      return;
+    }
+
+    aMessage._indexedBodyText = newIndexedBodyText;
+    let umts = this._updateMessageTextStatement;
+    umts.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.id);
+
+    if (aMessage._indexedBodyText == null)
+      umts.bindNullParameter(0);
+    else
+      umts.bindStringParameter(0, aMessage._indexedBodyText);
+
+    if (aMessage._attachmentNames == null)
+      umts.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      umts.bindStringParameter(1, aMessage._attachmentNames.join("\n"));
+
+    try {
+      umts.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      throw new Error("error executing fulltext statement... " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastError + ": " +
+            this.asyncConnection.lastErrorString + " - " + ex);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageLocationStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, messageKey = ?2 WHERE id = ?3");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageLocationStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageLocationStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of gloda message ids, and a list of their new message keys in
+   *  the given new folder location, asynchronously update the message's
+   *  database locations.  Also, update the in-memory representations.
+   */
+  updateMessageLocations: function gloda_ds_updateMessageLocations(aMessageIds,
+      aNewMessageKeys, aDestFolder, aDoNotNotify) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessageLocationStatement;
+    let destFolderID = (typeof(aDestFolder) == "number") ? aDestFolder :
+                         this._mapFolder(aDestFolder).id;
+
+    // map gloda id to the new message key for in-memory rep transform below
+    let cacheLookupMap = {};
+
+    for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aMessageIds.length; iMsg++) {
+      let id = aMessageIds[iMsg], msgKey = aNewMessageKeys[iMsg];
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, destFolderID);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(1, msgKey);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(2, id);
+      statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+      cacheLookupMap[id] = msgKey;
+    }
+
+    // - perform the cache lookup so we can update in-memory representations
+    // found in memory items, and converted to list form for notification
+    let inMemoryItems = {}, modifiedItems = [];
+    GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           cacheLookupMap,
+                                           inMemoryItems,
+                                           /* do not cache */ false);
+    for (let glodaId in inMemoryItems) {
+      let glodaMsg = inMemoryItems[glodaId];
+      glodaMsg._folderID = destFolderID;
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = cacheLookupMap[glodaId];
+      modifiedItems.push(glodaMsg);
+    }
+
+    // tell the collection manager about the modified messages so it can update
+    //  any existing views...
+    if (!aDoNotNotify && modifiedItems.length) {
+      GlodaCollectionManager.itemsModified(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           modifiedItems);
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessageKeyStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET messageKey = ?1 WHERE id = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessageKeyStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessageKeyStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update the message keys for the gloda messages with the given id's.  This
+   *  is to be used in response to msgKeyChanged notifications and is similar to
+   *  `updateMessageLocations` except that we do not update the folder and we
+   *  do not perform itemsModified notifications (because message keys are not
+   *  intended to be relevant to the gloda message abstraction).
+   */
+  updateMessageKeys: function(aMessageIds, aNewMessageKeys) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessageKeyStatement;
+
+    // map gloda id to the new message key for in-memory rep transform below
+    let cacheLookupMap = {};
+
+    for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aMessageIds.length; iMsg++) {
+      let id = aMessageIds[iMsg], msgKey = aNewMessageKeys[iMsg];
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, msgKey);
+      statement.bindInt64Parameter(1, id);
+      statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+      cacheLookupMap[id] = msgKey;
+    }
+
+    // - perform the cache lookup so we can update in-memory representations
+    let inMemoryItems = {};
+    GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupMany(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                           cacheLookupMap,
+                                           inMemoryItems,
+                                           /* do not cache */ false);
+    for (let glodaId in inMemoryItems) {
+      let glodaMsg = inMemoryItems[glodaId];
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = cacheLookupMap[glodaId];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously mutate message folder id/message keys for the given
+   *  messages, indicating that we are moving them to the target folder, but
+   *  don't yet know their target message keys.
+   *
+   * Updates in-memory representations too.
+   */
+  updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging:
+      function gloda_ds_updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging(aGlodaIds,
+                                                         aDestFolder) {
+    let destFolderID = this._mapFolder(aDestFolder).id;
+
+    let sqlStr = "UPDATE messages SET folderID = ?1, \
+                                      messageKey = ?2 \
+                   WHERE id IN (" + aGlodaIds.join(", ") + ")";
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(sqlStr, true);
+    statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, destFolderID);
+    statement.bindNullParameter(1);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    statement.finalize();
+
+    let cached =
+      GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupManyList(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                                 aGlodaIds);
+    for (let id in cached) {
+      let glodaMsg = cached[id];
+      glodaMsg._folderID = destFolderID;
+      glodaMsg._messageKey = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _messageFromRow: function gloda_ds_messageFromRow(aRow) {
+    let folderId, messageKey, date, jsonText, subject, indexedBodyText,
+        attachmentNames;
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(1) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      folderId = null;
+    else
+      folderId = aRow.getInt64(1);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      messageKey = null;
+    else
+      messageKey = aRow.getInt64(2);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(4) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      date = null;
+    else
+      date = new Date(aRow.getInt64(4) / 1000);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(7) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      jsonText = undefined;
+    else
+      jsonText = aRow.getString(7);
+    // only queryFromQuery queries will have these columns
+    if (aRow.numEntries >= 14) {
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(10) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        subject = undefined;
+      else
+        subject = aRow.getString(10);
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(9) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        indexedBodyText = undefined;
+      else
+        indexedBodyText = aRow.getString(9);
+      if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(11) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+        attachmentNames = null;
+      else {
+        attachmentNames = aRow.getString(11);
+        if (attachmentNames)
+          attachmentNames = attachmentNames.split("\n");
+        else
+          attachmentNames = null;
+      }
+      // we ignore 12, author
+      // we ignore 13, recipients
+    }
+    return new GlodaMessage(this, aRow.getInt64(0), folderId, messageKey,
+                            aRow.getInt64(3), null, date, aRow.getString(5),
+                            aRow.getInt64(6), jsonText, aRow.getInt64(8),
+                            subject, indexedBodyText, attachmentNames);
+  },
+
+  get _updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID() {
+    // When marking deleted clear the folderID and messageKey so that the
+    //  indexing process can reuse it without any location constraints.
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE messages SET folderID = NULL, messageKey = NULL, \
+              deleted = 1 WHERE folderID = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Efficiently mark all the messages in a folder as deleted.  Unfortunately,
+   *  we obviously do not know the id's of the messages affected by this which
+   *  complicates in-memory updates.  The options are sending out to the SQL
+   *  database for a list of the message id's or some form of in-memory
+   *  traversal.  I/O costs being what they are, users having a propensity to
+   *  have folders with tens of thousands of messages, and the unlikeliness
+   *  of all of those messages being gloda-memory-resident, we go with the
+   *  in-memory traversal.
+   */
+  markMessagesDeletedByFolderID:
+      function gloda_ds_markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(aFolderID) {
+    let statement = this._updateMessagesMarkDeletedByFolderID;
+    statement.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    // Have the collection manager generate itemsRemoved events for any
+    //  in-memory messages in that folder.
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeletedByAttribute(
+      GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+      aMsg => aMsg._folderID == aFolderID);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark all the gloda messages as deleted blind-fire.  Check if any of the
+   *  messages are known to the collection manager and update them to be deleted
+   *  along with the requisite collection notifications.
+   */
+  markMessagesDeletedByIDs: function gloda_ds_markMessagesDeletedByIDs(
+      aMessageIDs) {
+    // When marking deleted clear the folderID and messageKey so that the
+    //  indexing process can reuse it without any location constraints.
+    let sqlString = "UPDATE messages SET folderID = NULL, messageKey = NULL, " +
+                     "deleted = 1 WHERE id IN (" +
+                     aMessageIDs.join(",") + ")";
+
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(sqlString, true);
+    statement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    statement.finalize();
+
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsDeleted(GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID,
+                                        aMessageIDs);
+  },
+
+  get _countDeletedMessagesStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM messages WHERE deleted = 1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_countDeletedMessagesStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._countDeletedMessagesStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Count how many messages are currently marked as deleted in the database.
+   */
+  countDeletedMessages: function gloda_ds_countDeletedMessages(aCallback) {
+    let cms = this._countDeletedMessagesStatement;
+    cms.executeAsync(new SingletonResultValueHandler(aCallback));
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messages WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageTextByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messagesText WHERE docid = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageTextByIDStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageTextByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Delete a message and its fulltext from the database.  It is assumed that
+   *  the message was already marked as deleted and so is not visible to the
+   *  collection manager and so nothing needs to be done about that.
+   */
+  deleteMessageByID: function gloda_ds_deleteMessageByID(aMessageID) {
+    let dmbids = this._deleteMessageByIDStatement;
+    dmbids.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessageID);
+    dmbids.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    this.deleteMessageTextByID(aMessageID);
+  },
+
+  deleteMessageTextByID: function gloda_ds_deleteMessageTextByID(aMessageID) {
+    let dmt = this._deleteMessageTextByIDStatement;
+    dmt.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessageID);
+    dmt.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  get _folderCompactionStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT id, messageKey, headerMessageID FROM messages \
+        WHERE folderID = ?1 AND \
+          messageKey >= ?2 AND +deleted = 0 ORDER BY messageKey LIMIT ?3");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_folderCompactionStatement",
+                          () => statement);
+    return this._folderCompactionStatement;
+  },
+
+  folderCompactionPassBlockFetch:
+      function gloda_ds_folderCompactionPassBlockFetch(
+        aFolderID, aStartingMessageKey, aLimit, aCallback) {
+    let fcs = this._folderCompactionStatement;
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(0, aFolderID);
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(1, aStartingMessageKey);
+    fcs.bindInt64Parameter(2, aLimit);
+    fcs.executeAsync(new CompactionBlockFetcherHandler(aCallback));
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Message Attributes ********** */
+  get _insertMessageAttributeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO messageAttributes (conversationID, messageID, attributeID, \
+                             value) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertMessageAttributeStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._insertMessageAttributeStatement;
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageAttributeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE attributeID = ?1 AND value = ?2 \
+         AND conversationID = ?3 AND messageID = ?4");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageAttributeStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageAttributeStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Insert and remove attributes relating to a GlodaMessage.  This is performed
+   *  inside a pseudo-transaction (we create one if we aren't in one, using
+   *  our _beginTransaction wrapper, but if we are in one, no additional
+   *  meaningful semantics are added).
+   * No attempt is made to verify uniqueness of inserted attributes, either
+   *  against the current database or within the provided list of attributes.
+   *  The caller is responsible for ensuring that unwanted duplicates are
+   *  avoided.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage The GlodaMessage the attributes belong to.  This is used
+   *     to provide the message id and conversation id.
+   * @param aAddDBAttributes A list of attribute tuples to add, where each tuple
+   *     contains an attribute ID and a value.  Lest you forget, an attribute ID
+   *     corresponds to a row in the attribute definition table.  The attribute
+   *     definition table stores the 'parameter' for the attribute, if any.
+   *     (Which is to say, our frequent Attribute-Parameter-Value triple has
+   *     the Attribute-Parameter part distilled to a single attribute id.)
+   * @param aRemoveDBAttributes A list of attribute tuples to remove.
+   */
+  adjustMessageAttributes: function gloda_ds_adjustMessageAttributes(aMessage,
+                                        aAddDBAttributes, aRemoveDBAttributes) {
+    let imas = this._insertMessageAttributeStatement;
+    let dmas = this._deleteMessageAttributeStatement;
+    this._beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      for (let iAttrib = 0; iAttrib < aAddDBAttributes.length; iAttrib++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aAddDBAttributes[iAttrib];
+
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(0, aMessage.conversationID);
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(1, aMessage.id);
+        imas.bindInt64Parameter(2, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          imas.bindInt64Parameter(3, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          imas.bindInt64Parameter(3, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          imas.bindDoubleParameter(3, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        imas.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      for (let iAttrib = 0; iAttrib < aRemoveDBAttributes.length; iAttrib++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aRemoveDBAttributes[iAttrib];
+
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(0, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          dmas.bindInt64Parameter(1, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          dmas.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          dmas.bindDoubleParameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(2, aMessage.conversationID);
+        dmas.bindInt64Parameter(3, aMessage.id);
+        dmas.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("adjustMessageAttributes:", ex);
+      this._rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  get _deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "DELETE FROM messageAttributes WHERE messageID = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Clear all the message attributes for a given GlodaMessage.  No changes
+   *  are made to the in-memory representation of the message; it is up to the
+   *  caller to ensure that it handles things correctly.
+   *
+   * @param aMessage The GlodaMessage whose database attributes should be
+   *     purged.
+   */
+  clearMessageAttributes: function gloda_ds_clearMessageAttributes(aMessage) {
+    if (aMessage.id != null) {
+      this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0,
+        aMessage.id);
+      this._deleteMessageAttributesByMessageIDStatement.executeAsync(
+        this.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  _stringSQLQuoter: function(aString) {
+    return "'" + aString.replace(/\'/g, "''") + "'";
+  },
+  _numberQuoter: function(aNum) {
+    return aNum;
+  },
+
+  /* ===== Generic Attribute Support ===== */
+  adjustAttributes: function gloda_ds_adjustAttributes(aItem, aAddDBAttributes,
+      aRemoveDBAttributes) {
+    let nounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let dbMeta = nounDef._dbMeta;
+    if (dbMeta.insertAttrStatement === undefined) {
+      dbMeta.insertAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "INSERT INTO " + nounDef.attrTableName +
+        " (" + nounDef.attrIDColumnName + ", attributeID, value) " +
+        " VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3)");
+      // we always create this at the same time (right here), no need to check
+      dbMeta.deleteAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "DELETE FROM " + nounDef.attrTableName + " WHERE " +
+        " attributeID = ?1 AND value = ?2 AND " +
+        nounDef.attrIDColumnName + " = ?3");
+    }
+
+    let ias = dbMeta.insertAttrStatement;
+    let das = dbMeta.deleteAttrStatement;
+    this._beginTransaction();
+    try {
+      for (let iAttr = 0; iAttr < aAddDBAttributes.length; iAttr++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aAddDBAttributes[iAttr];
+
+        ias.bindInt64Parameter(0, aItem.id);
+        ias.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          ias.bindInt64Parameter(2, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          ias.bindInt64Parameter(2, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          ias.bindDoubleParameter(2, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        ias.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      for (let iAttr = 0; iAttr < aRemoveDBAttributes.length; iAttr++) {
+        let attribValueTuple = aRemoveDBAttributes[iAttr];
+
+        das.bindInt64Parameter(0, attribValueTuple[0]);
+        // use 0 instead of null, otherwise the db gets upset.  (and we don't
+        //  really care anyways.)
+        if (attribValueTuple[1] == null)
+          das.bindInt64Parameter(1, 0);
+        else if (Math.floor(attribValueTuple[1]) == attribValueTuple[1])
+          das.bindInt64Parameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        else
+          das.bindDoubleParameter(1, attribValueTuple[1]);
+        das.bindInt64Parameter(2, aItem.id);
+        das.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+      }
+
+      this._commitTransaction();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("adjustAttributes:", ex);
+      this._rollbackTransaction();
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  clearAttributes: function gloda_ds_clearAttributes(aItem) {
+    let nounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let dbMeta = nounMeta._dbMeta;
+    if (dbMeta.clearAttrStatement === undefined) {
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+        "DELETE FROM " + nounDef.attrTableName + " WHERE " +
+        nounDef.attrIDColumnName + " = ?1");
+    }
+
+    if (aItem.id != null) {
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement.bindInt64Parameter(0, aItem.id);
+      dbMeta.clearAttrStatement.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * escapeStringForLIKE is only available on statements, and sometimes we want
+   *  to use it before we create our statement, so we create a statement just
+   *  for this reason.
+   */
+  get _escapeLikeStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement("SELECT 0");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_escapeLikeStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._escapeLikeStatement;
+  },
+
+  _convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID:
+    function* gloda_ds__convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(aAttrDef,
+                                                               aValues) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    if (!objectNounDef.usesParameter) {
+      let dbValues = [];
+      for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+        let value = aValues[iValue];
+        // If the empty set is significant and it's an empty signifier, emit
+        //  the appropriate dbvalue.
+        if (value == null && aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+          yield [this.kEmptySetAttrId, [aAttrDef.id]];
+          // Bail if the only value was us; we don't want to add a
+          //  value-posessing wildcard into the mix.
+          if (aValues.length == 1)
+            return;
+          continue;
+        }
+        let dbValue = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value)[1];
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues.push(dbValue);
+      }
+      yield [aAttrDef.special ? undefined : aAttrDef.id, dbValues];
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let curParam, attrID, dbValues;
+    let attrDBDef = aAttrDef.dbDef;
+    for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+      let value = aValues[iValue];
+      // If the empty set is significant and it's an empty signifier, emit
+      //  the appropriate dbvalue.
+      if (value == null && aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+        yield [this.kEmptySetAttrId, [aAttrDef.id]];
+        // Bail if the only value was us; we don't want to add a
+        //  value-posessing wildcard into the mix.
+        if (aValues.length == 1)
+          return;
+        continue;
+      }
+      let [dbParam, dbValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value);
+      if (curParam === undefined) {
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues = [dbValue];
+        else
+          dbValues = [];
+      }
+      else if (curParam == dbParam) {
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues.push(dbValue);
+      }
+      else {
+        yield [attrID, dbValues];
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        if (dbValue != null)
+          dbValues = [dbValue];
+        else
+          dbValues = [];
+      }
+    }
+    if (dbValues !== undefined)
+      yield [attrID, dbValues];
+  },
+
+  _convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID:
+    function* gloda_ds__convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID(aAttrDef,
+      aValues, aValueColumnName) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    if (!objectNounDef.usesParameter) {
+      let dbStrings = [];
+      for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+        let [lowerVal, upperVal] = aValues[iValue];
+        // they both can't be null.  that is the law.
+        if (lowerVal == null)
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " <= " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1]);
+        else if (upperVal == null)
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " >= " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal)[1]);
+        else // no one is null!
+          dbStrings.push(aValueColumnName + " BETWEEN " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal)[1] + " AND " +
+                         objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1]);
+      }
+      yield [aAttrDef.special ? undefined : aAttrDef.id, dbStrings];
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let curParam, attrID, dbStrings;
+    let attrDBDef = aAttrDef.dbDef;
+    for (let iValue = 0; iValue < aValues.length; iValue++) {
+      let [lowerVal, upperVal] = aValues[iValue];
+
+      let dbString, dbParam, lowerDBVal, upperDBVal;
+      // they both can't be null.  that is the law.
+      if (lowerVal == null) {
+        [dbParam, upperDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " <= " + upperDBVal;
+      }
+      else if (upperVal == null) {
+        [dbParam, lowerDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " >= " + lowerDBVal;
+      }
+      else { // no one is null!
+        [dbParam, lowerDBVal] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerVal);
+        dbString = aValueColumnName + " BETWEEN " + lowerDBVal + " AND " +
+                   objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperVal)[1];
+      }
+
+      if (curParam === undefined) {
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        dbStrings = [dbString];
+      }
+      else if (curParam === dbParam) {
+        dbStrings.push(dbString);
+      }
+      else {
+        yield [attrID, dbStrings];
+        curParam = dbParam;
+        attrID = attrDBDef.bindParameter(curParam);
+        dbStrings = [dbString];
+      }
+    }
+    if (dbStrings !== undefined)
+      yield [attrID, dbStrings];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Perform a database query given a GlodaQueryClass instance that specifies
+   *  a set of constraints relating to the noun type associated with the query.
+   *  A GlodaCollection is returned containing the results of the look-up.
+   *  By default the collection is "live", and will mutate (generating events to
+   *  its listener) as the state of the database changes.
+   * This functionality is made user/extension visible by the Query's
+   *  getCollection (asynchronous).
+   *
+   * @param [aArgs] See |GlodaQuery.getCollection| for info.
+   */
+  queryFromQuery: function gloda_ds_queryFromQuery(aQuery, aListener,
+      aListenerData, aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection, aArgs) {
+    // when changing this method, be sure that GlodaQuery's testMatch function
+    //  likewise has its changes made.
+    let nounDef = aQuery._nounDef;
+
+    let whereClauses = [];
+    let unionQueries = [aQuery].concat(aQuery._unions);
+    let boundArgs = [];
+
+    // Use the dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix to provide constraints that
+    //  filter items down to those that are valid for the query mechanism to
+    //  return.  For example, in the case of messages, deleted or ghost
+    //  messages should not be returned by this query layer.  We require
+    //  hand-rolled SQL to do that for now.
+    let validityConstraintSuffix;
+    if (nounDef.dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix &&
+        !aQuery.options.noDbQueryValidityConstraints)
+      validityConstraintSuffix = nounDef.dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix;
+    else
+      validityConstraintSuffix = "";
+
+    for (let iUnion = 0; iUnion < unionQueries.length; iUnion++) {
+      let curQuery = unionQueries[iUnion];
+      let selects = [];
+
+      let lastConstraintWasSpecial = false;
+      let curConstraintIsSpecial;
+
+      for (let iConstraint = 0; iConstraint < curQuery._constraints.length;
+           iConstraint++) {
+        let constraint = curQuery._constraints[iConstraint];
+        let [constraintType, attrDef] = constraint;
+        let constraintValues = constraint.slice(2);
+
+        let tableName, idColumnName, tableColumnName, valueColumnName;
+        if (constraintType == this.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          // we don't need any of the next cases' setup code, and we especially
+          //  would prefer that attrDef isn't accessed since it's null for us.
+        }
+        else if (attrDef.special) {
+          tableName = nounDef.tableName;
+          idColumnName = "id"; // canonical id for a table is "id".
+          valueColumnName = attrDef.specialColumnName;
+          curConstraintIsSpecial = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          tableName = nounDef.attrTableName;
+          idColumnName = nounDef.attrIDColumnName;
+          valueColumnName = "value";
+          curConstraintIsSpecial = false;
+        }
+
+        let select = null, test = null, bindArgs = null;
+        if (constraintType === this.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          // this is somewhat of a trick.  this does mean that this can be the
+          //  only constraint.  Namely, our idiom is:
+          // SELECT * FROM blah WHERE id IN (a INTERSECT b INTERSECT c)
+          //  but if we only have 'a', then that becomes "...IN (a)", and if
+          //  'a' is not a select but a list of id's... tricky, no?
+          select = constraintValues.join(",");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintIn
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintIn) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, values] of
+              this._convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                                                           constraintValues)) {
+            let clausePart;
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clausePart = "(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                (values.length ? " AND " : "");
+            else
+              clausePart = "(";
+            if (values.length) {
+              // strings need to be escaped, we would use ? binding, except
+              //  that gets mad if we have too many strings... so we use our
+              //  own escaping logic.  correctly escaping is easy, but it still
+              //  feels wrong to do it. (just double the quote character...)
+              if (attrDef.special == this.kSpecialString)
+                clausePart += valueColumnName + " IN (" +
+                  values.map(v => "'" + v.replace(/\'/g, "''") + "'").
+                  join(",") + "))";
+              else
+                clausePart += valueColumnName + " IN (" + values.join(",") +
+                              "))";
+            }
+            else
+              clausePart += ")";
+            clauses.push(clausePart);
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintRanges
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintRanges) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, dbStrings] of
+              this._convertRangesToDBStringsAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                              constraintValues, valueColumnName)) {
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clauses.push("(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                           " AND (" + dbStrings.join(" OR ") + "))");
+            else
+              clauses.push("(" + dbStrings.join(" OR ") + ")");
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintEquals
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintEquals) {
+          let clauses = [];
+          for (let [attrID, values] of
+              this._convertToDBValuesAndGroupByAttributeID(attrDef,
+                                                           constraintValues)) {
+            if (attrID !== undefined)
+              clauses.push("(attributeID = " + attrID +
+                  " AND (" + values.map(_ => valueColumnName + " = ?").
+                  join(" OR ") + "))");
+            else
+              clauses.push("(" + values.map(_ => valueColumnName + " = ?").
+                           join(" OR ") + ")");
+            boundArgs.push.apply(boundArgs, values);
+          }
+          test = clauses.join(" OR ");
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintStringLike
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintStringLike) {
+          let likePayload = '';
+          for (let valuePart of constraintValues) {
+            if (typeof valuePart == "string")
+              likePayload += this._escapeLikeStatement.escapeStringForLIKE(
+                valuePart, "/");
+            else
+              likePayload += "%";
+          }
+          test = valueColumnName + " LIKE ? ESCAPE '/'";
+          boundArgs.push(likePayload);
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.datastore.sqlgen.kConstraintFulltext
+        else if (constraintType === this.kConstraintFulltext) {
+          let matchStr = constraintValues[0];
+          select = "SELECT docid FROM " + nounDef.tableName + "Text" +
+            " WHERE " + attrDef.specialColumnName + " MATCH ?";
+          boundArgs.push(matchStr);
+        }
+
+        if (curConstraintIsSpecial && lastConstraintWasSpecial && test) {
+          selects[selects.length-1] += " AND " + test;
+        }
+        else if (select)
+          selects.push(select);
+        else if (test) {
+          select = "SELECT " + idColumnName + " FROM " + tableName + " WHERE " +
+              test;
+          selects.push(select);
+        }
+        else
+          this._log.warn("Unable to translate constraint of type " +
+            constraintType + " on attribute bound as " + nounDef.name);
+
+        lastConstraintWasSpecial = curConstraintIsSpecial;
+      }
+
+      if (selects.length)
+        whereClauses.push("id IN (" + selects.join(" INTERSECT ") + ")" +
+                          validityConstraintSuffix);
+    }
+
+    let sqlString = "SELECT * FROM " + nounDef.tableName;
+    if (!aQuery.options.noMagic) {
+      if (aQuery.options.noDbQueryValidityConstraints &&
+          nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints)
+        sqlString += nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints;
+      else if (nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagic)
+        sqlString += nounDef.dbQueryJoinMagic;
+    }
+
+    if (whereClauses.length)
+      sqlString += " WHERE (" + whereClauses.join(") OR (") + ")";
+
+    if (aQuery.options.explicitSQL)
+      sqlString = aQuery.options.explicitSQL;
+
+    if (aQuery.options.outerWrapColumns)
+      sqlString = "SELECT *, " + aQuery.options.outerWrapColumns.join(", ") +
+                  " FROM (" + sqlString + ")";
+
+    if (aQuery._order.length) {
+      let orderClauses = [];
+      for (let [, colName] in Iterator(aQuery._order)) {
+         if (colName.startsWith("-"))
+           orderClauses.push(colName.substring(1) + " DESC");
+         else
+           orderClauses.push(colName + " ASC");
+      }
+      sqlString += " ORDER BY " + orderClauses.join(", ");
+    }
+
+    if (aQuery._limit) {
+      if (!("limitClauseAlreadyIncluded" in aQuery.options))
+        sqlString += " LIMIT ?";
+      boundArgs.push(aQuery._limit);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug("QUERY FROM QUERY: " + sqlString + " ARGS: " + boundArgs);
+
+    // if we want to become explicit, replace the query (which has already
+    //  provided our actual SQL query) with an explicit query.  This will be
+    //  what gets attached to the collection in the event we create a new
+    //  collection.  If we are reusing one, we assume that the explicitness,
+    //  if desired, already happened.
+    // (we do not need to pass an argument to the explicitQueryClass constructor
+    //  because it will be passed in to the collection's constructor, which will
+    //  ensure that the collection attribute gets set.)
+    if (aArgs && ("becomeExplicit" in aArgs) && aArgs.becomeExplicit)
+      aQuery = new nounDef.explicitQueryClass();
+    else if (aArgs && ("becomeNull" in aArgs) && aArgs.becomeNull)
+      aQuery = new nounDef.nullQueryClass();
+
+    return this._queryFromSQLString(sqlString, boundArgs, nounDef, aQuery,
+        aListener, aListenerData, aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection);
+  },
+
+  _queryFromSQLString: function gloda_ds__queryFromSQLString(aSqlString,
+      aBoundArgs, aNounDef, aQuery, aListener, aListenerData,
+      aExistingCollection, aMasterCollection) {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(aSqlString, true);
+    for (let [iBinding, bindingValue] in Iterator(aBoundArgs)) {
+      this._bindVariant(statement, iBinding, bindingValue);
+    }
+
+    let collection;
+    if (aExistingCollection)
+      collection = aExistingCollection;
+    else {
+      collection = new GlodaCollection(aNounDef, [], aQuery, aListener,
+                                       aMasterCollection);
+      GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+      // we don't want to overwrite the existing listener or its data, but this
+      //  does raise the question about what should happen if we get passed in
+      //  a different listener and/or data.
+      if (aListenerData !== undefined)
+        collection.data = aListenerData;
+    }
+    if (aListenerData) {
+      if (collection.dataStack)
+        collection.dataStack.push(aListenerData);
+      else
+        collection.dataStack = [aListenerData];
+    }
+
+    statement.executeAsync(new QueryFromQueryCallback(statement, aNounDef,
+      collection));
+    statement.finalize();
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   *
+   *
+   */
+  loadNounItem: function gloda_ds_loadNounItem(aItem, aReferencesByNounID,
+      aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+    let attribIDToDBDefAndParam = this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam;
+
+    let hadDeps = aItem._deps != null;
+    let deps = aItem._deps || {};
+    let hasDeps = false;
+
+    //this._log.debug("  hadDeps: " + hadDeps + " deps: " +
+    //    Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(deps).join(","));
+
+    for (let attrib of aItem.NOUN_DEF.specialLoadAttribs) {
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnChildren) {
+        let invReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (invReferences === undefined)
+          invReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+        // only contribute if it's not already pending or there
+        if (!(attrib.id in deps) && aItem[attrib.storageAttributeName] == null){
+          //this._log.debug("   Adding inv ref for: " + aItem.id);
+          if (!(aItem.id in invReferences))
+            invReferences[aItem.id] = null;
+          deps[attrib.id] = null;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+        // nothing to contribute if it's already there
+        if (!(attrib.id in deps) &&
+            aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName] == null) {
+          let parentID = aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName];
+          if (!(parentID in references))
+            references[parentID] = null;
+          //this._log.debug("   Adding parent ref for: " +
+          //  aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]);
+          deps[attrib.id] = null;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+        else {
+          this._log.debug("  paranoia value storage: " + aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // bail here if arbitrary values are not allowed, there just is no
+    //  encoded json, or we already had dependencies for this guy, implying
+    //  the json pass has already been performed
+    if (!aItem.NOUN_DEF.allowsArbitraryAttrs || !aItem._jsonText || hadDeps) {
+      if (hasDeps)
+        aItem._deps = deps;
+      return hasDeps;
+    }
+
+    //this._log.debug(" load json: " + aItem._jsonText);
+    let jsonDict = JSON.parse(aItem._jsonText);
+    delete aItem._jsonText;
+
+    // Iterate over the attributes on the item
+    for (let attribId in jsonDict) {
+      let jsonValue = jsonDict[attribId];
+      // It is technically impossible for attribute ids to go away at this
+      //  point in time.  This would require someone to monkey around with
+      //  our schema.  But we will introduce this functionality one day, so
+      //  prepare for it now.
+      if (!(attribId in attribIDToDBDefAndParam))
+        continue;
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let dbAttrib = attribIDToDBDefAndParam[attribId][0];
+
+      let attrib = dbAttrib.attrDef;
+      // The attribute definition will fail to exist if no one defines the
+      //  attribute anymore.  This can happen for many reasons: an extension
+      //  was uninstalled, an extension was changed and no longer defines the
+      //  attribute, or patches are being applied/unapplied.  Ignore this
+      //  attribute if missing.
+      if (attrib == null)
+        continue;
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      // If it has a tableName member but no fromJSON, then it's a persistent
+      //  object that needs to be loaded, which also means we need to hold it in
+      //  a collection owned by our collection.
+      // (If it has a fromJSON method, then it's a special case like
+      //  MimeTypeNoun where it is authoritatively backed by a table but caches
+      //  everything into memory.  There is no case where fromJSON would be
+      //  implemented but we should still be doing database lookups.)
+      if (objectNounDef.tableName && !objectNounDef.fromJSON) {
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id] = {};
+
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          if (!(jsonValue in references))
+            references[jsonValue] = null;
+        }
+        else {
+          for (let key in jsonValue) {
+            let anID = jsonValue[key];
+            if (!(anID in references))
+            references[anID] = null;
+          }
+        }
+
+        deps[attribId] = jsonValue;
+        hasDeps = true;
+      }
+      /* if it has custom contribution logic, use it */
+      else if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies(jsonValue,
+                             aReferencesByNounID, aInverseReferencesByNounID)) {
+          deps[attribId] = jsonValue;
+          hasDeps = true;
+        }
+        else // just propagate the value, it's some form of simple sentinel
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = jsonValue;
+      }
+      // otherwise, the value just needs to be de-persisted, or...
+      else if (objectNounDef.fromJSON) {
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          // For consistency with the non-singular case, we don't assign the
+          //  attribute if undefined is returned.
+          let deserialized = objectNounDef.fromJSON(jsonValue, aItem);
+          if (deserialized !== undefined)
+            aItem[attrib.boundName] = deserialized;
+        }
+        else {
+          // Convert all the entries in the list filtering out any undefined
+          //  values. (TagNoun will do this if the tag is now dead.)
+          let outList = [];
+          for (let key in jsonValue) {
+            let val = jsonValue[key];
+            let deserialized = objectNounDef.fromJSON(val, aItem);
+            if (deserialized !== undefined)
+              outList.push(deserialized);
+          }
+          // Note: It's possible if we filtered things out that this is an empty
+          //  list.  This is acceptable because this is somewhat of an unusual
+          //  case and I don't think we want to further complicate our
+          //  semantics.
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = outList;
+        }
+      }
+      // it's fine as is
+      else
+        aItem[attrib.boundName] = jsonValue;
+    }
+
+    if (hasDeps)
+      aItem._deps = deps;
+    return hasDeps;
+  },
+
+  loadNounDeferredDeps: function gloda_ds_loadNounDeferredDeps(aItem,
+      aReferencesByNounID, aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+    if (aItem._deps === undefined)
+      return;
+
+    //this._log.debug("  loading deferred, deps: " +
+    //    Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(aItem._deps).join(","));
+
+
+    let attribIDToDBDefAndParam = this._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam;
+
+    for (let [attribId, jsonValue] in Iterator(aItem._deps)) {
+      let dbAttrib = attribIDToDBDefAndParam[attribId][0];
+      let attrib = dbAttrib.attrDef;
+
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+      let references = aReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+      if (attrib.special) {
+        if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnChildren) {
+          let inverseReferences = aInverseReferencesByNounID[objectNounDef.id];
+          //this._log.info("inverse assignment: " + objectNounDef.id +
+          //    " of " + aItem.id)
+          aItem[attrib.storageAttributeName] = inverseReferences[aItem.id];
+        }
+        else if (attrib.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+          //this._log.info("parent column load: " + objectNounDef.id +
+          //    " storage value: " + aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]);
+          aItem[attrib.valueStorageAttributeName] =
+            references[aItem[attrib.idStorageAttributeName]];
+        }
+      }
+      else if (objectNounDef.tableName) {
+        //this._log.info("trying to load: " + objectNounDef.id + " refs: " +
+        //    jsonValue + ": " + Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(jsonValue).join(","));
+        if (attrib.singular)
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = references[jsonValue];
+        else
+          aItem[attrib.boundName] = Object.keys(jsonValue).
+            map(key => references[jsonValue[key]]);
+      }
+      else if (objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        aItem[attrib.boundName] =
+          objectNounDef.resolveObjDependencies(jsonValue, aReferencesByNounID,
+            aInverseReferencesByNounID);
+      }
+      // there is no other case
+    }
+
+    delete aItem._deps;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Contact ********** */
+  _nextContactId: 1,
+
+  _populateContactManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement("SELECT MAX(id) FROM contacts", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) {  // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextContactId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertContactStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO contacts (id, directoryUUID, contactUUID, name, popularity,\
+                             frecency, jsonAttributes) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6, ?7)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertContactStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertContactStatement;
+  },
+
+  createContact: function gloda_ds_createContact(aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID,
+      aName, aPopularity, aFrecency) {
+    let contactID = this._nextContactId++;
+    let contact = new GlodaContact(this, contactID,
+                                   aDirectoryUUID, aContactUUID, aName,
+                                   aPopularity, aFrecency);
+    return contact;
+  },
+
+  insertContact: function gloda_ds_insertContact(aContact) {
+    let ics = this._insertContactStatement;
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(0, aContact.id);
+    if (aContact.directoryUUID == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(1);
+    else
+      ics.bindStringParameter(1, aContact.directoryUUID);
+    if (aContact.contactUUID == null)
+      ics.bindNullParameter(2);
+    else
+      ics.bindStringParameter(2, aContact.contactUUID);
+    ics.bindStringParameter(3, aContact.name);
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(4, aContact.popularity);
+    ics.bindInt64Parameter(5, aContact.frecency);
+    if (aContact._jsonText)
+      ics.bindStringParameter(6, aContact._jsonText);
+    else
+      ics.bindNullParameter(6);
+
+    ics.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    return aContact;
+  },
+
+  get _updateContactStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "UPDATE contacts SET directoryUUID = ?1, \
+                           contactUUID = ?2, \
+                           name = ?3, \
+                           popularity = ?4, \
+                           frecency = ?5, \
+                           jsonAttributes = ?6 \
+                       WHERE id = ?7");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_updateContactStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._updateContactStatement;
+  },
+
+  updateContact: function gloda_ds_updateContact(aContact) {
+    let ucs = this._updateContactStatement;
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(6, aContact.id);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(0, aContact.directoryUUID);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(1, aContact.contactUUID);
+    ucs.bindStringParameter(2, aContact.name);
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(3, aContact.popularity);
+    ucs.bindInt64Parameter(4, aContact.frecency);
+    if (aContact._jsonText)
+      ucs.bindStringParameter(5, aContact._jsonText);
+    else
+      ucs.bindNullParameter(5);
+
+    ucs.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+  },
+
+  _contactFromRow: function gloda_ds_contactFromRow(aRow) {
+    let directoryUUID, contactUUID, jsonText;
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(1) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      directoryUUID = null;
+    else
+      directoryUUID = aRow.getString(1);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(2) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      contactUUID = null;
+    else
+      contactUUID = aRow.getString(2);
+    if (aRow.getTypeOfIndex(6) == Ci.mozIStorageValueArray.VALUE_TYPE_NULL)
+      jsonText = undefined;
+    else
+      jsonText = aRow.getString(6);
+
+    return new GlodaContact(this, aRow.getInt64(0), directoryUUID,
+                            contactUUID, aRow.getString(5),
+                            aRow.getInt64(3), aRow.getInt64(4), jsonText);
+  },
+
+  get _selectContactByIDStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT * FROM contacts WHERE id = ?1");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_selectContactByIDStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._selectContactByIDStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous contact lookup currently only for use by gloda's creation
+   *  of the concept of "me".  It is okay for it to be doing synchronous work
+   *  because it is part of the startup process before any user code could
+   *  have gotten a reference to Gloda, but no one else should do this.
+   */
+  getContactByID: function gloda_ds_getContactByID(aContactID) {
+    let contact = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(
+      GlodaContact.prototype.NOUN_ID, aContactID);
+
+    if (contact === null) {
+      let scbi = this._selectContactByIDStatement;
+      scbi.bindInt64Parameter(0, aContactID);
+      if (this._syncStep(scbi)) {
+        contact = this._contactFromRow(scbi);
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemLoaded(contact);
+      }
+      scbi.reset();
+    }
+
+    return contact;
+  },
+
+  /* ********** Identity ********** */
+  /** next identity id, managed for async use reasons. */
+  _nextIdentityId: 1,
+  _populateIdentityManagedId: function () {
+    let stmt = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT MAX(id) FROM identities", true);
+    if (stmt.executeStep()) { // no chance of this SQLITE_BUSY on this call
+      this._nextIdentityId = stmt.getInt64(0) + 1;
+    }
+    stmt.finalize();
+  },
+
+  get _insertIdentityStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createAsyncStatement(
+      "INSERT INTO identities (id, contactID, kind, value, description, relay) \
+              VALUES (?1, ?2, ?3, ?4, ?5, ?6)");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_insertIdentityStatement", () => statement);
+    return this._insertIdentityStatement;
+  },
+
+  createIdentity: function gloda_ds_createIdentity(aContactID, aContact, aKind,
+                                                   aValue, aDescription,
+                                                   aIsRelay) {
+    let identityID = this._nextIdentityId++;
+    let iis = this._insertIdentityStatement;
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(0, identityID);
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(1, aContactID);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(2, aKind);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(3, aValue);
+    iis.bindStringParameter(4, aDescription);
+    iis.bindInt64Parameter(5, aIsRelay ? 1 : 0);
+    iis.executeAsync(this.trackAsync());
+
+    let identity = new GlodaIdentity(this, identityID,
+                                     aContactID, aContact, aKind, aValue,
+                                     aDescription, aIsRelay);
+    GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(identity.NOUN_ID, [identity]);
+    return identity;
+  },
+
+  _identityFromRow: function gloda_ds_identityFromRow(aRow) {
+    return new GlodaIdentity(this, aRow.getInt64(0), aRow.getInt64(1), null,
+                             aRow.getString(2), aRow.getString(3),
+                             aRow.getString(4),
+                             aRow.getInt32(5) ? true : false);
+  },
+
+  get _selectIdentityByKindValueStatement() {
+    let statement = this._createSyncStatement(
+      "SELECT * FROM identities WHERE kind = ?1 AND value = ?2");
+    this.__defineGetter__("_selectIdentityByKindValueStatement",
+      () => statement);
+    return this._selectIdentityByKindValueStatement;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous lookup of an identity by kind and value, only for use by
+   *  the legacy gloda core code that creates a concept of "me".
+   *  Ex: (email, foo@example.com)
+   */
+  getIdentity: function gloda_ds_getIdentity(aKind, aValue) {
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      GlodaIdentity.prototype.NOUN_ID, aKind + "@" + aValue);
+
+    let ibkv = this._selectIdentityByKindValueStatement;
+    ibkv.bindStringParameter(0, aKind);
+    ibkv.bindStringParameter(1, aValue);
+    if (this._syncStep(ibkv)) {
+      identity = this._identityFromRow(ibkv);
+      GlodaCollectionManager.itemLoaded(identity);
+    }
+    ibkv.reset();
+
+    return identity;
+  },
+};
+GlodaAttributeDBDef.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaConversation.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaFolder.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaMessage.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaContact.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
+GlodaIdentity.prototype._datastore = GlodaDatastore;
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d34cf3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/dbview.js
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file is charged with providing you a way to have a pretty gloda-backed
+ *  nsIMsgDBView.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaSyntheticView"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/msg_search.js");
+
+/**
+ * Create a synthetic view suitable for passing to |FolderDisplayWidget.show|.
+ * You must pass a query, collection, or conversation in.
+ *
+ * @param {GlodaQuery} [aArgs.query] A gloda query to run.
+ * @param {GlodaCollection} [aArgs.collection] An already-populated collection
+ *     to display.  Do not call getCollection on a query and hand us that.  We
+ *     will not register ourselves as a listener and things will not work.
+ * @param {GlodaConversation} [aArgs.conversation] A conversation whose messages
+ *     you want to display.
+ */
+function GlodaSyntheticView(aArgs) {
+  if ("query" in aArgs) {
+    this.query = aArgs.query;
+    this.collection = this.query.getCollection(this);
+    this.completed = false;
+    this.viewType = "global";
+  }
+  else if ("collection" in aArgs) {
+    this.query = null;
+    this.collection = aArgs.collection;
+    this.completed = true;
+    this.viewType = "global";
+  }
+  else if ("conversation" in aArgs) {
+    this.collection = aArgs.conversation.getMessagesCollection(this);
+    this.query = this.collection.query;
+    this.completed = false;
+    this.viewType = "conversation";
+  }
+  else {
+    throw new Error("You need to pass a query or collection");
+  }
+
+  this.customColumns = [];
+}
+GlodaSyntheticView.prototype = {
+  defaultSort: [[Ci.nsMsgViewSortType.byDate, Ci.nsMsgViewSortOrder.descending]],
+
+  /**
+   * Request the search be performed and notification provided to
+   *  aSearchListener.  If results are already available, they should
+   *  be provided to aSearchListener without re-performing the search.
+   */
+  search: function(aSearchListener, aCompletionCallback) {
+    this.searchListener = aSearchListener;
+    this.completionCallback = aCompletionCallback;
+
+    this.searchListener.onNewSearch();
+    if (this.completed) {
+      this.reportResults(this.collection.items);
+      // we're not really aborting, but it closes things out nicely
+      this.abortSearch();
+      return;
+    }
+  },
+
+  abortSearch: function() {
+    if (this.searchListener)
+      this.searchListener.onSearchDone(Cr.NS_OK);
+    if (this.completionCallback)
+      this.completionCallback();
+    this.searchListener = null;
+    this.completionCallback = null;
+  },
+
+  reportResults: function(aItems) {
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let hdr = item.folderMessage;
+      if (hdr)
+        this.searchListener.onSearchHit(hdr, hdr.folder);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper function used by |DBViewWrapper.getMsgHdrForMessageID| since there
+   *  are no actual backing folders for it to check.
+   */
+  getMsgHdrForMessageID: function(aMessageId) {
+    for (let item of this.collection.items) {
+      if (item.headerMessageID == aMessageId) {
+        let hdr = item.folderMessage;
+        if (hdr)
+          return hdr;
+      }
+    }
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The default set of columns to show.
+   */
+  DEFAULT_COLUMN_STATES: {
+    threadCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    flaggedCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    subjectCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    correspondentCol: {
+      visible: Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.threadpane.use_correspondents"),
+    },
+    senderCol: {
+      visible: !Services.prefs.getBoolPref("mail.threadpane.use_correspondents"),
+    },
+    dateCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+    locationCol: {
+      visible: true,
+    },
+  },
+
+  // --- settings persistence
+  getPersistedSetting: function(aSetting) {
+    try {
+      return JSON.parse(Services.prefs.getCharPref(
+        "mailnews.database.global.views." + this.viewType + "." + aSetting
+      ));
+    }
+    catch (e) {
+      return this.getDefaultSetting(aSetting);
+    }
+  },
+  setPersistedSetting: function(aSetting, aValue) {
+    Services.prefs.setCharPref(
+      "mailnews.database.global.views." + this.viewType + "." + aSetting,
+      JSON.stringify(aValue)
+    );
+  },
+  getDefaultSetting: function(aSetting) {
+    if (aSetting == "columns")
+      return this.DEFAULT_COLUMN_STATES;
+    else
+      return undefined;
+  },
+
+  // --- collection listener
+  onItemsAdded: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+    if (this.searchListener)
+      this.reportResults(aItems);
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function(aItems, aCollection) {
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+    this.completed = true;
+    this.searchListener.onSearchDone(Cr.NS_OK);
+    if (this.completionCallback)
+      this.completionCallback();
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3332f473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/everybody.js
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = [];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.everybody");
+
+var importNS = {};
+
+function loadModule(aModuleURI, aNSContrib) {
+  try {
+    LOG.info("... loading " + aModuleURI);
+    Cu.import(aModuleURI, importNS);
+  }
+  catch (ex) {
+    LOG.error("!!! error loading " + aModuleURI);
+    LOG.error("(" + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ") " + ex);
+    return false;
+  }
+  LOG.info("+++ loaded " + aModuleURI);
+
+  if (aNSContrib) {
+    try {
+      importNS[aNSContrib].init();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      LOG.error("!!! error initializing " + aModuleURI);
+      LOG.error("(" + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ") " + ex);
+      return false;
+    }
+    LOG.info("+++ inited " + aModuleURI);
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/fundattr.js", "GlodaFundAttr");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/explattr.js", "GlodaExplicitAttr");
+
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_mimetype.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/index_msg.js");
+loadModule("resource:///modules/gloda/index_ab.js", "GlodaABAttrs");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08fc160f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/explattr.js
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file provides the "explicit attribute" provider for messages.  It is
+ *  concerned with attributes that are the result of user actions.  For example,
+ *  whether a message is starred (flagged), message tags, whether it is
+ *  read/unread, etc.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaExplicitAttr'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_tag.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+
+var nsMsgMessageFlags_Replied = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Replied;
+var nsMsgMessageFlags_Forwarded = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Forwarded;
+
+var EXT_BUILTIN = "built-in";
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Explicit attribute provider.  Indexes/defines attributes that are
+ *  explicitly a result of user action.  This dubiously includes marking a
+ *  message as read.
+ */
+var GlodaExplicitAttr = {
+  providerName: "gloda.explattr",
+  strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+  _log: null,
+  _msgTagService: null,
+
+  init: function gloda_explattr_init() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.explattr");
+
+    this._msgTagService = MailServices.tags;
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /** Boost for starred messages. */
+  NOTABILITY_STARRED: 16,
+  /** Boost for tagged messages, first tag. */
+  NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST: 8,
+  /** Boost for tagged messages, each additional tag. */
+  NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL: 1,
+
+  defineAttributes: function() {
+    // Tag
+    this._attrTag = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "tag",
+                        bindName: "tags",
+                        singular: false,
+                        emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_TAG,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        // Property change notifications that we care about:
+                        propertyChanges: ["keywords"],
+                        }); // not-tested
+
+    // Star
+    this._attrStar = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "star",
+                        bindName: "starred",
+                        singular: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+    // Read/Unread
+    this._attrRead = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+                        attributeName: "read",
+                        singular: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+                        parameterNoun: null,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+
+    /**
+     * Has this message been replied to by the user.
+     */
+    this._attrRepliedTo = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "repliedTo",
+      singular: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+      parameterNoun: null,
+    }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+
+    /**
+     * Has this user forwarded this message to someone.
+     */
+    this._attrForwarded = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "forwarded",
+      singular: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_BOOLEAN,
+      parameterNoun: null,
+    }); // tested-by: test_attributes_explicit
+  },
+
+  process: function* Gloda_explattr_process(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps, aIsNew,
+                                            aCallbackHandle) {
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.starred = aMsgHdr.isFlagged;
+    if (aGlodaMessage.starred)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_STARRED;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.read = aMsgHdr.isRead;
+
+    let flags = aMsgHdr.flags;
+    aGlodaMessage.repliedTo = Boolean(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags_Replied);
+    aGlodaMessage.forwarded = Boolean(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags_Forwarded);
+
+    let tags = aGlodaMessage.tags = [];
+
+    // -- Tag
+    // build a map of the keywords
+    let keywords = aMsgHdr.getStringProperty("keywords");
+    let keywordList = keywords.split(' ');
+    let keywordMap = {};
+    for (let iKeyword = 0; iKeyword < keywordList.length; iKeyword++) {
+      let keyword = keywordList[iKeyword];
+      keywordMap[keyword] = true;
+    }
+
+    let tagArray = TagNoun.getAllTags();
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      if (tag.key in keywordMap)
+        tags.push(tag);
+    }
+
+    if (tags.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST +
+        (tags.length - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL;
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Duplicates the notability logic from process().  Arguably process should
+   *  be factored to call us, grokNounItem should be factored to call us, or we
+   *  should get sufficiently fancy that our code wildly diverges.
+   */
+  score: function Gloda_explattr_score(aMessage, aContext) {
+    let score = 0;
+    if (aMessage.starred)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_STARRED;
+    if (aMessage.tags.length)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_FIRST +
+        (aMessage.tags.length - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_TAGGED_ADDL;
+    return score;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f73d3d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/facet.js
@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file provides faceting logic.
+ */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["FacetDriver", "FacetUtils"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+
+/**
+ * Decides the appropriate faceters for the noun type and drives the faceting
+ *  process.  This class and the faceters are intended to be reusable so that
+ *  you only need one instance per faceting session.  (Although each faceting
+ *  pass is accordingly destructive to previous results.)
+ *
+ * Our strategy for faceting is to process one attribute at a time across all
+ *  the items in the provided set.  The alternative would be to iterate over
+ *  the items and then iterate over the attributes on each item.  While both
+ *  approaches have caching downsides
+ */
+function FacetDriver(aNounDef, aWindow) {
+  this.nounDef = aNounDef;
+  this._window = aWindow;
+
+  this._makeFaceters();
+}
+FacetDriver.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Populate |this.faceters| with a set of faceters appropriate to the noun
+   *  definition associated with this instance.
+   */
+  _makeFaceters: function() {
+    let faceters = this.faceters = [];
+
+    function makeFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+      let facetType = aFacetDef.type;
+
+      if (aAttrDef.singular) {
+        if (facetType == "date")
+          faceters.push(new DateFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+        else
+          faceters.push(new DiscreteFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+      }
+      else {
+        if (facetType == "nonempty?")
+          faceters.push(new NonEmptySetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+        else
+          faceters.push(new DiscreteSetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef));
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (let key in this.nounDef.attribsByBoundName) {
+      let attrDef = this.nounDef.attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // ignore attributes that do not want to be faceted
+      if (!attrDef.facet)
+        continue;
+
+      makeFaceter(attrDef, attrDef.facet);
+
+      if ("extraFacets" in attrDef) {
+        for (let facetDef of attrDef.extraFacets) {
+          makeFaceter(attrDef, facetDef);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * Asynchronously facet the provided items, calling the provided callback when
+   *  completed.
+   */
+  go: function FacetDriver_go(aItems, aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    this.items = aItems;
+    this.callback = aCallback;
+    this.callbackThis = aCallbackThis;
+
+    this._nextFaceter = 0;
+    this._drive();
+  },
+
+  _MAX_FACETING_TIMESLICE_MS: 100,
+  _FACETING_YIELD_DURATION_MS: 0,
+  _driveWrapper: function(aThis) {
+    aThis._drive();
+  },
+  _drive: function() {
+    let start = Date.now();
+
+    while (this._nextFaceter < this.faceters.length) {
+      let faceter = this.faceters[this._nextFaceter++];
+      // for now we facet in one go, but the long-term plan allows for them to
+      //  be generators.
+      faceter.facetItems(this.items);
+
+      let delta = Date.now() - start;
+      if (delta > this._MAX_FACETING_TIMESLICE_MS) {
+        this._window.setTimeout(this._driveWrapper,
+                                this._FACETING_YIELD_DURATION_MS,
+                                this);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // we only get here once we are done with the faceters
+    this.callback.call(this.callbackThis);
+  }
+};
+
+var FacetUtils = {
+  _groupSizeComparator: function(a, b) {
+    return b[1].length - a[1].length;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list where each entry is a tuple of [group object, list of items
+   *  belonging to that group], produce a new list of the top grouped items.  We
+   *  used to also produce an "other" aggregation, but that turned out to be
+   *  conceptually difficult to deal with, so that's gone, leaving this method
+   *  with much less to do.
+   *
+   * @param aAttrDef The attribute for the facet we are working with.
+   * @param aGroups The list of groups built for the facet.
+   * @param aMaxCount The number of result rows you want back.
+   */
+  makeTopGroups: function FacetUtils_makeTopGroups(aAttrDef, aGroups,
+                                                   aMaxCount) {
+    let nounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let realGroupsToUse = aMaxCount;
+
+    let orderedBySize = aGroups.concat();
+    orderedBySize.sort(this._groupSizeComparator);
+
+    // - get the real groups to use and order them by the attribute comparator
+    let outGroups = orderedBySize.slice(0, realGroupsToUse);
+    let comparator = nounDef.comparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    outGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+
+    return outGroups;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Facet discrete things like message authors, boolean values, etc.  Only
+ *  appropriate for use on singular values.  Use |DiscreteSetFaceter| for
+ *  non-singular values.
+ */
+function DiscreteFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DiscreteFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "discrete",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.attrDef.objectNounDef.isPrimitive)
+      return this.facetPrimitiveItems(aItems);
+    else
+      return this.facetComplexItems(aItems);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is primitive, meaning that it is a raw
+   *  numeric value or string, rather than a complex object.
+   */
+  facetPrimitiveItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+
+    let valStrToVal = {};
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (val === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+      if (filter && !filter(val))
+        continue;
+
+      // We need to use hasOwnProperty because we cannot guarantee that the
+      //  contents of val won't collide with the attributes in Object.prototype.
+      if (groups.hasOwnProperty(val))
+        groups[val].push(item);
+      else {
+        groups[val] = [item];
+        valStrToVal[val] = val;
+        this.groupCount++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [valStrToVal[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is a complex object that can be identified
+   *  by its 'id' attribute.  This is the case where the value is itself a noun
+   *  instance.
+   */
+  facetComplexItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+    let idAttr = this.facetDef.groupIdAttr;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let groupMap = this.groupMap = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (val === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+      if (filter && !filter(val))
+        continue;
+
+      let valId = (val == null) ? null : val[idAttr];
+      // We need to use hasOwnProperty because tag nouns are complex objects
+      //  with id's that are non-numeric and so can collide with the contents
+      //  of Object.prototype.  (Note: the "tags" attribute is actually handled
+      //  by the DiscreteSetFaceter.)
+      if (groupMap.hasOwnProperty(valId)) {
+        groups[valId].push(item);
+      }
+      else {
+        groupMap[valId] = val;
+        groups[valId] = [item];
+        this.groupCount++;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [groupMap[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Facet sets of discrete items.  For example, tags applied to messages.
+ *
+ * The main differences between us and |DiscreteFaceter| are:
+ * - The empty set is notable.
+ * - Specific set configurations could be interesting, but are not low-hanging
+ *    fruit.
+ */
+function DiscreteSetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DiscreteSetFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "discrete",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    if (this.attrDef.objectNounDef.isPrimitive)
+      return this.facetPrimitiveItems(aItems);
+    else
+      return this.facetComplexItems(aItems);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is primitive, meaning that it is a raw
+   *  numeric value or string, rather than a complex object.
+   */
+  facetPrimitiveItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let valStrToVal = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0) {
+        vals = [null];
+      }
+      for (let val of vals) {
+        // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+        if (filter && !filter(val))
+          continue;
+
+        // We need to use hasOwnProperty because we cannot guarantee that the
+        //  contents of val won't collide with the attributes in
+        //  Object.prototype.
+        if (groups.hasOwnProperty(val))
+          groups[val].push(item);
+        else {
+          groups[val] = [item];
+          valStrToVal[val] = val;
+          this.groupCount++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [valStrToVal[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Facet an attribute whose value is a complex object that can be identified
+   *  by its 'id' attribute.  This is the case where the value is itself a noun
+   *  instance.
+   */
+  facetComplexItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+    let filter = this.facetDef.filter;
+    let idAttr = this.facetDef.groupIdAttr;
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    let groupMap = this.groupMap = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals === Gloda.IGNORE_FACET)
+        continue;
+
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0) {
+        vals = [null];
+      }
+      for (let val of vals) {
+        // skip items the filter tells us to ignore
+        if (filter && !filter(val))
+          continue;
+
+        let valId = (val == null) ? null : val[idAttr];
+        // We need to use hasOwnProperty because tag nouns are complex objects
+        //  with id's that are non-numeric and so can collide with the contents
+        //  of Object.prototype.
+        if (groupMap.hasOwnProperty(valId)) {
+          groups[valId].push(item);
+        }
+        else {
+          groupMap[valId] = val;
+          groups[valId] = [item];
+          this.groupCount++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    let orderedGroups = Object.keys(groups).
+      map(key => [groupMap[key], groups[key]]);
+    let comparator = this.facetDef.groupComparator;
+    function comparatorHelper(a, b) {
+      return comparator(a[0], b[0]);
+    }
+    orderedGroups.sort(comparatorHelper);
+    this.orderedGroups = orderedGroups;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Given a non-singular attribute, facet it as if it were a boolean based on
+ *  whether there is anything in the list (set).
+ */
+function NonEmptySetFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+NonEmptySetFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "boolean",
+  /**
+   * Facet the given set of items, deferring to the appropriate helper method
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    let trueValues = [];
+    let falseValues = [];
+
+    let groups = this.groups = {};
+    this.groupCount = 0;
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let vals = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      if (vals == null || vals.length == 0)
+        falseValues.push(item);
+      else
+        trueValues.push(item);
+    }
+
+    this.orderedGroups = [];
+    if (trueValues.length)
+      this.orderedGroups.push([true, trueValues]);
+    if (falseValues.length)
+      this.orderedGroups.push([false, falseValues]);
+    this.groupCount = this.orderedGroups.length;
+  },
+  makeQuery: function(aGroupValues, aInclusive) {
+    let query = this.query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+
+    let constraintFunc = query[this.attrDef.boundName];
+    constraintFunc.call(query);
+
+    // Our query is always for non-empty lists (at this time), so we want to
+    //  invert if they're excluding 'true' or including 'false', which means !=.
+    let invert = aGroupValues[0] != aInclusive;
+
+    return [query, invert];
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Facet dates.  We build a hierarchical nested structure of year, month, and
+ *  day nesting levels.  This decision was made speculatively in the hopes that
+ *  it would allow us to do clustered analysis and that there might be a benefit
+ *  for that.  For example, if you search for "Christmas", we might notice
+ *  clusters of messages around December of each year.  We could then present
+ *  these in a list as likely candidates, rather than a graphical timeline.
+ *  Alternately, it could be used to inform a non-linear visualization.  As it
+ *  stands (as of this writing), it's just a complicating factor.
+ */
+function DateFaceter(aAttrDef, aFacetDef) {
+  this.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+  this.facetDef = aFacetDef;
+}
+DateFaceter.prototype = {
+  type: "date",
+  /**
+   *
+   */
+  facetItems: function(aItems) {
+    let attrKey = this.attrDef.boundName;
+    let nounDef = this.attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    let years = this.years = {_subCount: 0};
+    // generally track the time range
+    let oldest = null, newest = null;
+
+    let validItems = this.validItems = [];
+
+    // just cheat and put us at the front...
+    this.groupCount = aItems.length ? 1000 : 0;
+    this.orderedGroups = null;
+
+    /** The number of items with a null/missing attribute. */
+    this.missing = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of items with a date that is unreasonably far in the past or
+     *  in the future.  Old-wise, we are concerned about incorrectly formatted
+     *  messages (spam) that end up placed around the UNIX epoch.  New-wise,
+     *  we are concerned about messages that can't be explained by users who
+     *  don't know how to set their clocks (both the current user and people
+     *  sending them mail), mainly meaning spam.
+     * We want to avoid having our clever time-scale logic being made useless by
+     *  these unreasonable messages.
+     */
+    this.unreasonable = 0;
+    // feb 1, 1970
+    let tooOld = new Date(1970, 1, 1);
+    // 3 days from now
+    let tooNew = new Date(Date.now() + 3 * 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000);
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let val = (attrKey in item) ? item[attrKey] : null;
+      // -- missing
+      if (val == null) {
+        this.missing++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // -- unreasonable
+      if (val < tooOld || val > tooNew) {
+        this.unreasonable++;
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      this.validItems.push(item);
+
+      // -- time range
+      if (oldest == null)
+        oldest = newest = val;
+      else if (val < oldest)
+        oldest = val;
+      else if (val > newest)
+        newest = val;
+
+      // -- bucket
+      // - year
+      let year, valYear = val.getYear();
+      if (valYear in years) {
+        year = years[valYear];
+        year._dateCount++;
+      }
+      else {
+        year = years[valYear] = {
+          _dateCount: 1,
+          _subCount: 0
+        };
+        years._subCount++;
+      }
+
+      // - month
+      let month, valMonth = val.getMonth();
+      if (valMonth in year) {
+        month = year[valMonth];
+        month._dateCount++;
+      }
+      else {
+        month = year[valMonth] = {
+          _dateCount: 1,
+          _subCount: 0
+        };
+        year._subCount++;
+      }
+
+      // - day
+      let valDate = val.getDate();
+      if (valDate in month) {
+        month[valDate].push(item);
+      }
+      else {
+        month[valDate] = [item];
+      }
+    }
+
+    this.oldest = oldest;
+    this.newest = newest;
+  },
+
+  _unionMonth: function(aMonthObj) {
+    let dayItemLists = [];
+    for (let key in aMonthObj) {
+      let dayItemList = aMonthObj[key];
+      if (typeof(key) == "string" && key.startsWith('_'))
+        continue;
+      dayItemLists.push(dayItemList);
+    }
+    return Array.concat.apply([], dayItemLists);
+  },
+
+  _unionYear: function(aYearObj) {
+    let monthItemLists = [];
+    for (let key in aYearObj) {
+      let monthObj = aYearObj[key];
+      if (typeof(key) == "string" && key.startsWith('_'))
+        continue;
+      monthItemLists.push(this._unionMonth(monthObj));
+    }
+    return Array.concat.apply([], monthItemLists);
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75a424adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/fundattr.js
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaFundAttr'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js"); // for GlodaAttachment
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_mimetype.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace The Gloda Fundamental Attribute provider is a special attribute
+ *  provider; it provides attributes that the rest of the providers should be
+ *  able to assume exist.  Also, it may end up accessing things at a lower level
+ *  than most extension providers should do.  In summary, don't mimic this code
+ *  unless you won't complain when your code breaks.
+ */
+var GlodaFundAttr = {
+  providerName: "gloda.fundattr",
+  strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+  _log: null,
+
+  init: function gloda_explattr_init() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.fundattr");
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_TO: 10,
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_CC: 4,
+  POPULARITY_FROM_ME_BCC: 3,
+  POPULARITY_TO_ME: 5,
+  POPULARITY_CC_ME: 1,
+  POPULARITY_BCC_ME: 1,
+
+  /** Boost for messages 'I' sent */
+  NOTABILITY_FROM_ME: 10,
+  /** Boost for messages involving 'me'. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME: 1,
+  /** Boost for message from someone in 'my' address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK: 10,
+  /** Boost for the first person involved in my address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST: 8,
+  /** Boost for each additional person involved in my address book. */
+  NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL: 2,
+
+  defineAttributes: function gloda_fundattr_defineAttributes() {
+    /* ***** Conversations ***** */
+    // conversation: subjectMatches
+    this._attrConvSubject = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "subjectMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "subject",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONVERSATION],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    /* ***** Messages ***** */
+    // folder
+    this._attrFolder = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "folder",
+      singular: true,
+      facet: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "folderID",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FOLDER,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrAccount = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "account",
+      canQuery: "memory",
+      singular: true,
+      facet: true,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_ACCOUNT
+      });
+    this._attrMessageKey = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "messageKey",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "messageKey",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // We need to surface the deleted attribute for querying, but there is no
+    //  reason for user code, so let's call it "_deleted" rather than deleted.
+    // (In fact, our validity constraints require a special query formulation
+    //  that user code should have no clue exists.  That's right user code,
+    //  that's a dare.)
+    Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "_deleted",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "deleted",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      });
+
+
+    // -- fulltext search helpers
+    // fulltextMatches.  Match over message subject, body, and attachments
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.fulltextMatches
+    this._attrFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "fulltextMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "messagesText",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // subjectMatches.  Fulltext match on subject
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.subjectMatches
+    this._attrSubjectText = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "subjectMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "subject",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // bodyMatches. super-synthetic full-text matching...
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.bodyMatches
+    this._attrBody = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "bodyMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "body",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // attachmentNamesMatch
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.attachmentNamesMatch
+    this._attrAttachmentNames = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "attachmentNamesMatch",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "attachmentNames",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.authorMatches
+    this._attrAuthorFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "authorMatches",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "author",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+    this._attrRecipientsFulltext = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "recipientsMatch",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialFulltext,
+      specialColumnName: "recipients",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_FULLTEXT,
+      });
+
+    // --- synthetic stuff for some reason
+    // conversation
+    // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.conversation
+    this._attrConversation = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "conversation",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnParent,
+      specialColumnName: "conversationID",
+      idStorageAttributeName: "_conversationID",
+      valueStorageAttributeName: "_conversation",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_CONVERSATION,
+      canQuery: true,
+      });
+
+    // --- Fundamental
+    // From
+    this._attrFrom = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "from",
+                        singular: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    // To
+    this._attrTo = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "to",
+                        singular: false,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    // Cc
+    this._attrCc = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "cc",
+                        singular: false,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // not-tested
+    /**
+     * Bcc'ed recipients; only makes sense for sent messages.
+     */
+    this._attrBcc = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "bcc",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+    }); // not-tested
+
+    // Date.  now lives on the row.
+    this._attrDate = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "date",
+                        singular: true,
+                        facet: {
+                          type: "date",
+                        },
+                        special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+                        specialColumnName: "date",
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_DATE,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // Header message ID.
+    this._attrHeaderMessageID = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "headerMessageID",
+                        singular: true,
+                        special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+                        specialColumnName: "headerMessageID",
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+                        canQuery: true,
+                        }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    // Attachment MIME Types
+    this._attrAttachmentTypes = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "attachmentTypes",
+      singular: false,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+      facet: {
+        type: "default",
+        // This will group the MIME types by their category.
+        groupIdAttr: "category",
+        queryHelper: "Category",
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_MIME_TYPE,
+      });
+
+    // Attachment infos
+    this._attrIsEncrypted = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "isEncrypted",
+      singular: true,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      });
+
+    // Attachment infos
+    this._attrAttachmentInfos = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "attachmentInfos",
+      singular: false,
+      emptySetIsSignificant: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_ATTACHMENT,
+      });
+
+    // --- Optimization
+    /**
+     * Involves means any of from/to/cc/bcc.  The queries get ugly enough
+     *  without this that it seems to justify the cost, especially given the
+     *  frequent use case.  (In fact, post-filtering for the specific from/to/cc
+     *  is probably justifiable rather than losing this attribute...)
+     */
+    this._attrInvolves = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "involves",
+      singular: false,
+      facet: {
+        type: "default",
+        /**
+         * Filter out 'me', as we have other facets that deal with that, and the
+         *  'me' identities are so likely that they distort things.
+         *
+         * @return true if the identity is not one of my identities, false if it
+         *   is.
+         */
+        filter: function gloda_explattr_involves_filter(aItem) {
+          return (!(aItem.id in Gloda.myIdentities));
+        }
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    /**
+     * Any of to/cc/bcc.
+     */
+    this._attrRecipients = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "recipients",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    // From Me (To/Cc/Bcc)
+    this._attrFromMe = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrOptimization,
+      attributeName: "fromMe",
+      singular: false,
+      // The interesting thing to a facet is whether the message is from me.
+      facet: {
+        type: "nonempty?"
+      },
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+    // To/Cc/Bcc Me
+    this._attrToMe = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "toMe",
+      // The interesting thing to a facet is whether the message is to me.
+      facet: {
+        type: "nonempty?"
+      },
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+
+    // -- Mailing List
+    // Non-singular, but a hard call.  Namely, it is obvious that a message can
+    //  be addressed to multiple mailing lists.  However, I don't see how you
+    //  could receive a message with more than one set of List-* headers,
+    //  since each list-serve would each send you a copy.  Based on our current
+    //  decision to treat each physical message as separate, it almost seems
+    //  right to limit the list attribute to the copy that originated at the
+    //  list.  That may sound entirely wrong, but keep in mind that until we
+    //  have seen a message from the list with the List headers, we can't
+    //  definitely know it's a mailing list (although heuristics could take us
+    //  pretty far).  As such, the quasi-singular thing is appealing.
+    // Of course, the reality is that we really want to know if a message was
+    //  sent to multiple mailing lists and be able to query on that.
+    //  Additionally, our implicit-to logic needs to work on messages that
+    //  weren't relayed by the list-serve, especially messages sent to the list
+    //  by the user.
+    this._attrList = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+                        provider: this,
+                        extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+                        attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+                        attributeName: "mailing-list",
+                        bindName: "mailingLists",
+                        singular: false,
+                        emptySetIsSignificant: true,
+                        facet: true,
+                        subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE],
+                        objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+                        }); // not-tested, not-implemented
+  },
+
+  RE_LIST_POST: /<mailto:([^>]+)>/,
+
+  /**
+   *
+   * Specializations:
+   * - Mailing Lists.  Replies to a message on a mailing list frequently only
+   *   have the list-serve as the 'to', so we try to generate a synthetic 'to'
+   *   based on the author of the parent message when possible.  (The 'possible'
+   *   part is that we may not have a copy of the parent message at the time of
+   *   processing.)
+   * - Newsgroups.  Same deal as mailing lists.
+   */
+  process: function* gloda_fundattr_process(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps,
+                                            aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+    let aMimeMsg = aRawReps.mime;
+
+    // -- From
+    // Let's use replyTo if available.
+    // er, since we are just dealing with mailing lists for now, forget the
+    //  reply-to...
+    // TODO: deal with default charset issues
+    let author = null;
+    /*
+    try {
+      author = aMsgHdr.getStringProperty("replyTo");
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+    }
+    */
+    if (author == null || author == "")
+      author = aMsgHdr.author;
+
+    let normalizedListPost = "";
+    if (aMimeMsg && aMimeMsg.has("list-post")) {
+      let match = this.RE_LIST_POST.exec(aMimeMsg.get("list-post"));
+      if (match)
+        normalizedListPost = "<" + match[1] + ">";
+    }
+
+    // Do not use the MIME decoded variants of any of the email addresses
+    //  because if name is encoded and has a comma in it, it will break the
+    //  address parser (which already knows how to do the decoding anyways).
+    let [authorIdentities, toIdentities, ccIdentities, bccIdentities,
+         listIdentities] =
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        Gloda.getOrCreateMailIdentities(aCallbackHandle,
+                                        author, aMsgHdr.recipients,
+                                        aMsgHdr.ccList, aMsgHdr.bccList,
+                                        normalizedListPost));
+
+    if (authorIdentities.length != 1) {
+      throw new Gloda.BadItemContentsError(
+        "Message with subject '" + aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject +
+          "' somehow lacks a valid author.  Bailing.");
+    }
+    let authorIdentity = authorIdentities[0];
+    aGlodaMessage.from = authorIdentity;
+
+    // -- To, Cc, Bcc
+    aGlodaMessage.to = toIdentities;
+    aGlodaMessage.cc = ccIdentities;
+    aGlodaMessage.bcc = bccIdentities;
+
+    // -- Mailing List
+    if (listIdentities.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.mailingLists = listIdentities;
+
+    let findIsEncrypted = x =>
+      x.isEncrypted || (x.parts ? x.parts.some(findIsEncrypted) : false);
+
+    // -- Encryption
+    aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted = false;
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted = findIsEncrypted(aMimeMsg);
+    }
+
+    // -- Attachments
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      // nsParseMailbox.cpp puts the attachment flag on msgHdrs as soon as it
+      // finds a multipart/mixed part. This is a good heuristic, but if it turns
+      // out the part has no filename, then we don't treat it as an attachment.
+      // We just streamed the message, and we have all the information to figure
+      // that out, so now is a good place to clear the flag if needed.
+      let foundRealAttachment = false;
+      let attachmentTypes = [];
+      for (let attachment of aMimeMsg.allAttachments) {
+        // We don't care about would-be attachments that are not user-intended
+        //  attachments but rather artifacts of the message content.
+        // We also want to avoid dealing with obviously bogus mime types.
+        //  (If you don't have a "/", you are probably bogus.)
+        if (attachment.isRealAttachment &&
+            attachment.contentType.includes("/")) {
+          attachmentTypes.push(MimeTypeNoun.getMimeType(attachment.contentType));
+        }
+        if (attachment.isRealAttachment)
+          foundRealAttachment = true;
+      }
+      if (attachmentTypes.length) {
+        aGlodaMessage.attachmentTypes = attachmentTypes;
+      }
+
+      let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+      let wasStreamed = aMsgHdr &&
+        !aGlodaMessage.isEncrypted &&
+        ((aMsgHdr.flags & Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) ||
+        (aMsgHdr.folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder));
+
+      // Clear the flag if it turns out there's no attachment after all and we
+      // streamed completely the message (if we didn't, then we have no
+      // knowledge of attachments, unless bug 673370 is fixed).
+      if (!foundRealAttachment && wasStreamed)
+        aMsgHdr.markHasAttachments(false);
+
+      // This is not the same kind of attachments as above. Now, we want to
+      // provide convenience attributes to Gloda consumers, so that they can run
+      // through the list of attachments of a given message, to possibly build a
+      // visualization on top of it. We still reject bogus mime types, which
+      // means yencode won't be supported. Oh, I feel really bad.
+      let attachmentInfos = [];
+      for (let att of aMimeMsg.allUserAttachments) {
+        attachmentInfos.push(this.glodaAttFromMimeAtt(aRawReps.trueGlodaRep,
+                                                      att));
+      }
+      aGlodaMessage.attachmentInfos = attachmentInfos;
+    }
+
+    // TODO: deal with mailing lists, including implicit-to.  this will require
+    //  convincing the indexer to pass us in the previous message if it is
+    //  available.  (which we'll simply pass to everyone... it can help body
+    //  logic for quoting purposes, etc. too.)
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  glodaAttFromMimeAtt:
+      function gloda_fundattr_glodaAttFromMimeAtt(aGlodaMessage, aAtt) {
+    // So we don't want to store the URL because it can change over time if
+    // the message is moved. What we do is store the full URL if it's a
+    // detached attachment, otherwise just keep the part information, and
+    // rebuild the URL according to where the message is sitting.
+    let part, externalUrl;
+    if (aAtt.isExternal) {
+      externalUrl = aAtt.url;
+    } else {
+      let matches = aAtt.url.match(GlodaUtils.PART_RE);
+      if (matches && matches.length)
+        part = matches[1];
+      else
+        this._log.error("Error processing attachment: " + aAtt.url);
+    }
+    return new GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage,
+                               aAtt.name,
+                               aAtt.contentType,
+                               aAtt.size,
+                               part,
+                               externalUrl,
+                               aAtt.isExternal);
+  },
+
+  optimize: function* gloda_fundattr_optimize(aGlodaMessage, aRawReps,
+                                              aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+
+    let aMsgHdr = aRawReps.header;
+
+    // for simplicity this is used for both involves and recipients
+    let involvesIdentities = {};
+    let involves = aGlodaMessage.involves || [];
+    let recipients = aGlodaMessage.recipients || [];
+
+    // 'me' specialization optimizations
+    let toMe = aGlodaMessage.toMe || [];
+    let fromMe = aGlodaMessage.fromMe || [];
+
+    let myIdentities = Gloda.myIdentities; // needless optimization?
+    let authorIdentity = aGlodaMessage.from;
+    let isFromMe = authorIdentity.id in myIdentities;
+
+    // The fulltext search column for the author.  We want to have in here:
+    // - The e-mail address and display name as enclosed on the message.
+    // - The name per the address book card for this e-mail address, if we have
+    //   one.
+    aGlodaMessage._indexAuthor = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedAuthor;
+    // The fulltext search column for the recipients. (same deal)
+    aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedRecipients;
+
+    if (isFromMe)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_ME;
+    else {
+      let authorCard = authorIdentity.abCard;
+      if (authorCard) {
+        aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK;
+        // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.authorMatches
+        aGlodaMessage._indexAuthor += ' ' + authorCard.displayName;
+      }
+    }
+
+    involves.push(authorIdentity);
+    involvesIdentities[authorIdentity.id] = true;
+
+    let involvedAddrBookCount = 0;
+
+    for (let toIdentity of aGlodaMessage.to) {
+      if (!(toIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(toIdentity);
+        recipients.push(toIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[toIdentity.id] = true;
+        let toCard = toIdentity.abCard;
+        if (toCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + toCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // optimization attribute to-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (toIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([toIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_TO_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, toIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          toIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_TO;
+      }
+    }
+    for (let ccIdentity of aGlodaMessage.cc) {
+      if (!(ccIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(ccIdentity);
+        recipients.push(ccIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[ccIdentity.id] = true;
+        let ccCard = ccIdentity.abCard;
+        if (ccCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + ccCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+      // optimization attribute cc-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (ccIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([ccIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_CC_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, ccIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          ccIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_CC;
+      }
+    }
+    // just treat bcc like cc; the intent is the same although the exact
+    //  semantics differ.
+    for (let bccIdentity of aGlodaMessage.bcc) {
+      if (!(bccIdentity.id in involvesIdentities)) {
+        involves.push(bccIdentity);
+        recipients.push(bccIdentity);
+        involvesIdentities[bccIdentity.id] = true;
+        let bccCard = bccIdentity.abCard;
+        if (bccCard) {
+          involvedAddrBookCount++;
+          // @testpoint gloda.noun.message.attr.recipientsMatch
+          aGlodaMessage._indexRecipients += ' ' + bccCard.displayName;
+        }
+      }
+      // optimization attribute cc-me ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (bccIdentity.id in myIdentities) {
+        toMe.push([bccIdentity, authorIdentity]);
+        if (aIsNew)
+          authorIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_BCC_ME;
+      }
+      // optimization attribute from-me-to ('I' am the parameter)
+      if (isFromMe) {
+        fromMe.push([authorIdentity, bccIdentity]);
+        // also, popularity
+        if (aIsNew)
+          bccIdentity.contact.popularity += this.POPULARITY_FROM_ME_BCC;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (involvedAddrBookCount)
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST +
+        (involvedAddrBookCount - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL;
+
+    aGlodaMessage.involves = involves;
+    aGlodaMessage.recipients = recipients;
+    if (toMe.length) {
+      aGlodaMessage.toMe = toMe;
+      aGlodaMessage.notability += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME;
+    }
+    if (fromMe.length)
+      aGlodaMessage.fromMe = fromMe;
+
+    // Content
+    if (aRawReps.bodyLines) {
+      aGlodaMessage._content = aRawReps.content = new GlodaContent();
+      if (this.contentWhittle({}, aRawReps.bodyLines, aGlodaMessage._content)) {
+        // we were going to do something here?
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      aRawReps.content = null;
+    }
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Duplicates the notability logic from optimize().  Arguably optimize should
+   *  be factored to call us, grokNounItem should be factored to call us, or we
+   *  should get sufficiently fancy that our code wildly diverges.
+   */
+  score: function gloda_fundattr_score(aMessage, aContext) {
+    let score = 0;
+
+    let authorIdentity = aMessage.from;
+    if (authorIdentity.id in Gloda.myIdentities)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_ME;
+    else if (authorIdentity.inAddressBook)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_FROM_IN_ADDR_BOOK;
+    if (aMessage.toMe)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ME;
+
+    let involvedAddrBookCount = 0;
+    for (let [, identity] in Iterator(aMessage.to))
+      if (identity.inAddressBook)
+        involvedAddrBookCount++;
+    for (let [, identity] in Iterator(aMessage.cc))
+      if (identity.inAddressBook)
+        involvedAddrBookCount++;
+    if (involvedAddrBookCount)
+      score += this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_FIRST +
+        (involvedAddrBookCount - 1) * this.NOTABILITY_INVOLVING_ADDR_BOOK_ADDL;
+    return score;
+  },
+
+  _countQuoteDepthAndNormalize:
+    function gloda_fundattr__countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(aLine) {
+    let count = 0;
+    let lastStartOffset = 0;
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < aLine.length; i++) {
+      let c = aLine[i];
+      if (c == ">") {
+        count++;
+        lastStartOffset = i+1;
+      }
+      else if (c == " ") {
+      }
+      else {
+        return [count,
+                lastStartOffset ? aLine.substring(lastStartOffset) : aLine];
+      }
+    }
+
+    return [count, lastStartOffset ? aLine.substring(lastStartOffset) : aLine];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attempt to understand simple quoting constructs that use ">" with
+   * obvious phrases to enter the quoting block.  No support for other types
+   * of quoting at this time.  Also no support for piercing the wrapper of
+   * forwarded messages to actually be the content of the forwarded message.
+   */
+  contentWhittle: function gloda_fundattr_contentWhittle(aMeta,
+      aBodyLines, aContent) {
+    if (!aContent.volunteerContent(aContent.kPriorityBase))
+      return false;
+
+    // duplicate the list; we mutate somewhat...
+    let bodyLines = aBodyLines.concat();
+
+    // lastNonBlankLine originally was just for detecting quoting idioms where
+    //  the "wrote" line was separated from the quoted block by a blank line.
+    // Now we also use it for whitespace suppression at the boundaries of
+    //  quoted and un-quoted text.  (We keep blank lines within the same
+    //  'block' of quoted or non-quoted text.)
+    // Because we now have two goals for it, and we still want to suppress blank
+    //  lines when there is a 'wrote' line involved, we introduce...
+    //  prevLastNonBlankLine!  This arguably suggests refactoring should be the
+    //  next step, but things work for now.
+    let rangeStart = 0, lastNonBlankLine = null, prevLastNonBlankLine = null;
+    let inQuoteDepth = 0;
+    for (let [iLine, line] of bodyLines.entries()) {
+      if (!line || (line == "\xa0")) /* unicode non breaking space */
+        continue;
+
+      if (line.startsWith(">")) {
+        if (!inQuoteDepth) {
+          let rangeEnd = iLine - 1;
+          let quoteRangeStart = iLine;
+          // see if the last non-blank-line was a lead-in...
+          if (lastNonBlankLine != null) {
+            // TODO: localize quote range start detection
+            if (aBodyLines[lastNonBlankLine].includes("wrote")) {
+              quoteRangeStart = lastNonBlankLine;
+              rangeEnd = lastNonBlankLine - 1;
+              // we 'used up' lastNonBlankLine, let's promote the prev guy to
+              //  be the new lastNonBlankLine for the next logic block
+              lastNonBlankLine = prevLastNonBlankLine;
+            }
+            // eat the trailing whitespace...
+            if (lastNonBlankLine != null)
+              rangeEnd = Math.min(rangeEnd, lastNonBlankLine);
+          }
+          if (rangeEnd >= rangeStart)
+            aContent.content(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, rangeEnd+1));
+
+          [inQuoteDepth, line] = this._countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(line);
+          bodyLines[iLine] = line;
+          rangeStart = quoteRangeStart;
+        }
+        else {
+          let curQuoteDepth;
+          [curQuoteDepth, line] = this._countQuoteDepthAndNormalize(line);
+          bodyLines[iLine] = line;
+
+          if (curQuoteDepth != inQuoteDepth) {
+            // we could do some "wrote" compensation here, but it's not really
+            //  as important.  let's wait for a more clever algorithm.
+            aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, iLine), inQuoteDepth);
+            inQuoteDepth = curQuoteDepth;
+            rangeStart = iLine;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else {
+        if (inQuoteDepth) {
+          aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, iLine), inQuoteDepth);
+          inQuoteDepth = 0;
+          rangeStart = iLine;
+        }
+      }
+
+      prevLastNonBlankLine = lastNonBlankLine;
+      lastNonBlankLine = iLine;
+    }
+
+    if (inQuoteDepth) {
+      aContent.quoted(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart), inQuoteDepth);
+    }
+    else {
+      aContent.content(aBodyLines.slice(rangeStart, lastNonBlankLine+1));
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a32e6041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/gloda.js
@@ -0,0 +1,2283 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['Gloda'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/databind.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/query.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/IOUtils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+/**
+ * @see |Gloda.BadItemContentsError|
+ */
+function BadItemContentsError(aMessage) {
+  this.message = aMessage;
+}
+BadItemContentsError.prototype = {
+  toString: function BadItemContentsError_toString() {
+    return this.message;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Provides the user-visible (and extension visible) global database
+ *  functionality.  There is currently a dependency/ordering
+ *  problem in that the concept of 'gloda' also includes some logic that is
+ *  contributed by built-in extensions, if you will.  Those built-in extensions
+ *  (fundattr.js, explattr.js) also import this file.  To avoid a circular
+ *  dependency, those built-in extensions are loaded by everybody.js.  The
+ *  simplest/best solution is probably to move everybody.js to be gloda.js and
+ *  have it re-export only 'Gloda'.  gloda.js (this file) can then move to be
+ *  gloda_int.js (or whatever our eventual naming scheme is), which built-in
+ *  extensions can explicitly rely upon.
+ *
+ * === Concepts
+ *
+ * == Nouns
+ *
+ * Inspired by reasonable uses of triple-stores, I have tried to leverage
+ *  existing model and terminology rather than rolling out own for everything.
+ *  The idea with triple-stores is that you have a subject, a predicate, and an
+ *  object.  For example, if we are talking about a message, that is the
+ *  subject, the predicate could roughly be sent-by, and the object a person.
+ *  We can generalize this idea to say that the subject and objects are nouns.
+ * Since we want to be more flexible than only dealing with messages, we
+ *  therefore introduce the concept of nouns as an organizing principle.
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Our attributes definitions are basically our predicates.  When we define
+ *  an attribute, it's a label with a bunch of meta-data.  Our attribute
+ *  instances are basically a 'triple' in a triple-store.  The attributes
+ *  are stored in database rows that imply a specific noun-type (ex: the
+ *  messageAttributes table), with an ID identifying the message which is our
+ *  subject, an attribute ID which identifies the attribute definition in use
+ *  (and therefore the predicate), plus an object ID (given context aka the
+ *  noun type by the attribute's meta-data) which identifies the 'object'.
+ *
+ * == But...
+ *
+ * Things aren't entirely as clear as they could be right now, terminology/
+ *  concept/implementation-wise.  Some work is probably still in order.
+ *
+ * === Implementation
+ *
+ * == Nouns
+ *
+ * So, we go and define the nouns that are roughly the classes in our data
+ *  model.  Every 'class' we define in datamodel.js is a noun that gets defined
+ *  here in the Gloda core.  We provide sufficient meta-data about the noun to
+ *  serialize/deserialize its representation from our database representation.
+ *  Nouns do not have to be defined in this class, but can also be contributed
+ *  by external code.
+ * We have a concept of 'first class' nouns versus non-first class nouns.  The
+ *  distinction is meant to be whether we can store meta-information about those
+ *  nouns using attributes.  Right now, only message are real first-class nouns,
+ *  but we want to expand that to include contacts and eventually events and
+ *  tasks as lightning-integration occurs.  In practice, we are stretching the
+ *  definition of first-class nouns slightly to include things we can't store
+ *  meta-data about, but want to be able to query about.  We do want to resolve
+ *  this.
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Attributes are defined by "attribute providers" who are responsible for
+ *  taking an instance of a first-class noun (for which they are registered)
+ *  plus perhaps some other meta-data, and returning a list of attributes
+ *  extracted from that noun.  For now, this means messages.  Attribute
+ *  providers may create new data records as a side-effect of the indexing
+ *  process, although we have not yet fully dealt with the problem of deleting
+ *  these records should they become orphaned in the database due to the
+ *  purging of a message and its attributes.
+ * All of the 'core' gloda attributes are provided by the fundattr.js and
+ *  explattr.js providers.
+ *
+ * === (Notable) Future Work
+ *
+ * == Attributes
+ *
+ * Attribute mechanisms currently lack any support for 'overriding' attributes
+ *  provided by other attribute providers.  For example, the fundattr provider
+ *  tells us who a message is 'from' based on the e-mail address present.
+ *  However, other plugins may actually know better.  For example, the bugzilla
+ *  daemon e-mails based on bug activity although the daemon gets the credit
+ *  as the official sender.  A bugzilla plugin can easily extract the actual
+ *  person/e-mail addressed who did something on the bug to cause the
+ *  notification to be sent.  In practice, we would like that person to be
+ *  the 'sender' of the bugmail.  But we can't really do that right, yet.
+ *
+ * @namespace
+ */
+var Gloda = {
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging, the datastore (SQLite database), the core nouns and
+   *  attributes, and the contact and identities that belong to the presumed
+   *  current user (based on accounts).
+   *
+   * Additional nouns and the core attribute providers are initialized by the
+   *  everybody.js module which ensures all of those dependencies are loaded
+   *  (and initialized).
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_ns_init() {
+    this._initLogging();
+    GlodaDatastore._init(this._nounIDToDef);
+    this._initAttributes();
+    this._initMyIdentities();
+  },
+
+  _log: null,
+  /**
+   * Initialize logging; the error console window gets Warning/Error, and stdout
+   *  (via dump) gets everything.
+   */
+  _initLogging: function gloda_ns_initLogging() {
+    let formatter = new Log4Moz.BasicFormatter();
+    Log4Moz.repository.rootLogger.level = Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+
+    let enableConsoleLogging = false;
+    let enableDumpLogging = false;
+    // should we assume there is someone else consuming our log4moz stream?
+    let enableUpstreamLogging = false;
+    let considerNetLogging = false;
+
+    let glodaLog = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda");
+    glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.Warn;
+
+    try {
+      // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+      let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.logging.");
+      enableConsoleLogging = branch.getBoolPref("console");
+      enableDumpLogging = branch.getBoolPref("dump");
+      enableUpstreamLogging = branch.getBoolPref("upstream");
+      considerNetLogging = branch.getBoolPref("net");
+    } catch (ex) {}
+
+    if (enableConsoleLogging) {
+      let capp = new Log4Moz.ConsoleAppender(formatter);
+      capp.level = Log4Moz.Level.Warn;
+      glodaLog.addAppender(capp);
+    }
+
+    if (enableDumpLogging) {
+      let dapp = new Log4Moz.DumpAppender(formatter);
+      dapp.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+      glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+      glodaLog.addAppender(dapp);
+    }
+
+    if (enableUpstreamLogging) {
+      glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+    }
+
+    if (considerNetLogging) {
+      let file = Services.dirsvc.get("TmpD", Ci.nsIFile);
+      file.append("chainsaw.ptr");
+      if (file.exists()) {
+        let data = IOUtils.loadFileToString(file);
+        data = data.trim();
+        let [host, port] = data.split(":");
+        let xf = new Log4Moz.XMLFormatter();
+        let sapp = new Log4Moz.SocketAppender(host, Number(port), xf);
+        sapp.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+        glodaLog.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+        glodaLog.addAppender(sapp);
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.NS");
+    this._log.info("Logging Initialized");
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The indexer is idle.
+   */
+  kIndexerIdle: 0,
+  /**
+   * The indexer is doing something.  We used to have other specific states, but
+   *  they have been rendered irrelevant and wiped from existence.
+   */
+  kIndexerIndexing: 1,
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous activities performed that can be thought of as one processing
+   *  token.  Potentially yield the event-loop and re-schedule for later based
+   *  on how long we've actually taken/etc.  The goal here is that code that
+   *  is doing stuff synchronously yields with kWorkSync periodically to make
+   *  sure that it doesn't dominate the event-loop.  Unless the processing
+   *  in question is particularly intensive, it should be reasonable to apply
+   *  some decimation factor (ex: 32 or 64) with the general goal of yielding
+   *  every 3-10 milliseconds.
+   */
+  kWorkSync: 0,
+  /**
+   * Asynchronous activity performed, you need to relinquish flow control and
+   *  trust us to call callbackDriver later.
+   */
+  kWorkAsync: 1,
+  /**
+   * We are all done with our task, close us and figure out something else to do.
+   */
+  kWorkDone: 2,
+  /**
+   * We are not done with our task, but we think it's a good idea to take a
+   *  breather because we believe we have tied up the event loop for a
+   *  non-trivial amount of time.  So please re-schedule us in the future.
+   *
+   * This is currently only used internally by the indexer's batching logic;
+   *  minor changes may be required if used by actual indexers.
+   */
+  kWorkPause: 3,
+  /**
+   * We are done with our task, and have a result that we are returning.  This
+   *  should only be used by your callback handler's doneWithResult method.
+   *  Ex: you are passed aCallbackHandle, and you do
+   *  "yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(myResult);".
+   */
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: 4,
+
+  /**
+   * Callers should access the unique ID for the GlodaDatastore
+   * with this getter. If the GlodaDatastore has not been
+   * initialized, this value is null.
+   *
+   * @return a UUID as a string, ex: "c4dd0159-9287-480f-a648-a4613e147fdb"
+   */
+  get datastoreID() {
+    return GlodaDatastore._datastoreID;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a gloda message from an nsIMsgDBHdr, with the result returned as a
+   *  collection.  Keep in mind that the message may not be indexed, so you
+   *  may end up with an empty collection.  (Also keep in mind that this query
+   *  is asynchronous, so you will want your action-taking logic to be found
+   *  in your listener's onQueryCompleted method; the result will not be in
+   *  the collection when this method returns.)
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr The header of the message you want the gloda message for.
+   * @param aListener The listener that should be registered with the collection
+   * @param aData The (optional) value to set as the data attribute on the
+   *     collection.
+   *
+   * @return The collection that will receive the results.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageCollectionForHeader()
+   */
+  getMessageCollectionForHeader: function gloda_ns_getMessageForHeader(aMsgHdr,
+      aListener, aData) {
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    query.folder(aMsgHdr.folder).messageKey(aMsgHdr.messageKey);
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of message headers, return a collection containing the gloda
+   *  messages that correspond to those headers.  Keep in mind that gloda may
+   *  not have indexed all the messages, so the returned collection may not have
+   *  a message for each header you provide. (Also keep in mind that this query
+   *  is asynchronous, so you will want your action-taking logic to be found
+   *  in your listener's onQueryCompleted method; no results will be present in
+   *  the collection when this method returns.)
+   *
+   * @param aHeaders A javascript Array or and XPCOM list that fixIterator can
+   *     can handle.
+   * @param aListener The listener that should be registered with the collection
+   * @param aData The (optional) value to set as the data attribute on the
+   *     collection.
+   *
+   * @return The collection that will receive the results.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageCollectionForHeaders()
+   */
+  getMessageCollectionForHeaders: function gloda_ns_getMessagesForHeaders(
+      aHeaders, aListener, aData) {
+    // group the headers by the folder they are found in
+    let headersByFolder = {};
+    let iter;
+    for (let header in fixIterator(aHeaders)) {
+      let folderURI = header.folder.URI;
+      let headersForFolder = headersByFolder[folderURI];
+      if (headersForFolder === undefined)
+        headersByFolder[folderURI] = [header];
+      else
+        headersForFolder.push(header);
+    }
+
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    let clause;
+    // build a query, using a separate union clause for each folder.
+    for (let folderURI in headersByFolder) {
+      let headersForFolder = headersByFolder[folderURI];
+      let folder = this.getFolderForFolder(headersForFolder[0].folder);
+      // if this is the first or clause, just use the query itself
+      if (!clause)
+        clause = query;
+      else // create a new query clause via the 'or' command
+        clause = query.or();
+
+      clause.folder(folder);
+      let messageKeys = headersForFolder.map(hdr => hdr.messageKey);
+      clause.messageKey.apply(clause, messageKeys);
+    }
+
+    return query.getCollection(aListener, aData);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @testpoint gloda.ns.getMessageContent
+   */
+  getMessageContent: function gloda_ns_getMessageContent(aGlodaMessage, aMimeMsg) {
+    return mimeMsgToContentAndMeta(aMimeMsg, aGlodaMessage.folderMessage.folder)[0];
+  },
+
+  getFolderForFolder: function gloda_ns_getFolderForFolder(aMsgFolder) {
+    return GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Takes one or more strings containing lists of comma-delimited e-mail
+   *  addresses with optional display names, and returns a list of sub-lists of
+   *  identities, where each sub-list corresponds to each of the strings passed
+   *  as arguments.  These identities are loaded from the database if they
+   *  already exist, or created if they do not yet exist.
+   * If the identities need to be created, they will also result in the
+   *  creation of a gloda contact.  If a display name was provided with the
+   *  e-mail address, it will become the name of the gloda contact.  If a
+   *  display name was not provided, the e-mail address will also serve as the
+   *  contact name.
+   * This method uses the indexer's callback handle mechanism, and does not
+   *  obey traditional return semantics.
+   *
+   * We normalize all e-mail addresses to be lowercase as a normative measure.
+   *
+   * @param aCallbackHandle The GlodaIndexer callback handle (or equivalent)
+   *   that you are operating under.
+   * @param ... One or more strings.  Each string can contain zero or more
+   *   e-mail addresses with display name.  If more than one address is given,
+   *   they should be comma-delimited.  For example
+   *   '"Bob Smith" <bob@example.com>' is an address with display name.  Mime
+   *   header decoding is performed, but is ignorant of any folder-level
+   *   character set overrides.
+   * @returns via the callback handle mechanism, a list containing one sub-list
+   *   for each string argument passed.  Each sub-list containts zero or more
+   *   GlodaIdentity instances corresponding to the addresses provided.
+   */
+  getOrCreateMailIdentities:
+      function* gloda_ns_getOrCreateMailIdentities(aCallbackHandle) {
+    let addresses = {};
+    let resultLists = [];
+
+    // parse the strings
+    for (let iArg = 1; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+      let aMailAddresses = arguments[iArg];
+      let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(aMailAddresses);
+
+      let resultList = [];
+      resultLists.push(resultList);
+
+      let identities = [];
+      for (let iAddress = 0; iAddress < parsed.count; iAddress++) {
+        let address = parsed.addresses[iAddress].toLowerCase();
+        if (address in addresses)
+          addresses[address].push(resultList);
+        else
+          addresses[address] = [parsed.names[iAddress], resultList];
+      }
+    }
+
+    let addressList = Object.keys(addresses);
+    if (addressList.length == 0) {
+      yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(resultLists);
+      // we should be stopped before we reach this point, but safety first.
+      return;
+    }
+
+    let query = this.newQuery(this.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    query.kind("email");
+    query.value.apply(query, addressList);
+    let collection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    // put the identities in the appropriate result lists
+    for (let identity of collection.items) {
+      let nameAndResultLists = addresses[identity.value];
+      this._log.debug(" found identity for '" + nameAndResultLists[0] + "' (" +
+                      identity.value + ")");
+      // index 0 is the name, skip it
+      for (let iResList = 1; iResList < nameAndResultLists.length; iResList++) {
+        nameAndResultLists[iResList].push(identity);
+      }
+      delete addresses[identity.value];
+    }
+
+    // create the identities that did not exist yet
+    for (let address in addresses) {
+      let nameAndResultLists = addresses[address];
+      let name = nameAndResultLists[0];
+
+      this._log.debug(" creating contact for '" + name + "' (" + address + ")");
+
+      // try and find an existing address book contact.
+      let card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(address);
+      // XXX when we have the address book GUID stuff, we need to use that to
+      //  find existing contacts... (this will introduce a new query phase
+      //  where we batch all the GUIDs for an async query)
+      // XXX when the address book supports multiple e-mail addresses, we
+      //  should also just create identities for any that don't yet exist
+
+      // if there is no name, just use the e-mail (the ab indexer actually
+      //  processes the card's displayName for synchronization, so we don't
+      //  need to do that.)
+      if (!name)
+        name = address;
+
+      let contact = GlodaDatastore.createContact(null, null, name, 0, 0);
+
+      // we must create the identity.  use a blank description because there's
+      //  nothing to differentiate it from other identities, as this contact
+      //  only has one initially (us).
+      // XXX when we have multiple e-mails and there is a meaning associated
+      //  with each e-mail, try and use that to populate the description.
+      // XXX we are creating the identity here before we insert the contact.
+      //  conceptually it is good for us to be creating the identity before
+      //  exposing it to the address-book indexer, but we could get our id's
+      //  in a bad way from not deferring the identity insertion until after
+      //  the contact insertion.
+      let identity = GlodaDatastore.createIdentity(contact.id, contact,
+        "email", address, /* description */ "", /* relay? */ false);
+      contact._identities = [identity];
+
+      // give the address book indexer a chance if we have a card.
+      // (it will fix-up the name based on the card as appropriate)
+      if (card)
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          Gloda.grokNounItem(contact, {card: card}, true, true,
+                             aCallbackHandle));
+      else // grokNounItem will issue the insert for us...
+        GlodaDatastore.insertContact(contact);
+
+      for (let iResList = 1; iResList < nameAndResultLists.length; iResList++) {
+        nameAndResultLists[iResList].push(identity);
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(resultLists);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Dictionary of the user's known identities; key is the identity id, value
+   *  is the actual identity.  This is populated by _initMyIdentities based on
+   *  the accounts defined.
+   */
+  myIdentities: {},
+  /**
+   * The contact corresponding to the current user.  We are assuming that only
+   *  a single user/human being uses the current profile.  This is known to be
+   *  a flawed assumption, but is the best first approximation available.
+   *
+   * @TODO attempt to deal with multile people using the same profile
+   */
+  myContact: null,
+  /**
+   * Populate myIdentities with all of our identities.  Currently we do this
+   *  by assuming that there is one human/user per profile, and that all of the
+   *  accounts defined in the profile belong to them.  The single contact is
+   *  stored on myContact.
+   *
+   * @TODO deal with account addition/modification/removal
+   * @TODO attempt to deal with multiple people using the same profile
+   */
+  _initMyIdentities: function gloda_ns_initMyIdentities() {
+    let myContact = null;
+    let myIdentities = {};
+    let myEmailAddresses = {}; // process each email at most once; stored here
+
+    let fullName, fallbackName;
+    let existingIdentities = [];
+    let identitiesToCreate = [];
+
+    let numIdentities = MailServices.accounts.allIdentities.length;
+
+    // nothing to do if there are no accounts/identities.
+    if (!numIdentities)
+      return;
+
+    for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < numIdentities; iIdentity++) {
+      let msgIdentity =
+        MailServices.accounts.allIdentities.queryElementAt(iIdentity,
+                                                           Ci.nsIMsgIdentity);
+
+      if (!fullName)
+        fullName = msgIdentity.fullName;
+      if (!fallbackName)
+        fallbackName = msgIdentity.email;
+
+      let emailAddress = msgIdentity.email;
+      let replyTo = msgIdentity.replyTo;
+
+      // find the identities if they exist, flag to create them if they don't
+      if (emailAddress) {
+        let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(emailAddress);
+        if (!(parsed.addresses[0] in myEmailAddresses)) {
+          let identity = GlodaDatastore.getIdentity("email",
+                                                    parsed.addresses[0]);
+          if (identity)
+            existingIdentities.push(identity);
+          else
+            identitiesToCreate.push(parsed.addresses[0]);
+          myEmailAddresses[parsed.addresses[0]] = true;
+        }
+      }
+      if (replyTo) {
+        let parsed = GlodaUtils.parseMailAddresses(replyTo);
+        if (!(parsed.addresses[0] in myEmailAddresses)) {
+          let identity = GlodaDatastore.getIdentity("email",
+                                                    parsed.addresses[0]);
+          if (identity)
+            existingIdentities.push(identity);
+          else
+            identitiesToCreate.push(parsed.addresses[0]);
+          myEmailAddresses[parsed.addresses[0]] = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // we need to establish the identity.contact portions of the relationship
+    for (let identity of existingIdentities) {
+      identity._contact = GlodaDatastore.getContactByID(identity.contactID);
+    }
+
+    if (existingIdentities.length) {
+      // just use the first guy's contact
+      myContact = existingIdentities[0].contact;
+    }
+    else {
+      // create a new contact
+      myContact = GlodaDatastore.createContact(null, null,
+                                               fullName || fallbackName,
+                                               0, 0);
+      GlodaDatastore.insertContact(myContact);
+    }
+
+    if (identitiesToCreate.length) {
+      for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < identitiesToCreate.length;
+          iIdentity++) {
+        let emailAddress = identitiesToCreate[iIdentity];
+        // XXX this won't always be of type "email" as we add new account types
+        // XXX the blank string could be trying to differentiate; we do have
+        //  enough info to do it.
+        let identity = GlodaDatastore.createIdentity(myContact.id, myContact,
+                                                     "email",
+                                                     emailAddress,
+                                                     "", false);
+        existingIdentities.push(identity);
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (let iIdentity = 0; iIdentity < existingIdentities.length;
+        iIdentity++) {
+      let identity = existingIdentities[iIdentity];
+      myIdentities[identity.id] = identity;
+    }
+
+    this.myContact = myContact;
+    this.myIdentities = myIdentities;
+    myContact._identities = Object.keys(myIdentities).
+      map(id => myIdentities[id]);
+
+    // we need contacts to make these objects reachable via the collection
+    //  manager.
+    this._myContactCollection = this.explicitCollection(this.NOUN_CONTACT,
+                                                        [this.myContact]);
+    this._myIdentitiesCollection =
+      this.explicitCollection(this.NOUN_IDENTITY, this.myContact._identities);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is a defining characteristic of the subject.
+   */
+  kAttrFundamental: 0,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is an optimization derived from two or more fundamental
+   *  attributes and exists solely to improve database query performance.
+   */
+  kAttrOptimization: 1,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is derived from the content of the subject.  For example,
+   *  a message that references a bugzilla bug could have a "derived" attribute
+   *  that captures the bugzilla reference.  This is not
+   */
+  kAttrDerived: 2,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is the result of an explicit and intentional user action
+   *  upon the subject.  For example, a tag placed on a message by a user (or
+   *  at the user's request by a filter) is explicit.
+   */
+  kAttrExplicit: 3,
+  /**
+   * An attribute that is indirectly the result of a user's behaviour.  For
+   *  example, if a user consults a message multiple times, we may conclude that
+   *  the user finds the message interesting.  It is "implied", if you will,
+   *  that the message is interesting.
+   */
+  kAttrImplicit: 4,
+
+  /**
+   * This attribute is not 'special'; it is stored as a (thing id, attribute id,
+   *  attribute id) tuple in the database rather than on thing's row or on
+   *  thing's fulltext row.  (Where "thing" could be a message or any other
+   *  first class noun.)
+   */
+  kSpecialNotAtAll: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialNotAtAll,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a numeric column on the row for the noun.  The
+   *  attribute definition should include this value as 'special' and the
+   *  column name that stores the attribute as 'specialColumnName'.
+   */
+  kSpecialColumn: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumn,
+  kSpecialColumnChildren: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumnChildren,
+  kSpecialColumnParent: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialColumnParent,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a string column on the row for the noun.  It
+   *  differs from kSpecialColumn in that it is a string, which once had
+   *  query ramifications and one day may have them again.
+   */
+  kSpecialString: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialString,
+  /**
+   * This attribute is stored as a fulltext column on the fulltext table for
+   *  the noun.  The attribute defintion should include this value as 'special'
+   *  and the column name that stores the table as 'specialColumnName'.
+   */
+  kSpecialFulltext: GlodaDatastore.kSpecialFulltext,
+
+  /**
+   * The extensionName used for the attributes defined by core gloda plugins
+   *  such as fundattr.js and explattr.js.
+   */
+  BUILT_IN: "built-in",
+
+  /**
+   * Special sentinel value that will cause facets to skip a noun instance
+   * when an attribute has this value.
+   */
+  IGNORE_FACET: GlodaDatastore.IGNORE_FACET,
+
+  /*
+   * The following are explicit noun IDs.  While most extension-provided nouns
+   *  will have dynamically allocated id's that are looked up by name, these
+   *  id's can be relied upon to exist and be accessible via these
+   *  pseudo-constants.  It's not really clear that we need these, although it
+   *  does potentially simplify code to not have to look up all of their nouns
+   *  at initialization time.
+   */
+  /**
+   * Boolean values, expressed as 0/1 in the database and non-continuous for
+   *  constraint purposes.  Like numbers, such nouns require their attributes
+   *  to provide them with context, lacking any of their own.
+   * Having this as a noun type may be a bad idea; a change of nomenclature
+   *  (so that we are not claiming a boolean value is a noun, but still using
+   *  it in the same way) or implementation to require each boolean noun
+   *  actually be its own noun may be in order.
+   */
+  NOUN_BOOLEAN: 1,
+  /**
+   * A number, which could mean an integer or floating point values.  We treat
+   *  these as continuous, meaning that queries on them can have ranged
+   *  constraints expressed on them.  Lacking any inherent context, numbers
+   *  depend on their attributes to parameterize them as required.
+   * Same deal as with NOUN_BOOLEAN, we may need to change this up conceptually.
+   */
+  NOUN_NUMBER: 2,
+  /**
+   * A (non-fulltext) string.
+   * Same deal as with NOUN_BOOLEAN, we may need to change this up conceptually.
+   */
+  NOUN_STRING: 3,
+  /** A date, encoded as a PRTime, represented as a js Date object. */
+  NOUN_DATE: 10,
+  /**
+   * Fulltext search support, somewhat magical.  This is only intended to be
+   *  used for kSpecialFulltext attributes, and exclusively as a constraint
+   *  mechanism.  The values are always represented as strings.  It is presumed
+   *  that the user of this functionality knows how to generate SQLite FTS3
+   *  style MATCH queries, or is okay with us just gluing them together with
+   *  " OR " when used in an or-constraint case.  Gloda's query mechanism
+   *  currently lacks the ability to to compile Gloda-style and-constraints
+   *  into a single MATCH query, but it will turn out okay, just less
+   *  efficiently than it could.
+   */
+  NOUN_FULLTEXT: 20,
+  /**
+   * Represents a MIME Type.  We currently lack any human-intelligible
+   *  descriptions of mime types.
+   */
+  NOUN_MIME_TYPE: 40,
+  /**
+   * Captures a message tag as well as when the tag's presence was observed,
+   *  hoping to approximate when the tag was applied.  It's a somewhat dubious
+   *  attempt to not waste our opporunity to store a value along with the tag.
+   *  (The tag is actually stored as an attribute parameter on the attribute
+   *  definition, rather than a value in the attribute 'instance' for the
+   *  message.)
+   */
+  NOUN_TAG: 50,
+  /**
+   * Doesn't actually work owing to a lack of an object to represent a folder.
+   *  We do expose the folderURI and folderID of a message, but need to map that
+   *  to a good abstraction.  Probably something thin around a SteelFolder or
+   *  the like; we would contribute the functionality to easily move from a
+   *  folder to the list of gloda messages in that folder, as well as the
+   *  indexing preferences for that folder.
+   * @TODO folder noun and related abstraction
+   */
+  NOUN_FOLDER: GlodaFolder.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 100
+  /**
+   * All messages belong to a conversation.  See datamodel.js for the
+   *  definition of the GlodaConversation class.
+   */
+  NOUN_CONVERSATION: GlodaConversation.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 101
+  /**
+   * A one-to-one correspondence with underlying (indexed) nsIMsgDBHdr
+   *  instances.  See datamodel.js for the definition of the GlodaMessage class.
+   */
+  NOUN_MESSAGE: GlodaMessage.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 102
+  /**
+   * Corresponds to a human being, who may have multiple electronic identities
+   *  (a la NOUN_IDENTITY).  There is no requirement for association with an
+   *  address book contact, although when the address book contact exists,
+   *  we want to be associated with it.  See datamodel.js for the definition
+   *  of the GlodaContact class.
+   */
+  NOUN_CONTACT: GlodaContact.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 103
+  /**
+   * A single identity of a contact, who may have one or more.  E-mail accounts,
+   *  instant messaging accounts, social network site accounts, etc. are each
+   *  identities.  See datamodel.js for the definition of the GlodaIdentity
+   *  class.
+   */
+  NOUN_IDENTITY: GlodaIdentity.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 104
+  /**
+   * An attachment to a message. A message may have many different attachments.
+   */
+  NOUN_ATTACHMENT: GlodaAttachment.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 105
+  /**
+   * An account related to a message. A message can have only one account.
+   */
+  NOUN_ACCOUNT: GlodaAccount.prototype.NOUN_ID, // 106
+
+  /**
+   * Parameterized identities, for use in the from-me, to-me, cc-me optimization
+   *  cases.  Not for reuse without some thought.  These nouns use the parameter
+   *  to store the 'me' identity that we are talking about, and the value to
+   *  store the identity of the other party.  So in both the from-me and to-me
+   *  cases involving 'me' and 'foo@bar', the 'me' identity is always stored via
+   *  the attribute parameter, and the 'foo@bar' identity is always stored as
+   *  the attribute value.  See fundattr.js for more information on this, but
+   *  you probably shouldn't be touching this unless you are fundattr.
+   */
+  NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY: 200,
+
+  /** Next Noun ID to hand out, these don't need to be persisted (for now). */
+  _nextNounID: 1000,
+
+  /**
+   * Maps noun names to noun IDs.
+   */
+  _nounNameToNounID: {},
+  /**
+   * Maps noun IDs to noun definition dictionaries.  (Noun definition
+   *  dictionaries provided to us at the time a noun was defined, plus some
+   *  additional stuff we put in there.)
+   */
+  _nounIDToDef: {},
+
+  _managedToJSON: function gloda_ns_managedToJSON(aItem) {
+    return aItem.id;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Define a noun.  Takes a dictionary with the following keys/values:
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.name The name of the noun.  This is not a display name
+   *     (anything being displayed needs to be localized, after all), but simply
+   *     the canonical name for debugging purposes and for people to pass to
+   *     lookupNoun.  The suggested convention is lower-case-dash-delimited,
+   *     with names being singular (since it's a single noun we are referring
+   *     to.)
+   * @param aNounDef.class The 'class' to which an instance of the noun will
+   *     belong (aka will pass an instanceof test).  You may also provide this
+   *     as 'clazz' if the keyword makes your IDE angry.
+   * @param aNounDef.allowsArbitraryAttrs Is this a 'first class noun'/can it be
+   *     a subject, AKA can this noun have attributes stored on it that relate
+   *     it to other things?  For example, a message is first-class; we store
+   *     attributes of messages.  A date is not first-class now, nor is it
+   *     likely to be; we will not store attributes about a date, although dates
+   *     will be the objects of other subjects.  (For example: we might
+   *     associate a date with a calendar event, but the date is an attribute of
+   *     the calendar event and not vice versa.)
+   * @param aNounDef.usesParameter A boolean indicating whether this noun
+   *     requires use of the 'parameter' BLOB storage field on the attribute
+   *     bindings in the database to persist itself.  Use of parameters should
+   *     be limited to a reasonable number of values (16-32 is okay, more than
+   *     that is pushing it and 256 should be considered an absolute upper
+   *     bound) because of the database organization.  When false, your
+   *     toParamAndValue function is expected to return null for the parameter
+   *     and likewise your fromParamAndValue should expect ignore and generally
+   *     ignore the argument.
+   * @param aNounDef.toParamAndValue A function that takes an instantiated noun
+   *     instance and returns a 2-element list of [parameter, value] where
+   *     parameter may only be non-null if you passed a usesParameter of true.
+   *     Parameter may be of any type (BLOB), and value must be numeric (pass
+   *     0 if you don't need the value).
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.isPrimitive True when the noun instance is a raw numeric
+   *     value/string/boolean.  False when the instance is an object.  When
+   *     false, it is assumed the attribute that serves as a unique identifier
+   *     for the value is "id" unless 'idAttr' is provided.
+   * @param [aNounDef.idAttr="id"] For non-primitive nouns, this is the
+   *     attribute on the object that uniquely identifies it.
+   *
+   * @param aNounDef.schema Unsupported mechanism by which you can define a
+   *     table that corresponds to this noun.  The table will be created if it
+   *     does not exist.
+   *     - name The table name; don't conflict with other things!
+   *     - columns A list of [column name, sqlite type] tuples.  You should
+   *       always include a definition like ["id", "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"] for
+   *       now (and it should be the first column name too.)  If you care about
+   *       how the attributes are poked into your object (for example, you want
+   *       underscores used for some of them because the attributes should be
+   *       immutable), then you can include a third string that is the name of
+   *       the attribute to use.
+   *     - indices A dictionary of lists of column names, where the key name
+   *       becomes the index name.  Ex: {foo: ["bar"]} results in an index on
+   *       the column "bar" where the index is named "foo".
+  */
+  defineNoun: function gloda_ns_defineNoun(aNounDef, aNounID) {
+    this._log.info("Defining noun: " + aNounDef.name);
+    if (aNounID === undefined)
+      aNounID = this._nextNounID++;
+    aNounDef.id = aNounID;
+
+    // Let people whose editors get angry about illegal attribute names use
+    //  clazz instead of class.
+    if (aNounDef.clazz)
+      aNounDef.class = aNounDef.clazz;
+
+    if (!("idAttr" in aNounDef))
+      aNounDef.idAttr = "id";
+    if (!("comparator" in aNounDef)) {
+      aNounDef.comparator = function() {
+        throw new Error("Noun type '" + aNounDef.name +
+                        "' lacks a real comparator.");
+      };
+    }
+
+    // We allow nouns to have data tables associated with them where we do all
+    //  the legwork.  The schema attribute is the gateway to this magical world
+    //  of functionality.  Said door is officially unsupported.
+    if (aNounDef.schema) {
+      if (!aNounDef.tableName) {
+        if (aNounDef.schema.name)
+          aNounDef.tableName = "ext_" + aNounDef.schema.name;
+        else
+          aNounDef.tableName = "ext_" + aNounDef.name;
+      }
+      // this creates the data table and binder and hooks everything up
+      GlodaDatastore.createNounTable(aNounDef);
+
+      if (!aNounDef.toParamAndValue)
+        aNounDef.toParamAndValue = function (aThing) {
+          if (aThing instanceof aNounDef.class)
+            return [null, aThing.id];
+          else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+            return [null, aThing];
+        };
+    }
+
+    // if it has a table, you can query on it.  seems straight-forward.
+    if (aNounDef.tableName) {
+      [aNounDef.queryClass, aNounDef.nullQueryClass,
+       aNounDef.explicitQueryClass, aNounDef.wildcardQueryClass] =
+          GlodaQueryClassFactory(aNounDef);
+      aNounDef._dbMeta = {};
+      aNounDef.class.prototype.NOUN_ID = aNounDef.id;
+      aNounDef.class.prototype.NOUN_DEF = aNounDef;
+      aNounDef.toJSON = this._managedToJSON;
+
+      aNounDef.specialLoadAttribs = [];
+
+      // - define the 'id' constrainer
+      let idConstrainer = function() {
+        let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIdIn, null];
+        for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+          constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+        }
+        this._constraints.push(constraint);
+        return this;
+      };
+      aNounDef.queryClass.prototype.id = idConstrainer;
+    }
+    if (aNounDef.cache) {
+      let cacheCost = aNounDef.cacheCost || 1024;
+      let cacheBudget = aNounDef.cacheBudget || 128 * 1024;
+      let cacheSize = Math.floor(cacheBudget / cacheCost);
+      if (cacheSize)
+        GlodaCollectionManager.defineCache(aNounDef, cacheSize);
+    }
+    aNounDef.attribsByBoundName = {};
+    aNounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName = {};
+
+    aNounDef.objectNounOfAttributes = [];
+
+    this._nounNameToNounID[aNounDef.name] = aNounID;
+    this._nounIDToDef[aNounID] = aNounDef;
+    aNounDef.actions = [];
+
+    this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[aNounDef.id] = [];
+    this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[aNounDef.id] = [];
+    this._attrProvidersByNoun[aNounDef.id] = {};
+
+    return aNounDef;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a noun (ID) suitable for passing to defineAttribute's various
+   *  noun arguments.  Throws an exception if the noun with the given name
+   *  cannot be found; the assumption is that you can't live without the noun.
+   */
+  lookupNoun: function gloda_ns_lookupNoun(aNounName) {
+    if (aNounName in this._nounNameToNounID)
+      return this._nounNameToNounID[aNounName];
+
+    throw Error("Unable to locate noun with name '" + aNounName + "', but I " +
+                "do know about: " +
+                Object.keys(this._nounNameToNounID).join(", "));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup a noun def given a name.
+   */
+  lookupNounDef: function gloda_ns_lookupNoun(aNounName) {
+    return this._nounIDToDef[this.lookupNoun(aNounName)];
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * Define an action on a noun.  During the prototype stage, this was conceived
+   *  of as a way to expose all the constraints possible given a noun.  For
+   *  example, if you have an identity or a contact, you could use this to
+   *  see all the messages sent from/to a given contact.  It was likewise
+   *  thought potentially usable for future expansion.  For example, you could
+   *  also decide to send an e-mail to a contact when you have the contact
+   *  instance available.
+   * Outside of the 'expmess' checkbox-happy prototype, this functionality is
+   *  not used.  As such, this functionality should be considered in flux and
+   *  subject to changes.  Also, very open to specific suggestsions motivated
+   *  by use cases.
+   * One conceptual issue raised by this mechanism is the interaction of actions
+   *  with facts like "this message is read".  We currently implement the 'fact'
+   *  by defining an attribute with a 'boolean' noun type.  To deal with this,
+   *  in various places we pass-in the attribute as well as the noun value.
+   *  Since the relationships for booleans and integers in these cases is
+   *  standard and well-defined, this works out pretty well, but suggests we
+   *  need to think things through.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The ID of the noun you want to define an action on.
+   * @param aActionMeta The dictionary describing the noun.  The dictionary
+   *     should have the following fields:
+   * - actionType: a string indicating the type of action.  Currently, only
+   *   "filter" is a legal value.
+   * - actionTarget: the noun ID of the noun type on which this action is
+   *   applicable.  For example,
+   *
+   * The following should be present for actionType=="filter";
+   * - shortName: The name that should be used to display this constraint.  For
+   *   example, a checkbox-heavy UI might display a checkbox for each constraint
+   *   using shortName as the label.
+   * - makeConstraint: A function that takes the attribute that is the source
+   *   of the noun and the noun instance as arguments, and returns APV-style
+   *   constraints.  Since the APV-style query mechanism is now deprecated,
+   *   this signature is deprecated.  Probably the way to update this would be
+   *   to pass in the query instance that constraints should be contributed to.
+   */
+  defineNounAction: function gloda_ns_defineNounAction(aNounID, aActionMeta) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    nounDef.actions.push(aActionMeta);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve all of the actions (as defined using defineNounAction) for the
+   *  given noun type (via noun ID) with the given action type (ex: filter).
+   */
+  getNounActions: function gloda_ns_getNounActions(aNounID, aActionType) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    if (!nounDef)
+      return [];
+    return nounDef.actions.
+      filter(action => !aActionType || (action.actionType == aActionType));
+  },
+
+  /** Attribute providers in the sequence to process them. */
+  _attrProviderOrderByNoun: {},
+  /** Attribute providers that provide optimizers, in the sequence to proc. */
+  _attrOptimizerOrderByNoun: {},
+  /** Maps attribute providers to the list of attributes they provide */
+  _attrProviders: {},
+  /**
+   * Maps nouns to their attribute providers to a list of the attributes they
+   *  provide for the noun.
+   */
+  _attrProvidersByNoun: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Define the core nouns (that are not defined elsewhere) and a few noun
+   *  actions.  Core nouns could be defined in other files, assuming dependency
+   *  issues are resolved via the everybody.js mechanism or something else.
+   *  Right now, noun_tag defines the tag noun.  If we broke more of these out,
+   *  we would probably want to move the 'class' code from datamodel.js, the
+   *  SQL table def and helper code from datastore.js (and this code) to their
+   *  own noun_*.js files.  There are some trade-offs to be made, and I think
+   *  we can deal with those once we start to integrate lightning/calendar and
+   *  our noun space gets large and more heterogeneous.
+   */
+  _initAttributes: function gloda_ns_initAttributes() {
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "bool",
+      clazz: Boolean, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      // favor true before false
+      comparator: function gloda_bool_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return b - a;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aBool) {
+        return [null, aBool ? 1 : 0];
+      }}, this.NOUN_BOOLEAN);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "number",
+      clazz: Number, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: true,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_number_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a - b;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aNum) {
+        return [null, aNum];
+      }}, this.NOUN_NUMBER);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "string",
+      clazz: String, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_string_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.localeCompare(b);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aString) {
+        return [null, aString];
+      }}, this.NOUN_STRING);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "date",
+      clazz: Date, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: true,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_data_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a - b;
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aDate) {
+        return [null, aDate.valueOf() * 1000];
+      }}, this.NOUN_DATE);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "fulltext",
+      clazz: String, allowsArbitraryAttrs: false, continuous: false,
+      isPrimitive: true,
+      comparator: function gloda_fulltext_comparator(a, b) {
+        throw new Error("Fulltext nouns are not comparable!");
+      },
+      // as noted on NOUN_FULLTEXT, we just pass the string around.  it never
+      //  hits the database, so it's okay.
+      toParamAndValue: function(aString) {
+        return [null, aString];
+      }}, this.NOUN_FULLTEXT);
+
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "folder",
+      clazz: GlodaFolder,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      queryHelpers: {
+        /**
+         * Query for accounts based on the account associated with folders.  We
+         *  walk all of the folders associated with an account and put them in
+         *  the list of folders that match if gloda would index them.  This is
+         *  unsuitable for producing a persistable constraint since it does not
+         *  adapt for added/deleted folders.  However, it is sufficient for
+         *  faceting.  Also, we don't persist constraints yet.
+         *
+         * @TODO The long-term solution is to move towards using arithmetic
+         *     encoding on folder-id's like we use for MIME types and friends.
+         */
+        Account: function(aAttrDef, aArguments) {
+          let folderValues = [];
+          let seenRootFolders = {};
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < aArguments.length; iArg++) {
+            let givenFolder = aArguments[iArg];
+            let givenMsgFolder = givenFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                                   givenFolder.kActivityFolderOnlyNoData);
+            let rootFolder = givenMsgFolder.rootFolder;
+
+            // skip processing this folder if we have already processed its
+            //  root folder.
+            if (rootFolder.URI in seenRootFolders)
+              continue;
+            seenRootFolders[rootFolder.URI] = true;
+
+            let allFolders = rootFolder.descendants;
+            for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+              let folderFlags = folder.flags;
+
+              // Ignore virtual folders, non-mail folders.
+              // XXX this is derived from GlodaIndexer's shouldIndexFolder.
+              //  This should probably just use centralized code or the like.
+              if (!(folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Mail) ||
+                  (folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+                continue;
+              // we only index local or IMAP folders
+              if (!(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder) &&
+                !(folder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgImapMailFolder))
+                continue;
+
+              let glodaFolder = Gloda.getFolderForFolder(folder);
+              folderValues.push(glodaFolder);
+            }
+          }
+          return this._inConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, folderValues);
+        }
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_folder_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aFolderOrGlodaFolder) {
+        if (aFolderOrGlodaFolder instanceof GlodaFolder)
+          return [null, aFolderOrGlodaFolder.id];
+        else
+          return [null, GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolderOrGlodaFolder).id];
+      }}, this.NOUN_FOLDER);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "account",
+      clazz: GlodaAccount,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      equals: function(a, b) {
+        if (a && !b || !a && b)
+          return false;
+        if (!a && !b)
+          return true;
+        return a.id == b.id;
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_account_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      }}, this.NOUN_ACCOUNT);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "conversation",
+      clazz: GlodaConversation,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 512,
+      tableName: "conversations",
+      attrTableName: "messageAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "conversationID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+      objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._conversationFromRow,
+      comparator: function gloda_conversation_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.subject.localeCompare(b.subject);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aConversation) {
+        if (aConversation instanceof GlodaConversation)
+          return [null, aConversation.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aConversation];
+      }}, this.NOUN_CONVERSATION);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "message",
+      clazz: GlodaMessage,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: true,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 2048,
+      tableName: "messages",
+      // we will always have a fulltext row, even for messages where we don't
+      //  have the body available.  this is because we want the subject indexed.
+      dbQueryJoinMagic:
+        " INNER JOIN messagesText ON messages.id = messagesText.rowid",
+      attrTableName: "messageAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "messageID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._messageFromRow,
+      dbAttribAdjuster: GlodaDatastore.adjustMessageAttributes,
+      dbQueryValidityConstraintSuffix:
+        " AND +deleted = 0 AND +folderID IS NOT NULL AND +messageKey IS NOT NULL",
+      // This is what's used when we have no validity constraints, i.e. we allow
+      // for ghost messages, which do not have a row in the messagesText table.
+      dbQueryJoinMagicWithNoValidityConstraints:
+        " LEFT JOIN messagesText ON messages.id = messagesText.rowid",
+      objInsert: GlodaDatastore.insertMessage,
+      objUpdate: GlodaDatastore.updateMessage,
+      toParamAndValue: function(aMessage) {
+        if (aMessage instanceof GlodaMessage)
+          return [null, aMessage.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aMessage];
+      }}, this.NOUN_MESSAGE);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "contact",
+      clazz: GlodaContact,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: true,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 128,
+      tableName: "contacts",
+      attrTableName: "contactAttributes", attrIDColumnName: "contactID",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._contactFromRow,
+      dbAttribAdjuster: GlodaDatastore.adjustAttributes,
+      objInsert: GlodaDatastore.insertContact,
+      objUpdate: GlodaDatastore.updateContact,
+      comparator: function gloda_contact_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aContact) {
+        if (aContact instanceof GlodaContact)
+          return [null, aContact.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aContact];
+      }}, this.NOUN_CONTACT);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "identity",
+      clazz: GlodaIdentity,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      cache: true, cacheCost: 128,
+      usesUniqueValue: true,
+      tableName: "identities",
+      datastore: GlodaDatastore, objFromRow: GlodaDatastore._identityFromRow,
+      /**
+       * Short string is the contact name, long string includes the identity
+       *  value too, delimited by a colon.  Not tremendously localizable.
+       */
+      userVisibleString: function(aIdentity, aLong) {
+        if (!aLong)
+          return aIdentity.contact.name;
+        if (aIdentity.contact.name == aIdentity.value)
+          return aIdentity.value;
+        return aIdentity.contact.name + " (" + aIdentity.value + ")";
+      },
+      comparator: function gloda_identity_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        return a.contact.name.localeCompare(b.contact.name);
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aIdentity) {
+        if (aIdentity instanceof GlodaIdentity)
+          return [null, aIdentity.id];
+        else // assume they're just passing the id directly
+          return [null, aIdentity];
+      }}, this.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "attachment-infos",
+      clazz: GlodaAttachment,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      isPrimitive: false,
+      toJSON: function (x) {
+          return [
+            x._name,
+            x._contentType,
+            x._size,
+            x._part,
+            x._externalUrl,
+            x._isExternal
+          ]
+        },
+      fromJSON: function (x, aGlodaMessage) {
+          let [name, contentType, size, _part, _externalUrl, isExternal] = x;
+          return new GlodaAttachment(aGlodaMessage, name, contentType, size, _part, _externalUrl, isExternal);
+        },
+      }, this.NOUN_ATTACHMENT);
+
+    // parameterized identity is just two identities; we store the first one
+    //  (whose value set must be very constrainted, like the 'me' identities)
+    //  as the parameter, the second (which does not need to be constrained)
+    //  as the value.
+    this.defineNoun({
+      name: "parameterized-identity",
+      clazz: null,
+      allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+      comparator: function gloda_fulltext_comparator(a, b) {
+        if (a == null) {
+          if (b == null)
+            return 0;
+          else
+            return 1;
+        }
+        else if (b == null) {
+          return -1;
+        }
+        // First sort by the first identity in the tuple
+        // Since our general use-case is for the first guy to be "me", we only
+        //  compare the identity value, not the name.
+        let fic = a[0].value.localeCompare(b[0].value);
+        if (fic)
+          return fic;
+        // Next compare the second identity in the tuple, but use the contact
+        //  this time to be consistent with our identity comparator.
+        return a[1].contact.name.localeCompare(b[1].contact.name);
+      },
+      computeDelta: function(aCurValues, aOldValues) {
+        let oldMap = {};
+        for (let tupe of aOldValues) {
+          let [originIdentity, targetIdentity] = tupe;
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          if (targets === undefined)
+            targets = oldMap[originIdentity] = {};
+          targets[targetIdentity] = true;
+        }
+
+        let added = [], removed = [];
+        for (let tupe of aCurValues) {
+          let [originIdentity, targetIdentity] = tupe;
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          if ((targets === undefined) || !(targetIdentity in targets))
+            added.push(tupe);
+          else
+            delete targets[targetIdentity];
+        }
+
+        for (let originIdentity in oldMap) {
+          let targets = oldMap[originIdentity];
+          for (let targetIdentity in targets) {
+            removed.push([originIdentity, targetIdentity]);
+          }
+        }
+
+        return [added, removed];
+      },
+      contributeObjDependencies: function(aJsonValues, aReferencesByNounID,
+          aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+        // nothing to do with a zero-length list
+        if (aJsonValues.length == 0)
+          return false;
+
+        let nounIdentityDef = Gloda._nounIDToDef[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+        let references = aReferencesByNounID[nounIdentityDef.id];
+        if (references === undefined)
+          references = aReferencesByNounID[nounIdentityDef.id] = {};
+
+        for (let tupe of aJsonValues) {
+          let [originIdentityID, targetIdentityID] = tupe;
+          if (!(originIdentityID in references))
+            references[originIdentityID] = null;
+          if (!(targetIdentityID in references))
+            references[targetIdentityID] = null;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+      },
+      resolveObjDependencies: function(aJsonValues, aReferencesByNounID,
+          aInverseReferencesByNounID) {
+        let references =
+          aReferencesByNounID[Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY];
+
+        let results = [];
+        for (let tupe of aJsonValues) {
+          let [originIdentityID, targetIdentityID] = tupe;
+          results.push([references[originIdentityID],
+                        references[targetIdentityID]]);
+        }
+
+        return results;
+      },
+      toJSON: function (aIdentityTuple) {
+        return [aIdentityTuple[0].id, aIdentityTuple[1].id];
+      },
+      toParamAndValue: function(aIdentityTuple) {
+        return [aIdentityTuple[0].id, aIdentityTuple[1].id];
+      }}, this.NOUN_PARAM_IDENTITY);
+
+    GlodaDatastore.getAllAttributes();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create accessor functions to 'bind' an attribute to underlying normalized
+   *  attribute storage, as well as creating the appropriate query object
+   *  constraint helper functions.  This name is somewhat of a misnomer because
+   *  special attributes are not 'bound' (because specific/non-generic per-class
+   *  code provides the properties) but still depend on this method to
+   *  establish their constraint helper methods.
+   *
+   * @XXX potentially rename to not suggest binding is required.
+   */
+  _bindAttribute: function gloda_ns_bindAttr(aAttrDef, aSubjectNounDef) {
+    let objectNounDef = aAttrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+    // -- the query constraint helpers
+    if (aSubjectNounDef.queryClass !== undefined) {
+      let constrainer;
+      let canQuery = true;
+      if (aAttrDef.special == this.kSpecialFulltext) {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintFulltext, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+      }
+      else if (aAttrDef.canQuery || aAttrDef.attributeName.startsWith("_")) {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+      } else {
+        constrainer = function() {
+          throw new Error(
+              "Cannot query on attribute "+aAttrDef.attributeName
+            + " because its canQuery parameter hasn't been set to true."
+            + " Reading the comments about Gloda.defineAttribute may be a"
+            + " sensible thing to do now.");
+        }
+        canQuery = false;
+      }
+
+      aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName] = constrainer;
+
+      // Don't bind extra query-able attributes if we're unable to perform a
+      // search on the attribute.
+      if (!canQuery)
+        return;
+
+      // - ranged value helper: fooRange
+      if (objectNounDef.continuous) {
+        // takes one or more tuples of [lower bound, upper bound]
+        let rangedConstrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++ ) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+
+        aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + "Range"] =
+          rangedConstrainer;
+      }
+
+      // - string LIKE helper for special on-row attributes: fooLike
+      // (it is impossible to store a string as an indexed attribute, which is
+      //  why we do this for on-row only.)
+      if (aAttrDef.special == this.kSpecialString) {
+        let likeConstrainer = function() {
+          let constraint = [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintStringLike, aAttrDef];
+          for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+            constraint.push(arguments[iArg]);
+          }
+          this._constraints.push(constraint);
+          return this;
+        };
+
+        aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + "Like"] =
+          likeConstrainer;
+      }
+
+      // - Custom helpers provided by the noun type...
+      if ("queryHelpers" in objectNounDef) {
+        for (let name in objectNounDef.queryHelpers) {
+          let helper = objectNounDef.queryHelpers[name];
+          // we need a new closure...
+          let helperFunc = helper;
+          aSubjectNounDef.queryClass.prototype[aAttrDef.boundName + name] =
+            function() {
+              return helperFunc.call(this, aAttrDef, arguments);
+            };
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Names of attribute-specific localized strings and the JS attribute they are
+   *  exposed as in the attribute's "strings" attribute (if the provider has a
+   *  string bundle exposed on its "strings" attribute).  They are rooted at
+   *  "gloda.SUBJECT-NOUN-NAME.attr.ATTR-NAME.*".
+   *
+   * Please consult the localization notes in gloda.properties to understand
+   *  what these are used for.
+   */
+  _ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS: {
+    /* - Faceting */
+    facetNameLabel: "facetNameLabel",
+    includeLabel: "includeLabel",
+    excludeLabel: "excludeLabel",
+    remainderLabel: "remainderLabel",
+    mustMatchLabel: "mustMatchLabel",
+    cantMatchLabel: "cantMatchLabel",
+    mayMatchLabel: "mayMatchLabel",
+    mustMatchNoneLabel: "mustMatchNoneLabel",
+    mustMatchSomeLabel: "mustMatchSomeLabel",
+    mayMatchAnyLabel: "mayMatchAnyLabel",
+  },
+  /**
+   * Define an attribute and all its meta-data.  Takes a single dictionary as
+   *  its argument, with the following required properties:
+   *
+   * @param aAttrDef.provider The object instance providing a 'process' method.
+   * @param aAttrDef.extensionName The name of the extension providing these
+   *     attributes.
+   * @param aAttrDef.attributeType The type of attribute, one of the values from
+   *     the kAttr* enumeration.
+   * @param aAttrDef.attributeName The name of the attribute, which also doubles
+   *     as the bound property name if you pass 'bind' a value of true.  You are
+   *     responsible for avoiding collisions, which presumably will mean
+   *     checking/updating a wiki page in the future, or just prefixing your
+   *     attribute name with your extension name or something like that.
+   * @param aAttrDef.bind Should this attribute be 'bound' as a convenience
+   *     attribute on the subject's object (true/false)?  For example, with an
+   *     attributeName of "foo" and passing true for 'bind' with a subject noun
+   *     of NOUN_MESSAGE, GlodaMessage instances will expose a "foo" getter that
+   *     returns the value of the attribute.  If 'singular' is true, this means
+   *     an instance of the object class corresponding to the noun type or null
+   *     if the attribute does not exist.  If 'singular' is false, this means a
+   *     list of instances of the object class corresponding to the noun type,
+   *     where the list may be empty if no instances of the attribute are
+   *     present.
+   * @param aAttrDef.bindName Optional override of attributeName for purposes of
+   *     the binding property's name.
+   * @param aAttrDef.singular Is the attribute going to happen at most once
+   *     (true), or potentially multiple times (false).  This affects whether
+   *     the binding returns a list or just a single item (which is null when
+   *     the attribute is not present).
+   * @param [aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant=false] Should we
+   * @param aAttrDef.subjectNouns A list of object types (NOUNs) that this
+   *     attribute can be set on.  Each element in the list should be one of the
+   *     NOUN_* constants or a dynamically registered noun type.
+   * @param aAttrDef.objectNoun The object type (one of the NOUN_* constants or
+   *     a dynamically registered noun types) that is the 'object' in the
+   *     traditional RDF triple.  More pragmatically, in the database row used
+   *     to represent an attribute, we store the subject (ex: message ID),
+   *     attribute ID, and an integer which is the integer representation of the
+   *     'object' whose type you are defining right here.
+   */
+  defineAttribute: function gloda_ns_defineAttribute(aAttrDef) {
+    // ensure required properties exist on aAttrDef
+    if (!("provider" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("extensionName" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("attributeType" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("attributeName" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("singular" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("subjectNouns" in aAttrDef) ||
+        !("objectNoun" in aAttrDef))
+      // perhaps we should have a list of required attributes, perchance with
+      //  and explanation of what it holds, and use that to be friendlier?
+      throw Error("You omitted a required attribute defining property, please" +
+                  " consult the documentation as penance.");
+
+    // -- Fill in defaults
+    if (!("emptySetIsSignificant" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.emptySetIsSignificant = false;
+
+    if (!("canQuery" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.canQuery = aAttrDef.facet ? true : false;
+
+    // return if the attribute has already been defined
+    if (aAttrDef.dbDef)
+      return aAttrDef;
+
+    // - first time we've seen a provider init logic
+    if (!(aAttrDef.provider.providerName in this._attrProviders)) {
+      this._attrProviders[aAttrDef.provider.providerName] = [];
+      if (aAttrDef.provider.contentWhittle)
+        whittlerRegistry.registerWhittler(aAttrDef.provider);
+    }
+
+    let compoundName = aAttrDef.extensionName + ":" + aAttrDef.attributeName;
+    // -- Database Definition
+    let attrDBDef;
+    if (compoundName in GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs) {
+      // the existence of the GlodaAttributeDBDef means that either it has
+      //  already been fully defined, or has been loaded from the database but
+      //  not yet 'bound' to a provider (and had important meta-info that
+      //  doesn't go in the db copied over)
+      attrDBDef = GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName];
+    }
+    // we need to create the attribute definition in the database
+    else {
+      let attrID = null;
+      attrID = GlodaDatastore._createAttributeDef(aAttrDef.attributeType,
+                                                  aAttrDef.extensionName,
+                                                  aAttrDef.attributeName,
+                                                  null);
+
+      attrDBDef = new GlodaAttributeDBDef(GlodaDatastore, attrID, compoundName,
+        aAttrDef.attributeType, aAttrDef.extensionName, aAttrDef.attributeName);
+      GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName] = attrDBDef;
+      GlodaDatastore._attributeIDToDBDefAndParam[attrID] = [attrDBDef, null];
+    }
+
+    aAttrDef.dbDef = attrDBDef;
+    attrDBDef.attrDef = aAttrDef;
+
+    aAttrDef.id = aAttrDef.dbDef.id;
+
+    if ("bindName" in aAttrDef)
+      aAttrDef.boundName = aAttrDef.bindName;
+    else
+      aAttrDef.boundName = aAttrDef.attributeName;
+
+    aAttrDef.objectNounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aAttrDef.objectNoun];
+    aAttrDef.objectNounDef.objectNounOfAttributes.push(aAttrDef);
+
+    // -- Facets
+    function normalizeFacetDef(aFacetDef) {
+      if (!("groupIdAttr" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.groupIdAttr = aAttrDef.objectNounDef.idAttr;
+      if (!("groupComparator" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.groupComparator = aAttrDef.objectNounDef.comparator;
+      if (!("filter" in aFacetDef))
+        aFacetDef.filter = null;
+    }
+    // No facet attribute means no facet desired; set an explicit null so that
+    //  code can check without doing an "in" check.
+    if (!("facet" in aAttrDef))
+      aAttrDef.facet = null;
+    // Promote "true" facet values to the defaults.  Where attributes have
+    //  specified values, make sure we fill in any missing defaults.
+    else {
+      if (aAttrDef.facet == true) {
+        aAttrDef.facet = {
+          type: "default",
+          groupIdAttr: aAttrDef.objectNounDef.idAttr,
+          groupComparator: aAttrDef.objectNounDef.comparator,
+          filter: null,
+        };
+      }
+      else {
+        normalizeFacetDef(aAttrDef.facet);
+      }
+    }
+    if ("extraFacets" in aAttrDef) {
+      for (let facetDef of aAttrDef.extraFacets) {
+        normalizeFacetDef(facetDef);
+      }
+    }
+
+    function gatherLocalizedStrings(aBundle, aPropRoot, aStickIn) {
+      for (let propName in Gloda._ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS) {
+        let attrName = Gloda._ATTR_LOCALIZED_STRINGS[propName];
+        try {
+          aStickIn[attrName] = aBundle.get(aPropRoot + propName);
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          // do nothing.  nsIStringBundle throws exceptions because it is a
+          //  standard nsresult type of API and our helper buddy does nothing
+          //  to help us.  (StringBundle.js, that is.)
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // -- L10n.
+    // If the provider has a string bundle, populate a "strings" attribute with
+    //  our standard attribute strings that can be UI exposed.
+    if (("strings" in aAttrDef.provider) && (aAttrDef.facet)) {
+      let bundle = aAttrDef.provider.strings;
+
+      // -- attribute strings
+      let attrStrings = aAttrDef.facet.strings = {};
+      // we use the first subject the attribute applies to as the basis of
+      //  where to get the string from.  Mainly because we currently don't have
+      //  any attributes with multiple subjects nor a use-case where we expose
+      //  multiple noun types via the UI.  (Just messages right now.)
+      let canonicalSubject = this._nounIDToDef[aAttrDef.subjectNouns[0]];
+      let propRoot = "gloda." + canonicalSubject.name + ".attr." +
+                       aAttrDef.attributeName + ".";
+      gatherLocalizedStrings(bundle, propRoot, attrStrings);
+
+      // -- alias strings for synthetic facets
+      if ("extraFacets" in aAttrDef) {
+        for (let facetDef of aAttrDef.extraFacets) {
+          facetDef.strings = {};
+          let aliasPropRoot = "gloda." + canonicalSubject.name + ".attr." +
+                                facetDef.alias + ".";
+          gatherLocalizedStrings(bundle, aliasPropRoot, facetDef.strings);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // -- Subject Noun Binding
+    for (let iSubject = 0; iSubject < aAttrDef.subjectNouns.length;
+           iSubject++) {
+      let subjectType = aAttrDef.subjectNouns[iSubject];
+      let subjectNounDef = this._nounIDToDef[subjectType];
+      this._bindAttribute(aAttrDef, subjectNounDef);
+
+      // update the provider maps...
+      if (this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[subjectType]
+              .indexOf(aAttrDef.provider) == -1) {
+        this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[subjectType].push(aAttrDef.provider);
+        if (aAttrDef.provider.optimize)
+          this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[subjectType].push(aAttrDef.provider);
+        this._attrProvidersByNoun[subjectType][aAttrDef.provider] = [];
+      }
+      this._attrProvidersByNoun[subjectType][aAttrDef.provider].push(aAttrDef);
+
+      subjectNounDef.attribsByBoundName[aAttrDef.boundName] = aAttrDef;
+      if (aAttrDef.domExpose)
+        subjectNounDef.domExposeAttribsByBoundName[aAttrDef.boundName] =
+          aAttrDef;
+
+      if (aAttrDef.special & this.kSpecialColumn)
+        subjectNounDef.specialLoadAttribs.push(aAttrDef);
+
+      // if this is a parent column attribute, make note of it so that if we
+      //  need to do an inverse references lookup, we know what column we are
+      //  issuing against.
+      if (aAttrDef.special === this.kSpecialColumnParent) {
+        subjectNounDef.parentColumnAttr = aAttrDef;
+      }
+
+      if (aAttrDef.objectNounDef.tableName ||
+          aAttrDef.objectNounDef.contributeObjDependencies) {
+        subjectNounDef.hasObjDependencies = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._attrProviders[aAttrDef.provider.providerName].push(aAttrDef);
+    return aAttrDef;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Retrieve the attribute provided by the given extension with the given
+   *  attribute name.  The original idea was that plugins would effectively
+   *  name-space attributes, helping avoid collisions.  Since we are leaning
+   *  towards using binding heavily, this doesn't really help, as the collisions
+   *  will just occur on the attribute name instead.  Also, this can turn
+   *  extensions into liars as name changes/moves to core/etc. happen.
+   * @TODO consider removing the extension name argument parameter requirement
+   */
+  getAttrDef: function gloda_ns_getAttrDef(aPluginName, aAttrName) {
+    let compoundName = aPluginName + ":" + aAttrName;
+    return GlodaDatastore._attributeDBDefs[compoundName];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a new query instance for the given noun-type.  This provides
+   *  a generic way to provide constraint-based queries of any first-class
+   *  nouns supported by the system.
+   *
+   * The idea is that every attribute on an object can be used to express
+   *  a constraint on the query object.  Constraints implicitly 'AND' together,
+   *  but providing multiple arguments to a constraint function results in an
+   *  'OR'ing of those values.  Additionally, you can call or() on the returned
+   *  query to create an alternate query that is effectively a giant OR against
+   *  all the constraints you create on the main query object (or any other
+   *  alternate queries returned by or()).  (Note: there is no nesting of these
+   *  alternate queries. query.or().or() is equivalent to query.or())
+   * For each attribute, there is a constraint with the same name that takes
+   *  one or more arguments.  The arguments represent a set of OR values that
+   *  objects matching the query can have.  (If you want the constraint
+   *  effectively ANDed together, just invoke the constraint function
+   *  multiple times.)  For example, newQuery(NOUN_PERSON).age(25) would
+   *  constraint to all the people aged 25, while age(25, 26) would constrain
+   *  to all the people age 25 or 26.
+   * For each attribute with a 'continuous' noun, there is a constraint with the
+   *  attribute name with "Range" appended.  It takes two arguments which are an
+   *  inclusive lower bound and an inclusive lower bound for values in the
+   *  range.  If you would like an open-ended range on either side, pass null
+   *  for that argument.  If you would like to specify multiple ranges that
+   *  should be ORed together, simply pass additional (pairs of) arguments.
+   *  For example, newQuery(NOUN_PERSON).age(25,100) would constraint to all
+   *  the people who are >= 25 and <= 100.  Likewise age(25, null) would just
+   *  return all the people who are 25 or older.  And age(25,30,35,40) would
+   *  return people who are either 25-30 or 35-30.
+   * There are also full-text constraint columns.  In a nutshell, their
+   *  arguments are the strings that should be passed to the SQLite FTS3
+   *  MATCH clause.
+   *
+   * @param aNounID The (integer) noun-id of the noun you want to query on.
+   * @param aOptions an optional dictionary of query options, see the GlodaQuery
+   *     class documentation.
+   */
+  newQuery: function gloda_ns_newQuery(aNounID, aOptions) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    return new nounDef.queryClass(aOptions);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a collection/query for the given noun-type that only matches the
+   *  provided items.  This is to be used when you have an explicit set of items
+   *  that you would still like to receive updates for.
+   */
+  explicitCollection: function gloda_ns_explicitCollection(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    let collection = new GlodaCollection(nounDef, aItems, null, null);
+    let query = new nounDef.explicitQueryClass(collection);
+    collection.query = query;
+    GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Debugging 'wildcard' collection creation support.  A wildcard collection
+   *  will 'accept' any new item instances presented to the collection manager
+   *  as new.  The result is that it allows you to be notified as new items
+   *  as they are indexed, existing items as they are loaded from the database,
+   *  etc.
+   * Because the items are added to the collection without limit, this will
+   *  result in a leak if you don't do something to clean up after the
+   *  collection.  (Forgetting about the collection will suffice, as it is still
+   *  weakly held.)
+   */
+  _wildcardCollection: function gloda_ns_wildcardCollection(aNounID, aItems) {
+    let nounDef = this._nounIDToDef[aNounID];
+    let collection = new GlodaCollection(nounDef, aItems, null, null);
+    let query = new nounDef.wildcardQueryClass(collection);
+    collection.query = query;
+    GlodaCollectionManager.registerCollection(collection);
+    return collection;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Attribute providers attempting to index something that experience a fatal
+   *  problem should throw one of these.  For example:
+   *  "throw new Gloda.BadItemContentsError('Message lacks an author.');".
+   *
+   * We're not really taking advantage of this yet, but it's a good idea.
+   */
+  BadItemContentsError: BadItemContentsError,
+
+  /**
+   * Populate a gloda representation of an item given the thus-far built
+   *  representation, the previous representation, and one or more raw
+   *  representations.  The attribute providers/optimizers for the given noun
+   *  type are invoked, allowing them to contribute/alter things.  Following
+   *  that, we build and persist our attribute representations.
+   *
+   * The result of the processing ends up with attributes in 3 different forms:
+   * - Database attribute rows (to be added and removed).
+   * - In-memory representation.
+   * - JSON-able representation.
+   *
+   * @param aItem The noun instance you want processed.
+   * @param aRawReps A dictionary that we pass to the attribute providers.
+   *     There is a(n implied) contract between the caller of grokNounItem for a
+   *     given noun type and the attribute providers for that noun type, and we
+   *     have nothing to do with it OTHER THAN inserting a 'trueGlodaRep'
+   *     value into it.  In the event of reindexing an existing object, the
+   *     gloda representation we pass to the indexers is actually a clone that
+   *     allows the asynchronous indexers to mutate the object without
+   *     causing visible changes in the existing representation of the gloda
+   *     object.  We patch the changes back onto the original item atomically
+   *     once indexing completes.  The 'trueGlodaRep' is then useful for
+   *     objects that hang off of the gloda instance that need a reference
+   *     back to their containing object for API convenience purposes.
+   * @param aIsConceptuallyNew Is the item "new" in the sense that it would
+   *     never have been visible from within user code?  This translates into
+   *     whether this should trigger an itemAdded notification or an
+   *     itemModified notification.
+   * @param aIsRecordNew Is the item "new" in the sense that we should INSERT
+   *     a record rather than UPDATE-ing a record.  For example, when dealing
+   *     with messages where we may have a ghost, the ghost message is not a
+   *     new record, but is conceptually new.
+   * @param aCallbackHandle The GlodaIndexer-style callback handle that is being
+   *     used to drive this processing in an async fashion.  (See
+   *     GlodaIndexer._callbackHandle).
+   * @param aDoCache Should we allow this item to be contributed to its noun
+   *     cache?
+   */
+  grokNounItem: function* gloda_ns_grokNounItem(aItem, aRawReps,
+      aIsConceptuallyNew, aIsRecordNew, aCallbackHandle, aDoCache) {
+    let itemNounDef = aItem.NOUN_DEF;
+    let attribsByBoundName = itemNounDef.attribsByBoundName;
+
+    this._log.info(" ** grokNounItem: " + itemNounDef.name);
+
+    let addDBAttribs = [];
+    let removeDBAttribs = [];
+
+    let jsonDict = {};
+
+    let aOldItem;
+    aRawReps.trueGlodaRep = aItem;
+    if (aIsConceptuallyNew) // there is no old item if we are new.
+      aOldItem = {};
+    else {
+      aOldItem = aItem;
+      // we want to create a clone of the existing item so that we can know the
+      //  deltas that happened for indexing purposes
+      aItem = aItem._clone();
+    }
+
+    // Have the attribute providers directly set properties on the aItem
+    let attrProviders = this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+    for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrProviders.length; iProvider++) {
+      this._log.info("  * provider: " + attrProviders[iProvider].providerName);
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        attrProviders[iProvider].process(aItem, aRawReps, aIsConceptuallyNew,
+                                         aCallbackHandle));
+    }
+
+    let attrOptimizers = this._attrOptimizerOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+    for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrOptimizers.length; iProvider++) {
+      this._log.info("  * optimizer: " + attrOptimizers[iProvider].providerName);
+      yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        attrOptimizers[iProvider].optimize(aItem, aRawReps, aIsConceptuallyNew,
+                                           aCallbackHandle));
+    }
+    this._log.info(" ** done with providers.");
+
+    // Iterate over the attributes on the item
+    for (let key of Object.keys(aItem)) {
+      let value = aItem[key];
+      // ignore keys that start with underscores, they are private and not
+      //  persisted by our attribute mechanism.  (they are directly handled by
+      //  the object implementation.)
+      if (key.startsWith("_"))
+        continue;
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let attrib = attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // if there's no attribute, that's not good, but not horrible.
+      if (attrib === undefined) {
+        this._log.warn("new proc ignoring attrib: " + key);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let attribDB = attrib.dbDef;
+      let objectNounDef = attrib.objectNounDef;
+
+      // - translate for our JSON rep
+      if (attrib.singular) {
+        if (objectNounDef.toJSON)
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = objectNounDef.toJSON(value);
+        else
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = value;
+      }
+      else {
+        if (objectNounDef.toJSON) {
+          let toJSON = objectNounDef.toJSON;
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = [];
+          for (let [, subValue] in Iterator(value)) {
+            jsonDict[attrib.id].push(toJSON(subValue));
+          }
+        }
+        else
+          jsonDict[attrib.id] = value;
+      }
+
+      let oldValue = aOldItem[key];
+
+      // the 'old' item is still the canonical one; update it
+      // do the update now, because we may skip operations on addDBAttribs and
+      //  removeDBattribs, if the attribute is not to generate entries in
+      //  messageAttributes
+      if (oldValue !== undefined || !aIsConceptuallyNew)
+        aOldItem[key] = value;
+
+      // the new canQuery property has to be set to true to generate entries
+      // in the messageAttributes table. Any other truthy value (like a non
+      // empty string), will still make the message query-able but without
+      // using the database.
+      if (attrib.canQuery !== true) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // - database index attributes
+
+      // perform a delta analysis against the old value, if we have one
+      if (oldValue !== undefined) {
+        // in the singular case if they don't match, it's one add and one remove
+        if (attrib.singular) {
+          // test for identicality, failing that, see if they have explicit
+          //  equals support.
+          if ((value !== oldValue) &&
+              (!value.equals || !value.equals(oldValue))) {
+            addDBAttribs.push(attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes([value])[0]);
+            removeDBAttribs.push(
+              attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes([oldValue])[0]);
+          }
+        }
+        // in the plural case, we have to figure the deltas accounting for
+        //  possible changes in ordering (which is insignificant from an
+        //  indexing perspective)
+        // some nouns may not meet === equivalence needs, so must provide a
+        //  custom computeDelta method to help us out
+        else if (objectNounDef.computeDelta) {
+          let [valuesAdded, valuesRemoved] =
+            objectNounDef.computeDelta(value, oldValue);
+          // convert the values to database-style attribute rows
+          addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesAdded));
+          removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesRemoved));
+        }
+        else {
+          // build a map of the previous values; we will delete the values as
+          //  we see them so that we will know what old values are no longer
+          //  present in the current set of values.
+          let oldValueMap = {};
+          for (let anOldValue of oldValue) {
+            // remember, the key is just the toString'ed value, so we need to
+            //  store and use the actual value as the value!
+            oldValueMap[anOldValue] = anOldValue;
+          }
+          // traverse the current values...
+          let valuesAdded = [];
+          for (let curValue of value) {
+            if (curValue in oldValueMap)
+              delete oldValueMap[curValue];
+            else
+              valuesAdded.push(curValue);
+          }
+          // anything still on oldValueMap was removed.
+          let valuesRemoved = Object.keys(oldValueMap).
+            map(key => oldValueMap[key]);
+          // convert the values to database-style attribute rows
+          addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesAdded));
+          removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+            attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(valuesRemoved));
+        }
+
+        // Add/remove the empty set indicator as appropriate.
+        if (attrib.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+          // if we are now non-zero but previously were zero, remove.
+          if (value.length && !oldValue.length)
+            removeDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+          // if we are now zero length but previously were not, add
+          else if (!value.length && oldValue.length)
+            addDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+        }
+      }
+      // no old value, all values are new
+      else {
+        // add the db reps on the new values
+        if (attrib.singular)
+          value = [value];
+        addDBAttribs.push.apply(addDBAttribs,
+                                attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(value));
+        // Add the empty set indicator for the attribute id if appropriate.
+        if (!value.length && attrib.emptySetIsSignificant)
+          addDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Iterate over any remaining values in old items for purge purposes.
+    for (let key of Object.keys(aOldItem)) {
+      let value = aOldItem[key];
+      // ignore keys that start with underscores, they are private and not
+      //  persisted by our attribute mechanism.  (they are directly handled by
+      //  the object implementation.)
+      if (key.startsWith("_"))
+        continue;
+      // ignore things we saw in the new guy
+      if (key in aItem)
+        continue;
+
+      // find the attribute definition that corresponds to this key
+      let attrib = attribsByBoundName[key];
+      // if there's no attribute, that's not good, but not horrible.
+      if (attrib === undefined) {
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // delete these from the old item, as the old item is canonical, and
+      //  should no longer have these values
+      delete aOldItem[key];
+
+      if (attrib.canQuery !== true) {
+        this._log.debug("Not inserting attribute "+attrib.attributeName
+            +" into the db, since we don't plan on querying on it");
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      if (attrib.singular)
+        value = [value];
+      let attribDB = attrib.dbDef;
+      removeDBAttribs.push.apply(removeDBAttribs,
+                                 attribDB.convertValuesToDBAttributes(value));
+      // remove the empty set marker if there should have been one
+      if (!value.length && attrib.emptySetIsSignificant)
+        removeDBAttribs.push([GlodaDatastore.kEmptySetAttrId, attribDB.id]);
+    }
+
+    aItem._jsonText = JSON.stringify(jsonDict);
+    this._log.debug("  json text: " + aItem._jsonText);
+
+    if (aIsRecordNew) {
+      this._log.debug(" inserting item");
+      itemNounDef.objInsert.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem);
+    }
+    else {
+      this._log.debug(" updating item");
+      itemNounDef.objUpdate.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug(" adjusting attributes, add: " + addDBAttribs + " rem: " +
+        removeDBAttribs);
+    itemNounDef.dbAttribAdjuster.call(itemNounDef.datastore, aItem,
+      addDBAttribs, removeDBAttribs);
+
+    if (!aIsConceptuallyNew && ("_declone" in aOldItem))
+      aOldItem._declone(aItem);
+
+    // Cache ramifications...
+    if (aDoCache === undefined || aDoCache) {
+      if (aIsConceptuallyNew)
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded(aItem.NOUN_ID, [aItem]);
+      else
+        GlodaCollectionManager.itemsModified(aOldItem.NOUN_ID, [aOldItem]);
+    }
+
+    this._log.debug(" done grokking.");
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Processes a list of noun instances for their score within a given context.
+   *  This is primarily intended for use by search ranking mechanisms, but could
+   *  be used elsewhere too.  (It does, however, depend on the complicity of the
+   *  score method implementations to not get confused.)
+   *
+   * @param aItems The non-empty list of items to score.
+   * @param aContext A noun-specific dictionary that we just pass to the funcs.
+   * @param aExtraScoreFuncs A list of extra scoring functions to apply.
+   * @returns A list of integer scores equal in length to aItems.
+   */
+  scoreNounItems: function gloda_ns_grokNounItem(aItems, aContext,
+                                                 aExtraScoreFuncs) {
+    let scores = [];
+    // bail if there is nothing to score
+    if (!aItems.length)
+      return scores;
+
+    let itemNounDef = aItems[0].NOUN_DEF;
+    if (aExtraScoreFuncs == null)
+      aExtraScoreFuncs = [];
+
+    for (let item of aItems) {
+      let score = 0;
+      let attrProviders = this._attrProviderOrderByNoun[itemNounDef.id];
+      for (let iProvider = 0; iProvider < attrProviders.length; iProvider++) {
+        let provider = attrProviders[iProvider];
+        if (provider.score)
+          score += provider.score(item);
+      }
+      for (let [, extraScoreFunc] in Iterator(aExtraScoreFuncs))
+        score += extraScoreFunc(item, aContext);
+      scores.push(score);
+    }
+
+    return scores;
+  }
+};
+
+/* and initialize the Gloda object/NS before we return... */
+try {
+  Gloda._init();
+}
+catch (ex) {
+  Gloda._log.debug("Exception during Gloda init (" + ex.fileName + ":" +
+                   ex.lineNumber + "): " + ex);
+};
+/* but don't forget that we effectively depend on everybody.js too, and
+   currently on our importer to be importing that if they need us fully armed
+   and operational. */
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..299733275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_ab.js
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaABIndexer', 'GlodaABAttrs'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/noun_freetag.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+
+var GlodaABIndexer = {
+  _log: null,
+
+  name: "index_ab",
+  enable: function() {
+    if (this._log == null)
+      this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_ab");
+
+    MailServices.ab.addAddressBookListener(this,
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.itemAdded |
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.itemChanged |
+                                           Ci.nsIAbListener.directoryItemRemoved);
+  },
+
+  disable: function() {
+    MailServices.ab.removeAddressBookListener(this);
+  },
+
+  // it's a getter so we can reference 'this'
+  get workers() {
+    return [
+      ["ab-card", {
+         worker: this._worker_index_card,
+       }],
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _worker_index_card: function*(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let card = aJob.id;
+
+    if (card.primaryEmail) {
+      // load the identity
+      let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY);
+      query.kind("email");
+      // we currently normalize all e-mail addresses to be lowercase
+      query.value(card.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+      let identityCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+      yield Gloda.kWorkAsync;
+
+      if (identityCollection.items.length) {
+        let identity = identityCollection.items[0];
+        // force the identity to know it has an associated ab card.
+        identity._hasAddressBookCard = true;
+
+        this._log.debug("Found identity, processing card.");
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+            Gloda.grokNounItem(identity.contact, {card: card}, false, false,
+                               aCallbackHandle));
+        this._log.debug("Done processing card.");
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield GlodaIndexer.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  initialSweep: function() {
+  },
+
+  /* ------ nsIAbListener ------ */
+  /**
+   * When an address book card is added, update the cached GlodaIdentity
+   *  object's cached idea of whether the identity has an ab card.
+   */
+  onItemAdded: function ab_indexer_onItemAdded(aParentDir, aItem) {
+    if (!(aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard))
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("Received Card Add Notification");
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, "email@" + aItem.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+    if (identity)
+      identity._hasAddressBookCard = true;
+  },
+  /**
+   * When an address book card is added, update the cached GlodaIdentity
+   *  object's cached idea of whether the identity has an ab card.
+   */
+  onItemRemoved: function ab_indexer_onItemRemoved(aParentDir, aItem) {
+    if (!(aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard))
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("Received Card Removal Notification");
+    let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOneByUniqueValue(
+      Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, "email@" + aItem.primaryEmail.toLowerCase());
+    if (identity)
+      identity._hasAddressBookCard = false;
+
+  },
+  onItemPropertyChanged: function ab_indexer_onItemPropertyChanged(aItem,
+      aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    if (aProperty == null && aItem instanceof Ci.nsIAbCard) {
+      this._log.debug("Received Card Change Notification");
+
+      let card = aItem; // instanceof already QueryInterface'd for us.
+      let job = new IndexingJob("ab-card", card);
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+    }
+  }
+};
+GlodaIndexer.registerIndexer(GlodaABIndexer);
+
+var GlodaABAttrs = {
+  providerName: "gloda.ab_attr",
+  _log: null,
+
+  init: function() {
+    this._log =  Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.abattrs");
+
+    try {
+      this.defineAttributes();
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Error in init: " + ex);
+      throw ex;
+    }
+  },
+
+  defineAttributes: function() {
+    /* ***** Contacts ***** */
+    this._attrIdentityContact = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "identities",
+      singular: false,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnChildren,
+      //specialColumnName: "contactID",
+      storageAttributeName: "_identities",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrContactName = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "name",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "name",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrContactPopularity = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "popularity",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "popularity",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+    this._attrContactFrecency = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "frecency",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumn,
+      specialColumnName: "frecency",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_NUMBER,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+
+    /* ***** Identities ***** */
+    this._attrIdentityContact = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrDerived,
+      attributeName: "contact",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialColumnParent,
+      specialColumnName: "contactID", // the column in the db
+      idStorageAttributeName: "_contactID",
+      valueStorageAttributeName: "_contact",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrIdentityKind = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "kind",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "kind",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+    this._attrIdentityValue = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrFundamental,
+      attributeName: "value",
+      singular: true,
+      special: Gloda.kSpecialString,
+      specialColumnName: "value",
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.NOUN_STRING,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // tested-by: test_attributes_fundamental
+
+    /* ***** Contact Meta ***** */
+    // Freeform tags; not explicit like thunderbird's fundamental tags.
+    //  we differentiate for now because of fundamental implementation
+    //  differences.
+    this._attrFreeTag = Gloda.defineAttribute({
+      provider: this,
+      extensionName: Gloda.BUILT_IN,
+      attributeType: Gloda.kAttrExplicit,
+      attributeName: "freetag",
+      bind: true,
+      bindName: "freeTags",
+      singular: false,
+      subjectNouns: [Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT],
+      objectNoun: Gloda.lookupNoun("freetag"),
+      parameterNoun: null,
+      canQuery: true,
+      }); // not-tested
+    // we need to find any existing bound freetag attributes, and use them to
+    //  populate to FreeTagNoun's understanding
+    if ("parameterBindings" in this._attrFreeTag) {
+      for (let freeTagName in this._attrFreeTag.parameterBindings) {
+        this._log.debug("Telling FreeTagNoun about: " + freeTagName);
+        FreeTagNoun.getFreeTag(freeTagName);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  process: function*(aContact, aRawReps, aIsNew, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let card = aRawReps.card;
+    if (aContact.NOUN_ID != Gloda.NOUN_CONTACT) {
+      this._log.warn("Somehow got a non-contact: " + aContact);
+      return; // this will produce an exception; we like.
+    }
+
+    // update the name
+    if (card.displayName && card.displayName != aContact.name)
+      aContact.name = card.displayName;
+
+    aContact.freeTags = [];
+
+    let tags = null;
+    try {
+      tags = card.getProperty("Categories", null);
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Problem accessing property: " + ex);
+    }
+    if (tags) {
+      for (let tagName of tags.split(",")) {
+        tagName = tagName.trim();
+        if (tagName) {
+          aContact.freeTags.push(FreeTagNoun.getFreeTag(tagName));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield Gloda.kWorkDone;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4d7a8ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/index_msg.js
@@ -0,0 +1,3334 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+"use strict";
+
+/*
+ * This file currently contains a fairly general implementation of asynchronous
+ *  indexing with a very explicit message indexing implementation.  As gloda
+ *  will eventually want to index more than just messages, the message-specific
+ *  things should ideally lose their special hold on this file.  This will
+ *  benefit readability/size as well.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaMsgIndexer'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/MailUtils.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datamodel.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimemsg.js");
+
+XPCOMUtils.defineLazyServiceGetter(this, "atomService",
+                                   "@mozilla.org/atom-service;1",
+                                   "nsIAtomService");
+
+// Components.results does not have mailnews error codes!
+var NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE = 0x80550005;
+
+var GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY = "gloda-id";
+/**
+ * Message header property to track dirty status; one of
+ *  |GlodaIndexer.kMessageClean|, |GlodaIndexer.kMessageDirty|,
+ *  |GlodaIndexer.kMessageFilthy|.
+ */
+var GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY = "gloda-dirty";
+
+/**
+ * The sentinel GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY value indicating that a message fails
+ *  to index and we should not bother trying again, at least not until a new
+ *  release is made.
+ *
+ * This should ideally just flip between 1 and 2, with GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID
+ *  flipping in the other direction.  If we start having more trailing badness,
+ *  _indexerGetEnumerator and GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID will need to be altered.
+ *
+ * When flipping this, be sure to update glodaTestHelper.js's copy.
+ */
+var GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID = 2;
+/**
+ * The gloda id we used to use to mark messages as bad, but now should be
+ *  treated as eligible for indexing.  This is only ever used for consideration
+ *  when creating msg header enumerators with `_indexerGetEnumerator` which
+ *  means we only will re-index such messages in an indexing sweep.  Accordingly
+ *  event-driven indexing will still treat such messages as unindexed (and
+ *  unindexable) until an indexing sweep picks them up.
+ */
+var GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID = 1;
+var GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID = 32;
+
+var JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY = "junkscore";
+var JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR = Ci.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_SPAM_SCORE.toString();
+var JUNK_HAM_SCORE_STR = Ci.nsIJunkMailPlugin.IS_HAM_SCORE.toString();
+
+var nsIArray = Ci.nsIArray;
+var nsIMsgFolder = Ci.nsIMsgFolder;
+var nsIMsgLocalMailFolder = Ci.nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+var nsIMsgImapMailFolder = Ci.nsIMsgImapMailFolder;
+var nsIMsgDBHdr = Ci.nsIMsgDBHdr;
+var nsMsgFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags;
+var nsMsgMessageFlags = Ci.nsMsgMessageFlags;
+var nsMsgProcessingFlags = Ci.nsMsgProcessingFlags;
+
+/**
+ * The processing flags that tell us that a message header has not yet been
+ *  reported to us via msgsClassified.  If it has one of these flags, it is
+ *  still being processed.
+ */
+var NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS =
+  nsMsgProcessingFlags.NotReportedClassified |
+  nsMsgProcessingFlags.ClassifyJunk;
+
+// for list comprehension fun
+function* range(begin, end) {
+  for (let i = begin; i < end; ++i) {
+    yield i;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * We do not set properties on the messages until we perform a DB commit; this
+ *  helper class tracks messages that we have indexed but are not yet marked
+ *  as such on their header.
+ */
+var PendingCommitTracker = {
+  /**
+   * Maps message URIs to their gloda ids.
+   *
+   * I am not entirely sure why I chose the URI for the key rather than
+   *  gloda folder ID + message key.  Most likely it was to simplify debugging
+   *  since the gloda folder ID is opaque while the URI is very informative.  It
+   *  is also possible I was afraid of IMAP folder renaming triggering a UID
+   *  renumbering?
+   */
+  _indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey: {},
+  /**
+   * Map from the pending commit gloda id to a tuple of [the corresponding
+   *  message header, dirtyState].
+   */
+  _indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId: {},
+  /**
+   * Do we have a post-commit handler registered with this transaction yet?
+   */
+  _pendingCommit: false,
+
+  /**
+   * The function gets called when the commit actually happens to flush our
+   *  message id's.
+   *
+   * It is very possible that by the time this call happens we have left the
+   *  folder and nulled out msgDatabase on the folder.  Since nulling it out
+   *  is what causes the commit, if we set the headers here without somehow
+   *  forcing a commit, we will lose.  Badly.
+   * Accordingly, we make a list of all the folders that the headers belong to
+   *  as we iterate, make sure to re-attach their msgDatabase before forgetting
+   *  the headers, then make sure to zero the msgDatabase again, triggering a
+   *  commit.  If there were a way to directly get the nsIMsgDatabase from the
+   *  header we could do that and call commit directly.  We don't track
+   *  databases along with the headers since the headers can change because of
+   *  moves and that would increase the number of moving parts.
+   */
+  _commitCallback: function PendingCommitTracker_commitCallback() {
+    let foldersByURI = {};
+    let lastFolder = null;
+
+    for (let glodaId in
+         PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId) {
+     let [msgHdr, dirtyState] =
+       PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId];
+      // Mark this message as indexed.
+      // It's conceivable the database could have gotten blown away, in which
+      //  case the message headers are going to throw exceptions when we try
+      //  and touch them.  So we wrap this in a try block that complains about
+      //  this unforeseen circumstance.  (noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway
+      //  should have been called and avoided this situation in all known
+      //  situations.)
+      try {
+        let curGlodaId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        if (curGlodaId != glodaId)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, glodaId);
+        let headerDirty = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY);
+        if (headerDirty != dirtyState)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, dirtyState);
+
+        // Make sure this folder is in our foldersByURI map.
+        if (lastFolder == msgHdr.folder)
+          continue;
+        lastFolder = msgHdr.folder;
+        let folderURI = lastFolder.URI;
+        if (!(folderURI in foldersByURI))
+          foldersByURI[folderURI] = lastFolder;
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._log.error(
+          "Exception while attempting to mark message with gloda state after" +
+          "db commit", ex);
+      }
+    }
+
+    // it is vitally important to do this before we forget about the headers!
+    for (let uri in foldersByURI) {
+      let folder = foldersByURI[uri];
+      // This will not cause a parse.  The database is in-memory since we have
+      //  a header that belongs to it.  This just causes the folder to
+      //  re-acquire a reference from the database manager.
+      let ignoredDb = folder.msgDatabase;
+      // And this will cause a commit.  (And must be done since we don't want
+      //  to cause a leak.)
+      folder.msgDatabase = null;
+    }
+
+    PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId = {};
+    PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey = {};
+
+    PendingCommitTracker._pendingCommit = false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Track a message header that should be marked with the given gloda id when
+   *  the database commits.
+   */
+  track: function PendingCommitTracker_track(aMsgHdr, aGlodaId) {
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey] = aGlodaId;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[aGlodaId] =
+      [aMsgHdr, GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageClean];
+
+    if (!this._pendingCommit) {
+      GlodaDatastore.runPostCommit(this._commitCallback);
+      this._pendingCommit = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Get the current state of a message header given that we cannot rely on just
+   *  looking at the header's properties because we defer setting those
+   *  until the SQLite commit happens.
+   *
+   * @return Tuple of [gloda id, dirty status].
+   */
+  getGlodaState:
+      function PendingCommitTracker_getGlodaState(aMsgHdr) {
+    // If it's in the pending commit table, then the message is basically
+    //  clean.  Return that info.
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    if (pendingKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey) {
+      let glodaId =
+        PendingCommitTracker._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey];
+      return [glodaId, this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][1]];
+    }
+    else {
+      // Otherwise the header's concept of state is correct.
+      let glodaId = aMsgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+      let glodaDirty = aMsgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY);
+      return [glodaId, glodaDirty];
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Update our structure to reflect moved headers.  Moves are currently
+   *  treated as weakly interesting and do not require a reindexing
+   *  although collections will get notified.  So our job is to to fix-up
+   *  the pending commit information if the message has a pending commit.
+   */
+  noteMove: function PendingCommitTracker_noteMove(aOldHdr, aNewHdr) {
+    let oldKey = aOldHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aOldHdr.messageKey;
+    if (!(oldKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey))
+      return;
+
+    let glodaId = this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[oldKey];
+    delete this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[oldKey];
+
+    let newKey = aNewHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aNewHdr.messageKey;
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[newKey] = glodaId;
+
+    // only clobber the header, not the dirty state
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][0] = aNewHdr;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A blind move is one where we have the source header but not the destination
+   *  header.  This happens for IMAP messages that do not involve offline fake
+   *  headers.
+   * XXX Since IMAP moves will propagate the gloda-id/gloda-dirty bits for us,
+   *  we could detect the other side of the move when it shows up as a
+   *  msgsClassified event and restore the mapping information.  Since the
+   *  offline fake header case should now cover the bulk of IMAP move
+   *  operations, we probably do not need to pursue this.
+   *
+   * We just re-dispatch to noteDirtyHeader because we can't do anything more
+   *  clever.
+   */
+  noteBlindMove: function PendingCommitTracker_noteBlindMove(aOldHdr) {
+    this.noteDirtyHeader(aOldHdr);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If a message is dirty we should stop tracking it for post-commit
+   *  purposes.  This is not because we don't want to write to its header
+   *  when we commit as much as that we want to avoid |getHeaderGlodaState|
+   *  reporting that the message is clean.  We could complicate our state
+   *  by storing that information, but this is easier and ends up the same
+   *  in the end.
+   */
+  noteDirtyHeader: function PendingCommitTracker_noteDirtyHeader(aMsgHdr) {
+    let pendingKey = aMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+    if (!(pendingKey in this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey))
+      return;
+
+    // (It is important that we get the gloda id from our own structure!)
+    let glodaId = this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[pendingKey];
+    this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByGlodaId[glodaId][1] =
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sometimes a folder database gets blown away.  This happens for one of two
+   *  expected reasons right now:
+   * - Folder compaction.
+   * - Explicit reindexing of a folder via the folder properties "rebuild index"
+   *    button.
+   *
+   * When this happens, we are basically out of luck and need to discard
+   *  everything about the folder.  The good news is that the folder compaction
+   *  pass is clever enough to re-establish the linkages that are being lost
+   *  when we drop these things on the floor.  Reindexing of a folder is not
+   *  clever enough to deal with this but is an exceptional case of last resort
+   *  (the user should not normally be performing a reindex as part of daily
+   *  operation), so we accept that messages may be redundantly indexed.
+   */
+  noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway:
+      function PendingCommitTracker_noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway(
+                 aMsgFolder) {
+    let uri = aMsgFolder.URI + "#";
+    for (let key in Iterator(this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey, true)) {
+      // this is not as efficient as it could be, but compaction is relatively
+      //  rare and the number of pending headers is generally going to be
+      //  small.
+      if (key.indexOf(uri) == 0) {
+        delete this._indexedMessagesPendingCommitByKey[key];
+      }
+    }
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * This callback handles processing the asynchronous query results of
+ *  |GlodaMsgIndexer.getMessagesByMessageID|.
+ */
+function MessagesByMessageIdCallback(aMsgIDToIndex, aResults,
+                                     aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+  this.msgIDToIndex = aMsgIDToIndex;
+  this.results = aResults;
+  this.callback = aCallback;
+  this.callbackThis = aCallbackThis;
+}
+
+MessagesByMessageIdCallback.prototype = {
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_msg.mbm"),
+
+  onItemsAdded: function gloda_ds_mbmi_onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    this._log.debug("getting results...");
+    for (let message of aItems) {
+      this.results[this.msgIDToIndex[message.headerMessageID]].push(message);
+    }
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function () {},
+  onItemsRemoved: function () {},
+  onQueryCompleted: function gloda_ds_mbmi_onQueryCompleted(aCollection) {
+    // just outright bail if we are shutdown
+    if (GlodaDatastore.datastoreIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    if (this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug)
+      this._log.debug("query completed, notifying... " + this.results);
+
+    this.callback.call(this.callbackThis, this.results);
+  }
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * The message indexer!
+ *
+ * === Message Indexing Strategy
+ * To these ends, we implement things like so:
+ *
+ * Mesage State Tracking
+ * - We store a property on all indexed headers indicating their gloda message
+ *   id.  This allows us to tell whether a message is indexed from the header,
+ *   without having to consult the SQL database.
+ * - When we receive an event that indicates that a message's meta-data has
+ *   changed and gloda needs to re-index the message, we set a property on the
+ *   header that indicates the message is dirty.  This property can indicate
+ *   that the message needs to be re-indexed but the gloda-id is valid (dirty)
+ *   or that the message's gloda-id is invalid (filthy) because the gloda
+ *   database has been blown away.
+ * - We track whether a folder is up-to-date on our GlodaFolder representation
+ *   using a concept of dirtiness, just like messages.  Like messages, a folder
+ *   can be dirty or filthy.  A dirty folder has at least one dirty message in
+ *   it which means we should scan the folder.  A filthy folder means that
+ *   every message in the folder should be considered filthy.  Folders start
+ *   out filthy when Gloda is first told about them indicating we cannot
+ *   trust any of the gloda-id's in the folders.  Filthy folders are downgraded
+ *   to dirty folders after we mark all of the headers with gloda-id's filthy.
+ *
+ * Indexing Message Control
+ * - We index the headers of all IMAP messages. We index the bodies of all IMAP
+ *   messages that are offline.  We index all local messages.  We plan to avoid
+ *   indexing news messages.
+ * - We would like a way to express desires about indexing that either don't
+ *   confound offline storage with indexing, or actually allow some choice.
+ *
+ * Indexing Messages
+ * - We have two major modes of indexing: sweep and event-driven.  When we
+ *   start up we kick off an indexing sweep.  We use event-driven indexing
+ *   as we receive events for eligible messages, but if we get too many
+ *   events we start dropping them on the floor and just flag that an indexing
+ *   sweep is required.
+ * - The sweep initiates folder indexing jobs based on the priorities assigned
+ *   to folders.  Folder indexing uses a filtered message enumerator to find
+ *   messages that need to be indexed, minimizing wasteful exposure of message
+ *   headers to XPConnect that we would not end up indexing.
+ * - For local folders, we use GetDatabaseWithReparse to ensure that the .msf
+ *   file exists.  For IMAP folders, we simply use GetDatabase because we know
+ *   the auto-sync logic will make sure that the folder is up-to-date and we
+ *   want to avoid creating problems through use of updateFolder.
+ *
+ * Junk Mail
+ * - We do not index junk.  We do not index messages until the junk/non-junk
+ *   determination has been made.  If a message gets marked as junk, we act like
+ *   it was deleted.
+ * - We know when a message is actively queued for junk processing thanks to
+ *   folder processing flags.  nsMsgDBFolder::CallFilterPlugins does this
+ *   prior to initiating spam processing.  Unfortunately, this method does not
+ *   get called until after we receive the notification about the existence of
+ *   the header.  How long after can vary on different factors.  The longest
+ *   delay is in the IMAP case where there is a filter that requires the
+ *   message body to be present; the method does not get called until all the
+ *   bodies are downloaded.
+ *
+ */
+var GlodaMsgIndexer = {
+  /**
+   * A partial attempt to generalize to support multiple databases.  Each
+   *  database would have its own datastore would have its own indexer.  But
+   *  we rather inter-mingle our use of this field with the singleton global
+   *  GlodaDatastore.
+   */
+  _datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.index_msg"),
+
+  _junkService: MailServices.junk,
+
+  name: "index_msg",
+  /**
+   * Are we enabled, read: are we processing change events?
+   */
+  _enabled: false,
+  get enabled() { return this._enabled; },
+
+  enable: function msg_indexer_enable() {
+    // initialize our listeners' this pointers
+    this._databaseAnnouncerListener.indexer = this;
+    this._msgFolderListener.indexer = this;
+
+    // register for:
+    // - folder loaded events, so we know when getDatabaseWithReparse has
+    //   finished updating the index/what not (if it was't immediately
+    //   available)
+    // - property changes (so we know when a message's read/starred state have
+    //   changed.)
+    this._folderListener._init(this);
+    MailServices.mailSession.AddFolderListener(this._folderListener,
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.intPropertyChanged |
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.propertyFlagChanged |
+                                               Ci.nsIFolderListener.event);
+
+    MailServices.mfn.addListener(this._msgFolderListener,
+      // note: intentionally no msgAdded notification is requested.
+      Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsClassified |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsDeleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgsMoveCopyCompleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.msgKeyChanged |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderAdded |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderDeleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderMoveCopyCompleted |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.folderRenamed |
+        Ci.nsIMsgFolderNotificationService.itemEvent);
+
+    this._enabled = true;
+
+    this._considerSchemaMigration();
+
+    this._log.info("Event-Driven Indexing is now " + this._enabled);
+  },
+  disable: function msg_indexer_disable() {
+    // remove FolderLoaded notification listener
+    MailServices.mailSession.RemoveFolderListener(this._folderListener);
+
+    MailServices.mfn.removeListener(this._msgFolderListener);
+
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder(); // nop if we aren't "in" a folder
+
+    this._enabled = false;
+
+    this._log.info("Event-Driven Indexing is now " + this._enabled);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Indicates that we have pending deletions to process, meaning that there
+   *  are gloda message rows flagged for deletion.  If this value is a boolean,
+   *  it means the value is known reliably.  If this value is null, it means
+   *  that we don't know, likely because we have started up and have not checked
+   *  the database.
+   */
+  pendingDeletions: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The message (or folder state) is believed up-to-date.
+   */
+  kMessageClean: 0,
+  /**
+   * The message (or folder) is known to not be up-to-date. In the case of
+   *  folders, this means that some of the messages in the folder may be dirty.
+   *  However, because of the way our indexing works, it is possible there may
+   *  actually be no dirty messages in a folder.  (We attempt to process
+   *  messages in an event-driven fashion for a finite number of messages, but
+   *  because we can quit without completing processing of the queue, we need to
+   *  mark the folder dirty, just-in-case.)  (We could do some extra leg-work
+   *  and do a better job of marking the folder clean again.)
+   */
+  kMessageDirty: 1,
+  /**
+   * We have not indexed the folder at all, but messages in the folder think
+   *  they are indexed.  We downgrade the folder to just kMessageDirty after
+   *  marking all the messages in the folder as dirty.  We do this so that if we
+   *  have to stop indexing the folder we can still build on our progress next
+   *  time we enter the folder.
+   * We mark all folders filthy when (re-)creating the database because there
+   *  may be previous state left over from an earlier database.
+   */
+  kMessageFilthy: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * A message addition job yet to be (completely) processed.  Since message
+   *  addition events come to us one-by-one, in order to aggregate them into a
+   *  job, we need something like this.  It's up to the indexing loop to
+   *  decide when to null this out; it can either do it when it first starts
+   *  processing it, or when it has processed the last thing.  It's really a
+   *  question of whether we want retrograde motion in the folder progress bar
+   *  or the message progress bar.
+   */
+  _pendingAddJob: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of messages that we should queue for processing before letting
+   *  them fall on the floor and relying on our folder-walking logic to ensure
+   *  that the messages are indexed.
+   * The reason we allow for queueing messages in an event-driven fashion is
+   *  that once we have reached a steady-state, it is preferable to be able to
+   *  deal with new messages and modified meta-data in a prompt fasion rather
+   *  than having to (potentially) walk every folder in the system just to find
+   *  the message that the user changed the tag on.
+   */
+  _indexMaxEventQueueMessages: 20,
+
+  /**
+   * Unit testing hook to get us to emit additional logging that verges on
+   *  inane for general usage but is helpful in unit test output to get a lay
+   *  of the land and for paranoia reasons.
+   */
+  _unitTestSuperVerbose: false,
+
+  /** The GlodaFolder corresponding to the folder we are indexing. */
+  _indexingGlodaFolder: null,
+  /** The nsIMsgFolder we are currently indexing. */
+  _indexingFolder: null,
+  /** The nsIMsgDatabase we are currently indexing. */
+  _indexingDatabase: null,
+  /**
+   * The iterator we are using to iterate over the headers in
+   *  this._indexingDatabase.
+   */
+  _indexingIterator: null,
+
+  /** folder whose entry we are pending on */
+  _pendingFolderEntry: null,
+
+  // copy-down the work constants from Gloda
+  kWorkSync: Gloda.kWorkSync,
+  kWorkAsync: Gloda.kWorkAsync,
+  kWorkDone: Gloda.kWorkDone,
+  kWorkPause: Gloda.kWorkPause,
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult,
+
+  /**
+   * Async common logic that we want to deal with the given folder ID.  Besides
+   *  cutting down on duplicate code, this ensures that we are listening on
+   *  the folder in case it tries to go away when we are using it.
+   *
+   * @return true when the folder was successfully entered, false when we need
+   *     to pend on notification of updating of the folder (due to re-parsing
+   *     or what have you).  In the event of an actual problem, an exception
+   *     will escape.
+   */
+  _indexerEnterFolder: function gloda_index_indexerEnterFolder(aFolderID) {
+    // leave the folder if we haven't explicitly left it.
+    if (this._indexingFolder !== null) {
+      this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    }
+
+    this._indexingGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolderID(aFolderID);
+    this._indexingFolder = this._indexingGlodaFolder.getXPCOMFolder(
+                             this._indexingGlodaFolder.kActivityIndexing);
+
+    if (this._indexingFolder)
+      this._log.debug("Entering folder: " + this._indexingFolder.URI);
+
+    try {
+      // The msf may need to be created or otherwise updated for local folders.
+      // This may require yielding until such time as the msf has been created.
+      try {
+        if (this._indexingFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder) {
+          this._indexingDatabase =
+            this._indexingFolder.getDatabaseWithReparse(null,
+                                                        null);
+        }
+        // we need do nothing special for IMAP, news, or other
+      }
+      // getDatabaseWithReparse can return either NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED or
+      //  NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE if the net result is that it
+      //  is going to send us a notification when the reparse has completed.
+      // (note that although internally NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+      //  might get flung around, it won't make it out to us, and will instead
+      //  be permuted into an NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED.)
+      catch (e) {
+        if ((e.result == Cr.NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED) ||
+            (e.result == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)) {
+          // this means that we need to pend on the update; the listener for
+          //  FolderLoaded events will call _indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry.
+          this._log.debug("Pending on folder load...");
+          this._pendingFolderEntry = this._indexingFolder;
+          return this.kWorkAsync;
+        } else {
+          throw e;
+        }
+      }
+      // we get an nsIMsgDatabase out of this (unsurprisingly) which
+      //  explicitly inherits from nsIDBChangeAnnouncer, which has the
+      //  AddListener call we want.
+      if (this._indexingDatabase == null)
+        this._indexingDatabase = this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase;
+      this._indexingDatabase.AddListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("Problem entering folder: " +
+                      (this._indexingFolder ?
+                         this._indexingFolder.prettiestName : "unknown") +
+                      ", skipping. Error was: " + ex.fileName + ":" +
+                      ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder.indexing = false;
+      this._indexingFolder = null;
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder = null;
+      this._indexingDatabase = null;
+      this._indexingEnumerator = null;
+
+      // re-throw, we just wanted to make sure this junk is cleaned up and
+      //  get localized error logging...
+      throw ex;
+    }
+
+    return this.kWorkSync;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * If the folder was still parsing/updating when we tried to enter, then this
+   *  handler will get called by the listener who got the FolderLoaded message.
+   * All we need to do is get the database reference, register a listener on
+   *  the db, and retrieve an iterator if desired.
+   */
+  _indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry:
+      function gloda_indexer_indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry() {
+    this._indexingDatabase = this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase;
+    this._indexingDatabase.AddListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+    this._log.debug("...Folder Loaded!");
+
+    // the load is no longer pending; we certainly don't want more notifications
+    this._pendingFolderEntry = null;
+    // indexerEnterFolder returned kWorkAsync, which means we need to notify
+    //  the callback driver to get things going again.
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Enumerate all messages in the folder.
+   */
+  kEnumAllMsgs: 0,
+  /**
+   * Enumerate messages that look like they need to be indexed.
+   */
+  kEnumMsgsToIndex: 1,
+  /**
+   * Enumerate messages that are already indexed.
+   */
+  kEnumIndexedMsgs: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * Synchronous helper to get an enumerator for the current folder (as found
+   *  in |_indexingFolder|.
+   *
+   * @param aEnumKind One of |kEnumAllMsgs|, |kEnumMsgsToIndex|, or
+   *     |kEnumIndexedMsgs|.
+   * @param [aAllowPreBadIds=false] Only valid for |kEnumIndexedMsgs|, tells us
+   *     that we should treat message with any gloda-id as dirty, not just
+   *     messages that have non-bad message id's.
+   */
+  _indexerGetEnumerator: function gloda_indexer_indexerGetEnumerator(
+      aEnumKind, aAllowPreBadIds) {
+    if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumMsgsToIndex) {
+      // We need to create search terms for messages to index. Messages should
+      //  be indexed if they're indexable (local or offline and not expunged)
+      //  and either: haven't been indexed, are dirty, or are marked with with
+      //  a former GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID that is no longer our bad marker.  (Our
+      //  bad marker can change on minor schema revs so that we can try and
+      //  reindex those messages exactly once and without needing to go through
+      //  a pass to mark them as needing one more try.)
+      // The basic search expression is:
+      //  ((GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is 0) ||
+      //   (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID) ||
+      //   (GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt 0)) &&
+      //  (JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY Isnt 100)
+      // If the folder !isLocal we add the terms:
+      //  - if the folder is offline -- && (Status Is nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline)
+      //  - && (Status Isnt nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged)
+
+      let searchSession = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgSearchSession);
+      let searchTerms = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                         .createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+      let isLocal = this._indexingFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+
+      searchSession.addScopeTerm(Ci.nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail,
+                                 this._indexingFolder);
+      let nsMsgSearchAttrib = Ci.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+      let nsMsgSearchOp = Ci.nsMsgSearchOp;
+
+      // first term: (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is 0
+      let searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // actually don't care here
+      searchTerm.beginsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+      let value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = 0;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // second term: || GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY Is GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // OR
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      //  third term: || GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt 0 )
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false;
+      searchTerm.endsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = 0;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY Isnt 100
+      // For symmetry with our event-driven stuff, we just directly deal with
+      //  the header property.
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.str = JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      if (!isLocal)
+      {
+        // If the folder is offline, then the message should be too
+        if (this._indexingFolder.flags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline) {
+          // third term: && Status Is nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline
+          searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+          searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+          searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.MsgStatus;
+          searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Is;
+          value = searchTerm.value;
+          value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+          value.status = nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline;
+          searchTerm.value = value;
+          searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+        }
+
+        // fourth term: && Status Isnt nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged
+        searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+        searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+        searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.MsgStatus;
+        searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+        value = searchTerm.value;
+        value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+        value.status = nsMsgMessageFlags.Expunged;
+        searchTerm.value = value;
+        searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+      }
+
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.getFilterEnumerator(searchTerms, true);
+    }
+    else if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumIndexedMsgs) {
+      // Enumerate only messages that are already indexed.  This comes out to:
+      //  ((GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY > GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID-1) &&
+      //   (GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt kMessageFilthy))
+      // In English, a message is indexed if (by clause):
+      // 1) The message has a gloda-id and that gloda-id is in the valid range
+      //    (and not in the bad message marker range).
+      // 2) The message has not been marked filthy (which invalidates the
+      //    gloda-id.)  We also assume that the folder would not have been
+      //    entered at all if it was marked filthy.
+      let searchSession = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger/searchSession;1"]
+                            .createInstance(Ci.nsIMsgSearchSession);
+      let searchTerms = Cc["@mozilla.org/array;1"]
+                         .createInstance(Ci.nsIMutableArray);
+
+      searchSession.addScopeTerm(Ci.nsMsgSearchScope.offlineMail,
+                                 this._indexingFolder);
+      let nsMsgSearchAttrib = Ci.nsMsgSearchAttrib;
+      let nsMsgSearchOp = Ci.nsMsgSearchOp;
+
+      // first term: (GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY > GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID-1
+      let searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = false; // actually don't care here
+      searchTerm.beginsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      // use != 0 if we're allow pre-bad ids.
+      searchTerm.op = aAllowPreBadIds ? nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt
+                                      : nsMsgSearchOp.IsGreaterThan;
+      let value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = aAllowPreBadIds ? 0 : (GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID - 1);
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      //  second term: && GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY Isnt kMessageFilthy)
+      searchTerm = searchSession.createTerm();
+      searchTerm.booleanAnd = true;
+      searchTerm.endsGrouping = true;
+      searchTerm.attrib = nsMsgSearchAttrib.Uint32HdrProperty;
+      searchTerm.op = nsMsgSearchOp.Isnt;
+      value = searchTerm.value;
+      value.attrib = searchTerm.attrib;
+      value.status = this.kMessageFilthy;
+      searchTerm.value = value;
+      searchTerm.hdrProperty = GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY;
+      searchTerms.appendElement(searchTerm, false);
+
+      // The use-case of already indexed messages does not want them reversed;
+      //  we care about seeing the message keys in order.
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.getFilterEnumerator(searchTerms, false);
+    }
+    else if (aEnumKind == this.kEnumAllMsgs) {
+      this._indexingEnumerator =
+        this._indexingDatabase.ReverseEnumerateMessages();
+    }
+    else {
+      throw new Error("Unknown enumerator type requested:" + aEnumKind);
+    }
+  },
+
+  _indexerLeaveFolder: function gloda_index_indexerLeaveFolder() {
+    if (this._indexingFolder !== null) {
+      if (this._indexingDatabase) {
+        this._indexingDatabase.Commit(Ci.nsMsgDBCommitType.kLargeCommit);
+        // remove our listener!
+        this._indexingDatabase.RemoveListener(this._databaseAnnouncerListener);
+      }
+      // let the gloda folder know we are done indexing
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder.indexing = false;
+      // null everyone out
+      this._indexingFolder = null;
+      this._indexingGlodaFolder = null;
+      this._indexingDatabase = null;
+      this._indexingEnumerator = null;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Event fed to us by our nsIFolderListener when a folder is loaded.  We use
+   *  this event to know when a folder we were trying to open to index is
+   *  actually ready to be indexed.  (The summary may have not existed, may have
+   *  been out of date, or otherwise.)
+   *
+   * @param aFolder An nsIMsgFolder, already QI'd.
+   */
+  _onFolderLoaded: function gloda_index_onFolderLoaded(aFolder) {
+    if ((this._pendingFolderEntry !== null) &&
+        (aFolder.URI == this._pendingFolderEntry.URI))
+      this._indexerCompletePendingFolderEntry();
+  },
+
+  // it's a getter so we can reference 'this'.  we could memoize.
+  get workers() {
+    return [
+      ["folderSweep", {
+         worker: this._worker_indexingSweep,
+         jobCanceled: this._cleanup_indexingSweep,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexingSweep,
+       }],
+      ["folder", {
+         worker: this._worker_folderIndex,
+         recover: this._recover_indexMessage,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["folderCompact", {
+         worker: this._worker_folderCompactionPass,
+         // compaction enters the folder so needs to know how to leave
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["message", {
+         worker: this._worker_messageIndex,
+         onSchedule: this._schedule_messageIndex,
+         jobCanceled: this._canceled_messageIndex,
+         recover: this._recover_indexMessage,
+         cleanup: this._cleanup_indexing,
+       }],
+      ["delete", {
+         worker: this._worker_processDeletes,
+       }],
+
+      ["fixMissingContacts", {
+        worker: this._worker_fixMissingContacts,
+       }],
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _schemaMigrationInitiated: false,
+  _considerSchemaMigration: function() {
+    if (!this._schemaMigrationInitiated &&
+        GlodaDatastore._actualSchemaVersion === 26) {
+      let job = new IndexingJob("fixMissingContacts", null);
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+      this._schemaMigrationInitiated = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  initialSweep: function() {
+    this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+  },
+
+  _indexingSweepActive: false,
+  /**
+   * Indicate that an indexing sweep is desired.  We kick-off an indexing
+   *  sweep at start-up and whenever we receive an event-based notification
+   *  that we either can't process as an event or that we normally handle
+   *  during the sweep pass anyways.
+   */
+  set indexingSweepNeeded(aNeeded) {
+    if (!this._indexingSweepActive && aNeeded) {
+      let job = new IndexingJob("folderSweep", null);
+      job.mappedFolders = false;
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+      this._indexingSweepActive = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Performs the folder sweep, locating folders that should be indexed, and
+   *  creating a folder indexing job for them, and rescheduling itself for
+   *  execution after that job is completed.  Once it indexes all the folders,
+   *  if we believe we have deletions to process (or just don't know), it kicks
+   *  off a deletion processing job.
+   *
+   * Folder traversal logic is based off the spotlight/vista indexer code; we
+   *  retrieve the list of servers and folders each time want to find a new
+   *  folder to index.  This avoids needing to maintain a perfect model of the
+   *  folder hierarchy at all times.  (We may eventually want to do that, but
+   *  this is sufficient and safe for now.)  Although our use of dirty flags on
+   *  the folders allows us to avoid tracking the 'last folder' we processed,
+   *  we do so to avoid getting 'trapped' in a folder with a high rate of
+   *  changes.
+   */
+  _worker_indexingSweep: function* gloda_worker_indexingSweep(aJob) {
+    if (!aJob.mappedFolders) {
+      // Walk the folders and make sure all the folders we would want to index
+      //  are mapped.  Build up a list of GlodaFolders as we go, so that we can
+      //  sort them by their indexing priority.
+      let foldersToProcess = aJob.foldersToProcess = [];
+
+      let allFolders = MailServices.accounts.allFolders;
+      for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+        if (this.shouldIndexFolder(folder))
+          foldersToProcess.push(Gloda.getFolderForFolder(folder));
+      }
+
+      // sort the folders by priority (descending)
+      foldersToProcess.sort(function (a, b) {
+        return b.indexingPriority - a.indexingPriority;
+      });
+
+      aJob.mappedFolders = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- process the folders (in sorted order)
+    while (aJob.foldersToProcess.length) {
+      let glodaFolder = aJob.foldersToProcess.shift();
+      // ignore folders that:
+      // - have been deleted out of existence!
+      // - are not dirty/have not been compacted
+      // - are actively being compacted
+      if (glodaFolder._deleted ||
+          (!glodaFolder.dirtyStatus && !glodaFolder.compacted) ||
+          glodaFolder.compacting)
+        continue;
+
+      // If the folder is marked as compacted, give it a compaction job.
+      if (glodaFolder.compacted)
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folderCompact", glodaFolder.id));
+
+      // add a job for the folder indexing if it was dirty
+      if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus)
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id));
+
+      // re-schedule this job (although this worker will die)
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(aJob);
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+    }
+
+    // consider deletion
+    if (this.pendingDeletions || this.pendingDeletions === null)
+      GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("delete", null));
+
+    // we don't have any more work to do...
+    this._indexingSweepActive = false;
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The only state we need to cleanup is that there is no longer an active
+   *  indexing sweep.
+   */
+  _cleanup_indexingSweep: function gloda_canceled_indexingSweep(aJob) {
+    this._indexingSweepActive = false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The number of headers to look at before yielding with kWorkSync.  This
+   *  is for time-slicing purposes so we still yield to the UI periodically.
+   */
+  HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE: 25,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of headers to look at before calling
+   */
+  HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE: 256,
+
+  FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE: 512,
+  /**
+   * Special indexing pass for (local) folders than have been compacted.  The
+   *  compaction can cause message keys to change because message keys in local
+   *  folders are simply offsets into the mbox file.  Accordingly, we need to
+   *  update the gloda records/objects to point them at the new message key.
+   *
+   * Our general algorithm is to perform two traversals in parallel.  The first
+   *  is a straightforward enumeration of the message headers in the folder that
+   *  apparently have been already indexed.  These provide us with the message
+   *  key and the "gloda-id" property.
+   * The second is a list of tuples containing a gloda message id, its current
+   *  message key per the gloda database, and the message-id header.  We re-fill
+   *  the list with batches on-demand.  This allows us to both avoid dispatching
+   *  needless UPDATEs as well as deal with messages that were tracked by the
+   *  PendingCommitTracker but were discarded by the compaction notification.
+   *
+   * We end up processing two streams of gloda-id's and some extra info.  In
+   *  the normal case we expect these two streams to line up exactly and all
+   *  we need to do is update the message key if it has changed.
+   *
+   * There are a few exceptional cases where things do not line up:
+   * 1) The gloda database knows about a message that the enumerator does not
+   *    know about...
+   *   a) This message exists in the folder (identified using its message-id
+   *      header).  This means the message got indexed but PendingCommitTracker
+   *      had to forget about the info when the compaction happened.  We
+   *      re-establish the link and track the message in PendingCommitTracker
+   *      again.
+   *   b) The message does not exist in the folder.  This means the message got
+   *      indexed, PendingCommitTracker had to forget about the info, and
+   *      then the message either got moved or deleted before now.  We mark
+   *      the message as deleted; this allows the gloda message to be reused
+   *      if the move target has not yet been indexed or purged if it already
+   *      has been and the gloda message is a duplicate.  And obviously, if the
+   *      event that happened was actually a delete, then the delete is the
+   *      right thing to do.
+   * 2) The enumerator knows about a message that the gloda database does not
+   *    know about.  This is unexpected and should not happen.  We log a
+   *    warning.  We are able to differentiate this case from case #1a by
+   *    retrieving the message header associated with the next gloda message
+   *    (using the message-id header per 1a again).  If the gloda message's
+   *    message key is after the enumerator's message key then we know this is
+   *    case #2.  (It implies an insertion in the enumerator stream which is how
+   *    we define the unexpected case.)
+   *
+   * Besides updating the database rows, we also need to make sure that
+   *  in-memory representations are updated.  Immediately after dispatching
+   *  UPDATE changes to the database we use the same set of data to walk the
+   *  live collections and update any affected messages.  We are then able to
+   *  discard the information.  Although this means that we will have to
+   *  potentially walk the live collections multiple times, unless something
+   *  has gone horribly wrong, the number of collections should be reasonable
+   *  and the lookups are cheap.  We bias batch sizes accordingly.
+   *
+   * Because we operate based on chunks we need to make sure that when we
+   *  actually deal with multiple chunks that we don't step on our own feet with
+   *  our database updates.  Since compaction of message key K results in a new
+   *  message key K' such that K' <= K, we can reliably issue database
+   *  updates for all values <= K.  Which means our feet are safe no matter
+   *  when we issue the update command.  For maximum cache benefit, we issue
+   *  our updates prior to our new query since they should still be maximally
+   *  hot at that point.
+   */
+  _worker_folderCompactionPass:
+      function* gloda_worker_folderCompactionPass(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    yield this._indexerEnterFolder(aJob.id);
+
+    // It's conceivable that with a folder sweep we might end up trying to
+    //  compact a folder twice.  Bail early in this case.
+    if (!this._indexingGlodaFolder.compacted)
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+
+    // this is a forward enumeration (sometimes we reverse enumerate; not here)
+    this._indexerGetEnumerator(this.kEnumIndexedMsgs);
+
+    const HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE =
+      this.FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE;
+
+    // Tuples of [gloda id, message key, message-id header] from
+    //  folderCompactionPassBlockFetch
+    let glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds = [];
+    // Unpack each tuple from glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds into these guys.
+    // (Initialize oldMessageKey because we use it to kickstart our query.)
+    let oldGlodaId, oldMessageKey = -1, oldHeaderMessageId;
+    // parallel lists of gloda ids and message keys to pass to
+    //  GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations
+    let updateGlodaIds = [];
+    let updateMessageKeys = [];
+    // list of gloda id's to mark deleted
+    let deleteGlodaIds = [];
+    let exceptionalMessages = {};
+
+    // for GC reasons we need to track the number of headers seen
+    let numHeadersSeen = 0;
+
+    // We are consuming two lists; our loop structure has to reflect that.
+    let headerIter = Iterator(fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator,
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr));
+    let mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages = true;
+    let keepIterHeader = false;
+    let keepGlodaTuple = false;
+    let msgHdr = null;
+    while (headerIter || mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages) {
+      let glodaId;
+      if (headerIter) {
+        try {
+          if (!keepIterHeader)
+            msgHdr = headerIter.next();
+          else
+            keepIterHeader = false;
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          if (ex instanceof StopIteration) {
+            headerIter = null;
+            msgHdr = null;
+            // do the loop check again
+            continue;
+          } else {
+            throw ex;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (msgHdr) {
+        numHeadersSeen++;
+        if (numHeadersSeen % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (numHeadersSeen % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        // There is no need to check with PendingCommitTracker.  If a message
+        //  somehow got indexed between the time the compaction killed
+        //  everything and the time we run, that is a bug.
+        glodaId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        // (there is also no need to check for gloda dirty since the enumerator
+        //  filtered that for us.)
+      }
+
+      // get more [gloda id, message key, message-id header] tuples if out
+      if (!glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.length && mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages) {
+        // Since we operate on blocks, getting a new block implies we should
+        //  flush the last block if applicable.
+        if (updateGlodaIds.length) {
+          GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(updateGlodaIds,
+                                                updateMessageKeys,
+                                                aJob.id, true);
+          updateGlodaIds = [];
+          updateMessageKeys = [];
+        }
+
+        if (deleteGlodaIds.length) {
+          GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(deleteGlodaIds);
+          deleteGlodaIds = [];
+        }
+
+        GlodaDatastore.folderCompactionPassBlockFetch(
+          aJob.id, oldMessageKey + 1, FOLDER_COMPACTION_PASS_BATCH_SIZE,
+          aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+        glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        // Reverse so we can use pop instead of shift and I don't need to be
+        //  paranoid about performance.
+        glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.reverse();
+
+        if (!glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.length) {
+          mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages = false;
+
+          // We shouldn't be in the loop anymore if headerIter is dead now.
+          if (!headerIter)
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (!keepGlodaTuple) {
+        if (mayHaveMoreGlodaMessages)
+          [oldGlodaId, oldMessageKey, oldHeaderMessageId] =
+            glodaIdsMsgKeysHeaderIds.pop();
+        else
+          oldGlodaId = oldMessageKey = oldHeaderMessageId = null;
+      }
+      else {
+        keepGlodaTuple = false;
+      }
+
+      // -- normal expected case
+      if (glodaId == oldGlodaId) {
+        // only need to do something if the key is not right
+        if (msgHdr.messageKey != oldMessageKey) {
+          updateGlodaIds.push(glodaId);
+          updateMessageKeys.push(msgHdr.messageKey);
+        }
+      }
+      // -- exceptional cases
+      else {
+        // This should always return a value unless something is very wrong.
+        //  We do not want to catch the exception if one happens.
+        let idBasedHeader = oldHeaderMessageId ?
+          this._indexingDatabase.getMsgHdrForMessageID(oldHeaderMessageId) :
+          false;
+        // - Case 1b.
+        // We want to mark the message as deleted.
+        if (idBasedHeader == null) {
+          deleteGlodaIds.push(oldGlodaId);
+        }
+        // - Case 1a
+        // The expected case is that the message referenced by the gloda
+        //  database precedes the header the enumerator told us about.  This
+        //  is expected because if PendingCommitTracker did not mark the
+        //  message as indexed/clean then the enumerator would not tell us
+        //  about it.
+        // Also, if we ran out of headers from the enumerator, this is a dead
+        //  giveaway that this is the expected case.
+        else if (idBasedHeader &&
+             ((msgHdr &&
+               idBasedHeader.messageKey < msgHdr.messageKey) ||
+              !msgHdr)) {
+          // tell the pending commit tracker about the gloda database one
+          PendingCommitTracker.track(idBasedHeader, oldGlodaId);
+          // and we might need to update the message key too
+          if (idBasedHeader.messageKey != oldMessageKey) {
+            updateGlodaIds.push(oldGlodaId);
+            updateMessageKeys.push(idBasedHeader.messageKey);
+          }
+          // Take another pass through the loop so that we check the
+          //  enumerator header against the next message in the gloda
+          //  database.
+          keepIterHeader = true;
+        }
+        // - Case 2
+        // Whereas if the message referenced by gloda has a message key
+        //  greater than the one returned by the enumerator, then we have a
+        //  header claiming to be indexed by gloda that gloda does not
+        //  actually know about.  This is exceptional and gets a warning.
+        else if (msgHdr) {
+          this._log.warn("Observed header that claims to be gloda indexed " +
+                         "but that gloda has never heard of during " +
+                         "compaction." +
+                         " In folder: " + msgHdr.folder.URI +
+                         " sketchy key: " + msgHdr.messageKey +
+                         " subject: " + msgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject);
+          // Keep this tuple around for the next enumerator provided header
+          keepGlodaTuple = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // If we don't flush the update, no one will!
+    if (updateGlodaIds.length)
+      GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(updateGlodaIds,
+                                            updateMessageKeys,
+                                            aJob.id, true);
+    if (deleteGlodaIds.length)
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(deleteGlodaIds);
+
+    this._indexingGlodaFolder._setCompactedState(false);
+
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Index the contents of a folder.
+   */
+  _worker_folderIndex:
+      function* gloda_worker_folderIndex(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    yield this._indexerEnterFolder(aJob.id);
+
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(this._indexingFolder)) {
+      aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(true);
+      yield this.kWorkDone;
+    }
+
+    // Make sure listeners get notified about this job.
+    GlodaIndexer._notifyListeners();
+
+    // there is of course a cost to all this header investigation even if we
+    //  don't do something.  so we will yield with kWorkSync for every block.
+    const HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    const HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE = this.HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+    // we can safely presume if we are here that this folder has been selected
+    //  for offline processing...
+
+    // -- Filthy Folder
+    // A filthy folder may have misleading properties on the message that claim
+    //  the message is indexed.  They are misleading because the database, for
+    //  whatever reason, does not have the messages (accurately) indexed.
+    // We need to walk all the messages and mark them filthy if they have a
+    //  dirty property.  Once we have done this, we can downgrade the folder's
+    //  dirty status to plain dirty.  We do this rather than trying to process
+    //  everyone in one go in a filthy context because if we have to terminate
+    //  indexing before we quit, we don't want to have to re-index messages next
+    //  time.  (This could even lead to never completing indexing in a
+    //  pathological situation.)
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(this._indexingFolder);
+    if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy) {
+      this._indexerGetEnumerator(this.kEnumIndexedMsgs, true);
+      let count = 0;
+      for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+        // we still need to avoid locking up the UI, pause periodically...
+        if (++count % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (count % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        let glodaMessageId = msgHdr.getUint32Property(
+          GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+        // if it has a gloda message id, we need to mark it filthy
+        if (glodaMessageId != 0)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, this.kMessageFilthy);
+        // if it doesn't have a gloda message id, we will definitely index it,
+        //  so no action is required.
+      }
+      // Commit the filthy status changes to the message database.
+      this._indexingDatabase.Commit(Ci.nsMsgDBCommitType.kLargeCommit);
+
+      // this will automatically persist to the database
+      glodaFolder._downgradeDirtyStatus(glodaFolder.kFolderDirty);
+    }
+
+    // Figure out whether we're supposed to index _everything_ or just what
+    //  has not yet been indexed.
+    let force = ("force" in aJob) && aJob.force;
+    let enumeratorType = force ? this.kEnumAllMsgs : this.kEnumMsgsToIndex;
+
+    // Pass 1: count the number of messages to index.
+    //  We do this in order to be able to report to the user what we're doing.
+    // TODO: give up after reaching a certain number of messages in folders
+    //  with ridiculous numbers of messages and make the interface just say
+    //  something like "over N messages to go."
+
+    this._indexerGetEnumerator(enumeratorType);
+
+    let numMessagesToIndex = 0;
+    let numMessagesOut = {};
+    // Keep going until we run out of headers.
+    while (this._indexingFolder.msgDatabase.nextMatchingHdrs(
+             this._indexingEnumerator,
+             HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE * 8, // this way is faster, do more
+             0, // moot, we don't return headers
+             null, // don't return headers, we just want the count
+             numMessagesOut)) {
+      numMessagesToIndex += numMessagesOut.value;
+      yield this.kWorkSync;
+    }
+    numMessagesToIndex += numMessagesOut.value;
+
+    aJob.goal = numMessagesToIndex;
+
+    if (numMessagesToIndex > 0) {
+      // We used up the iterator, get a new one.
+      this._indexerGetEnumerator(enumeratorType);
+
+      // Pass 2: index the messages.
+      let count = 0;
+      for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(this._indexingEnumerator, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+        // per above, we want to periodically release control while doing all
+        // this header traversal/investigation.
+        if (++count % HEADER_CHECK_SYNC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        if (count % HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE == 0)
+          GlodaUtils.considerHeaderBasedGC(HEADER_CHECK_GC_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+        // To keep our counts more accurate, increment the offset before
+        //  potentially skipping any messages.
+        ++aJob.offset;
+
+        // Skip messages that have not yet been reported to us as existing via
+        //  msgsClassified.
+        if (this._indexingFolder.getProcessingFlags(msgHdr.messageKey) &
+            NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS)
+          continue;
+
+        // Because the gloda id could be in-flight, we need to double-check the
+        //  enumerator here since it can't know about our in-memory stuff.
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+        // if the message seems valid and we are not forcing indexing, skip it.
+        //  (that means good gloda id and not dirty)
+        if (!force &&
+            glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+            glodaDirty == this.kMessageClean)
+          continue;
+
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug(">>>  calling _indexMessage");
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          this._indexMessage(msgHdr, aCallbackHandle),
+          {what: "indexMessage", msgHdr: msgHdr});
+        GlodaIndexer._indexedMessageCount++;
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug("<<<  back from _indexMessage");
+      }
+    }
+
+    // This will trigger an (async) db update which cannot hit the disk prior to
+    //  the actual database records that constitute the clean state.
+    // XXX There is the slight possibility that, in the event of a crash, this
+    //  will hit the disk but the gloda-id properties on the headers will not
+    //  get set.  This should ideally be resolved by detecting a non-clean
+    //  shutdown and marking all folders as dirty.
+    glodaFolder._downgradeDirtyStatus(glodaFolder.kFolderClean);
+
+    // by definition, it's not likely we'll visit this folder again anytime soon
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+
+    aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(true);
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Invoked when a "message" job is scheduled so that we can clear
+   *  _pendingAddJob if that is the job.  We do this so that work items are not
+   *  added to _pendingAddJob while it is being processed.
+   */
+  _schedule_messageIndex: function(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    // we do not want new work items to be added as we are processing, so
+    //  clear _pendingAddJob.  A new job will be created as needed.
+    if (aJob === this._pendingAddJob)
+      this._pendingAddJob = null;
+    // update our goal from the items length
+    aJob.goal = aJob.items.length;
+  },
+  /**
+   * If the job gets canceled, we need to make sure that we clear out pending
+   *  add job or our state will get wonky.
+   */
+  _canceled_messageIndex: function gloda_index_msg_canceled_messageIndex(aJob) {
+    if (aJob === this._pendingAddJob)
+      this._pendingAddJob = null;
+  },
+
+
+  /**
+   * Index a specific list of messages that we know to index from
+   *  event-notification hints.
+   */
+  _worker_messageIndex:
+      function* gloda_worker_messageIndex(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    // if we are already in the correct folder, our "get in the folder" clause
+    //  will not execute, so we need to make sure this value is accurate in
+    //  that case.  (and we want to avoid multiple checks...)
+    for (; aJob.offset < aJob.items.length; aJob.offset++) {
+      let item = aJob.items[aJob.offset];
+      // item is either [folder ID, message key] or
+      //                [folder ID, message ID]
+
+      let glodaFolderId = item[0];
+      // If the folder has been deleted since we queued, skip this message
+      if (!GlodaDatastore._folderIdKnown(glodaFolderId))
+        continue;
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolderID(glodaFolderId);
+
+      // Stay out of folders that:
+      // - are compacting / compacted and not yet processed
+      // - got deleted (this would be redundant if we had a stance on id nukage)
+      // (these things could have changed since we queued the event)
+      if (glodaFolder.compacting || glodaFolder.compacted ||
+          glodaFolder._deleted)
+        continue;
+
+      // get in the folder
+      if (this._indexingGlodaFolder != glodaFolder) {
+        yield this._indexerEnterFolder(glodaFolderId);
+
+        // Now that we have the real nsIMsgFolder, sanity-check that we should
+        //  be indexing it.  (There are some checks that require the
+        //  nsIMsgFolder.)
+        if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(this._indexingFolder))
+          continue;
+      }
+
+      let msgHdr;
+      // GetMessageHeader can be affected by the use cache, so we need to check
+      //  ContainsKey first to see if the header is really actually there.
+      if (typeof item[1] == "number")
+        msgHdr = this._indexingDatabase.ContainsKey(item[1]) &&
+                 this._indexingFolder.GetMessageHeader(item[1]);
+      else
+        // same deal as in move processing.
+        // TODO fixme to not assume singular message-id's.
+        msgHdr = this._indexingDatabase.getMsgHdrForMessageID(item[1]);
+
+      if (msgHdr)
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+          this._indexMessage(msgHdr, aCallbackHandle),
+          {what: "indexMessage", msgHdr: msgHdr});
+      else
+        yield this.kWorkSync;
+    }
+
+    // There is no real reason to stay 'in' the folder.  If we are going to get
+    //  more events from the folder, its database would have to be open for us
+    //  to get the events, so it's not like we're creating an efficiency
+    //  problem where we unload a folder just to load it again in 2 seconds.
+    // (Well, at least assuming the views are good about holding onto the
+    //  database references even though they go out of their way to avoid
+    //  holding onto message header references.)
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Recover from a "folder" or "message" job failing inside a call to
+   *  |_indexMessage|, marking the message bad.  If we were not in an
+   *  |_indexMessage| call, then fail to recover.
+   *
+   * @param aJob The job that was being worked.  We ignore this for now.
+   * @param aContextStack The callbackHandle mechanism's context stack.  When we
+   *     invoke pushAndGo for _indexMessage we put something in so we can
+   *     detect when it is on the async stack.
+   * @param aException The exception that is necessitating we attempt to
+   *     recover.
+   *
+   * @return 1 if we were able to recover (because we want the call stack
+   *     popped down to our worker), false if we can't.
+   */
+  _recover_indexMessage:
+      function gloda_index_recover_indexMessage(aJob, aContextStack,
+                                                aException) {
+    // See if indexMessage is on the stack...
+    if (aContextStack.length >= 2 &&
+        aContextStack[1] &&
+        ("what" in aContextStack[1]) &&
+        aContextStack[1].what == "indexMessage") {
+      // it is, so this is probably recoverable.
+
+      this._log.debug(
+        "Exception while indexing message, marking it bad (gloda id of 1).");
+
+      // -- Mark the message as bad
+      let msgHdr = aContextStack[1].msgHdr;
+      // (In the worst case, the header is no longer valid, which will result in
+      //  exceptions.  We need to be prepared for that.)
+      try {
+        msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY,
+                                 GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID);
+        // clear the dirty bit if it has one
+        if (msgHdr.getUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY))
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, 0);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        // If we are indexing a folder and the message header is no longer
+        //  valid, then it's quite likely the whole folder is no longer valid.
+        //  But since in the event-driven message indexing case we could have
+        //  other valid things to look at, let's try and recover.  The folder
+        //  indexing case will come back to us shortly and we will indicate
+        //  recovery is not possible at that point.
+        // So do nothing here since by popping the indexing of the specific
+        //  message out of existence we are recovering.
+      }
+      return 1;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Cleanup after an aborted "folder" or "message" job.
+   */
+  _cleanup_indexing: function gloda_index_cleanup_indexing(aJob) {
+    this._indexerLeaveFolder();
+    aJob.safelyInvokeCallback(false);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Maximum number of deleted messages to process at a time.  Arbitrary; there
+   *  are no real known performance constraints at this point.
+   */
+  DELETED_MESSAGE_BLOCK_SIZE: 32,
+
+  /**
+   * Process pending deletes...
+   */
+  _worker_processDeletes: function* gloda_worker_processDeletes(aJob,
+      aCallbackHandle) {
+
+    // Count the number of messages we will eventually process.  People freak
+    //  out when the number is constantly increasing because they think gloda
+    //  has gone rogue.  (Note: new deletions can still accumulate during
+    //  our execution, so we may 'expand' our count a little still.)
+    this._datastore.countDeletedMessages(aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+    aJob.goal = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+    this._log.debug("There are currently " + aJob.goal + " messages awaiting" +
+                    " deletion processing.");
+
+    // get a block of messages to delete.
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+                                 noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+                               });
+    query._deleted(1);
+    query.limit(this.DELETED_MESSAGE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+    let deletedCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    while (deletedCollection.items.length) {
+      for (let message of deletedCollection.items) {
+        // If it turns out our count is wrong (because some new deletions
+        //  happened since we entered this worker), let's issue a new count
+        //  and use that to accurately update our goal.
+        if (aJob.offset >= aJob.goal) {
+          this._datastore.countDeletedMessages(aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+          aJob.goal += yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        }
+
+        yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(this._deleteMessage(message,
+                                                            aCallbackHandle));
+        aJob.offset++;
+        yield this.kWorkSync;
+      }
+
+      deletedCollection = query.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+      yield this.kWorkAsync;
+    }
+    this.pendingDeletions = false;
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  _worker_fixMissingContacts: function*(aJob, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let identityContactInfos = [], fixedContacts = {};
+
+    // -- asynchronously get a list of all identities without contacts
+    // The upper bound on the number of messed up contacts is the number of
+    //  contacts in the user's address book.  This should be small enough
+    //  (and the data size small enough) that this won't explode thunderbird.
+    let queryStmt = GlodaDatastore._createAsyncStatement(
+      "SELECT identities.id, identities.contactID, identities.value " +
+        "FROM identities " +
+        "LEFT JOIN contacts ON identities.contactID = contacts.id " +
+        "WHERE identities.kind = 'email' AND contacts.id IS NULL",
+      true);
+    queryStmt.executeAsync({
+      handleResult: function(aResultSet) {
+        let row;
+        while ((row = aResultSet.getNextRow())) {
+          identityContactInfos.push({
+            identityId: row.getInt64(0),
+            contactId: row.getInt64(1),
+            email: row.getString(2)
+          });
+        }
+      },
+      handleError: function(aError) {
+      },
+      handleCompletion: function(aReason) {
+        GlodaDatastore._asyncCompleted();
+        aCallbackHandle.wrappedCallback();
+      },
+    });
+    queryStmt.finalize();
+    GlodaDatastore._pendingAsyncStatements++;
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    // -- perform fixes only if there were missing contacts
+    if (identityContactInfos.length) {
+      const yieldEvery = 64;
+      // - create the missing contacts
+      for (let i = 0; i < identityContactInfos.length; i++) {
+        if ((i % yieldEvery) === 0)
+          yield this.kWorkSync;
+
+        let info = identityContactInfos[i],
+            card = GlodaUtils.getCardForEmail(info.email),
+            contact = new GlodaContact(
+              GlodaDatastore, info.contactId,
+              null, null,
+              card ? (card.displayName || info.email) : info.email,
+              0, 0);
+        GlodaDatastore.insertContact(contact);
+
+        // update the in-memory rep of the identity to know about the contact
+        //  if there is one.
+        let identity = GlodaCollectionManager.cacheLookupOne(
+                         Gloda.NOUN_IDENTITY, info.identityId, false);
+        if (identity) {
+          // Unfortunately, although this fixes the (reachable) Identity and
+          //  exposes the Contact, it does not make the Contact reachable from
+          //  the collection manager.  This will make explicit queries that look
+          //  up the contact potentially see the case where
+          //  contact.identities[0].contact !== contact.  Alternately, that
+          //  may not happen and instead the "contact" object we created above
+          //  may become unlinked.  (I'd have to trace some logic I don't feel
+          //  like tracing.)  Either way, The potential fallout is minimal
+          //  since the object identity invariant will just lapse and popularity
+          //  on the contact may become stale, and neither of those meaningfully
+          //  affect the operation of anything in Thunderbird.
+          // If we really cared, we could find all the dominant collections
+          //  that reference the identity and update their corresponding
+          //  contact collection to make it reachable.  That use-case does not
+          //  exist outside of here, which is why we're punting.
+          identity._contact = contact;
+          contact._identities = [identity];
+        }
+
+        // NOTE: If the addressbook indexer did anything useful other than
+        //  adapting to name changes, we could schedule indexing of the cards at
+        //  this time.  However, as of this writing, it doesn't, and this task
+        //  is a one-off relevant only to the time of this writing.
+      }
+
+      // - mark all folders as dirty, initiate indexing sweep
+      this.dirtyAllKnownFolders();
+      this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- mark the schema upgrade, be done
+    GlodaDatastore._updateSchemaVersion(GlodaDatastore._schemaVersion);
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Determine whether a folder is suitable for indexing.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgFolder An nsIMsgFolder you want to see if we should index.
+   *
+   * @returns true if we want to index messages in this type of folder, false if
+   *     we do not.
+   */
+  shouldIndexFolder: function(aMsgFolder) {
+    let folderFlags = aMsgFolder.flags;
+    // Completely ignore non-mail and virtual folders.  They should never even
+    //  get to be GlodaFolder instances.
+    if (!(folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Mail) ||
+        (folderFlags & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Virtual))
+      return false;
+
+    // Some folders do not really exist; we can detect this by getStringProperty
+    //  exploding when we call it.  This is primarily a concern because
+    //  _mapFolder calls said exploding method, but we also don't want to
+    //  even think about indexing folders that don't exist.  (Such folders are
+    //  likely the result of a messed up profile.)
+    try {
+      // flags is used because it should always be in the cache avoiding a miss
+      //  which would compel an msf open.
+      aMsgFolder.getStringProperty("flags");
+    } catch (ex) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    // Now see what our gloda folder information has to say about the folder.
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    return glodaFolder.indexingPriority != glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the indexing priority for this folder and persists it both to Gloda,
+   * and, for backup purposes, to the nsIMsgFolder via string property as well.
+   *
+   * Setting this priority may cause the indexer to either reindex this folder,
+   * or remove this folder from the existing index.
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {Number} aPriority (one of the priority constants from GlodaFolder)
+   */
+  setFolderIndexingPriority: function glodaSetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder, aPriority) {
+
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolder);
+
+    // if there's been no change, we're done
+    if (aPriority == glodaFolder.indexingPriority) {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    // save off the old priority, and set the new one
+    let previousPrio = glodaFolder.indexingPriority;
+    glodaFolder._indexingPriority = aPriority;
+
+    // persist the new priority
+    GlodaDatastore.updateFolderIndexingPriority(glodaFolder);
+    aFolder.setStringProperty("indexingPriority", Number(aPriority).toString());
+
+    // if we've been told never to index this folder...
+    if (aPriority == glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority) {
+
+      // stop doing so
+      if (this._indexingFolder == aFolder)
+          GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+
+      // mark all existing messages as deleted
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(glodaFolder.id);
+
+      // re-index
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+
+    } else if (previousPrio == glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority) {
+
+      // there's no existing index, but the user now wants one
+      glodaFolder._dirtyStatus = glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy;
+      GlodaDatastore.updateFolderDirtyStatus(glodaFolder)
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Resets the indexing priority on the given folder to whatever the default
+   * is for folders of that type.
+   *
+   * @note Calls setFolderIndexingPriority under the hood, so has identical
+   *       potential reindexing side-effects
+   *
+   * @param {nsIMsgFolder} aFolder
+   * @param {boolean} aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing
+   */
+  resetFolderIndexingPriority: function glodaResetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder, aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing) {
+    this.setFolderIndexingPriority(aFolder,
+      GlodaDatastore.getDefaultIndexingPriority(aFolder,
+                                                aAllowSpecialFolderIndexing));
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue all of the folders of all of the accounts of the current profile
+   *  for indexing.  We traverse all folders and queue them immediately to try
+   *  and have an accurate estimate of the number of folders that need to be
+   *  indexed.  (We previously queued accounts rather than immediately
+   *  walking their list of folders.)
+   */
+  indexEverything: function glodaIndexEverything() {
+    this._log.info("Queueing all accounts for indexing.");
+
+    GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+    for (let account in fixIterator(MailServices.accounts.accounts,
+                                    Ci.nsIMsgAccount)) {
+      this.indexAccount(account);
+    }
+    GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue all of the folders belonging to an account for indexing.
+   */
+  indexAccount: function glodaIndexAccount(aAccount) {
+    let rootFolder = aAccount.incomingServer.rootFolder;
+    if (rootFolder instanceof Ci.nsIMsgFolder) {
+      this._log.info("Queueing account folders for indexing: " + aAccount.key);
+
+      let allFolders = rootFolder.descendants;
+      let folderJobs = [];
+      for (let folder in fixIterator(allFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+        if (this.shouldIndexFolder(folder))
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(
+            new IndexingJob("folder", GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(folder).id));
+      }
+    }
+    else {
+      this._log.info("Skipping Account, root folder not nsIMsgFolder");
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue a single folder for indexing given an nsIMsgFolder.
+   *
+   * @param [aOptions.callback] A callback to invoke when the folder finishes
+   *     indexing.  First argument is true if the task ran to completion
+   *     successfully, false if we had to abort for some reason.
+   * @param [aOptions.force=false] Should we force the indexing of all messages
+   *     in the folder (true) or just index what hasn't been indexed (false).
+   * @return true if we are going to index the folder, false if not.
+   */
+  indexFolder: function glodaIndexFolder(aMsgFolder, aOptions) {
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+      return false;
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    // stay out of compacting/compacted folders
+    if (glodaFolder.compacting || glodaFolder.compacted)
+      return false;
+
+    this._log.info("Queue-ing folder for indexing: " +
+                   aMsgFolder.prettiestName);
+    let job = new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id);
+    if (aOptions) {
+      if ("callback" in aOptions)
+        job.callback = aOptions.callback;
+      if ("force" in aOptions)
+        job.force = true;
+    }
+    GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+    return true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Queue a list of messages for indexing.
+   *
+   * @param aFoldersAndMessages List of [nsIMsgFolder, message key] tuples.
+   */
+  indexMessages: function gloda_index_indexMessages(aFoldersAndMessages) {
+    let job = new IndexingJob("message", null);
+    job.items = aFoldersAndMessages.
+      map(fm => [GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(fm[0]).id, fm[1]]);
+    GlodaIndexer.indexJob(job);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Mark all known folders as dirty so that the next indexing sweep goes
+   *  into all folders and checks their contents to see if they need to be
+   *  indexed.
+   *
+   * This is being added for the migration case where we want to try and reindex
+   *  all of the messages that had been marked with GLODA_BAD_MESSAGE_ID but
+   *  which is now GLODA_OLD_BAD_MESSAGE_ID and so we should attempt to reindex
+   *  them.
+   */
+  dirtyAllKnownFolders: function gloda_index_msg_dirtyAllKnownFolders() {
+    // Just iterate over the datastore's folder map and tell each folder to
+    //  be dirty if its priority is not disabled.
+    for (let folderID in GlodaDatastore._folderByID) {
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._folderByID[folderID];
+      if (glodaFolder.indexingPriority !== glodaFolder.kIndexingNeverPriority)
+        glodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a message header, return whether this message is likely to have
+   * been indexed or not.
+   *
+   * This means the message must:
+   * - Be in a folder eligible for gloda indexing. (Not News, etc.)
+   * - Be in a non-filthy folder.
+   * - Be gloda-indexed and non-filthy.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr A message header.
+   * @returns true if the message is likely to have been indexed.
+   */
+  isMessageIndexed: function gloda_index_isMessageIndexed(aMsgHdr) {
+    // If it's in a folder that we flat out do not index, say no.
+    if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgHdr.folder))
+      return false;
+    let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgHdr.folder);
+    let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(aMsgHdr);
+    return glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+           glodaDirty != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy &&
+           glodaFolder &&
+           glodaFolder.dirtyStatus != glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy;
+  },
+
+  /* *********** Event Processing *********** */
+
+  /**
+   * Tracks messages we have received msgKeyChanged notifications for in order
+   *  to provide batching and to suppress needless reindexing when we receive
+   *  the expected follow-up msgsClassified notification.
+   *
+   * The entries in this dictionary should be extremely short-lived as we
+   *  receive the msgKeyChanged notification as the offline fake header is
+   *  converted into a real header (which is accompanied by a msgAdded
+   *  notification we don't pay attention to).  Once the headers finish
+   *  updating, the message classifier will get its at-bat and should likely
+   *  find that the messages have already been classified and so fast-path
+   *  them.
+   *
+   * The keys in this dictionary are chosen to be consistent with those of
+   *  PendingCommitTracker: the folder.URI + "#" + the (new) message key.
+   * The values in the dictionary are either an object with "id" (the gloda
+   *  id), "key" (the new message key), and "dirty" (is it dirty and so
+   *  should still be queued for indexing) attributes, or null indicating that
+   *  no change in message key occurred and so no database changes are required.
+   */
+  _keyChangedBatchInfo: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Common logic for things that want to feed event-driven indexing.  This gets
+   *  called by both |_msgFolderListener.msgsClassified| when we are first
+   *  seeing a message as well as by |_folderListener| when things happen to
+   *  existing messages.  Although we could slightly specialize for the
+   *  new-to-us case, it works out to be cleaner to just treat them the same
+   *  and take a very small performance hit.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdrs Something fixIterator will work on to return an iterator
+   *     on the set of messages that we should treat as potentially changed.
+   * @param aDirtyingEvent Is this event inherently dirtying?  Receiving a
+   *     msgsClassified notification is not inherently dirtying because it is
+   *     just telling us that a message exists.  We use this knowledge to
+   *     ignore the msgsClassified notifications for messages we have received
+   *     msgKeyChanged notifications for and fast-pathed.  Since it is possible
+   *     for user action to do something that dirties the message between the
+   *     time we get the msgKeyChanged notification and when we receive the
+   *     msgsClassified notification, we want to make sure we don't get
+   *     confused.  (Although since we remove the message from our ignore-set
+   *     after the first notification, we would likely just mistakenly treat
+   *     the msgsClassified notification as something dirtying, so it would
+   *     still work out...)
+   */
+  _reindexChangedMessages: function gloda_indexer_reindexChangedMessage(
+                                      aMsgHdrs, aDirtyingEvent) {
+    let glodaIdsNeedingDeletion = null;
+    let messageKeyChangedIds = null, messageKeyChangedNewKeys = null;
+    for (let msgHdr in fixIterator(aMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+      // -- Index this folder?
+      let msgFolder = msgHdr.folder;
+      if (!this.shouldIndexFolder(msgFolder)) {
+        continue;
+      }
+      // -- Ignore messages in filthy folders!
+      // A filthy folder can only be processed by an indexing sweep, and at
+      //  that point the message will get indexed.
+      let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(msgHdr.folder);
+      if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy)
+        continue;
+
+      // -- msgKeyChanged event follow-up
+      if (!aDirtyingEvent) {
+        let keyChangedKey = msgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + msgHdr.messageKey;
+        if (keyChangedKey in this._keyChangedBatchInfo) {
+          var keyChangedInfo = this._keyChangedBatchInfo[keyChangedKey];
+          delete this._keyChangedBatchInfo[keyChangedKey];
+
+          // Null means to ignore this message because the key did not change
+          //  (and the message was not dirty so it is safe to ignore.)
+          if (keyChangedInfo == null)
+            continue;
+          // (the key may be null if we only generated the entry because the
+          //  message was dirty)
+          if (keyChangedInfo.key !== null) {
+            if (messageKeyChangedIds == null) {
+              messageKeyChangedIds = [];
+              messageKeyChangedNewKeys = [];
+            }
+            messageKeyChangedIds.push(keyChangedInfo.id);
+            messageKeyChangedNewKeys.push(keyChangedInfo.key);
+          }
+          // ignore the message because it was not dirty
+          if (!keyChangedInfo.isDirty)
+            continue;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // -- Index this message?
+      // We index local messages, IMAP messages that are offline, and IMAP
+      // messages that aren't offline but whose folders aren't offline either
+      let isFolderLocal = msgFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder;
+      if (!isFolderLocal) {
+        if (!(msgHdr.flags & nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) &&
+            (msgFolder.flags & nsMsgFolderFlags.Offline)) {
+          continue;
+        }
+      }
+      // Ignore messages whose processing flags indicate it has not yet been
+      //  classified.  In the IMAP case if the Offline flag is going to get set
+      //  we are going to see it before the msgsClassified event so this is
+      //  very important.
+      if (msgFolder.getProcessingFlags(msgHdr.messageKey) &
+          NOT_YET_REPORTED_PROCESSING_FLAGS)
+        continue;
+
+      let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+
+      let isSpam = msgHdr.getStringProperty(JUNK_SCORE_PROPERTY) ==
+                     JUNK_SPAM_SCORE_STR;
+
+      // -- Is the message currently gloda indexed?
+      if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+          glodaDirty != this.kMessageFilthy) {
+        // - Is the message spam?
+        if (isSpam) {
+          // Treat this as a deletion...
+          if (!glodaIdsNeedingDeletion)
+            glodaIdsNeedingDeletion = [];
+          glodaIdsNeedingDeletion.push(glodaId);
+          // and skip to the next message
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        // - Mark the message dirty if it is clean.
+        // (This is the only case in which we need to mark dirty so that the
+        //  indexing sweep takes care of things if we don't process this in
+        //  an event-driven fashion.  If the message has no gloda-id or does
+        //  and it's already dirty or filthy, it is already marked for
+        //  indexing.)
+        if (glodaDirty == this.kMessageClean)
+          msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY, this.kMessageDirty);
+        // if the message is pending clean, this change invalidates that.
+        PendingCommitTracker.noteDirtyHeader(msgHdr);
+      }
+      // If it's not indexed but is spam, ignore it.
+      else if (isSpam) {
+        continue;
+      }
+      // (we want to index the message if we are here)
+
+      // mark the folder dirty too, so we know to look inside
+      glodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+
+      if (this._pendingAddJob == null) {
+        this._pendingAddJob = new IndexingJob("message", null);
+        GlodaIndexer.indexJob(this._pendingAddJob);
+      }
+      // only queue the message if we haven't overflowed our event-driven budget
+      if (this._pendingAddJob.items.length <
+          this._indexMaxEventQueueMessages) {
+        this._pendingAddJob.items.push(
+          [GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(msgFolder).id, msgHdr.messageKey]);
+      }
+      else {
+        this.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Process any message key changes (from earlier msgKeyChanged events)
+    if (messageKeyChangedIds != null)
+      GlodaDatastore.updateMessageKeys(messageKeyChangedIds,
+                                       messageKeyChangedNewKeys);
+
+    // If we accumulated any deletions in there, batch them off now.
+    if (glodaIdsNeedingDeletion) {
+      GlodaDatastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(glodaIdsNeedingDeletion);
+      this.pendingDeletions = true;
+    }
+  },
+
+
+  /* ***** Folder Changes ***** */
+  /**
+   * All additions and removals are queued for processing.  Indexing messages
+   *  is potentially phenomenally expensive, and deletion can still be
+   *  relatively expensive due to our need to delete the message, its
+   *  attributes, and all attributes that reference it.  Additionally,
+   *  attribute deletion costs are higher than attribute look-up because
+   *  there is the actual row plus its 3 indices, and our covering indices are
+   *  no help there.
+   *
+   */
+  _msgFolderListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+
+    /**
+     * We no longer use the msgAdded notification, instead opting to wait until
+     *  junk/trait classification has run (or decided not to run) and all
+     *  filters have run.  The msgsClassified notification provides that for us.
+     */
+    msgAdded: function gloda_indexer_msgAdded(aMsgHdr) {
+      // we are never called! we do not enable this bit!
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Process (apparently newly added) messages that have been looked at by
+     *  the message classifier.  This ensures that if the message was going
+     *  to get marked as spam, this will have already happened.
+     *
+     * Besides truly new (to us) messages, We will also receive this event for
+     *  messages that are the result of IMAP message move/copy operations,
+     *  including both moves that generated offline fake headers and those that
+     *  did not.  In the offline fake header case, however, we are able to
+     *  ignore their msgsClassified events because we will have received a
+     *  msgKeyChanged notification sometime in the recent past.
+     */
+    msgsClassified: function gloda_indexer_msgsClassified(
+                      aMsgHdrs, aJunkClassified, aTraitClassified) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("msgsClassified notification");
+      try {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages(aMsgHdrs.enumerate(), false);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Explosion in msgsClassified handling:", ex);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle real, actual deletion (move to trash and IMAP deletion model
+     *  don't count); we only see the deletion here when it becomes forever,
+     *  or rather _just before_ it becomes forever.  Because the header is
+     *  going away, we need to either process things immediately or extract the
+     *  information required to purge it later without the header.
+     * To this end, we mark all messages that were indexed in the gloda message
+     *  database as deleted.  We set our pending deletions flag to let our
+     *  indexing logic know that after its next wave of folder traversal, it
+     *  should perform a deletion pass.  If it turns out the messages are coming
+     *  back, the fact that deletion is thus deferred can be handy, as we can
+     *  reuse the existing gloda message.
+     */
+    msgsDeleted: function gloda_indexer_msgsDeleted(aMsgHdrs) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("msgsDeleted notification");
+      let glodaMessageIds = [];
+
+      for (let iMsgHdr = 0; iMsgHdr < aMsgHdrs.length; iMsgHdr++) {
+        let msgHdr = aMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] = PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+        if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+            glodaDirty != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy)
+          glodaMessageIds.push(glodaId);
+      }
+
+      if (glodaMessageIds.length) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._datastore.markMessagesDeletedByIDs(glodaMessageIds);
+        GlodaMsgIndexer.pendingDeletions = true;
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Process a move or copy.
+     *
+     * Moves to a local folder or an IMAP folder where we are generating offline
+     *  fake headers are dealt with efficiently because we get both the source
+     *  and destination headers.  The main ingredient to having offline fake
+     *  headers is that allowUndo was true when the operation was performance.
+     *  The only non-obvious thing is that we need to make sure that we deal
+     *  with the impact of filthy folders and messages on gloda-id's (they
+     *  invalidate the gloda-id).
+     *
+     * Moves to an IMAP folder that do not generate offline fake headers do not
+     *  provide us with the target header, but the IMAP SetPendingAttributes
+     *  logic will still attempt to propagate the properties on the message
+     *  header so when we eventually see it in the msgsClassified notification,
+     *  it should have the properties of the source message copied over.
+     * We make sure that gloda-id's do not get propagated when messages are
+     *  moved from IMAP folders that are marked filthy or are marked as not
+     *  supposed to be indexed by clearing the pending attributes for the header
+     *  being tracked by the destination IMAP folder.
+     * We could fast-path the IMAP move case in msgsClassified by noticing that
+     *  a message is showing up with a gloda-id header already and just
+     *  performing an async location update.
+     *
+     * Moves that occur involving 'compacted' folders are fine and do not
+     *  require special handling here.  The one tricky super-edge-case that
+     *  can happen (and gets handled by the compaction pass) is the move of a
+     *  message that got gloda indexed that did not already have a gloda-id and
+     *  PendingCommitTracker did not get to flush the gloda-id before the
+     *  compaction happened.  In that case our move logic cannot know to do
+     *  anything and the gloda database still thinks the message lives in our
+     *  folder.  The compaction pass will deal with this by marking the message
+     *  as deleted.  The rationale being that marking it deleted allows the
+     *  message to be re-used if it gets indexed in the target location, or if
+     *  the target location has already been indexed, we no longer need the
+     *  duplicate and it should be deleted.  (Also, it is unable to distinguish
+     *  between a case where the message got deleted versus moved.)
+     *
+     * Because copied messages are, by their nature, duplicate messages, we
+     *  do not particularly care about them.  As such, we defer their processing
+     *  to the automatic sync logic that will happen much later on.  This is
+     *  potentially desirable in case the user deletes some of the original
+     *  messages, allowing us to reuse the gloda message representations when
+     *  we finally get around to indexing the messages.  We do need to mark the
+     *  folder as dirty, though, to clue in the sync logic.
+     */
+    msgsMoveCopyCompleted: function gloda_indexer_msgsMoveCopyCompleted(aMove,
+                             aSrcMsgHdrs, aDestFolder, aDestMsgHdrs) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("MoveCopy notification.  Move: " + aMove);
+      try {
+        // ---- Move
+        if (aMove) {
+          // -- Effectively a deletion?
+          // If the destination folder is not indexed, it's like these messages
+          //  are being deleted.
+          if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aDestFolder)) {
+            this.msgsDeleted(aSrcMsgHdrs);
+            return;
+          }
+
+          // -- Avoid propagation of filthy gloda-id's.
+          // If the source folder is filthy or should not be indexed (and so
+          //  any gloda-id's found in there are gibberish), our only job is to
+          //  strip the gloda-id's off of all the destination headers because
+          //  none of the gloda-id's are valid (and so we certainly don't want
+          //  to try and use them as a basis for updating message keys.)
+          let srcMsgFolder = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(0, nsIMsgDBHdr).folder;
+          if (!this.indexer.shouldIndexFolder(srcMsgFolder) ||
+              (GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(srcMsgFolder).dirtyStatus ==
+                 GlodaFolder.prototype.kFolderFilthy)) {
+            // Local case, just modify the destination headers directly.
+            if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+              for (let destMsgHdr in fixIterator(aDestMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+                // zero it out if it exists
+                // (no need to deal with pending commit issues here; a filthy
+                //  folder by definition has nothing indexed in it.)
+                let glodaId = destMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+                if (glodaId)
+                  destMsgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY,
+                                               0);
+              }
+
+              // Since we are moving messages from a folder where they were
+              //  effectively not indexed, it is up to us to make sure the
+              //  messages now get indexed.
+              this.indexer._reindexChangedMessages(aDestMsgHdrs.enumerate());
+              return;
+            }
+            // IMAP move case, we need to operate on the pending headers using
+            //  the source header to get the pending header and as the
+            //  indication of what has been already set on the pending header.
+            else {
+              let destDb;
+              // so, this can fail, and there's not much we can do about it.
+              try {
+                destDb = aDestFolder.msgDatabase;
+              } catch (ex) {
+                this.indexer._log.warn("Destination database for " +
+                                       aDestFolder.prettiestName +
+                                       " not ready on IMAP move." +
+                                       " Gloda corruption possible.");
+                return;
+              }
+              for (let srcMsgHdr in fixIterator(aSrcMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+                // zero it out if it exists
+                // (no need to deal with pending commit issues here; a filthy
+                //  folder by definition has nothing indexed in it.)
+                let glodaId = srcMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+                if (glodaId)
+                  destDb.setUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(
+                    srcMsgHdr, GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, 0);
+              }
+
+              // Nothing remains to be done.  The msgClassified event will take
+              //  care of making sure the message gets indexed.
+              return;
+            }
+          }
+
+
+          // --- Have destination headers (local case):
+          if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+            // -- Update message keys for valid gloda-id's.
+            // (Which means ignore filthy gloda-id's.)
+            let glodaIds = [];
+            let newMessageKeys = [];
+            aSrcMsgHdrs.QueryInterface(nsIArray);
+            aDestMsgHdrs.QueryInterface(nsIArray);
+            // Track whether we see any messages that are not gloda indexed so
+            //  we know if we have to mark the destination folder dirty.
+            let sawNonGlodaMessage = false;
+            for (let iMsg = 0; iMsg < aSrcMsgHdrs.length; iMsg++) {
+              let srcMsgHdr = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsg, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+              let destMsgHdr = aDestMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsg, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+
+              let [glodaId, dirtyStatus] =
+                PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(srcMsgHdr);
+              if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+                  dirtyStatus != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) {
+                // we may need to update the pending commit map (it checks)
+                PendingCommitTracker.noteMove(srcMsgHdr, destMsgHdr);
+                // but we always need to update our database
+                glodaIds.push(glodaId);
+                newMessageKeys.push(destMsgHdr.messageKey);
+              }
+              else {
+                sawNonGlodaMessage = true;
+              }
+            }
+
+            // this method takes care to update the in-memory representations
+            //  too; we don't need to do anything
+            if (glodaIds.length)
+              GlodaDatastore.updateMessageLocations(glodaIds, newMessageKeys,
+                                                    aDestFolder);
+
+            // Mark the destination folder dirty if we saw any messages that
+            //  were not already gloda indexed.
+            if (sawNonGlodaMessage) {
+              let destGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aDestFolder);
+              destGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+              this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+            }
+          }
+          // --- No dest headers (IMAP case):
+          // Update any valid gloda indexed messages into their new folder to
+          //  make the indexer's life easier when it sees the messages in their
+          //  new folder.
+          else {
+            let glodaIds = [];
+
+            let srcFolderIsLocal =
+              (srcMsgFolder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder);
+            for (let iMsgHdr = 0; iMsgHdr < aSrcMsgHdrs.length; iMsgHdr++) {
+              let msgHdr = aSrcMsgHdrs.queryElementAt(iMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr);
+
+              let [glodaId, dirtyStatus] =
+                PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(msgHdr);
+              if (glodaId >= GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID &&
+                  dirtyStatus != GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) {
+                // we may need to update the pending commit map (it checks)
+                PendingCommitTracker.noteBlindMove(msgHdr);
+                // but we always need to update our database
+                glodaIds.push(glodaId);
+
+                // XXX UNDO WORKAROUND
+                // This constitutes a move from a local folder to an IMAP
+                //  folder.  Undo does not currently do the right thing for us,
+                //  but we have a chance of not orphaning the message if we
+                //  mark the source header as dirty so that when the message
+                //  gets re-added we see it.  (This does require that we enter
+                //  the folder; we set the folder dirty after the loop to
+                //  increase the probability of this but it's not foolproof
+                //  depending on when the next indexing sweep happens and when
+                //  the user performs an undo.)
+                msgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_DIRTY_PROPERTY,
+                                         GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty);
+              }
+            }
+            // XXX ALSO UNDO WORKAROUND
+            if (srcFolderIsLocal) {
+              let srcGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(srcMsgFolder);
+              srcGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+            }
+
+            // quickly move them to the right folder, zeroing their message keys
+            GlodaDatastore.updateMessageFoldersByKeyPurging(glodaIds,
+                                                            aDestFolder);
+            // we _do not_ need to mark the folder as dirty, because the
+            //  message added events will cause that to happen.
+          }
+        }
+        // ---- Copy case
+        else {
+          // -- Do not propagate gloda-id's for copies
+          // (Only applies if we have the destination header, which means local)
+          if (aDestMsgHdrs) {
+            for (let destMsgHdr in fixIterator(aDestMsgHdrs, nsIMsgDBHdr)) {
+              let glodaId = destMsgHdr.getUint32Property(
+                GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY);
+              if (glodaId)
+                destMsgHdr.setUint32Property(GLODA_MESSAGE_ID_PROPERTY, 0);
+            }
+          }
+
+          // mark the folder as dirty; we'll get to it later.
+          let destGlodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aDestFolder);
+          destGlodaFolder._ensureFolderDirty();
+          this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during message move/copy:",
+                                ex.stack);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Queue up message key changes that are a result of offline fake headers
+     *  being made real for the actual update during the msgsClassified
+     *  notification that is expected after this.  We defer the
+     *  actual work (if there is any to be done; the fake header might have
+     *  guessed the right UID correctly) so that we can batch our work.
+     *
+     * The expectation is that there will be no meaningful time window between
+     *  this notification and the msgsClassified notification since the message
+     *  classifier should not actually need to classify the messages (they
+     *  should already have been classified) and so can fast-path them.
+     */
+    msgKeyChanged: function gloda_indexer_msgKeyChangeded(aOldMsgKey,
+                             aNewMsgHdr) {
+      try {
+        let val = null, newKey = aNewMsgHdr.messageKey;
+        let [glodaId, glodaDirty] =
+          PendingCommitTracker.getGlodaState(aNewMsgHdr);
+        // If we haven't indexed this message yet, take no action, and leave it
+        // up to msgsClassified to take proper action.
+        if (glodaId < GLODA_FIRST_VALID_MESSAGE_ID)
+          return;
+        // take no action on filthy messages,
+        // generate an entry if dirty or the keys don't match.
+        if ((glodaDirty !== GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageFilthy) &&
+            ((glodaDirty === GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty) ||
+             (aOldMsgKey !== newKey))) {
+          val = {
+            id: glodaId,
+            key: (aOldMsgKey !== newKey) ? newKey : null,
+            isDirty: glodaDirty === GlodaMsgIndexer.kMessageDirty,
+          };
+        }
+
+        let key = aNewMsgHdr.folder.URI + "#" + aNewMsgHdr.messageKey;
+        this.indexer._keyChangedBatchInfo[key] = val;
+      }
+      // this is more for the unit test to fail rather than user error reporting
+      catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during msgKeyChanged" +
+                                " notification handling: " + ex + "\n\n" +
+                                ex.stack + " \n\n");
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Detect newly added folders before they get messages so we map them before
+     * they get any messages added to them.  If we only hear about them after
+     * they get their 1st message, then we will mark them filthy, but if we mark
+     * them before that, they get marked clean.
+     */
+    folderAdded: function gloda_indexer_folderAdded(aMsgFolder) {
+      // This is invoked for its side-effect of invoking _mapFolder and doing so
+      // only after filtering out folders we don't care about.
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder);
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handles folder no-longer-exists-ence.  We mark all messages as deleted
+     *  and remove the folder from our URI table.  Currently, if a folder that
+     *  contains other folders is deleted, we may either receive one
+     *  notification for the folder that is deleted, or a notification for the
+     *  folder and one for each of its descendents.  This depends upon the
+     *  underlying account implementation, so we explicitly handle each case.
+     *  Namely, we treat it as if we're only planning on getting one, but we
+     *  handle if the children are already gone for some reason.
+     */
+    folderDeleted: function gloda_indexer_folderDeleted(aFolder) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("folderDeleted notification");
+      try {
+        let delFunc = function(aFolder, indexer) {
+          if (indexer._datastore._folderKnown(aFolder)) {
+            indexer._log.info("Processing deletion of folder " +
+                              aFolder.prettiestName + ".");
+            let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aFolder);
+            indexer._datastore.markMessagesDeletedByFolderID(glodaFolder.id);
+            indexer._datastore.deleteFolderByID(glodaFolder.id);
+            GlodaDatastore._killGlodaFolderIntoTombstone(glodaFolder);
+          }
+          else {
+            indexer._log.info("Ignoring deletion of folder " +
+                              aFolder.prettiestName +
+                              " because it is unknown to gloda.");
+          }
+        };
+
+        let descendentFolders = aFolder.descendants;
+        // (the order of operations does not matter; child, non-child, whatever.)
+        // delete the parent
+        delFunc(aFolder, this.indexer);
+        // delete all its descendents
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          delFunc(folder, this.indexer);
+        }
+
+        this.indexer.pendingDeletions = true;
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this.indexer._log.error("Problem encountered during folder deletion" +
+          ": " + ex + "\n\n" + ex.stack + "\n\n");
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle a folder being copied or moved.
+     * Moves are handled by a helper function shared with _folderRenameHelper
+     *  (which takes care of any nesting involved).
+     * Copies are actually ignored, because our periodic indexing traversal
+     *  should discover these automatically.  We could hint ourselves into
+     *  action, but arguably a set of completely duplicate messages is not
+     *  a high priority for indexing.
+     */
+    folderMoveCopyCompleted: function gloda_indexer_folderMoveCopyCompleted(
+                               aMove, aSrcFolder, aDestFolder) {
+      this.indexer._log.debug("folderMoveCopy notification (Move: " + aMove
+                              + ")");
+      if (aMove) {
+        let srcURI = aSrcFolder.URI;
+        let targetURI = aDestFolder.URI +
+                        srcURI.substring(srcURI.lastIndexOf("/"));
+        this._folderRenameHelper(aSrcFolder, targetURI);
+      }
+      else {
+        this.indexer.indexingSweepNeeded = true;
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * We just need to update the URI <-> ID maps and the row in the database,
+     *  all of which is actually done by the datastore for us.
+     * This method needs to deal with the complexity where local folders will
+     *  generate a rename notification for each sub-folder, but IMAP folders
+     *  will generate only a single notification.  Our logic primarily handles
+     *  this by not exploding if the original folder no longer exists.
+     */
+    _folderRenameHelper: function gloda_indexer_folderRenameHelper(aOrigFolder,
+                                                                   aNewURI) {
+      let newFolder = MailUtils.getFolderForURI(aNewURI);
+      let specialFolderFlags = Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Trash | Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.Junk;
+      if (newFolder.isSpecialFolder(specialFolderFlags, true)) {
+        let descendentFolders = newFolder.descendants;
+
+        // First thing to do: make sure we don't index the resulting folder and
+        //  its descendents.
+        GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(newFolder);
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(folder);
+        }
+
+        // Remove from the index messages from the original folder
+        this.folderDeleted(aOrigFolder);
+      } else {
+        let descendentFolders = aOrigFolder.descendants;
+
+        let origURI = aOrigFolder.URI;
+        // this rename is straightforward.
+        GlodaDatastore.renameFolder(aOrigFolder, aNewURI);
+
+        for (let folder in fixIterator(descendentFolders, Ci.nsIMsgFolder)) {
+          let oldSubURI = folder.URI;
+          // mangle a new URI from the old URI.  we could also try and do a
+          //  parallel traversal of the new folder hierarchy, but that seems like
+          //  more work.
+          let newSubURI = aNewURI + oldSubURI.substring(origURI.length);
+          this.indexer._datastore.renameFolder(oldSubURI, newSubURI);
+        }
+
+        this.indexer._log.debug("folder renamed: " + origURI + " to " + aNewURI);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Handle folder renames, dispatching to our rename helper (which also
+     *  takes care of any nested folder issues.)
+     */
+    folderRenamed: function gloda_indexer_folderRenamed(aOrigFolder,
+                                                        aNewFolder) {
+      this._folderRenameHelper(aOrigFolder, aNewFolder.URI);
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * This tells us about many exciting things.  What they are and what we do:
+     *
+     * - FolderCompactStart: Mark the folder as compacting in our in-memory
+     *    representation.  This should keep any new indexing out of the folder
+     *    until it is done compacting.  Also, kill any active or existing jobs
+     *    to index the folder.
+     * - FolderCompactFinish: Mark the folder as done compacting in our
+     *    in-memory representation.  Assuming the folder was known to us and
+     *    not marked filthy, queue a compaction job.
+     *
+     * - FolderReindexTriggered: We do the same thing as FolderCompactStart
+     *    but don't mark the folder as compacting.
+     *
+     * - JunkStatusChanged: We mark the messages that have had their junk
+     *    state change to be reindexed.
+     */
+    itemEvent: function gloda_indexer_itemEvent(aItem, aEvent, aData) {
+      // Compact and Reindex are close enough that we can reuse the same code
+      //  with one minor difference.
+      if (aEvent == "FolderCompactStart" ||
+          aEvent == "FolderReindexTriggered") {
+        let aMsgFolder = aItem.QueryInterface(nsIMsgFolder);
+        // ignore folders we ignore...
+        if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+          return;
+
+        let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+        if (aEvent == "FolderCompactStart")
+          glodaFolder.compacting = true;
+
+        // Purge any explicit indexing of said folder.
+        GlodaIndexer.purgeJobsUsingFilter(function (aJob) {
+          return (aJob.jobType == "folder" &&
+                  aJob.id == aMsgFolder.id);
+        });
+
+        // Abort the active job if it's in the folder (this covers both
+        //  event-driven indexing that happens to be in the folder as well
+        //  explicit folder indexing of the folder).
+        if (GlodaMsgIndexer._indexingFolder == aMsgFolder)
+          GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+
+        // Tell the PendingCommitTracker to throw away anything it is tracking
+        //  about the folder.  We will pick up the pieces in the compaction
+        //  pass.
+        PendingCommitTracker.noteFolderDatabaseGettingBlownAway(aMsgFolder);
+
+        // (We do not need to mark the folder dirty because if we were indexing
+        //  it, it already must have been marked dirty.)
+      }
+      else if (aEvent == "FolderCompactFinish") {
+        let aMsgFolder = aItem.QueryInterface(nsIMsgFolder);
+        // ignore folders we ignore...
+        if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aMsgFolder))
+          return;
+
+        let glodaFolder = GlodaDatastore._mapFolder(aMsgFolder);
+        glodaFolder.compacting = false;
+        glodaFolder._setCompactedState(true);
+
+        // Queue compaction unless the folder was filthy (in which case there
+        //  are no valid gloda-id's to update.)
+        if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus != glodaFolder.kFolderFilthy)
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(
+            new IndexingJob("folderCompact", glodaFolder.id));
+
+        // Queue indexing of the folder if it is dirty.  We are doing this
+        //  mainly in case we were indexing it before the compaction started.
+        //  It should be reasonably harmless if we weren't.
+        // (It would probably be better to just make sure that there is an
+        //  indexing sweep queued or active, and if it's already active that
+        //  this folder is in the queue to be processed.)
+        if (glodaFolder.dirtyStatus == glodaFolder.kFolderDirty)
+          GlodaIndexer.indexJob(new IndexingJob("folder", glodaFolder.id));
+      }
+      else if (aEvent == "JunkStatusChanged") {
+        this.indexer._log.debug("JunkStatusChanged notification");
+        aItem.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIArray);
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages(aItem.enumerate(), true);
+      }
+    },
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A nsIFolderListener (listening on nsIMsgMailSession so we get all of
+   *  these events) PRIMARILY to get folder loaded notifications.  Because of
+   *  deficiencies in the nsIMsgFolderListener's events at this time, we also
+   *  get our folder-added and newsgroup notifications from here for now.  (This
+   *  will be rectified.)
+   */
+  _folderListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+
+    _init: function gloda_indexer_fl_init(aIndexer) {
+      this.indexer = aIndexer;
+    },
+
+    // We explicitly know about these things rather than bothering with some
+    // form of registration scheme because these aren't going to change much.
+    get _kFolderLoadedAtom() {
+      delete this._kFolderLoadedAtom;
+      return this._kFolderLoadedAtom = atomService.getAtom("FolderLoaded");
+    },
+    get _kKeywordsAtom() {
+      delete this._kKeywordsAtom;
+      return this._kKeywordsAtom = atomService.getAtom("Keywords");
+    },
+    get _kStatusAtom() {
+      delete this._kStatusAtom;
+      return this._kStatusAtom = atomService.getAtom("Status");
+    },
+    get _kFlaggedAtom() {
+      delete this._kFlaggedAtom;
+      return this._kFlaggedAtom = atomService.getAtom("Flagged");
+    },
+    get _kFolderFlagAtom() {
+      delete this._kFolderFlagAtom;
+      return this._kFolderFlagAtom = atomService.getAtom("FolderFlag");
+    },
+
+    OnItemAdded: function gloda_indexer_OnItemAdded(aParentItem, aItem) {
+    },
+    OnItemRemoved: function gloda_indexer_OnItemRemoved(aParentItem, aItem) {
+    },
+    OnItemPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemPropertyChanged(
+                             aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    },
+    /**
+     * Detect changes to folder flags and reset our indexing priority.  This
+     * is important because (all?) folders start out without any flags and
+     * then get their flags added to them.
+     */
+    OnItemIntPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemIntPropertyChanged(
+                                aFolderItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+      if (aProperty !== this._kFolderFlagAtom)
+        return;
+      if (!GlodaMsgIndexer.shouldIndexFolder(aFolderItem))
+        return;
+      // Only reset priority if folder Special Use changes.
+      if ((aOldValue & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SpecialUse) ==
+          (aNewValue & Ci.nsMsgFolderFlags.SpecialUse))
+        return;
+      GlodaMsgIndexer.resetFolderIndexingPriority(aFolderItem);
+    },
+    OnItemBoolPropertyChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemBoolPropertyChanged(
+                                aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+    },
+    OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged:
+        function gloda_indexer_OnItemUnicharPropertyChanged(
+          aItem, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+
+    },
+    /**
+     * Notice when user activity adds/removes tags or changes a message's
+     *  status.
+     */
+    OnItemPropertyFlagChanged: function gloda_indexer_OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(
+                                aMsgHdr, aProperty, aOldValue, aNewValue) {
+      if (aProperty == this._kKeywordsAtom ||
+          // We could care less about the new flag changing.
+          (aProperty == this._kStatusAtom &&
+           (aOldValue ^ aNewValue) != nsMsgMessageFlags.New &&
+           // We do care about IMAP deletion, but msgsDeleted tells us that, so
+           //  ignore IMAPDeleted too...
+           (aOldValue ^ aNewValue) != nsMsgMessageFlags.IMAPDeleted) ||
+          aProperty == this._kFlaggedAtom) {
+        GlodaMsgIndexer._reindexChangedMessages([aMsgHdr], true);
+      }
+    },
+
+    /**
+     * Get folder loaded notifications for folders that had to do some
+     *  (asynchronous) processing before they could be opened.
+     */
+    OnItemEvent: function gloda_indexer_OnItemEvent(aFolder, aEvent) {
+      if (aEvent == this._kFolderLoadedAtom)
+        this.indexer._onFolderLoaded(aFolder);
+    },
+  },
+
+  /* ***** Rebuilding / Reindexing ***** */
+  /**
+   * Allow us to invalidate an outstanding folder traversal because the
+   *  underlying database is going away.  We use other means for detecting
+   *  modifications of the message (labeling, marked (un)read, starred, etc.)
+   *
+   * This is an nsIDBChangeListener listening to an nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.  To
+   *  add ourselves, we get us a nice nsMsgDatabase, query it to the announcer,
+   *  then call AddListener.
+   */
+  _databaseAnnouncerListener: {
+    indexer: null,
+    /**
+     * XXX We really should define the operations under which we expect this to
+     *  occur.  While we know this must be happening as the result of a
+     *  ForceClosed call, we don't have a comprehensive list of when this is
+     *  expected to occur.  Some reasons:
+     * - Compaction (although we should already have killed the job thanks to
+     *    our compaction notification)
+     * - UID validity rolls.
+     * - Folder Rename
+     * - Folder Delete
+     * The fact that we already have the database open when getting this means
+     *  that it had to be valid before we opened it, which hopefully rules out
+     *  modification of the mbox file by an external process (since that is
+     *  forbidden when we are running) and many other exotic things.
+     *
+     * So this really ends up just being a correctness / safety protection
+     *  mechanism.  At least now that we have better compaction support.
+     */
+    onAnnouncerGoingAway: function gloda_indexer_dbGoingAway(
+                                         aDBChangeAnnouncer) {
+      // The fact that we are getting called means we have an active folder and
+      //  that we therefore are the active job.  As such, we must kill the
+      //  active job.
+      // XXX In the future, when we support interleaved event-driven indexing
+      //  that bumps long-running indexing tasks, the semantics of this will
+      //  have to change a bit since we will want to maintain being active in a
+      //  folder even when bumped.  However, we will probably have a more
+      //  complex notion of indexing contexts on a per-job basis.
+      GlodaIndexer.killActiveJob();
+    },
+
+    onHdrFlagsChanged: function(aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrDeleted: function(aHdrChanged, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrAdded: function(aHdrChanged, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator) {},
+    onParentChanged: function(aKeyChanged, aOldParent, aNewParent,
+                              aInstigator) {},
+    onReadChanged: function(aInstigator) {},
+    onJunkScoreChanged: function(aInstigator) {},
+    onHdrPropertyChanged: function (aHdrToChange, aPreChange, aStatus,
+                                    aInstigator) {},
+    onEvent: function (aDB, aEvent) {},
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a list of Message-ID's, return a matching list of lists of messages
+   *  matching those Message-ID's.  So if you pass an array with three
+   *  Message-ID's ["a", "b", "c"], you would get back an array containing
+   *  3 lists, where the first list contains all the messages with a message-id
+   *  of "a", and so forth.  The reason a list is returned rather than null/a
+   *  message is that we accept the reality that we have multiple copies of
+   *  messages with the same ID.
+   * This call is asynchronous because it depends on previously created messages
+   *  to be reflected in our results, which requires us to execute on the async
+   *  thread where all our writes happen.  This also turns out to be a
+   *  reasonable thing because we could imagine pathological cases where there
+   *  could be a lot of message-id's and/or a lot of messages with those
+   *  message-id's.
+   *
+   * The returned collection will include both 'ghost' messages (messages
+   *  that exist for conversation-threading purposes only) as well as deleted
+   *  messages in addition to the normal 'live' messages that non-privileged
+   *  queries might return.
+   */
+  getMessagesByMessageID: function gloda_ns_getMessagesByMessageID(aMessageIDs,
+      aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    let msgIDToIndex = {};
+    let results = [];
+    for (let iID = 0; iID < aMessageIDs.length; ++iID) {
+      let msgID = aMessageIDs[iID];
+      results.push([]);
+      msgIDToIndex[msgID] = iID;
+    }
+
+    // (Note: although we are performing a lookup with no validity constraints
+    //  and using the same object-relational-mapper-ish layer used by things
+    //  that do have constraints, we are not at risk of exposing deleted
+    //  messages to other code and getting it confused.  The only way code
+    //  can find a message is if it shows up in their queries or gets announced
+    //  via GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded, neither of which will happen.)
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+      noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+    });
+    query.headerMessageID.apply(query, aMessageIDs);
+    query.frozen = true;
+
+    let listener = new MessagesByMessageIdCallback(msgIDToIndex, results,
+                                                   aCallback, aCallbackThis);
+    return query.getCollection(listener, null, {becomeNull: true});
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A reference to MsgHdrToMimeMessage that unit testing can clobber when it
+   *  wants to cause us to hang or inject a fault.  If you are not
+   *  glodaTestHelper.js then _do not touch this_.
+   */
+  _MsgHdrToMimeMessageFunc: MsgHdrToMimeMessage,
+  /**
+   * Primary message indexing logic.  This method is mainly concerned with
+   *  getting all the information about the message required for threading /
+   *  conversation building and subsequent processing.  It is responsible for
+   *  determining whether to reuse existing gloda messages or whether a new one
+   *  should be created.  Most attribute stuff happens in fund_attr.js or
+   *  expl_attr.js.
+   *
+   * Prior to calling this method, the caller must have invoked
+   *  |_indexerEnterFolder|, leaving us with the following true invariants
+   *  below.
+   *
+   * @pre aMsgHdr.folder == this._indexingFolder
+   * @pre aMsgHdr.folder.msgDatabase == this._indexingDatabase
+   */
+  _indexMessage: function* gloda_indexMessage(aMsgHdr, aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("*** Indexing message: " + aMsgHdr.messageKey + " : " +
+                      aMsgHdr.subject);
+
+    // If the message is offline, then get the message body as well
+    let isMsgOffline = false;
+    let aMimeMsg;
+    if ((aMsgHdr.flags & nsMsgMessageFlags.Offline) ||
+        (aMsgHdr.folder instanceof nsIMsgLocalMailFolder)) {
+      isMsgOffline = true;
+      this._MsgHdrToMimeMessageFunc(aMsgHdr, aCallbackHandle.callbackThis,
+          aCallbackHandle.callback, false, {saneBodySize: true});
+      aMimeMsg = (yield this.kWorkAsync)[1];
+    }
+    else {
+      if (logDebug)
+        this._log.debug("  * Message is not offline -- only headers indexed");
+    }
+
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("  * Got message, subject " + aMsgHdr.subject);
+
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose) {
+      if (aMimeMsg)
+        this._log.debug("  * Got Mime " + aMimeMsg.prettyString());
+      else
+        this._log.debug("  * NO MIME MESSAGE!!!\n");
+    }
+
+    // -- Find/create the conversation the message belongs to.
+    // Our invariant is that all messages that exist in the database belong to
+    //  a conversation.
+
+    // - See if any of the ancestors exist and have a conversationID...
+    // (references are ordered from old [0] to new [n-1])
+    let references = Array.from(range(0, aMsgHdr.numReferences)).
+      map(i => aMsgHdr.getStringReference(i));
+    // also see if we already know about the message...
+    references.push(aMsgHdr.messageId);
+
+    this.getMessagesByMessageID(references, aCallbackHandle.callback,
+                                aCallbackHandle.callbackThis);
+    // (ancestorLists has a direct correspondence to the message ids)
+    let ancestorLists = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    if (logDebug) {
+      this._log.debug("ancestors raw: " + ancestorLists);
+      this._log.debug("ref len: " + references.length +
+                      " anc len: " + ancestorLists.length);
+      this._log.debug("references: " +
+                      Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(references).join(","));
+      this._log.debug("ancestors: " +
+                      Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(ancestorLists).join(","));
+    }
+
+    // pull our current message lookup results off
+    references.pop();
+    let candidateCurMsgs = ancestorLists.pop();
+
+    let conversationID = null;
+    let conversation = null;
+    // -- figure out the conversation ID
+    // if we have a clone/already exist, just use his conversation ID
+    if (candidateCurMsgs.length > 0) {
+      conversationID = candidateCurMsgs[0].conversationID;
+      conversation = candidateCurMsgs[0].conversation;
+    }
+    // otherwise check out our ancestors
+    else {
+      // (walk from closest to furthest ancestor)
+      for (let iAncestor = ancestorLists.length-1; iAncestor >= 0;
+          --iAncestor) {
+        let ancestorList = ancestorLists[iAncestor];
+
+        if (ancestorList.length > 0) {
+          // we only care about the first instance of the message because we are
+          //  able to guarantee the invariant that all messages with the same
+          //  message id belong to the same conversation.
+          let ancestor = ancestorList[0];
+          if (conversationID === null) {
+            conversationID = ancestor.conversationID;
+            conversation = ancestor.conversation;
+          }
+          else if (conversationID != ancestor.conversationID) {
+            // XXX this inconsistency is known and understood and tracked by
+            //  bug 478162 https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=478162
+            //this._log.error("Inconsistency in conversations invariant on " +
+            //                ancestor.headerMessageID + ".  It has conv id " +
+            //                ancestor.conversationID + " but expected " +
+            //                conversationID + ". ID: " + ancestor.id);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // nobody had one?  create a new conversation
+    if (conversationID === null) {
+      // (the create method could issue the id, making the call return
+      //  without waiting for the database...)
+      conversation = this._datastore.createConversation(
+          aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject, null, null);
+      conversationID = conversation.id;
+    }
+
+    // Walk from furthest to closest ancestor, creating the ancestors that don't
+    //  exist. (This is possible if previous messages that were consumed in this
+    //  thread only had an in-reply-to or for some reason did not otherwise
+    //  provide the full references chain.)
+    for (let iAncestor = 0; iAncestor < ancestorLists.length; ++iAncestor) {
+      let ancestorList = ancestorLists[iAncestor];
+
+      if (ancestorList.length == 0) {
+        if (logDebug)
+          this._log.debug("creating message with: null, " + conversationID +
+                          ", " + references[iAncestor] +
+                          ", null.");
+        let ancestor = this._datastore.createMessage(null, null, // ghost
+                                                     conversationID, null,
+                                                     references[iAncestor],
+                                                     null, // no subject
+                                                     null, // no body
+                                                     null); // no attachments
+        this._datastore.insertMessage(ancestor);
+        ancestorLists[iAncestor].push(ancestor);
+      }
+    }
+    // now all our ancestors exist, though they may be ghost-like...
+
+    // find if there's a ghost version of our message or we already have indexed
+    //  this message.
+    let curMsg = null;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug(candidateCurMsgs.length + " candidate messages");
+    for (let iCurCand = 0; iCurCand < candidateCurMsgs.length; iCurCand++) {
+      let candMsg = candidateCurMsgs[iCurCand];
+
+      if (logDebug)
+        this._log.debug("candidate folderID: " + candMsg.folderID +
+                        " messageKey: " + candMsg.messageKey);
+
+      if (candMsg.folderURI == this._indexingFolder.URI) {
+        // if we are in the same folder and we have the same message key, we
+        //  are definitely the same, stop looking.
+        if (candMsg.messageKey == aMsgHdr.messageKey) {
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+          break;
+        }
+        // if (we are in the same folder and) the candidate message has a null
+        //  message key, we treat it as our best option unless we find an exact
+        //  key match. (this would happen because the 'move' notification case
+        //  has to deal with not knowing the target message key.  this case
+        //  will hopefully be somewhat improved in the future to not go through
+        //  this path which mandates re-indexing of the message in its entirety)
+        if (candMsg.messageKey === null)
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+        // if (we are in the same folder and) the candidate message's underlying
+        //  message no longer exists/matches, we'll assume we are the same but
+        //  were betrayed by a re-indexing or something, but we have to make
+        //  sure a perfect match doesn't turn up.
+        else if ((curMsg === null) &&
+                 !this._indexingDatabase.ContainsKey(candMsg.messageKey))
+          curMsg = candMsg;
+      }
+      // a ghost/deleted message is fine
+      else if ((curMsg === null) && (candMsg.folderID === null)) {
+        curMsg = candMsg;
+      }
+    }
+
+    let attachmentNames = null;
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      attachmentNames = aMimeMsg.allAttachments.
+        filter(att => att.isRealAttachment).map(att => att.name);
+    }
+
+    let isConceptuallyNew, isRecordNew, insertFulltext;
+    if (curMsg === null) {
+      curMsg = this._datastore.createMessage(aMsgHdr.folder,
+                                             aMsgHdr.messageKey,
+                                             conversationID,
+                                             aMsgHdr.date,
+                                             aMsgHdr.messageId);
+      curMsg._conversation = conversation;
+      isConceptuallyNew = isRecordNew = insertFulltext = true;
+    }
+    else {
+      isRecordNew = false;
+      // the message is conceptually new if it was a ghost or dead.
+      isConceptuallyNew = curMsg._isGhost || curMsg._isDeleted;
+      // insert fulltext if it was a ghost
+      insertFulltext = curMsg._isGhost;
+      curMsg._folderID = this._datastore._mapFolder(aMsgHdr.folder).id;
+      curMsg._messageKey = aMsgHdr.messageKey;
+      curMsg.date = new Date(aMsgHdr.date / 1000);
+      // the message may have been deleted; tell it to make sure it's not.
+      curMsg._ensureNotDeleted();
+      // note: we are assuming that our matching logic is flawless in that
+      //  if this message was not a ghost, we are assuming the 'body'
+      //  associated with the id is still exactly the same.  It is conceivable
+      //  that there are cases where this is not true.
+    }
+
+    if (aMimeMsg) {
+      let bodyPlain = aMimeMsg.coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgHdr.folder);
+      if (bodyPlain) {
+        curMsg._bodyLines = bodyPlain.split(/\r?\n/);
+        // curMsg._content gets set by fundattr.js
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Mark the message as new (for the purposes of fulltext insertion)
+    if (insertFulltext)
+      curMsg._isNew = true;
+
+    curMsg._subject = aMsgHdr.mime2DecodedSubject;
+    curMsg._attachmentNames = attachmentNames;
+
+    // curMsg._indexAuthor gets set by fundattr.js
+    // curMsg._indexRecipients gets set by fundattr.js
+
+    // zero the notability so everything in grokNounItem can just increment
+    curMsg.notability = 0;
+
+    yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(
+        Gloda.grokNounItem(curMsg,
+            {header: aMsgHdr, mime: aMimeMsg, bodyLines: curMsg._bodyLines},
+            isConceptuallyNew, isRecordNew,
+            aCallbackHandle));
+
+    delete curMsg._bodyLines;
+    delete curMsg._content;
+    delete curMsg._isNew;
+    delete curMsg._indexAuthor;
+    delete curMsg._indexRecipients;
+
+    // we want to update the header for messages only after the transaction
+    //  irrevocably hits the disk.  otherwise we could get confused if the
+    //  transaction rolls back or what not.
+    PendingCommitTracker.track(aMsgHdr, curMsg.id);
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Wipe a message out of existence from our index.  This is slightly more
+   *  tricky than one would first expect because there are potentially
+   *  attributes not immediately associated with this message that reference
+   *  the message.  Not only that, but deletion of messages may leave a
+   *  conversation posessing only ghost messages, which we don't want, so we
+   *  need to nuke the moot conversation and its moot ghost messages.
+   * For now, we are actually punting on that trickiness, and the exact
+   *  nuances aren't defined yet because we have not decided whether to store
+   *  such attributes redundantly.  For example, if we have subject-pred-object,
+   *  we could actually store this as attributes (subject, id, object) and
+   *  (object, id, subject).  In such a case, we could query on (subject, *)
+   *  and use the results to delete the (object, id, subject) case.  If we
+   *  don't redundantly store attributes, we can deal with the problem by
+   *  collecting up all the attributes that accept a message as their object
+   *  type and issuing a delete against that.  For example, delete (*, [1,2,3],
+   *  message id).
+   * (We are punting because we haven't implemented support for generating
+   *  attributes like that yet.)
+   *
+   * @TODO: implement deletion of attributes that reference (deleted) messages
+   */
+  _deleteMessage: function* gloda_index_deleteMessage(aMessage,
+                                                      aCallbackHandle) {
+    let logDebug = this._log.level <= Log4Moz.Level.Debug;
+    if (logDebug)
+      this._log.debug("*** Deleting message: " + aMessage);
+
+    // -- delete our attributes
+    // delete the message's attributes (if we implement the cascade delete, that
+    //  could do the honors for us... right now we define the trigger in our
+    //  schema but the back-end ignores it)
+    GlodaDatastore.clearMessageAttributes(aMessage);
+
+    // -- delete our message or ghost us, and maybe nuke the whole conversation
+    // Look at the other messages in the conversation.
+    // (Note: although we are performing a lookup with no validity constraints
+    //  and using the same object-relational-mapper-ish layer used by things
+    //  that do have constraints, we are not at risk of exposing deleted
+    //  messages to other code and getting it confused.  The only way code
+    //  can find a message is if it shows up in their queries or gets announced
+    //  via GlodaCollectionManager.itemsAdded, neither of which will happen.)
+    let convPrivQuery = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+                                         noDbQueryValidityConstraints: true,
+                                       });
+    convPrivQuery.conversation(aMessage.conversation);
+    let conversationCollection = convPrivQuery.getCollection(aCallbackHandle);
+    yield this.kWorkAsync;
+
+    let conversationMsgs = conversationCollection.items;
+
+    // Count the number of ghosts messages we see to determine if we are
+    //  the last message alive.
+    let ghostCount = 0;
+    let twinMessageExists = false;
+    for (let convMsg of conversationMsgs) {
+      // ignore our own message
+      if (convMsg.id == aMessage.id)
+        continue;
+
+      if (convMsg._isGhost)
+        ghostCount++;
+      // This message is our (living) twin if it is not a ghost, not deleted,
+      //  and has the same message-id header.
+      else if (!convMsg._isDeleted &&
+               convMsg.headerMessageID == aMessage.headerMessageID)
+        twinMessageExists = true;
+    }
+
+    // -- If everyone else is a ghost, blow away the conversation.
+    // If there are messages still alive or deleted but we have not yet gotten
+    //  to them yet _deleteMessage, then do not do this.  (We will eventually
+    //  hit this case if they are all deleted.)
+    if ((conversationMsgs.length - 1) == ghostCount) {
+      // - Obliterate each message
+      for (let msg of conversationMsgs) {
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageByID(msg.id);
+      }
+      // - Obliterate the conversation
+      GlodaDatastore.deleteConversationByID(aMessage.conversationID);
+      // *no one* should hold a reference or use aMessage after this point,
+      //  trash it so such ne'er do'wells are made plain.
+      aMessage._objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant();
+    }
+    // -- Ghost or purge us as appropriate
+    else {
+      // Purge us if we have a (living) twin; no ghost required.
+      if (twinMessageExists) {
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageByID(aMessage.id);
+        // *no one* should hold a reference or use aMessage after this point,
+        //  trash it so such ne'er do'wells are made plain.
+        aMessage._objectPurgedMakeYourselfUnpleasant();
+      }
+      // No twin, a ghost is required, we become the ghost.
+      else {
+        aMessage._ghost();
+        GlodaDatastore.updateMessage(aMessage);
+        // ghosts don't have fulltext. purge it.
+        GlodaDatastore.deleteMessageTextByID(aMessage.id);
+      }
+    }
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+};
+GlodaIndexer.registerIndexer(GlodaMsgIndexer);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6c939530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/indexer.js
@@ -0,0 +1,1409 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file currently contains a fairly general implementation of asynchronous
+ *  indexing with a very explicit message indexing implementation.  As gloda
+ *  will eventually want to index more than just messages, the message-specific
+ *  things should ideally lose their special hold on this file.  This will
+ *  benefit readability/size as well.
+ */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaIndexer', 'IndexingJob'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/iteratorUtils.jsm");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/utils.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/collection.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/connotent.js");
+
+/**
+ * @class Capture the indexing batch concept explicitly.
+ *
+ * @param aJobType The type of thing we are indexing.  Current choices are:
+ *   "folder" and "message".  Previous choices included "account".  The indexer
+ *   currently knows too much about these; they should be de-coupled.
+ * @param aID Specific to the job type, but for now only used to hold folder
+ *     IDs.
+ *
+ * @ivar items The list of items to process during this job/batch.  (For
+ *     example, if this is a "messages" job, this would be the list of messages
+ *     to process, although the specific representation is determined by the
+ *     job.)  The list will only be mutated through the addition of extra items.
+ * @ivar offset The current offset into the 'items' list (if used), updated as
+ *     processing occurs.  If 'items' is not used, the processing code can also
+ *     update this in a similar fashion.  This is used by the status
+ *     notification code in conjunction with goal.
+ * @ivar goal The total number of items to index/actions to perform in this job.
+ *     This number may increase during the life of the job, but should not
+ *     decrease.  This is used by the status notification code in conjunction
+ *     with the goal.
+ */
+function IndexingJob(aJobType, aID, aItems) {
+  this.jobType = aJobType;
+  this.id = aID;
+  this.items = (aItems != null) ? aItems : [];
+  this.offset = 0;
+  this.goal = null;
+  this.callback = null;
+  this.callbackThis = null;
+}
+IndexingJob.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Invoke the callback associated with this job, passing through all arguments
+   *  received by this function to the callback function.
+   */
+  safelyInvokeCallback: function() {
+    if (!this.callback)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.callback.apply(this.callbackThis, arguments);
+    }
+    catch(ex) {
+      GlodaIndexer._log.warn("job callback invocation problem:", ex);
+    }
+  },
+  toString: function IndexingJob_toString() {
+    return "[job:" + this.jobType +
+      " id:" + this.id + " items:" + (this.items ? this.items.length : "no") +
+      " offset:" + this.offset + " goal:" + this.goal + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Core indexing logic, plus message-specific indexing logic.
+ *
+ * === Indexing Goals
+ * We have the following goals:
+ *
+ * Responsiveness
+ * - When the user wants to quit, we should be able to stop and quit in a timely
+ *   fasion.
+ * - We should not interfere with the user's thunderbird usage.
+ *
+ * Correctness
+ * - Quitting should not result in any information loss; we should (eventually)
+ *   end up at the same indexed state regardless of whether a user lets
+ *   indexing run to completion or restarts thunderbird in the middle of the
+ *   process.  (It is okay to take slightly longer in the latter case.)
+ *
+ * Worst Case Scenario Avoidance
+ * - We should try to be O(1) memory-wise regardless of what notifications
+ *   are thrown at us.
+ *
+ * ===  Indexing Throttling
+ *
+ * Adaptive Indexing
+ * - The indexer tries to stay out of the way of other running code in
+ *   Thunderbird (autosync) and other code on the system.  We try and target
+ *   some number of milliseconds of activity between intentional inactive
+ *   periods.  The number of milliseconds of activity varies based on whether we
+ *   believe the user to be actively using the computer or idle.  We use our
+ *   inactive periods as a way to measure system load; if we receive our
+ *   notification promptly at the end of our inactive period, we believe the
+ *   system is not heavily loaded.  If we do not get notified promptly, we
+ *   assume there is other stuff going on and back off.
+ *
+ */
+var GlodaIndexer = {
+  /**
+   * A partial attempt to generalize to support multiple databases.  Each
+   *  database would have its own datastore would have its own indexer.  But
+   *  we rather inter-mingle our use of this field with the singleton global
+   *  GlodaDatastore.
+   */
+  _datastore: GlodaDatastore,
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.indexer"),
+  /**
+   * Our nsITimer that we use to schedule ourselves on the main thread
+   *  intermittently.  The timer always exists but may not always be active.
+   */
+  _timer: null,
+  /**
+   * Our nsITimer that we use to schedule events in the "far" future.  For now,
+   *  this means not compelling an initial indexing sweep until some number of
+   *  seconds after startup.
+   */
+  _longTimer: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Periodic performance adjustment parameters:  The overall goal is to adjust
+   *  our rate of work so that we don't interfere with the user's activities
+   *  when they are around (non-idle), and the system in general (when idle).
+   *  Being nice when idle isn't quite as important, but is a good idea so that
+   *  when the user un-idles we are able to back off nicely.  Also, we give
+   *  other processes on the system a chance to do something.
+   *
+   * We do this by organizing our work into discrete "tokens" of activity,
+   *  then processing the number of tokens that we have determined will
+   *  not impact the UI. Then we pause to give other activities a chance to get
+   *  some work done, and we measure whether anything happened during our pause.
+   *  If something else is going on in our application during that pause, we
+   *  give it priority (up to a point) by delaying further indexing.
+   *
+   * Keep in mind that many of our operations are actually asynchronous, so we
+   *  aren't entirely starving the event queue.  However, a lot of the async
+   *  stuff can end up not having any actual delay between events. For
+   *  example, we only index offline message bodies, so there's no network
+   *  latency involved, just disk IO; the only meaningful latency will be the
+   *  initial disk seek (if there is one... pre-fetching may seriously be our
+   *  friend).
+   *
+   * In order to maintain responsiveness, I assert that we want to minimize the
+   *  length of the time we are dominating the event queue.  This suggests
+   *  that we want break up our blocks of work frequently.  But not so
+   *  frequently that there is a lot of waste.  Accordingly our algorithm is
+   *  basically:
+   *
+   * - Estimate the time that it takes to process a token, and schedule the
+   *   number of tokens that should fit into that time.
+   * - Detect user activity, and back off immediately if found.
+   * - Try to delay commits and garbage collection until the user is inactive,
+   *   as these tend to cause a brief pause in the UI.
+   */
+
+  /**
+   * The number of milliseconds before we declare the user idle and step up our
+   *  indexing.
+   */
+  _INDEX_IDLE_ADJUSTMENT_TIME: 5000,
+
+  /**
+   * The time delay in milliseconds before we should schedule our initial sweep.
+   */
+  _INITIAL_SWEEP_DELAY: 10000,
+
+  /**
+   * How many milliseconds in the future should we schedule indexing to start
+   *  when turning on indexing (and it was not previously active).
+   */
+  _INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY: 200,
+
+  /**
+   * The time interval, in milliseconds, of pause between indexing batches.  The
+   *  maximum processor consumption is determined by this constant and the
+   *  active |_cpuTargetIndexTime|.
+   *
+   * For current constants, that puts us at 50% while the user is active and 83%
+   *  when idle.
+   */
+  _INDEX_INTERVAL: 32,
+
+  /**
+   * Number of indexing 'tokens' we are allowed to consume before yielding for
+   *  each incremental pass.  Consider a single token equal to indexing a single
+   *  medium-sized message.  This may be altered by user session (in)activity.
+   * Because we fetch message bodies, which is potentially asynchronous, this
+   *  is not a precise knob to twiddle.
+   */
+  _indexTokens: 2,
+
+  /**
+   * Stopwatches used to measure performance during indexing, and during
+   * pauses between indexing. These help us adapt our indexing constants so
+   *  as to not explode your computer.  Kind of us, no?
+   */
+  _perfIndexStopwatch: null,
+  _perfPauseStopwatch: null,
+  /**
+   * Do we have an uncommitted indexer transaction that idle callback should commit?
+   */
+  _idleToCommit: false,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, current value (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _cpuTargetIndexTime: 32,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, during non-idle (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_ACTIVE: 32,
+  /**
+   * Target CPU time per batch of tokens, during idle (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_IDLE: 160,
+  /**
+   * Average CPU time per processed token (milliseconds).
+   */
+  _cpuAverageTimePerToken: 16,
+  /**
+   * Damping factor for _cpuAverageTimePerToken, as an approximate
+   * number of tokens to include in the average time.
+   */
+  _CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING: 200,
+  /**
+   * Maximum tokens per batch. This is normally just a sanity check.
+   */
+  _CPU_MAX_TOKENS_PER_BATCH: 100,
+  /**
+   * CPU usage during a pause to declare that system was busy (milliseconds).
+   * This is typically set as 1.5 times the minimum resolution of the cpu
+   * usage clock, which is 16 milliseconds on Windows systems, and (I think)
+   * smaller on other systems, so we take the worst case.
+   */
+  _CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME: 24,
+  /**
+   * Time that return from pause may be late before the system is declared
+   * busy, in milliseconds. (Same issues as _CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME).
+   */
+  _PAUSE_LATE_IS_BUSY_TIME: 24,
+  /**
+   * Number of times that we will repeat a pause while waiting for a
+   * free CPU.
+   */
+  _PAUSE_REPEAT_LIMIT: 10,
+  /**
+   * Minimum time delay between commits, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _MINIMUM_COMMIT_TIME: 5000,
+  /**
+   * Maximum time delay between commits, in milliseconds.
+   */
+  _MAXIMUM_COMMIT_TIME: 20000,
+
+  /**
+   * Unit testing hook to get us to emit additional logging that verges on
+   *  inane for general usage but is helpful in unit test output to get a lay
+   *  of the land and for paranoia reasons.
+   */
+  _unitTestSuperVerbose: false,
+  /**
+   * Unit test vector to get notified when a worker has a problem and it has
+   *  a recover helper associated.  This gets called with an argument
+   *  indicating whether the recovery helper indicates recovery was possible.
+   */
+  _unitTestHookRecover: null,
+  /**
+   * Unit test vector to get notified when a worker runs into an exceptional
+   *  situation (an exception propagates or gets explicitly killed) and needs
+   *  to be cleaned up.  This gets called with an argument indicating if there
+   *  was a helper that was used or if we just did the default cleanup thing.
+   */
+  _unitTestHookCleanup: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Last commit time.  Tracked to try and only commit at reasonable intervals.
+   */
+  _lastCommitTime: Date.now(),
+
+  _inited: false,
+  /**
+   * Initialize the indexer.
+   */
+  _init: function gloda_index_init() {
+    if (this._inited)
+      return;
+
+    this._inited = true;
+
+    this._callbackHandle.init();
+
+    if (Services.io.offline)
+      this._suppressIndexing = true;
+
+    // create the timer that drives our intermittent indexing
+    this._timer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+    // create the timer for larger offsets independent of indexing
+    this._longTimer = Cc["@mozilla.org/timer;1"].createInstance(Ci.nsITimer);
+
+    this._idleService = Cc["@mozilla.org/widget/idleservice;1"]
+                          .getService(Ci.nsIIdleService);
+
+    // create our performance stopwatches
+    try {
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch = Cc["@mozilla.org/stopwatch;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Ci.nsIStopwatch);
+      this._perfPauseStopwatch = Cc["@mozilla.org/stopwatch;1"]
+                                   .createInstance(Ci.nsIStopwatch);
+
+    } catch (ex) {
+      this._log.error("problem creating stopwatch!: " + ex);
+    }
+
+    // register for shutdown notifications
+    Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+    // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch("mailnews.database.global.indexer.");
+    let eventDrivenEnabled = false; // default
+    let performInitialSweep = true; // default
+    try {
+      eventDrivenEnabled = branch.getBoolPref("enabled");
+    } catch (ex) {
+      dump("%%% annoying exception on pref access: " + ex);
+    }
+    // this is a secret preference mainly intended for testing purposes.
+    try {
+      performInitialSweep = branch.getBoolPref("perform_initial_sweep");
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    // pretend we have already performed an initial sweep...
+    if (!performInitialSweep)
+      this._initialSweepPerformed = true;
+
+    this.enabled = eventDrivenEnabled;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * When shutdown, indexing immediately ceases and no further progress should
+   *  be made.  This flag goes true once, and never returns to false.  Being
+   *  in this state is a destructive thing from whence we cannot recover.
+   */
+  _indexerIsShutdown: false,
+
+  /**
+   * Shutdown the indexing process and datastore as quickly as possible in
+   *  a synchronous fashion.
+   */
+  _shutdown: function gloda_index_shutdown() {
+    // no more timer events, please
+    try {
+      this._timer.cancel();
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    this._timer = null;
+    try {
+      this._longTimer.cancel();
+    } catch (ex) {}
+    this._longTimer = null;
+
+    this._perfIndexStopwatch = null;
+    this._perfPauseStopwatch = null;
+
+    // Remove listeners to avoid reference cycles on the off chance one of them
+    // holds a reference to the indexer object.
+    this._indexListeners = [];
+
+    this._indexerIsShutdown = true;
+
+    if (this.enabled)
+      this._log.info("Shutting Down");
+
+    // don't let anything try and convince us to start indexing again
+    this.suppressIndexing = true;
+
+    // If there is an active job and it has a cleanup handler, run it.
+    if (this._curIndexingJob) {
+      let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+      try {
+        if (workerDef.cleanup)
+          workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        this._log.error("problem during worker cleanup during shutdown.");
+      }
+    }
+    // Definitely clean out the async call stack and any associated data
+    this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+    this._workBatchData = undefined;
+
+    // disable ourselves and all of the specific indexers
+    this.enabled = false;
+
+    GlodaDatastore.shutdown();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The list of indexers registered with us.  If you are a core gloda indexer
+   *  (you ship with gloda), then you can import this file directly and should
+   *  make sure your indexer is imported in 'everybody.js' in the right order.
+   *  If you are not core gloda, then you should import 'public.js' and only
+   *  then should you import 'indexer.js' to get at GlodaIndexer.
+   */
+  _indexers: [],
+  /**
+   * Register an indexer with the Gloda indexing mechanism.
+   *
+   * @param aIndexer.name The name of your indexer.
+   * @param aIndexer.enable Your enable function.  This will be called during
+   *     the call to registerIndexer if Gloda indexing is already enabled.  If
+   *     indexing is not yet enabled, you will be called
+   * @param aIndexer.disable Your disable function.  This will be called when
+   *     indexing is disabled or we are shutting down.  This will only be called
+   *     if enable has already been called.
+   * @param aIndexer.workers A list of tuples of the form [worker type code,
+   *     worker generator function, optional scheduling trigger function].  The
+   *     type code is the string used to uniquely identify the job type.  If you
+   *     are not core gloda, your job type must start with your extension's name
+   *     and a colon; you can collow that with anything you want.  The worker
+   *     generator is not easily explained in here.  The trigger function is
+   *     invoked immediately prior to calling the generator to create it.  The
+   *     trigger function takes the job as an argument and should perform any
+   *     finalization required on the job.  Most workers should not need to use
+   *     the trigger function.
+   * @param aIndexer.initialSweep We call this to tell each indexer when it is
+   *     its turn to run its indexing sweep.  The idea of the indexing sweep is
+   *     that this is when you traverse things eligible for indexing to make
+   *     sure they are indexed.  Right now we just call everyone at the same
+   *     time and hope that their jobs don't fight too much.
+   */
+  registerIndexer: function gloda_index_registerIndexer(aIndexer) {
+    this._log.info("Registering indexer: " + aIndexer.name);
+    this._indexers.push(aIndexer);
+
+    try {
+      for (let workerInfo of aIndexer.workers) {
+        let workerCode = workerInfo[0];
+        let workerDef = workerInfo[1];
+        workerDef.name = workerCode;
+        workerDef.indexer = aIndexer;
+        this._indexerWorkerDefs[workerCode] = workerDef;
+        if (!("recover" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.recover = null;
+        if (!("cleanup" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.cleanup = null;
+        if (!("onSchedule" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.onSchedule = null;
+        if (!("jobCanceled" in workerDef))
+          workerDef.jobCanceled = null;
+      }
+    }
+    catch (ex) {
+      this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on worker enum.");
+    }
+
+    if (this._enabled) {
+      try {
+        aIndexer.enable();
+      } catch (ex) {
+        this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on enable: " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Are we enabled, read: are we processing change events?
+   */
+  _enabled: false,
+  get enabled() { return this._enabled; },
+  set enabled(aEnable) {
+    if (!this._enabled && aEnable) {
+      // register for offline notifications
+      Services.obs.addObserver(this, "network:offline-status-changed", false);
+
+      // register for idle notification
+      this._idleService.addIdleObserver(this, this._indexIdleThresholdSecs);
+
+      this._enabled = true;
+
+      for (let indexer of this._indexers) {
+        try {
+          indexer.enable();
+        } catch (ex) {
+          this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on enable: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // if we have an accumulated desire to index things, kick it off again.
+      if (this._indexingDesired) {
+        this._indexingDesired = false; // it's edge-triggered for now
+        this.indexing = true;
+      }
+
+      // if we have not done an initial sweep, schedule scheduling one.
+      if (!this._initialSweepPerformed) {
+        this._longTimer.initWithCallback(this._scheduleInitialSweep,
+          this._INITIAL_SWEEP_DELAY, Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      }
+    }
+    else if (this._enabled && !aEnable) {
+      for (let indexer of this._indexers) {
+        try {
+          indexer.disable();
+        } catch (ex) {
+          this._log.warn("Helper indexer threw exception on disable: " + ex);
+        }
+      }
+
+      // remove offline observer
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "network:offline-status-changed");
+
+      // remove idle
+      this._idleService.removeIdleObserver(this, this._indexIdleThresholdSecs);
+
+      this._enabled = false;
+    }
+
+  },
+
+  /** Track whether indexing is desired (we have jobs to prosecute). */
+  _indexingDesired: false,
+  /**
+   * Track whether we have an actively pending callback or timer event.  We do
+   *  this so we don't experience a transient suppression and accidentally
+   *  get multiple event-chains driving indexing at the same time (which the
+   *  code will not handle correctly).
+   */
+  _indexingActive: false,
+  /**
+   * Indicates whether indexing is currently ongoing.  This may return false
+   *  while indexing activities are still active, but they will quiesce shortly.
+   */
+  get indexing() {
+    return this._indexingDesired && !this._suppressIndexing;
+  },
+  /** Indicates whether indexing is desired. */
+  get indexingDesired() {
+    return this._indexingDesired;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Set this to true to indicate there is indexing work to perform.  This does
+   *  not mean indexing will begin immediately (if it wasn't active), however.
+   *  If suppressIndexing has been set, we won't do anything until indexing is
+   *  no longer suppressed.
+   */
+  set indexing(aShouldIndex) {
+    if (!this._indexingDesired && aShouldIndex) {
+      this._indexingDesired = true;
+      if (this.enabled && !this._indexingActive && !this._suppressIndexing) {
+        this._log.info("+++ Indexing Queue Processing Commencing");
+        this._indexingActive = true;
+        this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                     this._INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY,
+                                     Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  _suppressIndexing: false,
+  /**
+   * Set whether or not indexing should be suppressed.  This is to allow us to
+   *  avoid running down a laptop's battery when it is not on AC.  Only code
+   *  in charge of regulating that tracking should be setting this variable; if
+   *  other factors want to contribute to such a decision, this logic needs to
+   *  be changed to track that, since last-write currently wins.
+   */
+  set suppressIndexing(aShouldSuppress) {
+    this._suppressIndexing = aShouldSuppress;
+
+    // re-start processing if we are no longer suppressing, there is work yet
+    //  to do, and the indexing process had actually stopped.
+    if (!this._suppressIndexing && this._indexingDesired &&
+        !this._indexingActive) {
+        this._log.info("+++ Indexing Queue Processing Resuming");
+        this._indexingActive = true;
+        this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                     this._INDEX_KICKOFF_DELAY,
+                                     Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Track whether an initial sweep has been performed.  This mainly exists so
+   *  that unit testing can stop us from performing an initial sweep.
+   */
+  _initialSweepPerformed: false,
+  /**
+   * Our timer-driven callback to schedule our first initial indexing sweep.
+   *  Because it is invoked by an nsITimer it operates without the benefit of
+   *  a 'this' context and must use GlodaIndexer instead of this.
+   * Since an initial sweep could have been performed before we get invoked,
+   *  we need to check whether an initial sweep is still desired before trying
+   *  to schedule one.  We don't need to worry about whether one is active
+   *  because the indexingSweepNeeded takes care of that.
+   */
+  _scheduleInitialSweep: function gloda_index_scheduleInitialSweep() {
+    if (GlodaIndexer._initialSweepPerformed)
+      return;
+    GlodaIndexer._initialSweepPerformed = true;
+    for (let indexer of GlodaIndexer._indexers) {
+      indexer.initialSweep();
+    }
+  },
+
+  kWorkSync: Gloda.kWorkSync,
+  kWorkAsync: Gloda.kWorkAsync,
+  kWorkDone: Gloda.kWorkDone,
+  kWorkPause: Gloda.kWorkPause,
+  kWorkDoneWithResult: Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult,
+
+  /**
+   * Our current job number.  Meaningless value that increments with every job
+   *  we process that resets to 0 when we run out of jobs.  Currently used by
+   *  the activity manager's gloda listener to tell when we have changed jobs.
+   * We really need a better listener mechanism.
+   */
+  _indexingJobCount: 0,
+
+  /**
+   * A list of IndexingJob instances to process.
+   */
+  _indexQueue: [],
+
+  /**
+   * The current indexing job.
+   */
+  _curIndexingJob: null,
+
+  /**
+   * The number of seconds before we declare the user idle and commit if
+   *  needed.
+   */
+  _indexIdleThresholdSecs: 3,
+
+  _indexListeners: [],
+  /**
+   * Add an indexing progress listener.  The listener will be notified of at
+   *  least all major status changes (idle -> indexing, indexing -> idle), plus
+   *  arbitrary progress updates during the indexing process.
+   * If indexing is not active when the listener is added, a synthetic idle
+   *  notification will be generated.
+   *
+   * @param aListener A listener function, taking arguments: status (Gloda.
+   *     kIndexer*), the folder name if a folder is involved (string or null),
+   *     current zero-based job number (int),
+   *     current item number being indexed in this job (int), total number
+   *     of items in this job to be indexed (int).
+   *
+   * @TODO should probably allow for a 'this' value to be provided
+   * @TODO generalize to not be folder/message specific.  use nouns!
+   */
+  addListener: function gloda_index_addListener(aListener) {
+    // should we weakify?
+    if (this._indexListeners.indexOf(aListener) == -1)
+      this._indexListeners.push(aListener);
+    // if we aren't indexing, give them an idle indicator, otherwise they can
+    //  just be happy when we hit the next actual status point.
+    if (!this.indexing)
+      aListener(Gloda.kIndexerIdle, null, 0, 0, 1);
+    return aListener;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Remove the given listener so that it no longer receives indexing progress
+   *  updates.
+   */
+  removeListener: function gloda_index_removeListener(aListener) {
+    let index = this._indexListeners.indexOf(aListener);
+    if (index != -1)
+      this._indexListeners.splice(index, 1);
+  },
+  /**
+   * Helper method to tell listeners what we're up to.  For code simplicity,
+   *  the caller is just deciding when to send this update (preferably at
+   *  reasonable intervals), and doesn't need to provide any indication of
+   *  state... we figure that out ourselves.
+   *
+   * This was not pretty but got ugly once we moved the message indexing out
+   *  to its own indexer.  Some generalization is required but will likely
+   *  require string hooks.
+   */
+  _notifyListeners: function gloda_index_notifyListeners() {
+    let status, prettyName, jobIndex, jobItemIndex, jobItemGoal, jobType;
+
+    if (this.indexing && this._curIndexingJob) {
+      let job = this._curIndexingJob;
+      status = Gloda.kIndexerIndexing;
+
+      let indexer = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType].indexer;
+      if ("_indexingFolder" in indexer)
+        prettyName = (indexer._indexingFolder != null) ?
+                     indexer._indexingFolder.prettiestName : null;
+      else
+        prettyName = null;
+
+      jobIndex = this._indexingJobCount-1;
+      jobItemIndex = job.offset;
+      jobItemGoal  = job.goal;
+      jobType = job.jobType;
+    }
+    else {
+      status = Gloda.kIndexerIdle;
+      prettyName = null;
+      jobIndex = 0;
+      jobItemIndex = 0;
+      jobItemGoal = 1;
+      jobType = null;
+    }
+
+    // Some people ascribe to the belief that the most you can give is 100%.
+    // We know better, but let's humor them.
+    if (jobItemIndex > jobItemGoal)
+      jobItemGoal = jobItemIndex;
+
+    for (let iListener = this._indexListeners.length-1; iListener >= 0;
+         iListener--) {
+      let listener = this._indexListeners[iListener];
+      try {
+        listener(status, prettyName, jobIndex, jobItemIndex, jobItemGoal,
+                 jobType);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {
+        this._log.error(ex);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A wrapped callback driver intended to be used by timers that provide
+   *  arguments we really do not care about.
+   */
+  _timerCallbackDriver: function gloda_index_timerCallbackDriver() {
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A simple callback driver wrapper to provide 'this'.
+   */
+  _wrapCallbackDriver: function gloda_index_wrapCallbackDriver() {
+    GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver.apply(GlodaIndexer, arguments);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * The current processing 'batch' generator, produced by a call to workBatch()
+   *  and used by callbackDriver to drive execution.
+   */
+  _batch: null,
+  _inCallback: false,
+  _savedCallbackArgs: null,
+  /**
+   * The root work-driver.  callbackDriver creates workBatch generator instances
+   *  (stored in _batch) which run until they are done (kWorkDone) or they
+   *  (really the embedded activeIterator) encounter something asynchronous.
+   *  The convention is that all the callback handlers end up calling us,
+   *  ensuring that control-flow properly resumes.  If the batch completes,
+   *  we re-schedule ourselves after a time delay (controlled by _INDEX_INTERVAL)
+   *  and return.  (We use one-shot timers because repeating-slack does not
+   *  know enough to deal with our (current) asynchronous nature.)
+   */
+  callbackDriver: function gloda_index_callbackDriver() {
+    // just bail if we are shutdown
+    if (this._indexerIsShutdown)
+      return;
+
+    // it is conceivable that someone we call will call something that in some
+    //  cases might be asynchronous, and in other cases immediately generate
+    //  events without returning.  In the interest of (stack-depth) sanity,
+    //  let's handle this by performing a minimal time-delay callback.
+    // this is also now a good thing sequencing-wise.  if we get our callback
+    //  with data before the underlying function has yielded, we obviously can't
+    //  cram the data in yet.  Our options in this case are to either mark the
+    //  fact that the callback has already happened and immediately return to
+    //  the iterator when it does bubble up the kWorkAsync, or we can do as we
+    //  have been doing, but save the
+    if (this._inCallback) {
+      this._savedCallbackArgs = arguments;
+      this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                   0,
+                                   Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+      return;
+    }
+    this._inCallback = true;
+
+    try {
+      if (this._batch === null)
+        this._batch = this.workBatch();
+
+      // kWorkAsync, kWorkDone, kWorkPause are allowed out; kWorkSync is not
+      // On kWorkDone, we want to schedule another timer to fire on us if we are
+      //  not done indexing.  (On kWorkAsync, we don't care what happens, because
+      //  someone else will be receiving the callback, and they will call us when
+      //  they are done doing their thing.
+      let args;
+      if (this._savedCallbackArgs != null) {
+        args = this._savedCallbackArgs;
+        this._savedCallbackArgs = null;
+      }
+      else
+        args = arguments; //Array.slice.call(arguments);
+
+      let result;
+      if (args.length == 0)
+        result = this._batch.next().value;
+      else if (args.length == 1)
+        result = this._batch.next(args[0]).value;
+      else // arguments works with destructuring assignment
+        result = this._batch.next(args).value;
+      switch (result) {
+        // job's done, close the batch and re-schedule ourselves if there's more
+        //  to do.
+        case this.kWorkDone:
+          this._batch.return();
+          this._batch = null;
+          // (intentional fall-through to re-scheduling logic)
+        // the batch wants to get re-scheduled, do so.
+        case this.kWorkPause:
+          if (this.indexing)
+            this._timer.initWithCallback(this._timerCallbackDriver,
+                                         this._INDEX_INTERVAL,
+                                         Ci.nsITimer.TYPE_ONE_SHOT);
+          else { // it's important to indicate no more callbacks are in flight
+            this._indexingActive = false;
+          }
+          break;
+        case this.kWorkAsync:
+          // there is nothing to do.  some other code is now responsible for
+          //  calling us.
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    finally {
+      this._inCallback = false;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _callbackHandle: {
+    init: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_init() {
+      this.wrappedCallback = GlodaIndexer._wrapCallbackDriver;
+      this.callbackThis = GlodaIndexer;
+      this.callback = GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver;
+    },
+    /**
+     * The stack of generators we are processing.  The (numerically) last one is
+     *  also the |activeIterator|.
+     */
+    activeStack: [],
+    /**
+     * The generator at the top of the |activeStack| and that we will call next
+     *  or send on next if nothing changes.
+     */
+    activeIterator: null,
+    /**
+     * Meta-information about the generators at each level of the stack.
+     */
+    contextStack: [],
+    /**
+     * Push a new generator onto the stack.  It becomes the active generator.
+     */
+    push: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_push(aIterator, aContext) {
+      this.activeStack.push(aIterator);
+      this.contextStack.push(aContext);
+      this.activeIterator = aIterator;
+    },
+    /**
+     * For use by generators that want to call another asynchronous process
+     *  implemented as a generator.  They should do
+     *  "yield aCallbackHandle.pushAndGo(someGenerator(arg1, arg2));".
+     *
+     * @public
+     */
+    pushAndGo: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_pushAndGo(aIterator,
+                                                             aContext) {
+      this.push(aIterator, aContext);
+      return GlodaIndexer.kWorkSync;
+    },
+    /**
+     * Pop the active generator off the stack.
+     */
+    pop: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_pop() {
+      this.activeIterator.return();
+      this.activeStack.pop();
+      this.contextStack.pop();
+      if (this.activeStack.length)
+        this.activeIterator = this.activeStack[this.activeStack.length - 1];
+      else
+        this.activeIterator = null;
+    },
+    /**
+     * Someone propagated an exception and we need to clean-up all the active
+     *  logic as best we can.  Which is not really all that well.
+     *
+     * @param [aOptionalStopAtDepth=0] The length the stack should be when this
+     *     method completes.  Pass 0 or omit for us to clear everything out.
+     *     Pass 1 to leave just the top-level generator intact.
+     */
+    cleanup: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_cleanup(aOptionalStopAtDepth) {
+      if (aOptionalStopAtDepth === undefined)
+        aOptionalStopAtDepth = 0;
+      while (this.activeStack.length > aOptionalStopAtDepth) {
+        this.pop();
+      }
+    },
+    /**
+     * For use when a generator finishes up by calling |doneWithResult| on us;
+     *  the async driver calls this to pop that generator off the stack
+     *  and get the result it passed in to its call to |doneWithResult|.
+     *
+     * @protected
+     */
+    popWithResult: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_popWithResult() {
+      this.pop();
+      let result = this._result;
+      this._result = null;
+      return result;
+    },
+    _result: null,
+    /**
+     * For use by generators that want to return a result to the calling
+     *  asynchronous generator.  Specifically, they should do
+     *  "yield aCallbackHandle.doneWithResult(RESULT);".
+     *
+     * @public
+     */
+    doneWithResult: function gloda_index_callbackhandle_doneWithResult(aResult){
+      this._result = aResult;
+      return Gloda.kWorkDoneWithResult;
+    },
+
+    /* be able to serve as a collection listener, resuming the active iterator's
+       last yield kWorkAsync */
+    onItemsAdded: function() {},
+    onItemsModified: function() {},
+    onItemsRemoved: function() {},
+    onQueryCompleted: function(aCollection) {
+      GlodaIndexer.callbackDriver();
+    }
+  },
+  _workBatchData: undefined,
+  /**
+   * The workBatch generator handles a single 'batch' of processing, managing
+   *  the database transaction and keeping track of "tokens".  It drives the
+   *  activeIterator generator which is doing the work.
+   * workBatch will only produce kWorkAsync, kWorkPause, and kWorkDone
+   *  notifications.  If activeIterator returns kWorkSync and there are still
+   *  tokens available, workBatch will keep driving the activeIterator until it
+   *  encounters a kWorkAsync (which workBatch will yield to callbackDriver), or
+   *  it runs out of tokens and yields a kWorkPause or kWorkDone.
+   */
+  workBatch: function* gloda_index_workBatch() {
+
+    // Do we still have an open transaction? If not, start a new one.
+    if (!this._idleToCommit)
+      GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+    else
+      // We'll manage commit ourself while this routine is active.
+      this._idleToCommit = false;
+
+    this._perfIndexStopwatch.start();
+    let batchCount;
+    let haveMoreWork = true;
+    let transactionToCommit = true;
+    let inIdle;
+
+    let notifyDecimator = 0;
+
+    while (haveMoreWork) {
+      // Both explicit work activity points (sync + async) and transfer of
+      //  control return (via kWorkDone*) results in a token being eaten.  The
+      //  idea now is to make tokens less precious so that the adaptive logic
+      //  can adjust them with less impact.  (Before this change, doing 1
+      //  token's work per cycle ended up being an entire non-idle time-slice's
+      //  work.)
+      // During this loop we track the clock real-time used even though we
+      //  frequently yield to asynchronous operations.  These asynchronous
+      //  operations are either database queries or message streaming requests.
+      //  Both may involve disk I/O but no network I/O (since we only stream
+      //  messages that are already available offline), but in an ideal
+      //  situation will come from cache and so the work this function kicks off
+      //  will dominate.
+      // We do not use the CPU time to this end because...
+      //  1) Our timer granularity on linux is worse for CPU than for wall time.
+      //  2) That can fail to account for our I/O cost.
+      //  3) If something with a high priority / low latency need (like playing
+      //     a video) is fighting us, although using CPU time will accurately
+      //     express how much time we are actually spending to index, our goal
+      //     is to control the duration of our time slices, not be "right" about
+      //     the actual CPU cost.  In that case, if we attempted to take on more
+      //     work, we would likely interfere with the higher priority process or
+      //     make ourselves less responsive by drawing out the period of time we
+      //     are dominating the main thread.
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch.start();
+      // For telemetry purposes, we want to know how many messages we've been
+      //  processing during that batch, and how long it took, pauses included.
+      let t0 = Date.now();
+      this._indexedMessageCount = 0;
+      batchCount = 0;
+      while (batchCount < this._indexTokens) {
+        if ((this._callbackHandle.activeIterator === null) &&
+            !this._hireJobWorker()) {
+          haveMoreWork = false;
+          break;
+        }
+        batchCount++;
+
+        // XXX for performance, we may want to move the try outside the for loop
+        //  with a quasi-redundant outer loop that shunts control back inside
+        //  if we left the loop due to an exception (without consuming all the
+        //  tokens.)
+        try {
+          switch (this._callbackHandle
+                      .activeIterator.next(this._workBatchData).value) {
+            case this.kWorkSync:
+              this._workBatchData = undefined;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkAsync:
+              this._workBatchData = yield this.kWorkAsync;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkDone:
+              this._callbackHandle.pop();
+              this._workBatchData = undefined;
+              break;
+            case this.kWorkDoneWithResult:
+              this._workBatchData = this._callbackHandle.popWithResult();
+              break;
+            default:
+              break;
+          }
+        }
+        catch (ex) {
+          this._log.debug("Exception in batch processing:", ex);
+          let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+          if (workerDef.recover) {
+            let recoverToDepth;
+            try {
+              recoverToDepth =
+              workerDef.recover.call(workerDef.indexer,
+                                     this._curIndexingJob,
+                                       this._callbackHandle.contextStack,
+                                       ex);
+            }
+            catch (ex2) {
+              this._log.error("Worker '" + workerDef.name +
+                              "' recovery function itself failed:", ex2);
+            }
+            if (this._unitTestHookRecover)
+              this._unitTestHookRecover(recoverToDepth, ex,
+                                        this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+
+            if (recoverToDepth) {
+              this._callbackHandle.cleanup(recoverToDepth);
+              continue;
+            }
+          }
+          // (we either did not have a recover handler or it couldn't recover)
+          // call the cleanup helper if there is one
+          if (workerDef.cleanup) {
+            try {
+            workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+            }
+            catch (ex2) {
+              this._log.error("Worker '" + workerDef.name +
+                              "' cleanup function itself failed:", ex2);
+            }
+            if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+              this._unitTestHookCleanup(true, ex, this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+          }
+          else {
+            if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+              this._unitTestHookCleanup(false, ex, this._curIndexingJob,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+          }
+
+          // Clean out everything on the async stack, warn about the job, kill.
+          // We do not log this warning lightly; it will break unit tests and
+          //  be visible to users.  Anything expected should likely have a
+          //  recovery function or the cleanup logic should be extended to
+          //  indicate that the failure is acceptable.
+          this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+          this._log.warn("Problem during " + this._curIndexingJob +
+            ", bailing:", ex);
+          this._curIndexingJob = null;
+          // the data must now be invalid
+          this._workBatchData = undefined;
+        }
+      }
+      this._perfIndexStopwatch.stop();
+
+      // idleTime can throw if there is no idle-provider available, such as an
+      //  X session without the relevant extensions available.  In this case
+      //  we assume that the user is never idle.
+      try {
+        // We want to stop ASAP when leaving idle, so we can't rely on the
+        // standard polled callback. We do the polling ourselves.
+        if (this._idleService.idleTime < this._INDEX_IDLE_ADJUSTMENT_TIME) {
+          inIdle = false;
+          this._cpuTargetIndexTime = this._CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_ACTIVE;
+        }
+        else {
+          inIdle = true;
+          this._cpuTargetIndexTime = this._CPU_TARGET_INDEX_TIME_IDLE;
+        }
+      }
+      catch (ex) {
+        inIdle = false;
+      }
+
+      // take a breather by having the caller re-schedule us sometime in the
+      //  future, but only if we're going to perform another loop iteration.
+      if (haveMoreWork) {
+        notifyDecimator = (notifyDecimator + 1) % 32;
+        if (!notifyDecimator)
+          this._notifyListeners();
+
+        for (let pauseCount = 0;
+             pauseCount < this._PAUSE_REPEAT_LIMIT;
+             pauseCount++) {
+          this._perfPauseStopwatch.start();
+
+          yield this.kWorkPause;
+
+          this._perfPauseStopwatch.stop();
+          // We repeat the pause if the pause was longer than
+          //  we expected, or if it used a significant amount
+          //  of cpu, either of which indicate significant other
+          //  activity.
+          if ((this._perfPauseStopwatch.cpuTimeSeconds * 1000 <
+               this._CPU_IS_BUSY_TIME) &&
+              (this._perfPauseStopwatch.realTimeSeconds * 1000 -
+               this._INDEX_INTERVAL < this._PAUSE_LATE_IS_BUSY_TIME))
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+
+      // All pauses have been taken, how effective were we? Report!
+      // XXX: there's possibly a lot of fluctuation since we go through here
+      // every 5 messages or even less
+      if (this._indexedMessageCount > 0) {
+        let delta = (Date.now() - t0)/1000; // in seconds
+        let v = Math.round(this._indexedMessageCount/delta);
+        try {
+          let h = Services.telemetry
+            .getHistogramById("THUNDERBIRD_INDEXING_RATE_MSG_PER_S");
+          h.add(v);
+        } catch (e) {
+          this._log.warn("Couldn't report telemetry", e, v);
+        }
+      }
+
+      if (batchCount > 0) {
+        let totalTime = this._perfIndexStopwatch.realTimeSeconds * 1000;
+        let timePerToken = totalTime / batchCount;
+        // Damp the average time since it is a rough estimate only.
+        this._cpuAverageTimePerToken =
+          (totalTime +
+           this._CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING * this._cpuAverageTimePerToken) /
+          (batchCount + this._CPU_AVERAGE_TIME_DAMPING);
+        // We use the larger of the recent or the average time per token, so
+        //  that we can respond quickly to slow down indexing if there
+        //  is a sudden increase in time per token.
+        let bestTimePerToken =
+            Math.max(timePerToken, this._cpuAverageTimePerToken);
+        // Always index at least one token!
+        this._indexTokens =
+            Math.max(1, this._cpuTargetIndexTime / bestTimePerToken);
+        // But no more than the a maximum limit, just for sanity's sake.
+        this._indexTokens = Math.min(this._CPU_MAX_TOKENS_PER_BATCH,
+                                     this._indexTokens);
+        this._indexTokens = Math.ceil(this._indexTokens);
+      }
+
+      // Should we try to commit now?
+      let elapsed = Date.now() - this._lastCommitTime;
+      // Commit tends to cause a brief UI pause, so we try to delay it (but not
+      //  forever) if the user is active. If we're done and idling, we'll also
+      //  commit, otherwise we'll let the idle callback do it.
+      let doCommit = transactionToCommit &&
+                     ((elapsed > this._MAXIMUM_COMMIT_TIME) ||
+                      (inIdle &&
+                       (elapsed > this._MINIMUM_COMMIT_TIME || !haveMoreWork)));
+      if (doCommit) {
+        GlodaCollectionManager.cacheCommitDirty();
+        // Set up an async notification to happen after the commit completes so
+        //  that we can avoid the indexer doing something with the database that
+        //  causes the main thread to block against the completion of the commit
+        //  (which can be a while) on 1.9.1.
+        GlodaDatastore.runPostCommit(this._callbackHandle.wrappedCallback);
+        // kick off the commit
+        GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+        yield this.kWorkAsync;
+        // Let's do the GC after the commit completes just so we can avoid
+        //  having any ugly interactions.
+        GlodaUtils.forceGarbageCollection(false);
+        this._lastCommitTime = Date.now();
+        // Restart the transaction if we still have work.
+        if (haveMoreWork)
+          GlodaDatastore._beginTransaction();
+        else
+          transactionToCommit = false;
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._notifyListeners();
+
+    // If we still have a transaction to commit, tell idle to do the commit
+    //  when it gets around to it.
+    if (transactionToCommit)
+      this._idleToCommit = true;
+
+    yield this.kWorkDone;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Maps indexing job type names to a worker definition.
+   * The worker definition is an object with the following attributes where
+   *  only worker is required:
+   * - worker:
+   * - onSchedule: A function to be invoked when the worker is scheduled.  The
+   *    job is passed as an argument.
+   * - recover:
+   * - cleanup:
+   */
+  _indexerWorkerDefs: {},
+  /**
+   * Perform the initialization step and return a generator if there is any
+   *  steady-state processing to be had.
+   */
+  _hireJobWorker: function gloda_index_hireJobWorker() {
+    // In no circumstances should there be data bouncing around from previous
+    //  calls if we are here.  |killActiveJob| depends on this.
+    this._workBatchData = undefined;
+
+    if (this._indexQueue.length == 0) {
+      this._log.info("--- Done indexing, disabling timer renewal.");
+
+      this._curIndexingJob = null;
+      this._indexingDesired = false;
+      this._indexingJobCount = 0;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    let job = this._curIndexingJob = this._indexQueue.shift();
+    this._indexingJobCount++;
+
+    let generator = null;
+
+    if (job.jobType in this._indexerWorkerDefs) {
+      let workerDef = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType];
+      job._workerDef = workerDef;
+
+      // Prior to creating the worker, call the scheduling trigger function
+      //  if there is one.  This is so that jobs can be finalized.  The
+      //  initial use case is event-driven message indexing that accumulates
+      //  a list of messages to index but wants it locked down once we start
+      //  processing the list.
+      if (workerDef.onSchedule)
+        workerDef.onSchedule.call(workerDef.indexer, job);
+
+      generator = workerDef.worker.call(workerDef.indexer, job,
+                                        this._callbackHandle);
+    }
+    else {
+      // Nothing we can do about this.  Be loud about it and try to schedule
+      //  something else.
+      this._log.error("Unknown job type: " + job.jobType);
+      return this._hireJobWorker();
+    }
+
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+      this._log.debug("Hired job of type: " + job.jobType);
+
+    this._notifyListeners();
+
+    if (generator) {
+      this._callbackHandle.push(generator);
+      return true;
+    }
+    else
+      return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Schedule a job for indexing.
+   */
+  indexJob: function glodaIndexJob(aJob) {
+    this._log.info("Queue-ing job for indexing: " + aJob.jobType);
+
+    this._indexQueue.push(aJob);
+    this.indexing = true;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Kill the active job.  This means a few things:
+   * - Kill all the generators in the callbackHandle stack.
+   * - If we are currently waiting on an async return, we need to make sure it
+   *    does not screw us up.
+   * - Make sure the job's cleanup function gets called if appropriate.
+   *
+   * The async return case is actually not too troublesome.  Since there is an
+   *  active indexing job and we are not (by fiat) in that call stack, we know
+   *  that the callback driver is guaranteed to get triggered again somehow.
+   *  The only issue is to make sure that _workBatchData does not end up with
+   *  the data.  We compel |_hireJobWorker| to erase it to this end.
+   *
+   * @note You MUST NOT call this function from inside a job or an async funtion
+   *    on the callbackHandle's stack of generators.  If you are in that
+   *    situation, you should just throw an exception.  At the very least,
+   *    use a timeout to trigger us.
+   */
+  killActiveJob: function() {
+    // There is nothing to do if we have no job
+    if (!this._curIndexingJob)
+      return;
+
+    // -- Blow away the stack with cleanup.
+    let workerDef = this._curIndexingJob._workerDef;
+    if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+      this._log.debug("Killing job of type: " + this._curIndexingJob.jobType);
+    if (this._unitTestHookCleanup)
+      this._unitTestHookCleanup(workerDef.cleanup ? true : false,
+                                "no exception, this was killActiveJob",
+                                this._curIndexingJob,
+                                this._callbackHandle);
+    this._callbackHandle.cleanup();
+    if (workerDef.cleanup)
+      workerDef.cleanup.call(workerDef.indexer, this._curIndexingJob);
+
+    // Eliminate the job.
+    this._curIndexingJob = null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Purge all jobs that the filter function returns true for.  This does not
+   *  kill the active job, use |killActiveJob| to do that.
+   *
+   * Make sure to call this function before killActiveJob
+   *
+   * @param aFilterElimFunc A filter function that takes an |IndexingJob| and
+   *     returns true if the job should be purged, false if it should not be.
+   *     The filter sees the jobs in the order they are scheduled.
+   */
+  purgeJobsUsingFilter: function(aFilterElimFunc) {
+    for (let iJob = 0; iJob < this._indexQueue.length; iJob++) {
+      let job = this._indexQueue[iJob];
+
+      // If the filter says to, splice the job out of existence (and make sure
+      //  to fixup iJob to compensate.)
+      if (aFilterElimFunc(job)) {
+        if (this._unitTestSuperVerbose)
+          this._log.debug("Purging job of type: " + job.jobType);
+        this._indexQueue.splice(iJob--, 1);
+        let workerDef = this._indexerWorkerDefs[job.jobType];
+        if (workerDef.jobCanceled)
+          workerDef.jobCanceled.call(workerDef.indexer, job);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /* *********** Event Processing *********** */
+  observe: function gloda_indexer_observe(aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    // idle
+    if (aTopic == "idle") {
+      // Do we need to commit an indexer transaction?
+      if (this._idleToCommit) {
+        this._idleToCommit = false;
+        GlodaCollectionManager.cacheCommitDirty();
+        GlodaDatastore._commitTransaction();
+        this._lastCommitTime = Date.now();
+        this._notifyListeners();
+      }
+    }
+    // offline status
+    else if (aTopic == "network:offline-status-changed") {
+      if (aData == "offline") {
+        this.suppressIndexing = true;
+      }
+      else { // online
+        this.suppressIndexing = false;
+      }
+    }
+    // shutdown fallback
+    else if (aTopic == "quit-application") {
+      this._shutdown();
+    }
+  },
+
+
+};
+// we used to initialize here; now we have public.js do it for us after the
+//  indexers register themselves so we know about all our built-in indexers
+//  at init-time.
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..379c669e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/log4moz.js
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['Log4Moz'];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+var MODE_RDONLY   = 0x01;
+var MODE_WRONLY   = 0x02;
+var MODE_CREATE   = 0x08;
+var MODE_APPEND   = 0x10;
+var MODE_TRUNCATE = 0x20;
+
+var PERMS_FILE      = parseInt("0644", 8);
+var PERMS_DIRECTORY = parseInt("0755", 8);
+
+var ONE_BYTE = 1;
+var ONE_KILOBYTE = 1024 * ONE_BYTE;
+var ONE_MEGABYTE = 1024 * ONE_KILOBYTE;
+
+var DEFAULT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT_DELAY = 5;
+
+var CDATA_START = "<![CDATA[";
+var CDATA_END = "]]>";
+var CDATA_ESCAPED_END = CDATA_END + "]]&gt;" + CDATA_START;
+
+var Log4Moz = {
+  Level: {
+    Fatal:  70,
+    Error:  60,
+    Warn:   50,
+    Info:   40,
+    Config: 30,
+    Debug:  20,
+    Trace:  10,
+    All:    0,
+    Desc: {
+      70: "FATAL",
+      60: "ERROR",
+      50: "WARN",
+      40: "INFO",
+      30: "CONFIG",
+      20: "DEBUG",
+      10: "TRACE",
+      0:  "ALL"
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Create a logger and configure it with dump and console appenders as
+   * specified by prefs based on the logger name.
+   *
+   * E.g., if the loggername is foo, then look for prefs
+   *   foo.logging.console
+   *   foo.logging.dump
+   *
+   * whose values can be empty: no logging of that type; or any of
+   * 'Fatal', 'Error', 'Warn', 'Info', 'Config', 'Debug', 'Trace', 'All',
+   * in which case the logging level for each appender will be set accordingly
+   *
+   * Parameters:
+   *
+   * @param loggername The name of the logger
+   * @param level (optional) the level of the logger itself
+   * @param consoleLevel (optional) the level of the console appender
+   * @param dumpLevel (optional) the level of the dump appender
+   *
+   * As described above, well-named prefs override the last two parameters
+   **/
+
+  getConfiguredLogger: function(loggername, level, consoleLevel, dumpLevel) {
+    let log = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger(loggername);
+    if (log._configured)
+      return log
+
+    let formatter = new Log4Moz.BasicFormatter();
+
+    level = level || Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+
+    consoleLevel = consoleLevel || -1;
+    dumpLevel = dumpLevel || -1;
+    let branch = Services.prefs.getBranch(loggername + ".logging.");
+    if (branch)
+    {
+      try {
+        // figure out if event-driven indexing should be enabled...
+        let consoleLevelString = branch.getCharPref("console");
+        if (consoleLevelString) {
+          // capitalize to fit with Log4Moz.Level expectations
+          consoleLevelString = consoleLevelString.charAt(0).toUpperCase() +
+             consoleLevelString.substr(1).toLowerCase();
+          consoleLevel = (consoleLevelString == 'None') ?
+                          100 : Log4Moz.Level[consoleLevelString];
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        // Ignore if preference is not found
+      }
+      try {
+        let dumpLevelString = branch.getCharPref("dump");
+        if (dumpLevelString) {
+          // capitalize to fit with Log4Moz.Level expectations
+          dumpLevelString = dumpLevelString.charAt(0).toUpperCase() +
+             dumpLevelString.substr(1).toLowerCase();
+          dumpLevel = (dumpLevelString == 'None') ?
+                       100 : Log4Moz.Level[dumpLevelString];
+        }
+      } catch (ex) {
+        // Ignore if preference is not found
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (consoleLevel != 100) {
+      if (consoleLevel == -1)
+        consoleLevel = Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+      let capp = new Log4Moz.ConsoleAppender(formatter);
+      capp.level = consoleLevel;
+      log.addAppender(capp);
+    }
+
+    if (dumpLevel != 100) {
+      if (dumpLevel == -1)
+        dumpLevel = Log4Moz.Level.Error;
+      let dapp = new Log4Moz.DumpAppender(formatter);
+      dapp.level = dumpLevel;
+      log.addAppender(dapp);
+    }
+
+    log.level = Math.min(level, Math.min(consoleLevel, dumpLevel));
+
+    log._configured = true;
+
+    return log;
+  },
+
+  get repository() {
+    delete Log4Moz.repository;
+    Log4Moz.repository = new LoggerRepository();
+    return Log4Moz.repository;
+  },
+  set repository(value) {
+    delete Log4Moz.repository;
+    Log4Moz.repository = value;
+  },
+
+  get LogMessage() { return LogMessage; },
+  get Logger() { return Logger; },
+  get LoggerRepository() { return LoggerRepository; },
+
+  get Formatter() { return Formatter; },
+  get BasicFormatter() { return BasicFormatter; },
+  get XMLFormatter() { return XMLFormatter; },
+  get JSONFormatter() { return JSONFormatter; },
+  get Appender() { return Appender; },
+  get DumpAppender() { return DumpAppender; },
+  get ConsoleAppender() { return ConsoleAppender; },
+  get TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender() { return TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender; },
+  get FileAppender() { return FileAppender; },
+  get SocketAppender() { return SocketAppender; },
+  get RotatingFileAppender() { return RotatingFileAppender; },
+  get ThrowingAppender() { return ThrowingAppender; },
+
+  // Logging helper:
+  // let logger = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("foo");
+  // logger.info(Log4Moz.enumerateInterfaces(someObject).join(","));
+  enumerateInterfaces: function Log4Moz_enumerateInterfaces(aObject) {
+    let interfaces = [];
+
+    for (i in Ci) {
+      try {
+        aObject.QueryInterface(Ci[i]);
+        interfaces.push(i);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {}
+    }
+
+    return interfaces;
+  },
+
+  // Logging helper:
+  // let logger = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("foo");
+  // logger.info(Log4Moz.enumerateProperties(someObject).join(","));
+  enumerateProperties: function Log4Moz_enumerateProps(aObject,
+                                                       aExcludeComplexTypes) {
+    let properties = [];
+
+    for (var p in aObject) {
+      try {
+        if (aExcludeComplexTypes &&
+            (typeof aObject[p] == "object" || typeof aObject[p] == "function"))
+          continue;
+        properties.push(p + " = " + aObject[p]);
+      }
+      catch(ex) {
+        properties.push(p + " = " + ex);
+      }
+    }
+
+    return properties;
+  }
+};
+
+function LoggerContext() {
+  this._started = this._lastStateChange = Date.now();
+  this._state = "started";
+}
+LoggerContext.prototype = {
+  _jsonMe: true,
+  _id: "unknown",
+  setState: function LoggerContext_state(aState) {
+    this._state = aState;
+    this._lastStateChange = Date.now();
+    return this;
+  },
+  finish: function LoggerContext_finish() {
+    this._finished = Date.now();
+    this._state = "finished";
+    return this;
+  },
+  toString: function LoggerContext_toString() {
+    return "[Context: " + this._id + " state: " + this._state + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * LogMessage
+ * Encapsulates a single log event's data
+ */
+function LogMessage(loggerName, level, messageObjects){
+  this.loggerName = loggerName;
+  this.messageObjects = messageObjects;
+  this.level = level;
+  this.time = Date.now();
+}
+LogMessage.prototype = {
+  get levelDesc() {
+    if (this.level in Log4Moz.Level.Desc)
+      return Log4Moz.Level.Desc[this.level];
+    return "UNKNOWN";
+  },
+
+  toString: function LogMsg_toString(){
+    return "LogMessage [" + this.time + " " + this.level + " " +
+      this.messageObjects + "]";
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Logger
+ * Hierarchical version.  Logs to all appenders, assigned or inherited
+ */
+
+function Logger(name, repository) {
+  this._init(name, repository);
+}
+Logger.prototype = {
+  _init: function Logger__init(name, repository) {
+    if (!repository)
+      repository = Log4Moz.repository;
+    this._name = name;
+    this.children = [];
+    this.ownAppenders = [];
+    this.appenders = [];
+    this._repository = repository;
+  },
+
+  get name() {
+    return this._name;
+  },
+
+  _level: null,
+  get level() {
+    if (this._level != null)
+      return this._level;
+    if (this.parent)
+      return this.parent.level;
+    dump("log4moz warning: root logger configuration error: no level defined\n");
+    return Log4Moz.Level.All;
+  },
+  set level(level) {
+    this._level = level;
+  },
+
+  _parent: null,
+  get parent() { return this._parent; },
+  set parent(parent) {
+    if (this._parent == parent) {
+      return;
+    }
+    // Remove ourselves from parent's children
+    if (this._parent) {
+      let index = this._parent.children.indexOf(this);
+      if (index != -1) {
+        this._parent.children.splice(index, 1);
+      }
+    }
+    this._parent = parent;
+    parent.children.push(this);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  updateAppenders: function updateAppenders() {
+    if (this._parent) {
+      let notOwnAppenders = this._parent.appenders.filter(function(appender) {
+        return this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender) == -1;
+      }, this);
+      this.appenders = notOwnAppenders.concat(this.ownAppenders);
+    } else {
+      this.appenders = this.ownAppenders.slice();
+    }
+
+    // Update children's appenders.
+    for (let i = 0; i < this.children.length; i++) {
+      this.children[i].updateAppenders();
+    }
+  },
+
+  addAppender: function Logger_addAppender(appender) {
+    if (this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender) != -1) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this.ownAppenders.push(appender);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  _nextContextId: 0,
+  newContext: function Logger_newContext(objWithProps) {
+    if (!("_id" in objWithProps))
+      objWithProps._id = this._name + ":" + (++this._nextContextId);
+
+    let c = new LoggerContext();
+    c._isContext = true;
+    for (let key in objWithProps) {
+      c[key] = objWithProps[key];
+    }
+    return c;
+  },
+
+  log: function Logger_log(message) {
+    if (this.level > message.level)
+      return;
+    let appenders = this.appenders;
+    for (let i = 0; i < appenders.length; i++){
+      appenders[i].append(message);
+    }
+  },
+
+  removeAppender: function Logger_removeAppender(appender) {
+    let index = this.ownAppenders.indexOf(appender);
+    if (index == -1) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this.ownAppenders.splice(index, 1);
+    this.updateAppenders();
+  },
+
+  log: function Logger_log(level, args) {
+    if (this.level > level)
+      return;
+
+    // Hold off on creating the message object until we actually have
+    // an appender that's responsible.
+    let message;
+    let appenders = this.appenders;
+    for (let i = 0; i < appenders.length; i++){
+      let appender = appenders[i];
+      if (appender.level > level)
+        continue;
+
+      if (!message)
+        message = new LogMessage(this._name, level,
+                                 Array.prototype.slice.call(args));
+
+      appender.append(message);
+    }
+  },
+
+  fatal: function Logger_fatal() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Fatal, arguments);
+  },
+  error: function Logger_error() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Error, arguments);
+  },
+  warn: function Logger_warn() {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Warn, arguments);
+  },
+  info: function Logger_info(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Info, arguments);
+  },
+  config: function Logger_config(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Config, arguments);
+  },
+  debug: function Logger_debug(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Debug, arguments);
+  },
+  trace: function Logger_trace(string) {
+    this.log(Log4Moz.Level.Trace, arguments);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * LoggerRepository
+ * Implements a hierarchy of Loggers
+ */
+
+function LoggerRepository() {}
+LoggerRepository.prototype = {
+  _loggers: {},
+
+  _rootLogger: null,
+  get rootLogger() {
+    if (!this._rootLogger) {
+      this._rootLogger = new Logger("root", this);
+      this._rootLogger.level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+    }
+    return this._rootLogger;
+  },
+  set rootLogger(logger) {
+    throw "Cannot change the root logger";
+  },
+
+  _updateParents: function LogRep__updateParents(name) {
+    let pieces = name.split('.');
+    let cur, parent;
+
+    // find the closest parent
+    // don't test for the logger name itself, as there's a chance it's already
+    // there in this._loggers
+    for (let i = 0; i < pieces.length - 1; i++) {
+      if (cur)
+        cur += '.' + pieces[i];
+      else
+        cur = pieces[i];
+      if (cur in this._loggers)
+        parent = cur;
+    }
+
+    // if we didn't assign a parent above, there is no parent
+    if (!parent)
+      this._loggers[name].parent = this.rootLogger;
+    else
+      this._loggers[name].parent = this._loggers[parent];
+
+    // trigger updates for any possible descendants of this logger
+    for (let logger in this._loggers) {
+      if (logger != name && logger.indexOf(name) == 0)
+        this._updateParents(logger);
+    }
+  },
+
+  getLogger: function LogRep_getLogger(name) {
+    if (name in this._loggers)
+      return this._loggers[name];
+    this._loggers[name] = new Logger(name, this);
+    this._updateParents(name);
+    return this._loggers[name];
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * Formatters
+ * These massage a LogMessage into whatever output is desired
+ * Only the BasicFormatter is currently implemented
+ */
+
+// Abstract formatter
+function Formatter() {}
+Formatter.prototype = {
+  format: function Formatter_format(message) {}
+};
+
+// services' log4moz lost the date formatting default...
+function BasicFormatter(dateFormat) {
+  if (dateFormat)
+    this.dateFormat = dateFormat;
+}
+BasicFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  _dateFormat: null,
+
+  get dateFormat() {
+    if (!this._dateFormat)
+      this._dateFormat = "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S";
+    return this._dateFormat;
+  },
+
+  set dateFormat(format) {
+    this._dateFormat = format;
+  },
+
+  format: function BF_format(message) {
+    let date = new Date(message.time);
+    // The trick below prevents errors further down because mo is null or
+    //  undefined.
+    let messageString = message.messageObjects.map(mo => "" + mo).join(" ");
+    return date.toLocaleFormat(this.dateFormat) + "\t" +
+      message.loggerName + "\t" + message.levelDesc + "\t" +
+      messageString + "\n";
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * XMLFormatter
+ * Format like log4j's XMLLayout.  The intent is that you can hook this up to
+ * a SocketAppender and point them at a Chainsaw GUI running with an
+ * XMLSocketReceiver running.  Then your output comes out in Chainsaw.
+ * (Chainsaw is log4j's GUI that displays log output with niceties such as
+ * filtering and conditional coloring.)
+ */
+
+function XMLFormatter() {}
+XMLFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  format: function XF_format(message) {
+    let cdataEscapedMessage =
+      message.messageObjects
+        .map(mo => (typeof(mo) == "object") ? mo.toString() : mo)
+        .join(" ")
+        .split(CDATA_END).join(CDATA_ESCAPED_END);
+    return "<log4j:event logger='" + message.loggerName + "' " +
+                        "level='" + message.levelDesc + "' thread='unknown' " +
+                        "timestamp='" + message.time + "'>" +
+      "<log4j:message><![CDATA[" + cdataEscapedMessage + "]]></log4j:message>" +
+      "</log4j:event>";
+  }
+};
+
+function JSONFormatter() {
+}
+JSONFormatter.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Formatter.prototype,
+
+  format: function JF_format(message) {
+    // XXX I did all kinds of questionable things in here; they should be
+    //  resolved...
+    // 1) JSON does not walk the __proto__ chain; there is no need to clobber
+    //   it.
+    // 2) Our net mutation is sorta redundant messageObjects alongside
+    //   msgObjects, although we only serialize one.
+    let origMessageObjects = message.messageObjects;
+    message.messageObjects = [];
+    let reProto = [];
+    for (let messageObject of origMessageObjects) {
+      if (messageObject)
+        if (messageObject._jsonMe) {
+          message.messageObjects.push(messageObject);
+// FIXME: the commented out code should be fixed in a better way.
+// See bug 984539: find a good way to avoid JSONing the impl in log4moz
+//          // temporarily strip the prototype to avoid JSONing the impl.
+//          reProto.push([messageObject, messageObject.__proto__]);
+//          messageObject.__proto__ = undefined;
+        }
+        else
+          message.messageObjects.push(messageObject.toString());
+      else
+        message.messageObjects.push(messageObject);
+    }
+    let encoded = JSON.stringify(message) + "\r\n";
+    message.msgObjects = origMessageObjects;
+//    for (let objectAndProtoPair of reProto) {
+//      objectAndProtoPair[0].__proto__ = objectAndProtoPair[1];
+//    }
+    return encoded;
+  }
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Appenders
+ * These can be attached to Loggers to log to different places
+ * Simply subclass and override doAppend to implement a new one
+ */
+
+function Appender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "Appender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+Appender.prototype = {
+  _level: Log4Moz.Level.All,
+
+  append: function App_append(message) {
+    this.doAppend(this._formatter.format(message));
+  },
+  toString: function App_toString() {
+    return this._name + " [level=" + this._level +
+      ", formatter=" + this._formatter + "]";
+  },
+  doAppend: function App_doAppend(message) {}
+};
+
+/*
+ * DumpAppender
+ * Logs to standard out
+ */
+
+function DumpAppender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "DumpAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+DumpAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function DApp_doAppend(message) {
+    dump(message);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * An in-memory appender that always logs to its in-memory bucket and associates
+ * each message with a timestamp.  Whoever creates us is responsible for causing
+ * us to switch to a new bucket using whatever criteria is appropriate.
+ *
+ * This is intended to be used roughly like an in-memory circular buffer.  The
+ * expectation is that we are being used for unit tests and that each unit test
+ * function will get its own bucket.  In the event that a test fails we would
+ * be asked for the contents of the current bucket and some portion of the
+ * previous bucket using up to some duration.
+ */
+function TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender() {
+  this._name = "TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender";
+  this._level = Log4Moz.Level.All;
+
+  this._lastBucket = null;
+  // to minimize object construction, even indices are timestamps, odd indices
+  //  are the message objects.
+  this._curBucket = [];
+  this._curBucketStartedAt = Date.now();
+}
+TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender.prototype = {
+  get level() { return this._level; },
+  set level(level) { this._level = level; },
+
+  append: function TAMBA_append(message) {
+    if (this._level <= message.level)
+      this._curBucket.push(message);
+  },
+
+  newBucket: function() {
+    this._lastBucket = this._curBucket;
+    this._curBucketStartedAt = Date.now();
+    this._curBucket = [];
+  },
+
+  getPreviousBucketEvents: function(aNumMS) {
+    let lastBucket = this._lastBucket;
+    if (lastBucket == null || !lastBucket.length)
+      return [];
+    let timeBound = this._curBucketStartedAt - aNumMS;
+    // seek backwards through the list...
+    let i;
+    for (i = lastBucket.length - 1; i >= 0; i --) {
+      if (lastBucket[i].time < timeBound)
+        break;
+    }
+    return lastBucket.slice(i+1);
+  },
+
+  getBucketEvents: function() {
+    return this._curBucket.concat();
+  },
+
+  toString: function() {
+    return "[TimeAwareMemoryBucketAppender]";
+  },
+};
+
+/*
+ * ConsoleAppender
+ * Logs to the javascript console
+ */
+
+function ConsoleAppender(formatter) {
+  this._name = "ConsoleAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter;
+}
+ConsoleAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  // override to send Error and higher level messages to Components.utils.reportError()
+  append: function CApp_append(message) {
+    let stringMessage = this._formatter.format(message);
+    if (message.level > Log4Moz.Level.Warn) {
+      Cu.reportError(stringMessage);
+    }
+    this.doAppend(stringMessage);
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function CApp_doAppend(message) {
+    Services.console.logStringMessage(message);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * FileAppender
+ * Logs to a file
+ */
+
+function FileAppender(file, formatter) {
+  this._name = "FileAppender";
+  this._file = file; // nsIFile
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+}
+FileAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  __fos: null,
+  get _fos() {
+    if (!this.__fos)
+      this.openStream();
+    return this.__fos;
+  },
+
+  openStream: function FApp_openStream() {
+    this.__fos = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/file-output-stream;1"].
+      createInstance(Ci.nsIFileOutputStream);
+    let flags = MODE_WRONLY | MODE_CREATE | MODE_APPEND;
+    this.__fos.init(this._file, flags, PERMS_FILE, 0);
+  },
+
+  closeStream: function FApp_closeStream() {
+    if (!this.__fos)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.__fos.close();
+      this.__fos = null;
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Failed to close file output stream\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function FApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this._fos.write(message, message.length);
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Error writing file:\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+
+  clear: function FApp_clear() {
+    this.closeStream();
+    this._file.remove(false);
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * RotatingFileAppender
+ * Similar to FileAppender, but rotates logs when they become too large
+ */
+
+function RotatingFileAppender(file, formatter, maxSize, maxBackups) {
+  if (maxSize === undefined)
+    maxSize = ONE_MEGABYTE * 2;
+
+  if (maxBackups === undefined)
+    maxBackups = 0;
+
+  this._name = "RotatingFileAppender";
+  this._file = file; // nsIFile
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._maxSize = maxSize;
+  this._maxBackups = maxBackups;
+}
+RotatingFileAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: FileAppender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function RFApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this.rotateLogs();
+      this._fos.write(message, message.length);
+    } catch(e) {
+      dump("Error writing file:\n" + e);
+    }
+  },
+  rotateLogs: function RFApp_rotateLogs() {
+    if(this._file.exists() &&
+       this._file.fileSize < this._maxSize)
+      return;
+
+    this.closeStream();
+
+    for (let i = this.maxBackups - 1; i > 0; i--){
+      let backup = this._file.parent.clone();
+      backup.append(this._file.leafName + "." + i);
+      if (backup.exists())
+        backup.moveTo(this._file.parent, this._file.leafName + "." + (i + 1));
+    }
+
+    let cur = this._file.clone();
+    if (cur.exists())
+      cur.moveTo(cur.parent, cur.leafName + ".1");
+
+    // Note: this._file still points to the same file
+  }
+};
+
+/*
+ * SocketAppender
+ * Logs via TCP to a given host and port.  Attempts to automatically reconnect
+ * when the connection drops or cannot be initially re-established.  Connection
+ * attempts will happen at most every timeoutDelay seconds (has a sane default
+ * if left blank).  Messages are dropped when there is no connection.
+ */
+
+function SocketAppender(host, port, formatter, timeoutDelay) {
+  this._name = "SocketAppender";
+  this._host = host;
+  this._port = port;
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._timeout_delay = timeoutDelay || DEFAULT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT_DELAY;
+
+  this._socketService = Cc["@mozilla.org/network/socket-transport-service;1"]
+                          .getService(Ci.nsISocketTransportService);
+  this._mainThread = Services.tm.mainThread;
+}
+SocketAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  __nos: null,
+  get _nos() {
+    if (!this.__nos)
+      this.openStream();
+    return this.__nos;
+  },
+  _nextCheck: 0,
+  openStream: function SApp_openStream() {
+    let now = Date.now();
+    if (now <= this._nextCheck) {
+      return;
+    }
+    this._nextCheck = now + this._timeout_delay * 1000;
+    try {
+      this._transport = this._socketService.createTransport(
+        null, 0, // default socket type
+        this._host, this._port,
+        null); // no proxy
+      this._transport.setTimeout(Ci.nsISocketTransport.TIMEOUT_CONNECT,
+                                 this._timeout_delay);
+      // do not set a timeout for TIMEOUT_READ_WRITE. The timeout is not
+      //  entirely intuitive; your socket will time out if no one reads or
+      //  writes to the socket within the timeout.  That, as you can imagine,
+      //  is not what we want.
+      this._transport.setEventSink(this, this._mainThread);
+
+      let outputStream = this._transport.openOutputStream(
+        0, // neither blocking nor unbuffered operation is desired
+        0, // default buffer size is fine
+        0 // default buffer count is fine
+        );
+
+      let uniOutputStream = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/converter-output-stream;1"]
+                              .createInstance(Ci.nsIConverterOutputStream);
+      uniOutputStream.init(outputStream, "utf-8", 0, 0x0000);
+
+      this.__nos = uniOutputStream;
+    } catch (ex) {
+      dump("Unexpected SocketAppender connection problem: " +
+           ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex + "\n");
+    }
+  },
+
+  closeStream: function SApp_closeStream() {
+    if (!this._transport)
+      return;
+    try {
+      this._connected = false;
+      this._transport = null;
+      let nos = this.__nos;
+      this.__nos = null;
+      nos.close();
+    } catch(e) {
+      // this shouldn't happen, but no one cares
+    }
+  },
+
+  doAppend: function SApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (message === null || message.length <= 0)
+      return;
+    try {
+      let nos = this._nos;
+      if (nos)
+        nos.writeString(message);
+    } catch(e) {
+      if (this._transport && !this._transport.isAlive()) {
+        this.closeStream();
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  clear: function SApp_clear() {
+    this.closeStream();
+  },
+
+  /* nsITransportEventSink */
+  onTransportStatus: function SApp_onTransportStatus(aTransport, aStatus,
+      aProgress, aProgressMax) {
+    if (aStatus == 0x804b0004) // STATUS_CONNECTED_TO is not a constant.
+      this._connected = true;
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Throws an exception whenever it gets a message.  Intended to be used in
+ * automated testing situations where the code would normally log an error but
+ * not die in a fatal manner.
+ */
+function ThrowingAppender(thrower, formatter) {
+  this._name = "ThrowingAppender";
+  this._formatter = formatter? formatter : new BasicFormatter();
+  this._thrower = thrower;
+}
+ThrowingAppender.prototype = {
+  __proto__: Appender.prototype,
+
+  doAppend: function TApp_doAppend(message) {
+    if (this._thrower)
+      this._thrower(message);
+    else
+      throw message;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..463443044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimeTypeCategories.js
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/*
+ * This file wants to be a data file of some sort.  It might do better as a real
+ *  raw JSON file.  It is trying to be one right now, but it obviously is not.
+ */
+
+var EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MimeCategoryMapping'];
+
+/**
+ * Input data structure to allow us to build a fast mapping from mime type to
+ *  category name.  The keys in MimeCategoryMapping are the top-level
+ *  categories.  Each value can either be a list of MIME types or a nested
+ *  object which recursively defines sub-categories.  We currently do not use
+ *  the sub-categories.  They are just there to try and organize the MIME types
+ *  a little and open the door to future enhancements.
+ *
+ * Do _not_ add additional top-level categories unless you have added
+ *  corresponding entries to gloda.properties under the
+ *  "gloda.mimetype.category" branch and are making sure localizers are aware
+ *  of the change and have time to localize it.
+ *
+ * Entries with wildcards in them are part of a fallback strategy by the
+ *  |mimeTypeNoun| and do not actually use regular expressions or anything like
+ *  that.  Everything is a straight string lookup.  Given "foo/bar" we look for
+ *  "foo/bar", then "foo/*", and finally "*".
+ */
+var MimeCategoryMapping = {
+  archives: [
+    "application/java-archive",
+    "application/x-java-archive",
+    "application/x-jar",
+    "application/x-java-jnlp-file",
+
+    "application/mac-binhex40",
+    "application/vnd.ms-cab-compressed",
+
+    "application/x-arc",
+    "application/x-arj",
+    "application/x-compress",
+    "application/x-compressed-tar",
+    "application/x-cpio",
+    "application/x-cpio-compressed",
+    "application/x-deb",
+
+    "application/x-bittorrent",
+
+    "application/x-rar",
+    "application/x-rar-compressed",
+    "application/x-7z-compressed",
+    "application/zip",
+    "application/x-zip-compressed",
+    "application/x-zip",
+
+    "application/x-bzip",
+    "application/x-bzip-compressed-tar",
+    "application/x-bzip2",
+    "application/x-gzip",
+    "application/x-tar",
+    "application/x-tar-gz",
+    "application/x-tarz",
+  ],
+  documents: {
+    database: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-access",
+      "application/x-msaccess",
+      "application/msaccess",
+      "application/vnd.msaccess",
+      "application/x-msaccess",
+      "application/mdb",
+      "application/x-mdb",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.database",
+
+    ],
+    graphics: [
+      "application/postscript",
+      "application/x-bzpostscript",
+      "application/x-dvi",
+      "application/x-gzdvi",
+
+      "application/illustrator",
+
+      "application/vnd.corel-draw",
+      "application/cdr",
+      "application/coreldraw",
+      "application/x-cdr",
+      "application/x-coreldraw",
+      "image/cdr",
+      "image/x-cdr",
+      "zz-application/zz-winassoc-cdr",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.graphics-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.image",
+
+      "application/x-dia-diagram",
+    ],
+    presentation: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint.presentation.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-powerpoint",
+      "application/powerpoint",
+      "application/mspowerpoint",
+      "application/x-mspowerpoint",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.template",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation-template"
+    ],
+    spreadsheet: [
+      "application/vnd.lotus-1-2-3",
+      "application/x-lotus123",
+      "application/x-123",
+      "application/lotus123",
+      "application/wk1",
+
+      "application/x-quattropro",
+
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.binary.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-excel",
+      "application/msexcel",
+      "application/x-msexcel",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.template",
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.formula-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.chart-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet-template",
+
+      "application/x-gnumeric",
+    ],
+    wordProcessor: [
+      "application/msword",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word",
+      "application/x-msword",
+      "application/msword-template",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document",
+      "application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.template",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word.document.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/vnd.ms-word.template.macroenabled.12",
+      "application/x-mswrite",
+      "application/x-pocket-word",
+
+      "application/rtf",
+      "text/rtf",
+
+
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-master",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-template",
+      "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text-web",
+
+      "application/vnd.wordperfect",
+
+      "application/x-abiword",
+      "application/x-amipro",
+    ],
+    suite: [
+      "application/vnd.ms-works"
+    ],
+  },
+  images: [
+    "image/*"
+  ],
+  media: {
+    audio: [
+      "audio/*",
+    ],
+    video: [
+      "video/*",
+    ],
+    container: [
+      "application/ogg",
+
+      "application/smil",
+      "application/vnd.ms-asf",
+      "application/vnd.rn-realmedia",
+      "application/x-matroska",
+      "application/x-quicktime-media-link",
+      "application/x-quicktimeplayer",
+    ]
+  },
+  other: [
+    "*"
+  ],
+  pdf: [
+    "application/pdf",
+    "application/x-pdf",
+    "image/pdf",
+    "file/pdf",
+
+    "application/x-bzpdf",
+    "application/x-gzpdf",
+  ],
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff984c178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/mimemsg.js
@@ -0,0 +1,719 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MsgHdrToMimeMessage',
+                          'MimeMessage', 'MimeContainer',
+                          'MimeBody', 'MimeUnknown',
+                          'MimeMessageAttachment'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Components.utils.import("resource://gre/modules/XPCOMUtils.jsm");
+
+var EMITTER_MIME_CODE = "application/x-js-mime-message";
+
+/**
+ * The URL listener is surplus because the CallbackStreamListener ends up
+ *  getting the same set of events, effectively.
+ */
+var dumbUrlListener = {
+  OnStartRunningUrl: function (aUrl) {
+  },
+  OnStopRunningUrl: function (aUrl, aExitCode) {
+  },
+};
+
+/**
+ * Maintain a list of all active stream listeners so that we can cancel them all
+ *  during shutdown.  If we don't cancel them, we risk calls into javascript
+ *  from C++ after the various XPConnect contexts have already begun their
+ *  teardown process.
+ */
+var activeStreamListeners = {};
+
+var shutdownCleanupObserver = {
+  _initialized: false,
+  ensureInitialized: function mimemsg_shutdownCleanupObserver_init() {
+    if (this._initialized)
+      return;
+
+    Services.obs.addObserver(this, "quit-application", false);
+
+    this._initialized = true;
+  },
+
+  observe: function mimemsg_shutdownCleanupObserver_observe(
+      aSubject, aTopic, aData) {
+    if (aTopic == "quit-application") {
+      Services.obs.removeObserver(this, "quit-application");
+
+      for (let uri in activeStreamListeners) {
+        let streamListener = activeStreamListeners[uri];
+        if (streamListener._request)
+          streamListener._request.cancel(Cr.NS_BINDING_ABORTED);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+function CallbackStreamListener(aMsgHdr, aCallbackThis, aCallback) {
+  this._msgHdr = aMsgHdr;
+  let hdrURI = aMsgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(aMsgHdr);
+  this._request = null;
+  this._stream = null;
+  if (aCallback === undefined) {
+    this._callbacksThis = [null];
+    this._callbacks = [aCallbackThis];
+  }
+  else {
+    this._callbacksThis = [aCallbackThis];
+    this._callbacks =[aCallback];
+  }
+  activeStreamListeners[hdrURI] = this;
+}
+
+CallbackStreamListener.prototype = {
+  QueryInterface: XPCOMUtils.generateQI([Ci.nsIStreamListener]),
+
+  // nsIRequestObserver part
+  onStartRequest: function (aRequest, aContext) {
+    this._request = aRequest;
+  },
+  onStopRequest: function (aRequest, aContext, aStatusCode) {
+    let msgURI = this._msgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(this._msgHdr);
+    delete activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+
+    aContext.QueryInterface(Ci.nsIURI);
+    let message = MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aContext.spec];
+    if (message === undefined)
+      message = null;
+
+    delete MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ[aContext.spec];
+
+    for (let i = 0; i < this._callbacksThis.length; i++) {
+      try {
+        this._callbacks[i].call(this._callbacksThis[i], this._msgHdr, message);
+      } catch (e) {
+        // Most of the time, exceptions will silently disappear into the endless
+        // deeps of XPConnect, and never reach the surface ever again. At least
+        // warn the user if he has dump enabled.
+        dump("The MsgHdrToMimeMessage callback threw an exception: "+e+"\n");
+        // That one will probably never make it to the original caller.
+        throw(e);
+      }
+    }
+
+    this._msgHdr = null;
+    this._request = null;
+    this._stream = null;
+    this._callbacksThis = null;
+    this._callbacks = null;
+  },
+
+  /* okay, our onDataAvailable should actually never be called.  the stream
+     converter is actually eating everything except the start and stop
+     notification. */
+  // nsIStreamListener part
+  onDataAvailable: function (aRequest,aContext,aInputStream,aOffset,aCount) {
+    dump("this should not be happening! arrgggggh!\n");
+    if (this._stream === null) {
+      this._stream = Cc["@mozilla.org/scriptableinputstream;1"].
+                    createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableInputStream);
+      this._stream.init(aInputStream);
+    }
+    this._stream.read(aCount);
+
+  },
+};
+
+var gMessenger = Cc["@mozilla.org/messenger;1"].
+                   createInstance(Ci.nsIMessenger);
+
+function stripEncryptedParts(aPart) {
+  if (aPart.parts && aPart.isEncrypted) {
+    aPart.parts = []; // Show an empty container.
+  } else if (aPart.parts) {
+    aPart.parts = aPart.parts.map(stripEncryptedParts);
+  }
+  return aPart;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Starts retrieval of a MimeMessage instance for the given message header.
+ *  Your callback will be called with the message header you provide and the
+ *
+ * @param aMsgHdr The message header to retrieve the body for and build a MIME
+ *     representation of the message.
+ * @param aCallbackThis The (optional) 'this' to use for your callback function.
+ * @param aCallback The callback function to invoke on completion of message
+ *     parsing or failure.  The first argument passed will be the nsIMsgDBHdr
+ *     you passed to this function.  The second argument will be the MimeMessage
+ *     instance resulting from the processing on success, and null on failure.
+ * @param [aAllowDownload=false] Should we allow the message to be downloaded
+ *     for this streaming request?  The default is false, which means that we
+ *     require that the message be available offline.  If false is passed and
+ *     the message is not available offline, we will propagate an exception
+ *     thrown by the underlying code.
+ * @param [aOptions] Optional options.
+ * @param [aOptions.saneBodySize] Limit body sizes to a 'reasonable' size in
+ *     order to combat corrupt offline/message stores creating pathological
+ *     situtations where we have erroneously multi-megabyte messages.  This
+ *     also likely reduces the impact of legitimately ridiculously large
+ *     messages.
+ * @param [aOptions.partsOnDemand] If this is a message stored on an IMAP
+ *     server, and for whatever reason, it isn't available locally, then setting
+ *     this option to true will make sure that attachments aren't downloaded.
+ *     This makes sure the message is available quickly.
+ * @param [aOptions.examineEncryptedParts] By default, we won't reveal the
+ *     contents of multipart/encrypted parts to the consumers, unless explicitly
+ *     requested. In the case of MIME/PGP messages, for instance, the message
+ *     will appear as an empty multipart/encrypted container, unless this option
+ *     is used.
+ */
+function MsgHdrToMimeMessage(aMsgHdr, aCallbackThis, aCallback,
+                             aAllowDownload, aOptions) {
+  shutdownCleanupObserver.ensureInitialized();
+
+  let requireOffline = !aAllowDownload;
+
+  let msgURI = aMsgHdr.folder.getUriForMsg(aMsgHdr);
+  let msgService = gMessenger.messageServiceFromURI(msgURI);
+
+  MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = aOptions;
+  let partsOnDemandStr = (aOptions && aOptions.partsOnDemand)
+    ? "&fetchCompleteMessage=false"
+    : "";
+  // By default, Enigmail only decrypts a message streamed via libmime if it's
+  // the one currently on display in the message reader. With this option, we're
+  // letting Enigmail know that it should decrypt the message since the client
+  // explicitly asked for it.
+  let encryptedStr = (aOptions && aOptions.examineEncryptedParts)
+    ? "&examineEncryptedParts=true"
+    : "";
+
+  // S/MIME, our other encryption backend, is not that smart, and always
+  // decrypts data. In order to protect sensitive data (e.g. not index it in
+  // Gloda), unless the client asked for encrypted data, we pass to the client
+  // callback a stripped-down version of the MIME structure where encrypted
+  // parts have been removed.
+  let wrapCallback = function (aCallback, aCallbackThis) {
+    if (aOptions && aOptions.examineEncryptedParts)
+      return aCallback;
+    else
+      return ((aMsgHdr, aMimeMsg) =>
+        aCallback.call(aCallbackThis, aMsgHdr, stripEncryptedParts(aMimeMsg))
+      );
+  };
+
+  // Apparently there used to be an old syntax where the callback was the second
+  // argument...
+  let callback = aCallback ? aCallback : aCallbackThis;
+  let callbackThis = aCallback ? aCallbackThis : null;
+
+  // if we're already streaming this msg, just add the callback
+  // to the listener.
+  let listenerForURI = activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+  if (listenerForURI != undefined) {
+    listenerForURI._callbacks.push(wrapCallback(callback, callbackThis));
+    listenerForURI._callbacksThis.push(callbackThis);
+    return;
+  }
+  let streamListener = new CallbackStreamListener(
+    aMsgHdr,
+    callbackThis,
+    wrapCallback(callback, callbackThis)
+  );
+
+  try {
+    let streamURI = msgService.streamMessage(
+      msgURI,
+      streamListener, // consumer
+      null, // nsIMsgWindow
+      dumbUrlListener, // nsIUrlListener
+      true, // have them create the converter
+      // additional uri payload, note that "header=" is prepended automatically
+      "filter&emitter=js"+partsOnDemandStr+encryptedStr,
+      requireOffline);
+  } catch (ex) {
+    // If streamMessage throws an exception, we should make sure to clear the
+    // activeStreamListener, or any subsequent attempt at sreaming this URI
+    // will silently fail
+    if (activeStreamListeners[msgURI]) {
+      delete activeStreamListeners[msgURI];
+    }
+    MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+    throw(ex);
+  }
+
+  MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Let the jsmimeemitter provide us with results.  The poor emitter (if I am
+ *  understanding things correctly) is evaluated outside of the C.u.import
+ *  world, so if we were to import him, we would not see him, but rather a new
+ *  copy of him.  This goes for his globals, etc.  (and is why we live in this
+ *  file right here).  Also, it appears that the XPCOM JS wrappers aren't
+ *  magically unified so that we can try and pass data as expando properties
+ *  on things like the nsIUri instances either.  So we have the jsmimeemitter
+ *  import us and poke things into RESULT_RENDEVOUZ.  We put it here on this
+ *  function to try and be stealthy and avoid polluting the namespaces (or
+ *  encouraging bad behaviour) of our importers.
+ *
+ * If you can come up with a prettier way to shuttle this data, please do.
+ */
+MsgHdrToMimeMessage.RESULT_RENDEVOUZ = {};
+/**
+ * Cram rich options here for the MimeMessageEmitter to grab from.  We
+ *  leverage the known control-flow to avoid needing a whole dictionary here.
+ *  We set this immediately before constructing the emitter and clear it
+ *  afterwards.  Control flow is never yielded during the process and reentrancy
+ *  cannot happen via any other means.
+ */
+MsgHdrToMimeMessage.OPTION_TUNNEL = null;
+
+var HeaderHandlerBase = {
+  /**
+   * Look-up a header that should be present at most once.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName The header name to retrieve, case does not matter.
+   * @param aDefaultValue The value to return if the header was not found, null
+   *     if left unspecified.
+   * @return the value of the header if present, and the default value if not
+   *  (defaults to null).  If the header was present multiple times, the first
+   *  instance of the header is returned.  Use getAll if you want all of the
+   *  values for the multiply-defined header.
+   */
+  get: function MimeMessage_get(aHeaderName, aDefaultValue) {
+    if (aDefaultValue === undefined) {
+      aDefaultValue = null;
+    }
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    if (lowerHeader in this.headers)
+      // we require that the list cannot be empty if present
+      return this.headers[lowerHeader][0];
+    else
+      return aDefaultValue;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Look-up a header that can be present multiple times.  Use get for headers
+   *  that you only expect to be present at most once.
+   *
+   * @param aHeaderName The header name to retrieve, case does not matter.
+   * @return An array containing the values observed, which may mean a zero
+   *     length array.
+   */
+  getAll: function MimeMessage_getAll(aHeaderName) {
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    if (lowerHeader in this.headers)
+      return this.headers[lowerHeader];
+    else
+      return [];
+  },
+  /**
+   * @param aHeaderName Header name to test for its presence.
+   * @return true if the message has (at least one value for) the given header
+   *     name.
+   */
+  has: function MimeMessage_has(aHeaderName) {
+    let lowerHeader = aHeaderName.toLowerCase();
+    return lowerHeader in this.headers;
+  },
+  _prettyHeaderString: function MimeMessage__prettyHeaderString(aIndent) {
+    if (aIndent === undefined)
+      aIndent = "";
+    let s = "";
+    for (let header in this.headers) {
+      let values = this.headers[header];
+      s += "\n        " + aIndent + header + ": " + values;
+    }
+    return s;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @ivar partName The MIME part, ex "1.2.2.1".  The partName of a (top-level)
+ *     message is "1", its first child is "1.1", its second child is "1.2",
+ *     its first child's first child is "1.1.1", etc.
+ * @ivar headers Maps lower-cased header field names to a list of the values
+ *     seen for the given header.  Use get or getAll as convenience helpers.
+ * @ivar parts The list of the MIME part children of this message.  Children
+ *     will be either MimeMessage instances, MimeMessageAttachment instances,
+ *     MimeContainer instances, or MimeUnknown instances.  The latter two are
+ *     the result of limitations in the Javascript representation generation
+ *     at this time, combined with the need to most accurately represent the
+ *     MIME structure.
+ */
+function MimeMessage() {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.parts = [];
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeMessage.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  contentType: "message/rfc822",
+
+  /**
+   * @return a list of all attachments contained in this message and all its
+   *     sub-messages.  Only MimeMessageAttachment instances will be present in
+   *     the list (no sub-messages).
+   */
+  get allAttachments() {
+    let results = []; // messages are not attachments, don't include self
+    for (let iChild = 0; iChild < this.parts.length; iChild++) {
+      let child = this.parts[iChild];
+      results = results.concat(child.allAttachments);
+    }
+    return results;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return a list of all attachments contained in this message, with
+   *    included/forwarded messages treated as real attachments. Attachments
+   *    contained in inner messages won't be shown.
+   */
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    if (this.url)
+      // The jsmimeemitter camouflaged us as a MimeAttachment
+      return [this];
+    else
+      // Why is there no flatten method for arrays?
+      return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+        .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the total size of this message, that is, the size of all subparts
+   */
+  get size () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In the case of attached messages, libmime considers them as attachments,
+   * and if the body is, say, quoted-printable encoded, then libmime will start
+   * counting bytes and notify the js mime emitter about it. The JS mime emitter
+   * being a nice guy, it will try to set a size on us. While this is the
+   * expected behavior for MimeMsgAttachments, we must make sure we can handle
+   * that (failing to write a setter results in exceptions being thrown).
+   */
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @param aMsgFolder A message folder, any message folder.  Because this is
+   *    a hack.
+   * @return The concatenation of all of the body parts where parts
+   *    available as text/plain are pulled as-is, and parts only available
+   *    as text/html are converted to plaintext form first.  In other words,
+   *    if we see a multipart/alternative with a text/plain, we take the
+   *    text/plain.  If we see a text/html without an alternative, we convert
+   *    that to text.
+   */
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeMessage_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    let bodies = [];
+    for (let part of this.parts) {
+      // an undefined value for something not having the method is fine
+      let body = part.coerceBodyToPlaintext &&
+                 part.coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder);
+      if (body)
+        bodies.push(body);
+    }
+    if (bodies)
+      return bodies.join("");
+    else
+      return "";
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Convert the message and its hierarchy into a "pretty string".  The message
+   *  and each MIME part get their own line.  The string never ends with a
+   *  newline.  For a non-multi-part message, only a single line will be
+   *  returned.
+   * Messages have their subject displayed, attachments have their filename and
+   *  content-type (ex: image/jpeg) displayed.  "Filler" classes simply have
+   *  their class displayed.
+   */
+  prettyString: function MimeMessage_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                  aDumpBody) {
+    if (aIndent === undefined)
+      aIndent = "";
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Message "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "") +
+      "(" + this.size + " bytes): " +
+      "subject" in this.headers ? this.headers.subject : "";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(nextIndent);
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody);
+    }
+
+    return s;
+  },
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @ivar contentType The content-type of this container.
+ * @ivar parts The parts held by this container.  These can be instances of any
+ *      of the classes found in this file.
+ */
+function MimeContainer(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.parts = [];
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeContainer.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    let results = [];
+    for (let iChild = 0; iChild < this.parts.length; iChild++) {
+      let child = this.parts[iChild];
+      results = results.concat(child.allAttachments);
+    }
+    return results;
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get size () {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeContainer_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    if (this.contentType == "multipart/alternative") {
+      let htmlPart;
+      // pick the text/plain if we can find one, otherwise remember the HTML one
+      for (let part of this.parts) {
+        if (part.contentType == "text/plain")
+          return part.body;
+        if (part.contentType == "text/html")
+          htmlPart = part;
+        // text/enriched gets transformed into HTML, use it if we don't already
+        //  have an HTML part.
+        else if (!htmlPart && part.contentType == "text/enriched")
+	  htmlPart = part;
+      }
+      // convert the HTML part if we have one
+      if (htmlPart)
+        return aMsgFolder.convertMsgSnippetToPlainText(htmlPart.body);
+    }
+    // if it's not alternative, recurse/aggregate using MimeMessage logic
+    return MimeMessage.prototype.coerceBodyToPlaintext.call(this, aMsgFolder);
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeContainer_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                    aDumpBody) {
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Container "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "(" + this.size + " bytes): " + this.contentType;
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(nextIndent);
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody);
+    }
+
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeContainer_toString() {
+    return "Container: " + this.contentType;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class Represents a body portion that we understand and do not believe to be
+ *  a proper attachment.  This means text/plain or text/html and it has no
+ *  filename.  (A filename suggests an attachment.)
+ *
+ * @ivar contentType The content type of this body materal; text/plain or
+ *     text/html.
+ * @ivar body The actual body content.
+ */
+function MimeBody(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.body = "";
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+}
+
+MimeBody.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return []; // we are a leaf
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return []; // we are a leaf
+  },
+  get size() {
+    return this.body.length;
+  },
+  set size (whatever) {
+    // nop
+  },
+  appendBody: function MimeBody_append(aBuf) {
+    this.body += aBuf;
+  },
+  coerceBodyToPlaintext:
+      function MimeBody_coerceBodyToPlaintext(aMsgFolder) {
+    if (this.contentType == "text/plain")
+      return this.body;
+    // text/enriched gets transformed into HTML by libmime
+    if (this.contentType == "text/html" ||
+        this.contentType == "text/enriched")
+      return aMsgFolder.convertMsgSnippetToPlainText(this.body);
+    return "";
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeBody_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent, aDumpBody) {
+    let s = "Body: "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "" + this.contentType + " (" + this.body.length + " bytes" +
+      (aDumpBody ? (": '" + this.body + "'") : "") + ")";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeBody_toString() {
+    return "Body: " + this.contentType + " (" + this.body.length + " bytes)";
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A MIME Leaf node that doesn't have a filename so we assume it's not
+ *  intended to be an attachment proper.  This is probably meant for inline
+ *  display or is the result of someone amusing themselves by composing messages
+ *  by hand or a bad client.  This class should probably be renamed or we should
+ *  introduce a better named class that we try and use in preference to this
+ *  class.
+ *
+ * @ivar contentType The content type of this part.
+ */
+function MimeUnknown(aContentType) {
+  this.partName = null;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.headers = {};
+  // Looks like libmime does not always intepret us as an attachment, which
+  //  means we'll have to have a default size. Returning undefined would cause
+  //  the recursive size computations to fail.
+  this._size = 0;
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+  // We want to make sure MimeUnknown has a part property: S/MIME encrypted
+  // messages have a topmost MimeUnknown part, with the encrypted bit set to 1,
+  // and we need to ensure all other encrypted parts are children of this
+  // topmost part.
+  this.parts = [];
+}
+
+MimeUnknown.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return this.parts.map(child => child.allUserAttachments)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a.concat(b), []);
+  },
+  get size() {
+    return this._size + this.parts.map(child => child.size)
+      .reduce((a, b) => a + Math.max(b, 0), 0);
+  },
+  set size(aSize) {
+    this._size = aSize;
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeUnknown_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                  aDumpBody) {
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+
+    let s = "Unknown: "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "" + this.contentType + " (" + this.size + " bytes)";
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+
+    for (let iPart = 0; iPart < this.parts.length; iPart++) {
+      let part = this.parts[iPart];
+      s += "\n" + nextIndent + (iPart+1) + " " +
+        (part ? part.prettyString(aVerbose, nextIndent, aDumpBody) : "NULL");
+    }
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeUnknown_toString() {
+    return "Unknown: " + this.contentType;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class An attachment proper.  We think it's an attachment because it has a
+ *  filename that libmime was able to figure out.
+ *
+ * @ivar partName @see{MimeMessage.partName}
+ * @ivar name The filename of this attachment.
+ * @ivar contentType The MIME content type of this part.
+ * @ivar url The URL to stream if you want the contents of this part.
+ * @ivar isExternal Is the attachment stored someplace else than in the message?
+ * @ivar size The size of the attachment if available, -1 otherwise (size is set
+ *  after initialization by jsmimeemitter.js)
+ */
+function MimeMessageAttachment(aPartName, aName, aContentType, aUrl,
+                               aIsExternal) {
+  this.partName = aPartName;
+  this.name = aName;
+  this.contentType = aContentType;
+  this.url = aUrl;
+  this.isExternal = aIsExternal;
+  this.headers = {};
+  this.isEncrypted = false;
+  // parts is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+  // headers is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+  // isEncrypted is copied over from the part instance that preceded us
+}
+
+MimeMessageAttachment.prototype = {
+  __proto__: HeaderHandlerBase,
+  // This is a legacy property.
+  get isRealAttachment() {
+    return true;
+  },
+  get allAttachments() {
+    return [this]; // we are a leaf, so just us.
+  },
+  get allUserAttachments() {
+    return [this];
+  },
+  prettyString: function MimeMessageAttachment_prettyString(aVerbose, aIndent,
+                                                            aDumpBody) {
+    let s = "Attachment "+(this.isEncrypted ? "[encrypted] " : "")+
+      "(" + this.size+" bytes): "
+      + this.name + ", " + this.contentType;
+    if (aVerbose)
+      s += this._prettyHeaderString(aIndent + "  ");
+    return s;
+  },
+  toString: function MimeMessageAttachment_toString() {
+    return this.prettyString(false, "");
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ad34e2a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+EXTRA_JS_MODULES.gloda += [
+    'collection.js',
+    'connotent.js',
+    'databind.js',
+    'datamodel.js',
+    'datastore.js',
+    'dbview.js',
+    'everybody.js',
+    'explattr.js',
+    'facet.js',
+    'fundattr.js',
+    'gloda.js',
+    'index_ab.js',
+    'index_msg.js',
+    'indexer.js',
+    'log4moz.js',
+    'mimemsg.js',
+    'mimeTypeCategories.js',
+    'msg_search.js',
+    'noun_freetag.js',
+    'noun_mimetype.js',
+    'noun_tag.js',
+    'public.js',
+    'query.js',
+    'suffixtree.js',
+    'utils.js',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ba854406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/msg_search.js
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaMsgSearcher"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource://gre/modules/Services.jsm");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/public.js");
+
+/**
+ * How much time boost should a 'score point' amount to?  The authoritative,
+ *  incontrivertible answer, across all time and space, is a week.
+ *  Note that gloda stores timestamps as PRTimes for no exceedingly good
+ *  reason.
+ */
+var FUZZSCORE_TIMESTAMP_FACTOR = 1000 * 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24 * 7;
+
+var RANK_USAGE =
+  "glodaRank(matchinfo(messagesText), 1.0, 2.0, 2.0, 1.5, 1.5)";
+
+var DASCORE =
+  "(((" + RANK_USAGE + " + messages.notability) * " +
+    FUZZSCORE_TIMESTAMP_FACTOR +
+   ") + messages.date)";
+
+/**
+ * A new optimization decision we are making is that we do not want to carry
+ *  around any data in our ephemeral tables that is not used for whittling the
+ *  result set.  The idea is that the btree page cache or OS cache is going to
+ *  save us from the disk seeks and carrying around the extra data is just going
+ *  to be CPU/memory churn that slows us down.
+ *
+ * Additionally, we try and avoid row lookups that would have their results
+ *  discarded by the LIMIT.  Because of limitations in FTS3 (which might
+ *  be addressed in FTS4 by a feature request), we can't avoid the 'messages'
+ *  lookup since that has the message's date and static notability but we can
+ *  defer the 'messagesText' lookup.
+ *
+ * This is the access pattern we are after here:
+ * 1) Order the matches with minimized lookup and result storage costs.
+ * - The innermost MATCH does the doclist magic and provides us with
+ *    matchinfo() support which does not require content row retrieval
+ *    from messagesText.  Unfortunately, this is not enough to whittle anything
+ *    because we still need static interestingness, so...
+ * - Based on the match we retrieve the date and notability for that row from
+ *    'messages' using this in conjunction with matchinfo() to provide a score
+ *    that we can then use to LIMIT our results.
+ * 2) We reissue the MATCH query so that we will be able to use offsets(), but
+ *    we intersect the results of this MATCH against our LIMITed results from
+ *    step 1.
+ * - We use 'docid IN (phase 1 query)' to accomplish this because it results in
+ *    efficient lookup.  If we just use a join, we get O(mn) performance because
+ *    a cartesian join ends up being performed where either we end up performing
+ *    the fulltext query M times and table scan intersect with the results from
+ *    phase 1 or we do the fulltext once but traverse the entire result set from
+ *    phase 1 N times.
+ * - We believe that the re-execution of the MATCH query should have no disk
+ *    costs because it should still be cached by SQLite or the OS.  In the case
+ *    where memory is so constrained this is not true our behavior is still
+ *    probably preferable than the old way because that would have caused lots
+ *    of swapping.
+ * - This part of the query otherwise resembles the basic gloda query but with
+ *    the inclusion of the offsets() invocation.  The messages table lookup
+ *    should not involve any disk traffic because the pages should still be
+ *    cached (SQLite or OS) from phase 1.  The messagesText lookup is new, and
+ *    this is the major disk-seek reduction optimization we are making.  (Since
+ *    we avoid this lookup for all of the documents that were excluded by the
+ *    LIMIT.)  Since offsets() also needs to retrieve the row from messagesText
+ *    there is a nice synergy there.
+ */
+var NUEVO_FULLTEXT_SQL =
+  "SELECT messages.*, messagesText.*, offsets(messagesText) AS osets " +
+  "FROM messagesText, messages " +
+  "WHERE" +
+    " messagesText MATCH ?1 " +
+    " AND messagesText.docid IN (" +
+       "SELECT docid " +
+       "FROM messagesText JOIN messages ON messagesText.docid = messages.id " +
+       "WHERE messagesText MATCH ?1 " +
+       "ORDER BY " + DASCORE + " DESC " +
+       "LIMIT ?2" +
+    " )" +
+    " AND messages.id = messagesText.docid " +
+    " AND +messages.deleted = 0" +
+    " AND +messages.folderID IS NOT NULL" +
+    " AND +messages.messageKey IS NOT NULL";
+
+function identityFunc(x) {
+  return x;
+}
+
+function oneLessMaxZero(x) {
+  if (x <= 1)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    return x - 1;
+}
+
+function reduceSum(accum, curValue) {
+  return accum + curValue;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Columns are: body, subject, attachment names, author, recipients
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Scores if all search terms match in a column.  We bias against author
+ *  slightly and recipient a bit more in this case because a search that
+ *  entirely matches just on a person should give a mention of that person
+ *  in the subject or attachment a fighting chance.
+ * Keep in mind that because of our indexing in the face of address book
+ *  contacts (namely, we index the name used in the e-mail as well as the
+ *  display name on the address book card associated with the e-mail adress)
+ *  a contact is going to bias towards matching multiple times.
+ */
+var COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES = [4, 20, 20, 16, 12];
+/**
+ * Score for each distinct term that matches in the column.  This is capped
+ *  by COLUMN_ALL_SCORES.
+ */
+var COLUMN_PARTIAL_PER_MATCH_SCORES = [1, 4, 4, 4, 3];
+/**
+ * If a term matches multiple times, what is the marginal score for each
+ *  additional match.  We count the total number of matches beyond the
+ *  first match for each term.  In other words, if we have 3 terms which
+ *  matched 5, 3, and 0 times, then the total from our perspective is
+ *  (5 - 1) + (3 - 1) + 0 = 4 + 2 + 0 = 6.  We take the minimum of that value
+ *  and the value in COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT and multiply by the value in
+ *  COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES.
+ */
+var COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES = [1, 0, 0, 0, 0];
+var COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT = [10, 0, 0, 0, 0];
+
+/**
+ * Score the message on its offsets (from stashedColumns).
+ */
+function scoreOffsets(aMessage, aContext) {
+  let score = 0;
+
+  let termTemplate = aContext.terms.map(_ => 0);
+  // for each column, a list of the incidence of each term
+  let columnTermIncidence = [termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat(),
+                             termTemplate.concat()];
+
+  // we need a friendlyParseInt because otherwise the radix stuff happens
+  //  because of the extra arguments map parses.  curse you, map!
+  let offsetNums =
+    aContext.stashedColumns[aMessage.id][0].split(" ").map(x => parseInt(x));
+  for (let i=0; i < offsetNums.length; i += 4) {
+    let columnIndex = offsetNums[i];
+    let termIndex = offsetNums[i+1];
+    columnTermIncidence[columnIndex][termIndex]++;
+  }
+
+  for (let iColumn = 0; iColumn < COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES.length; iColumn++) {
+    let termIncidence = columnTermIncidence[iColumn];
+    // bestow all match credit
+    if (termIncidence.every(identityFunc))
+      score += COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn];
+    // bestow partial match credit
+    else if (termIncidence.some(identityFunc))
+      score += Math.min(COLUMN_ALL_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn],
+                        COLUMN_PARTIAL_PER_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn] *
+                          termIncidence.filter(identityFunc).length);
+    // bestow multiple match credit
+    score += Math.min(termIncidence.map(oneLessMaxZero).reduce(reduceSum, 0),
+                      COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_LIMIT[iColumn]) *
+             COLUMN_MULTIPLE_MATCH_SCORES[iColumn];
+  }
+
+  return score;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The searcher basically looks like a query, but is specialized for fulltext
+ *  search against messages.  Most of the explicit specialization involves
+ *  crafting a SQL query that attempts to order the matches by likelihood that
+ *  the user was looking for it.  This is based on full-text matches combined
+ *  with an explicit (generic) interest score value placed on the message at
+ *  indexing time.  This is followed by using the more generic gloda scoring
+ *  mechanism to explicitly score the messages given the search context in
+ *  addition to the more generic score adjusting rules.
+ */
+function GlodaMsgSearcher(aListener, aSearchString, aAndTerms) {
+  this.listener = aListener;
+
+  this.searchString = aSearchString;
+  this.fulltextTerms = this.parseSearchString(aSearchString);
+  this.andTerms = (aAndTerms != null) ? aAndTerms : true;
+
+  this.query = null;
+  this.collection = null;
+
+  this.scores = null;
+}
+GlodaMsgSearcher.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Number of messages to retrieve initially.
+   */
+  get retrievalLimit() {
+    return Services.prefs.getIntPref(
+      "mailnews.database.global.search.msg.limit"
+    );
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Parse the string into terms/phrases by finding matching double-quotes.
+   */
+  parseSearchString: function GlodaMsgSearcher_parseSearchString(aSearchString) {
+    aSearchString = aSearchString.trim();
+    let terms = [];
+
+    /*
+     * Add the term as long as the trim on the way in didn't obliterate it.
+     *
+     * In the future this might have other helper logic; it did once before.
+     */
+    function addTerm(aTerm) {
+      if (aTerm)
+        terms.push(aTerm);
+    }
+
+    while (aSearchString) {
+      if (aSearchString.startsWith('"')) {
+        let endIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(aSearchString[0], 1);
+        // eat the quote if it has no friend
+        if (endIndex == -1) {
+          aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(1);
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        addTerm(aSearchString.substring(1, endIndex).trim());
+        aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(endIndex + 1);
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      let spaceIndex = aSearchString.indexOf(" ");
+      if (spaceIndex == -1) {
+        addTerm(aSearchString);
+        break;
+      }
+
+      addTerm(aSearchString.substring(0, spaceIndex));
+      aSearchString = aSearchString.substring(spaceIndex+1);
+    }
+
+    return terms;
+  },
+
+  buildFulltextQuery: function GlodaMsgSearcher_buildFulltextQuery() {
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(Gloda.NOUN_MESSAGE, {
+      noMagic: true,
+      explicitSQL: NUEVO_FULLTEXT_SQL,
+      limitClauseAlreadyIncluded: true,
+      // osets is 0-based column number 14 (volatile to column changes)
+      // save the offset column for extra analysis
+      stashColumns: [14]
+    });
+
+    let fulltextQueryString = "";
+
+    for (let [iTerm, term] of this.fulltextTerms.entries()) {
+      if (iTerm)
+        fulltextQueryString += this.andTerms ? " " : " OR ";
+
+      // Put our term in quotes.  This is needed for the tokenizer to be able
+      //  to do useful things.  The exception is people clever enough to use
+      //  NEAR.
+      if (/^NEAR(\/\d+)?$/.test(term))
+        fulltextQueryString += term;
+      // Check if this is a single-character CJK search query.  If so, we want
+      //  to add a wildcard.
+      // Our tokenizer treats anything at/above 0x2000 as CJK for now.
+      else if (term.length == 1 && term.charCodeAt(0) >= 0x2000)
+        fulltextQueryString += term + "*";
+      else if (
+          term.length == 2 &&
+            term.charCodeAt(0) >= 0x2000 &&
+            term.charCodeAt(1) >= 0x2000
+          || term.length >= 3
+      )
+        fulltextQueryString += '"' + term + '"';
+
+    }
+
+    query.fulltextMatches(fulltextQueryString);
+    query.limit(this.retrievalLimit);
+
+    return query;
+  },
+
+  getCollection: function GlodaMsgSearcher_getCollection(
+      aListenerOverride, aData) {
+    if (aListenerOverride)
+      this.listener = aListenerOverride;
+
+    this.query = this.buildFulltextQuery();
+    this.collection = this.query.getCollection(this, aData);
+    this.completed = false;
+
+    return this.collection;
+  },
+
+  sortBy: '-dascore',
+
+  onItemsAdded: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection) {
+    let newScores = Gloda.scoreNounItems(
+      aItems,
+      {
+        terms: this.fulltextTerms,
+        stashedColumns: aCollection.stashedColumns
+      },
+      [scoreOffsets]);
+    if (this.scores)
+      this.scores = this.scores.concat(newScores);
+    else
+      this.scores = newScores;
+
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsAdded(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onItemsModified: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsModified(aItems,
+                                                             aCollection) {
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsModified(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onItemsRemoved: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onItemsRemoved(aItems,
+                                                           aCollection) {
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onItemsRemoved(aItems, aCollection);
+  },
+  onQueryCompleted: function GlodaMsgSearcher_onQueryCompleted(aCollection) {
+    this.completed = true;
+    if (this.listener)
+      this.listener.onQueryCompleted(aCollection);
+  },
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c92d53ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_freetag.js
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['FreeTag', 'FreeTagNoun'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+function FreeTag(aTagName) {
+  this.name = aTagName;
+}
+
+FreeTag.prototype = {
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.name;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Tag noun provider.  Since the tag unique value is stored as a
+ *  parameter, we are an odd case and semantically confused.
+ */
+var FreeTagNoun = {
+  _log: Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.noun.freetag"),
+
+  name: "freetag",
+  clazz: FreeTag,
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+  usesParameter: true,
+
+  _listeners: [],
+  addListener: function(aListener) {
+    this._listeners.push(aListener);
+  },
+  removeListener: function(aListener) {
+    let index = this._listeners.indexOf(aListener);
+    if (index >=0)
+      this._listeners.splice(index, 1);
+  },
+
+  populateKnownFreeTags: function() {
+    for (let attr of this.objectNounOfAttributes) {
+      let attrDB = attr.dbDef;
+      for (let param in attrDB.parameterBindings) {
+        this.getFreeTag(param);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  knownFreeTags: {},
+  getFreeTag: function(aTagName) {
+    let tag = this.knownFreeTags[aTagName];
+    if (!tag) {
+      tag = this.knownFreeTags[aTagName] = new FreeTag(aTagName);
+      for (let listener of this._listeners)
+        listener.onFreeTagAdded(tag);
+    }
+    return tag;
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_freetag_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.name.localeCompare(b.name);
+  },
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_freetag_toParamAndValue(aTag) {
+    return [aTag.name, null];
+  },
+
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_freetag_toJSON(aTag) {
+    return aTag.name;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_freetag_fromJSON(aTagName) {
+    return this.getFreeTag(aTagName);
+  },
+};
+
+Gloda.defineNoun(FreeTagNoun);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..066031c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_mimetype.js
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['MimeType', 'MimeTypeNoun'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/StringBundle.js");
+
+var LOG = Log4Moz.repository.getLogger("gloda.noun.mimetype");
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+var CategoryStringMap = {};
+
+/**
+ * Mime type abstraction that exists primarily so we can map mime types to
+ *  integer id's.
+ *
+ * Instances of this class should only be retrieved via |MimeTypeNoun|; no one
+ *  should ever create an instance directly.
+ */
+function MimeType(aID, aType, aSubType, aFullType, aCategory) {
+  this._id = aID;
+  this._type = aType;
+  this._subType = aSubType;
+  this._fullType = aFullType;
+  this._category = aCategory;
+}
+
+MimeType.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * The integer id we have associated with the mime type.  This is stable for
+   *  the lifetime of the database, which means that anything in the Gloda
+   *  database can use this without fear.  Things not persisted in the database
+   *  should use the actual string mime type, retrieval via |fullType|.
+   */
+  get id() { return this._id; },
+  /**
+   * The first part of the MIME type; "text/plain" gets you "text".
+   */
+  get type() { return this._type; },
+  set fullType(aFullType) {
+    if (!this._fullType) {
+      this._fullType = aFullType;
+      [this._type, this._subType] = this._fullType.split("/");
+      this._category =
+        MimeTypeNoun._getCategoryForMimeType(aFullType, this._type);
+    }
+  },
+  /**
+   * If the |fullType| is "text/plain", subType is "plain".
+   */
+  get subType() { return this._subType; },
+  /**
+   * The full MIME type; "text/plain" returns "text/plain".
+   */
+  get fullType() { return this._fullType; },
+  toString: function () {
+    return this.fullType;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * @return the category we believe this mime type belongs to.  This category
+   *     name should never be shown directly to the user.  Instead, use
+   *     |categoryLabel| to get the localized name for the category.  The
+   *     category mapping comes from mimeTypesCategories.js.
+   */
+  get category() {
+    return this._category;
+  },
+  /**
+   * @return The localized label for the category from gloda.properties in the
+   *     "gloda.mimetype.category.CATEGORY.label" definition using the value
+   *     from |category|.
+   */
+  get categoryLabel() {
+    return CategoryStringMap[this._category];
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Mime type noun provider.
+ *
+ * The set of MIME Types is sufficiently limited that we can keep them all in
+ *  memory.  In theory it is also sufficiently limited that we could use the
+ *  parameter mechanism in the database.  However, it is more efficient, for
+ *  both space and performance reasons, to store the specific mime type as a
+ *  value.  For future-proofing reasons, we opt to use a database table to
+ *  persist the mapping rather than a hard-coded list.  A preferences file or
+ *  other text file would arguably suffice, but for consistency reasons, the
+ *  database is not a bad thing.
+ */
+var MimeTypeNoun = {
+  name: "mime-type",
+  clazz: MimeType, // gloda supports clazz as well as class
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+
+  _strings: new StringBundle("chrome://messenger/locale/gloda.properties"),
+
+  // note! update test_noun_mimetype if you change our internals!
+  _mimeTypes: {},
+  _mimeTypesByID: {},
+  TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE: 16384,
+  _mimeTypeHighID: {},
+  _mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects: {},
+  _highID: 0,
+
+  // we now use the exciting 'schema' mechanism of defineNoun to get our table
+  //  created for us, plus some helper methods that we simply don't use.
+  schema: {
+    name: 'mimeTypes',
+    columns: [['id', 'INTEGER PRIMARY KEY', '_id'],
+              ['mimeType', 'TEXT', 'fullType']],
+  },
+
+  _init: function() {
+    LOG.debug("loading MIME types");
+    this._loadCategoryMapping();
+    this._loadMimeTypes();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * A map from MIME type to category name.
+   */
+  _mimeTypeToCategory: {},
+  /**
+   * Load the contents of mimeTypeCategories.js and populate
+   */
+  _loadCategoryMapping: function MimeTypeNoun__loadCategoryMapping() {
+    let mimecatNS = {};
+    Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/mimeTypeCategories.js",
+              mimecatNS);
+    let mcm = mimecatNS.MimeCategoryMapping;
+
+    let mimeTypeToCategory = this._mimeTypeToCategory;
+
+    function procMapObj(aSubTree, aCategories) {
+      for (let key in aSubTree) {
+        let value = aSubTree[key];
+        // Add this category to our nested categories list.  Use concat since
+        //  the list will be long-lived and each list needs to be distinct.
+        let categories = aCategories.concat();
+        categories.push(key);
+
+        if (categories.length == 1) {
+          CategoryStringMap[key] =
+            MimeTypeNoun._strings.get(
+              "gloda.mimetype.category." + key + ".label");
+        }
+
+        // Is it an array? If so, just process this depth
+        if (Array.isArray(value)) {
+          for (let mimeTypeStr of value) {
+            mimeTypeToCategory[mimeTypeStr] = categories;
+          }
+        }
+        // it's yet another sub-tree branch
+        else {
+          procMapObj(value, categories);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    procMapObj(mimecatNS.MimeCategoryMapping, []);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Lookup the category associated with a MIME type given its full type and
+   *  type.  (So, "foo/bar" and "foo" for "foo/bar".)
+   */
+  _getCategoryForMimeType:
+      function MimeTypeNoun__getCategoryForMimeType(aFullType, aType) {
+    if (aFullType in this._mimeTypeToCategory)
+      return this._mimeTypeToCategory[aFullType][0];
+    let wildType = aType + "/*";
+    if (wildType in this._mimeTypeToCategory)
+      return this._mimeTypeToCategory[wildType][0];
+    return this._mimeTypeToCategory["*"][0];
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * In order to allow the gloda query mechanism to avoid hitting the database,
+   *  we need to either define the noun type as cachable and have a super-large
+   *  cache or simply have a collection with every MIME type in it that stays
+   *  alive forever.
+   * This is that collection.  It is initialized by |_loadMimeTypes|.  As new
+   *  MIME types are created, we add them to the collection.
+   */
+  _universalCollection: null,
+
+  /**
+   * Kick off a query of all the mime types in our database, leaving
+   *  |_processMimeTypes| to actually do the legwork.
+   */
+  _loadMimeTypes: function MimeTypeNoun__loadMimeTypes() {
+    // get all the existing mime types!
+    let query = Gloda.newQuery(this.id);
+    let nullFunc = function() {};
+    this._universalCollection = query.getCollection({
+      onItemsAdded: nullFunc, onItemsModified: nullFunc,
+      onItemsRemoved: nullFunc,
+      onQueryCompleted: function (aCollection) {
+        MimeTypeNoun._processMimeTypes(aCollection.items);
+      }
+    }, null);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * For the benefit of our Category queryHelper, we need dummy ranged objects
+   *  that cover the numerical address space allocated to the category.  We
+   *  can't use a real object for the upper-bound because the upper-bound is
+   *  constantly growing and there is the chance the query might get persisted,
+   *  which means these values need to be long-lived.  Unfortunately, our
+   *  solution to this problem (dummy objects) complicates the second case,
+   *  should it ever occur.  (Because the dummy objects cannot be persisted
+   *  on their own... but there are other issues that will come up that we will
+   *  just have to deal with then.)
+   */
+  _createCategoryDummies: function (aId, aCategory) {
+    let blockBottom = aId - (aId % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+    let blockTop = blockBottom + this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE - 1;
+    this._mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects[aCategory] = [
+      new MimeType(blockBottom, "!category-dummy!", aCategory,
+                   "!category-dummy!/" + aCategory, aCategory),
+      new MimeType(blockTop, "!category-dummy!", aCategory,
+                   "!category-dummy!/" + aCategory, aCategory)
+    ];
+  },
+
+  _processMimeTypes: function MimeTypeNoun__processMimeTypes(aMimeTypes) {
+    for (let mimeType of aMimeTypes) {
+      if (mimeType.id > this._highID)
+        this._highID = mimeType.id;
+      this._mimeTypes[mimeType] = mimeType;
+      this._mimeTypesByID[mimeType.id] = mimeType;
+
+      let typeBlock = mimeType.id - (mimeType.id % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE);
+      let blockHighID = (mimeType.category in this._mimeTypeHighID) ?
+                          this._mimeTypeHighID[mimeType.category] : undefined;
+      // create the dummy range objects
+      if (blockHighID === undefined)
+        this._createCategoryDummies(mimeType.id, mimeType.category);
+      if ((blockHighID === undefined) || mimeType.id > blockHighID)
+        this._mimeTypeHighID[mimeType.category] = mimeType.id;
+    }
+  },
+
+  _addNewMimeType: function MimeTypeNoun__addNewMimeType(aMimeTypeName) {
+    let [typeName, subTypeName] = aMimeTypeName.split("/");
+    let category = this._getCategoryForMimeType(aMimeTypeName, typeName);
+
+    if (!(category in this._mimeTypeHighID)) {
+      let nextID = this._highID - (this._highID % this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE) +
+        this.TYPE_BLOCK_SIZE;
+      this._mimeTypeHighID[category] = nextID;
+      this._createCategoryDummies(nextID, category);
+    }
+
+    let nextID = ++this._mimeTypeHighID[category];
+
+    let mimeType = new MimeType(nextID, typeName, subTypeName, aMimeTypeName,
+                                category);
+    if (mimeType.id > this._highID)
+      this._highID = mimeType.id;
+
+    this._mimeTypes[aMimeTypeName] = mimeType;
+    this._mimeTypesByID[nextID] = mimeType;
+
+    // As great as the gloda extension mechanisms are, we don't think it makes
+    //  a lot of sense to use them in this case.  So we directly trigger object
+    //  insertion without any of the grokNounItem stuff.
+    this.objInsert.call(this.datastore, mimeType);
+    // Since we bypass grokNounItem and its fun, we need to explicitly add the
+    //  new MIME-type to _universalCollection ourselves.  Don't try this at
+    //  home, kids.
+    this._universalCollection._onItemsAdded([mimeType]);
+
+    return mimeType;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Map a mime type to a |MimeType| instance, creating it if necessary.
+   *
+   * @param aMimeTypeName The mime type.  It may optionally include parameters
+   *     (which will be ignored).  A mime type is of the form "type/subtype".
+   *     A type with parameters would look like 'type/subtype; param="value"'.
+   */
+  getMimeType: function MimeTypeNoun_getMimeType(aMimeTypeName) {
+    // first, lose any parameters
+    let semiIndex = aMimeTypeName.indexOf(";");
+    if (semiIndex >= 0)
+      aMimeTypeName = aMimeTypeName.substring(0, semiIndex);
+    aMimeTypeName = aMimeTypeName.trim().toLowerCase();
+
+    if (aMimeTypeName in this._mimeTypes)
+      return this._mimeTypes[aMimeTypeName];
+    else
+      return this._addNewMimeType(aMimeTypeName);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Query helpers contribute additional functions to the query object for the
+   *  attributes that use the noun type.  For example, we define Category, so
+   *  for the "attachmentTypes" attribute, "attachmentTypesCategory" would be
+   *  exposed.
+   */
+  queryHelpers: {
+    /**
+     * Query for MIME type categories based on one or more MIME type objects
+     *  passed in.  We want the range to span the entire block allocated to the
+     *  category.
+     *
+     * @param aAttrDef The attribute that is using us.
+     * @param aArguments The actual arguments object that
+     */
+    Category: function(aAttrDef, aArguments) {
+      let rangePairs = [];
+      // If there are no arguments then we want to fall back to the 'in'
+      //  constraint which matches on any attachment.
+      if (aArguments.length == 0)
+        return this._inConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, []);
+
+      for (let iArg = 0; iArg < aArguments.length; iArg++) {
+        let arg = aArguments[iArg];
+        rangePairs.push(MimeTypeNoun._mimeTypeRangeDummyObjects[arg.category]);
+      }
+      return this._rangedConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, rangePairs);
+    }
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_mimeType_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.fullType.localeCompare(b.fullType);
+  },
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_mimeType_toParamAndValue(aMimeType) {
+    return [null, aMimeType.id];
+  },
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_mimeType_toJSON(aMimeType) {
+    return aMimeType.id;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_mimeType_fromJSON(aMimeTypeID) {
+    return this._mimeTypesByID[aMimeTypeID];
+  },
+};
+Gloda.defineNoun(MimeTypeNoun, Gloda.NOUN_MIME_TYPE);
+try {
+MimeTypeNoun._init();
+} catch (ex) {
+  LOG.error("problem init-ing: " + ex.fileName + ":" + ex.lineNumber + ": " + ex);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292bdad9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/noun_tag.js
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['TagNoun'];
+
+Components.utils.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace Tag noun provider.
+ */
+var TagNoun = {
+  name: "tag",
+  clazz: Ci.nsIMsgTag,
+  usesParameter: true,
+  allowsArbitraryAttrs: false,
+  idAttr: "key",
+  _msgTagService: null,
+  _tagMap: null,
+  _tagList: null,
+
+  _init: function () {
+    this._msgTagService = MailServices.tags;
+    this._updateTagMap();
+  },
+
+  getAllTags: function gloda_noun_tag_getAllTags() {
+    if (this._tagList == null)
+      this._updateTagMap();
+    return this._tagList;
+  },
+
+  _updateTagMap: function gloda_noun_tag_updateTagMap() {
+    this._tagMap = {};
+    let tagArray = this._tagList = this._msgTagService.getAllTags({});
+    for (let iTag = 0; iTag < tagArray.length; iTag++) {
+      let tag = tagArray[iTag];
+      this._tagMap[tag.key] = tag;
+    }
+  },
+
+  comparator: function gloda_noun_tag_comparator(a, b) {
+    if (a == null) {
+      if (b == null)
+        return 0;
+      else
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else if (b == null) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return a.tag.localeCompare(b.tag);
+  },
+  userVisibleString: function gloda_noun_tag_userVisibleString(aTag) {
+    return aTag.tag;
+  },
+
+  // we cannot be an attribute value
+
+  toParamAndValue: function gloda_noun_tag_toParamAndValue(aTag) {
+    return [aTag.key, null];
+  },
+  toJSON: function gloda_noun_tag_toJSON(aTag) {
+    return aTag.key;
+  },
+  fromJSON: function gloda_noun_tag_fromJSON(aTagKey, aIgnored) {
+    let tag = this._tagMap.hasOwnProperty(aTagKey) ? this._tagMap[aTagKey]
+                : undefined;
+    // you will note that if a tag is removed, we are unable to aggressively
+    //  deal with this.  we are okay with this, but it would be nice to be able
+    //  to listen to the message tag service to know when we should rebuild.
+    if ((tag === undefined) && this._msgTagService.isValidKey(aTagKey)) {
+      this._updateTagMap();
+      tag = this._tagMap[aTagKey];
+    }
+    // we intentionally are returning undefined if the tag doesn't exist
+    return tag;
+  },
+  /**
+   * Convenience helper to turn a tag key into a tag name.
+   */
+  getTag: function gloda_noun_tag_getTag(aTagKey) {
+    return this.fromJSON(aTagKey);
+  }
+};
+
+TagNoun._init();
+Gloda.defineNoun(TagNoun, Gloda.NOUN_TAG);
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63c7d87a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/public.js
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["Gloda"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/gloda.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/everybody.js");
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/indexer.js");
+// initialize the indexer! (who was actually imported as a nested dep by the
+//  things everybody.js imported.)  We waited until now so it could know about
+//  its indexers.
+GlodaIndexer._init();
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/index_msg.js");
+
+/**
+ * Expose some junk
+ */
+function proxy(aSourceObj, aSourceAttr, aDestObj, aDestAttr) {
+  aDestObj[aDestAttr] = function() {
+    return aSourceObj[aSourceAttr].apply(aSourceObj, arguments);
+  };
+}
+
+proxy(GlodaIndexer, "addListener", Gloda, "addIndexerListener");
+proxy(GlodaIndexer, "removeListener", Gloda, "removeIndexerListener");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "isMessageIndexed", Gloda, "isMessageIndexed");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "setFolderIndexingPriority", Gloda,
+      "setFolderIndexingPriority");
+proxy(GlodaMsgIndexer, "resetFolderIndexingPriority", Gloda,
+      "resetFolderIndexingPriority");
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c2139498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/query.js
@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["GlodaQueryClassFactory"];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/log4moz.js");
+
+// GlodaDatastore has some constants we need, and oddly enough, there was no
+//  load dependency preventing us from doing this.
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/gloda/datastore.js");
+
+/**
+ * @class Query class core; each noun gets its own sub-class where attributes
+ *  have helper methods bound.
+ *
+ * @param aOptions A dictionary of options.  Current legal options are:
+ *     - noMagic: Indicates that the noun's dbQueryJoinMagic should be ignored.
+ *                Currently, this means that messages will not have their
+ *                full-text indexed values re-attached.  This is planned to be
+ *                offset by having queries/cache lookups that do not request
+ *                noMagic to ensure that their data does get loaded.
+ *     - explicitSQL: A hand-rolled alternate representation for the core
+ *           SELECT portion of the SQL query.  The queryFromQuery logic still
+ *           generates its normal query, we just ignore its result in favor of
+ *           your provided value.  This means that the positional parameter
+ *           list is still built and you should/must rely on those bound
+ *           parameters (using '?').  The replacement occurs prior to the
+ *           outerWrapColumns, ORDER BY, and LIMIT contributions to the query.
+ *     - outerWrapColumns: If provided, wraps the query in a "SELECT *,blah
+ *           FROM (actual query)" where blah is your list of outerWrapColumns
+ *           made comma-delimited.  The idea is that this allows you to
+ *           reference the result of expressions inside the query using their
+ *           names rather than having to duplicate the logic.  In practice,
+ *           this makes things more readable but is unlikely to improve
+ *           performance.  (Namely, my use of 'offsets' for full-text stuff
+ *           ends up in the EXPLAIN plan twice despite this.)
+ *     - noDbQueryValidityConstraints: Indicates that any validity constraints
+ *           should be ignored. This should be used when you need to get every
+ *           match regardless of whether it's valid.
+ *
+ * @property _owner The query instance that holds the list of unions...
+ * @property _constraints A list of (lists of OR constraints) that are ANDed
+ *     together.  For example [[FROM bob, FROM jim], [DATE last week]] would
+ *     be requesting us to find all the messages from either bob or jim, and
+ *     sent in the last week.
+ * @property _unions A list of other queries whose results are unioned with our
+ *     own.  There is no concept of nesting or sub-queries apart from this
+ *     mechanism.
+ */
+function GlodaQueryClass(aOptions) {
+  this.options = (aOptions != null) ? aOptions : {};
+
+  // if we are an 'or' clause, who is our parent whom other 'or' clauses should
+  //  spawn from...
+  this._owner = null;
+  // our personal chain of and-ing.
+  this._constraints = [];
+  // the other instances we union with
+  this._unions = [];
+
+  this._order = [];
+  this._limit = 0;
+}
+
+GlodaQueryClass.prototype = {
+  WILDCARD: {},
+
+  get constraintCount() {
+    return this._constraints.length;
+  },
+
+  or: function gloda_query_or() {
+    let owner = this._owner || this;
+    let orQuery = new this._queryClass();
+    orQuery._owner = owner;
+    owner._unions.push(orQuery);
+    return orQuery;
+  },
+
+  orderBy: function gloda_query_orderBy() {
+    for (let iArg = 0; iArg < arguments.length; iArg++) {
+      let arg = arguments[iArg];
+      this._order.push(arg);
+    }
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  limit: function gloda_query_limit(aLimit) {
+    this._limit = aLimit;
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return a collection asynchronously populated by this collection.  You must
+   *  provide a listener to receive notifications from the collection as it
+   *  receives updates.  The listener object should implement onItemsAdded,
+   *  onItemsModified, and onItemsRemoved methods, all of which take a single
+   *  argument which is the list of items which have been added, modified, or
+   *  removed respectively.
+   *
+   * @param aListener The collection listener.
+   * @param [aData] The data attribute to set on the collection.
+   * @param [aArgs.becomeExplicit] Make the collection explicit so that the
+   *     collection will only ever contain results found from the database
+   *     query and the query will not be updated as new items are indexed that
+   *     also match the query.
+   * @param [aArgs.becomeNull] Change the collection's query to a null query so
+   *     that it will never receive any additional added/modified/removed events
+   *     apart from the underlying database query.  This is really only intended
+   *     for gloda internal use but may be acceptable for non-gloda use.  Please
+   *     ask on mozilla.dev.apps.thunderbird first to make sure there isn't a
+   *     better solution for your use-case.  (Note: removals will still happen
+   *     when things get fully deleted.)
+   */
+  getCollection: function gloda_query_getCollection(aListener, aData, aArgs) {
+    this.completed = false;
+    return this._nounDef.datastore.queryFromQuery(this, aListener, aData,
+             /* aExistingCollection */ null, /* aMasterCollection */ null,
+             aArgs);
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Test whether the given first-class noun instance satisfies this query.
+   *
+   * @testpoint gloda.query.test
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_test(aObj) {
+    // when changing this method, be sure that GlodaDatastore's queryFromQuery
+    //  method likewise has any required changes made.
+    let unionQueries = [this].concat(this._unions);
+
+    for (let iUnion = 0; iUnion < unionQueries.length; iUnion++) {
+      let curQuery = unionQueries[iUnion];
+
+      // assume success until a specific (or) constraint proves us wrong
+      let querySatisfied = true;
+      for (let iConstraint = 0; iConstraint < curQuery._constraints.length;
+           iConstraint++) {
+        let constraint = curQuery._constraints[iConstraint];
+        let [constraintType, attrDef] = constraint;
+        let boundName = attrDef ? attrDef.boundName : "id";
+        if ((boundName in aObj) &&
+            aObj[boundName] === GlodaDatastore.IGNORE_FACET) {
+          querySatisfied = false;
+          break;
+        }
+
+        let constraintValues = constraint.slice(2);
+
+        if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIdIn) {
+          if (constraintValues.indexOf(aObj.id) == -1) {
+            querySatisfied = false;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintIn
+        else if ((constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn) ||
+                 (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintEquals)) {
+          let objectNounDef = attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+          // if they provide an equals comparator, use that.
+          // (note: the next case has better optimization possibilities than
+          //  this mechanism, but of course has higher initialization costs or
+          //  code complexity costs...)
+          if (objectNounDef.equals) {
+            let testValues;
+            if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+            else if (attrDef.singular)
+              testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+            else
+              testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+            // If there are no constraints, then we are just testing for there
+            //  being a value.  Succeed (continue) in that case.
+            if (constraintValues.length == 0 && testValues.length &&
+                testValues[0] != null)
+              continue;
+
+            // If there are no test values and the empty set is significant,
+            //  then check if any of the constraint values are null (our
+            //  empty indicator.)
+            if (testValues.length == 0 && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+              let foundEmptySetSignifier = false;
+              for (let constraintValue of constraintValues) {
+                if (constraintValue == null) {
+                  foundEmptySetSignifier = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundEmptySetSignifier)
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            let foundMatch = false;
+            for (let testValue of testValues) {
+              for (let value of constraintValues) {
+                if (objectNounDef.equals(testValue, value)) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundMatch)
+                break;
+            }
+            if (!foundMatch) {
+              querySatisfied = false;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          // otherwise, we need to convert everyone to their param/value form
+          //  in order to test for equality
+          else {
+            // let's just do the simple, obvious thing for now.  which is
+            //  what we did in the prior case but exploding values using
+            //  toParamAndValue, and then comparing.
+            let testValues;
+            if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+            else if (attrDef.singular)
+              testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+            else
+              testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+            // If there are no constraints, then we are just testing for there
+            //  being a value.  Succeed (continue) in that case.
+            if (constraintValues.length == 0 && testValues.length &&
+                testValues[0] != null)
+              continue;
+            // If there are no test values and the empty set is significant,
+            //  then check if any of the constraint values are null (our
+            //  empty indicator.)
+            if (testValues.length == 0 && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant) {
+              let foundEmptySetSignifier = false;
+              for (let constraintValue of constraintValues) {
+                if (constraintValue == null) {
+                  foundEmptySetSignifier = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundEmptySetSignifier)
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            let foundMatch = false;
+            for (let testValue of testValues) {
+              let [aParam, aValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(testValue);
+              for (let value of constraintValues) {
+                // skip empty set check sentinel values
+                if (value == null && attrDef.emptySetIsSignificant)
+                  continue;
+                let [bParam, bValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(value);
+                if (aParam == bParam && aValue == bValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              if (foundMatch)
+                break;
+            }
+            if (!foundMatch) {
+              querySatisfied = false;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintRanges
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges) {
+          let objectNounDef = attrDef.objectNounDef;
+
+          let testValues;
+          if (!(boundName in aObj))
+              testValues = [];
+          else if (attrDef.singular)
+            testValues = [aObj[boundName]];
+          else
+            testValues = aObj[boundName];
+
+          let foundMatch = false;
+          for (let testValue of testValues) {
+            let [tParam, tValue] = objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(testValue);
+            for (let rangeTuple of constraintValues) {
+              let [lowerRValue, upperRValue] = rangeTuple;
+              if (lowerRValue == null) {
+                let [upperParam, upperValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperRValue);
+                if (tParam == upperParam && tValue <= upperValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              else if (upperRValue == null) {
+                let [lowerParam, lowerValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerRValue);
+                if (tParam == lowerParam && tValue >= lowerValue) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+              else { // no one is null
+                let [upperParam, upperValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(upperRValue);
+                let [lowerParam, lowerValue] =
+                  objectNounDef.toParamAndValue(lowerRValue);
+                if ((tParam == lowerParam) && (tValue >= lowerValue) &&
+                    (tParam == upperParam) && (tValue <= upperValue)) {
+                  foundMatch = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            if (foundMatch)
+              break;
+          }
+          if (!foundMatch) {
+            querySatisfied = false;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintStringLike
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintStringLike) {
+          let curIndex = 0;
+          let value = (boundName in aObj) ? aObj[boundName] : "";
+          // the attribute must be singular, we don't support arrays of strings.
+          for (let valuePart of constraintValues) {
+            if (typeof valuePart == "string") {
+              let index = value.indexOf(valuePart);
+              // if curIndex is null, we just need any match
+              // if it's not null, it must match the offset of our found match
+              if (curIndex === null) {
+                if (index == -1)
+                  querySatisfied = false;
+                else
+                  curIndex = index + valuePart.length;
+              }
+              else {
+                if (index != curIndex)
+                  querySatisfied = false;
+                else
+                  curIndex = index + valuePart.length;
+              }
+              if (!querySatisfied)
+                break;
+            }
+            else // wild!
+              curIndex = null;
+          }
+          // curIndex must be null or equal to the length of the string
+          if (querySatisfied && curIndex !== null && curIndex != value.length)
+            querySatisfied = false;
+        }
+        // @testpoint gloda.query.test.kConstraintFulltext
+        else if (constraintType === GlodaDatastore.kConstraintFulltext) {
+          // this is beyond our powers. Even if we have the fulltext content in
+          //  memory, which we may not, the tokenization and such to perform
+          //  the testing gets very complicated in the face of i18n, etc.
+          // so, let's fail if the item is not already in the collection, and
+          //  let the testing continue if it is.  (some other constraint may no
+          //  longer apply...)
+          if (!(aObj.id in this.collection._idMap))
+            querySatisfied = false;
+        }
+
+        if (!querySatisfied)
+          break;
+      }
+
+      if (querySatisfied)
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper code for noun definitions of queryHelpers that want to build a
+   *  traditional in/equals constraint.  The goal is to let them build a range
+   *  without having to know how we structure |_constraints|.
+   *
+   * @protected
+   */
+  _inConstraintHelper:
+      function gloda_query__discreteConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, aValues) {
+    let constraint =
+      [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintIn, aAttrDef].concat(aValues);
+    this._constraints.push(constraint);
+    return this;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Helper code for noun definitions of queryHelpers that want to build a
+   *  range.  The goal is to let them build a range without having to know how
+   *  we structure |_constraints| or requiring them to mark themselves as
+   *  continuous to get a "Range".
+   *
+   * @protected
+   */
+  _rangedConstraintHelper:
+      function gloda_query__rangedConstraintHelper(aAttrDef, aRanges) {
+    let constraint =
+      [GlodaDatastore.kConstraintRanges, aAttrDef].concat(aRanges);
+    this._constraints.push(constraint);
+    return this;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that never matches anything.
+ *
+ * Collections corresponding to this query are intentionally frozen in time and
+ *  do not want to be notified of any updates.  We need the collection to be
+ *  registered with the collection manager so that the noun instances in the
+ *  collection are always 'reachable' via the collection for as long as we might
+ *  be handing out references to the instances.  (The other way to avoid updates
+ *  would be to not register the collection, but then items might not be
+ *  reachable.)
+ * This is intended to be used in implementation details behind the gloda
+ *  abstraction barrier.  For example, the message indexer likes to be able
+ *  to represent 'ghost' and deleted messages, but these should never be exposed
+ *  to the user.  For code simplicity, it wants to be able to use the query
+ *  mechanism.  But it doesn't want updates that are effectively
+ *  nonsensical.  For example, a ghost message that is reused by message
+ *  indexing may already be present in a collection; when the collection manager
+ *  receives an itemsAdded event, a GlodaExplicitQueryClass would result in
+ *  an item added notification in that case, which would wildly not be desired.
+ */
+function GlodaNullQueryClass() {
+}
+
+GlodaNullQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation, which
+   *  does not happen for null queries.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Provide a duck-typing way of indicating to GlodaCollectionManager that our
+   *  associated collection just doesn't want anything to change.  Our test
+   *  function is able to convey most of it, but special-casing has to happen
+   *  somewhere, so it happens here.
+   */
+  frozen: true,
+
+  /**
+   * Since our query never matches anything, it doesn't make sense to let
+   *  someone attempt to construct a boolean OR involving us.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  or: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return nothing (null) because it does not make sense to create a collection
+   *  based on a null query.  This method is normally used (on a normal query)
+   *  to return a collection populated by the constraints of the query.  We
+   *  match nothing, so we should return nothing.  More importantly, you are
+   *  currently doing something wrong if you try and do this, so null is
+   *  appropriate.  It may turn out that it makes sense for us to return an
+   *  empty collection in the future for sentinel value purposes, but we'll
+   *  cross that bridge when we come to it.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  getCollection: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Never matches anything.
+   *
+   * @param aObj The object someone wants us to test for relevance to our
+   *     associated collection.  But we don't care!  Not a fig!
+   * @returns false
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_null_test(aObj) {
+    return false;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that only 'tests' for already belonging to the collection.
+ *
+ * This type of collection is useful for when you (or rather your listener)
+ *  are interested in hearing about modifications to your collection or removals
+ *  from your collection because of deletion, but do not want to be notified
+ *  about newly indexed items matching your normal query constraints.
+ *
+ * @param aCollection The collection this query belongs to.  This needs to be
+ *     passed-in here or the collection should set the attribute directly when
+ *     the query is passed in to a collection's constructor.
+ */
+function GlodaExplicitQueryClass(aCollection) {
+  this.collection = aCollection;
+}
+
+GlodaExplicitQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation, which
+   *  does not happen for explicit queries.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  /**
+   * Since our query is intended to only match the contents of our collection,
+   *  it doesn't make sense to let someone attempt to construct a boolean OR
+   *  involving us.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  or: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Return nothing (null) because it does not make sense to create a collection
+   *  based on an explicit query.  This method is normally used (on a normal
+   *  query) to return a collection populated by the constraints of the query.
+   *  In the case of an explicit query, we expect it will be associated with
+   *  either a hand-created collection or the results of a normal query that is
+   *  immediately converted into an explicit query.  In all likelihood, calling
+   *  this method on an instance of this type is an error, so it is helpful to
+   *  return null because people will error hard.
+   *
+   * @returns null
+   */
+  getCollection: function() {
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Matches only items that are already in the collection associated with this
+   *  query (by id).
+   *
+   * @param aObj The object/item to test for already being in the associated
+   *     collection.
+   * @returns true when the object is in the associated collection, otherwise
+   *     false.
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_explicit_test(aObj) {
+    return (aObj.id in this.collection._idMap);
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class A query that 'tests' true for everything.  Intended for debugging purposes
+ *  only.
+ */
+function GlodaWildcardQueryClass() {
+}
+
+GlodaWildcardQueryClass.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * No options; they are currently only needed for SQL query generation.
+   */
+  options: {},
+
+  // don't let people try and mess with us
+  or: function() { return null; },
+  // don't let people try and query on us (until we have a real use case for
+  //  that...)
+  getCollection: function() { return null; },
+  /**
+   * Everybody wins!
+   */
+  test: function gloda_query_explicit_test(aObj) {
+    return true;
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Factory method to effectively create per-noun subclasses of GlodaQueryClass,
+ *  GlodaNullQueryClass, GlodaExplicitQueryClass, and GlodaWildcardQueryClass.
+ *  For GlodaQueryClass this allows us to add per-noun helpers.  For the others,
+ *  this is merely a means of allowing us to attach the (per-noun) nounDef to
+ *  the 'class'.
+ */
+function GlodaQueryClassFactory(aNounDef) {
+  let newQueryClass = function(aOptions) {
+    GlodaQueryClass.call(this, aOptions);
+  };
+  newQueryClass.prototype = new GlodaQueryClass();
+  newQueryClass.prototype._queryClass = newQueryClass;
+  newQueryClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newNullClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaNullQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newNullClass.prototype = new GlodaNullQueryClass();
+  newNullClass.prototype._queryClass = newNullClass;
+  newNullClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newExplicitClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaExplicitQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newExplicitClass.prototype = new GlodaExplicitQueryClass();
+  newExplicitClass.prototype._queryClass = newExplicitClass;
+  newExplicitClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  let newWildcardClass = function(aCollection) {
+    GlodaWildcardQueryClass.call(this);
+    this.collection = aCollection;
+  };
+  newWildcardClass.prototype = new GlodaWildcardQueryClass();
+  newWildcardClass.prototype._queryClass = newWildcardClass;
+  newWildcardClass.prototype._nounDef = aNounDef;
+
+  return [newQueryClass, newNullClass, newExplicitClass, newWildcardClass];
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..009ad5f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/suffixtree.js
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ["SuffixTree", "MultiSuffixTree"];
+
+/**
+ * Given a list of strings and a corresponding map of items that those strings
+ *  correspond to, build a suffix tree.
+ */
+function MultiSuffixTree(aStrings, aItems) {
+  if (aStrings.length != aItems.length)
+    throw new Error("Array lengths need to be the same.");
+
+  let s = '';
+  let offsetsToItems = [];
+  let lastLength = 0;
+  for (let i = 0; i < aStrings.length; i++) {
+    s += aStrings[i];
+    offsetsToItems.push(lastLength, s.length, aItems[i]);
+    lastLength = s.length;
+  }
+  
+  this._construct(s);
+  this._offsetsToItems = offsetsToItems;
+  this._numItems = aItems.length;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function State(aStartIndex, aEndIndex, aSuffix) {
+  this.start = aStartIndex;
+  this.end = aEndIndex;
+  this.suffix = aSuffix;
+}
+
+var dump;
+if (dump === undefined) {
+  dump = function(a) {
+    print(a.slice(0, -1));
+  };
+}
+
+/**
+ * Since objects are basically hash-tables anyways, we simply create an
+ *  attribute whose name is the first letter of the edge string.  (So, the
+ *  edge string can conceptually be a multi-letter string, but since we would
+ *  split it were there any ambiguity, it's okay to just use the single letter.)
+ *  This avoids having to update the attribute name or worry about tripping our
+ *  implementation up.
+ */
+State.prototype = {
+  get isExplicit() {
+    // our end is not inclusive...
+    return (this.end <= this.start);
+  },
+  get isImplicit() {
+    // our end is not inclusive...
+    return (this.end > this.start);
+  },
+  
+  get length() {
+    return this.end - this.start;
+  },
+  
+  toString: function State_toString() {
+    return "[Start: " + this.start + " End: " + this.end +
+           (this.suffix ? " non-null suffix]" : " null suffix]"); 
+  }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Suffix tree implemented using Ukkonen's algorithm.
+ * @constructor
+ */
+function SuffixTree(aStr) {
+  this._construct(aStr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * States are 
+ */
+SuffixTree.prototype = {
+  /**
+   * Find all items matching the provided substring.
+   */
+  findMatches: function findMatches(aSubstring) {
+    let results = [];
+    let state = this._root;
+    let index=0;
+    let end = aSubstring.length;
+    while(index < end) {
+      state = state[aSubstring[index]];
+      // bail if there was no edge
+      if (state === undefined)
+        return results;
+      // bail if the portion of the edge we traversed is not equal to that
+      //  portion of our pattern
+      let actualTraverseLength = Math.min(state.length,
+                                          end - index);
+      if (this._str.substring(state.start,
+                              state.start + actualTraverseLength) !=
+          aSubstring.substring(index, index + actualTraverseLength))
+        return results;
+      index += state.length;
+    }
+    
+    // state should now be the node which itself and all its children match...
+    // The delta is to adjust us to the offset of the last letter of our match;
+    //  the edge we traversed to get here may have found us traversing more
+    //  than we wanted.
+    // index - end captures the over-shoot of the edge traversal,
+    // index - end + 1 captures the fact that we want to find the last letter
+    //  that matched, not just the first letter beyond it
+    // However, if this state is a leaf node (end == 'infinity'), then 'end'
+    //  isn't describing an edge at all and we want to avoid accounting for it.
+    let delta;
+    /*
+    if (state.end != this._infinity)
+      //delta = index - end + 1;
+      delta = end - (index - state.length); 
+    else */
+    delta = index - state.length - end + 1;
+ 
+    this._resultGather(state, results, {}, end, delta, true);
+    return results;
+  },
+  
+  _resultGather: function resultGather(aState, aResults, aPresence,
+                                       aPatLength, aDelta, alreadyAdjusted) {
+    // find the item that this state originated from based on the state's
+    //  start character.  offsetToItem holds [string start index, string end
+    //  index (exclusive), item reference].  So we want to binary search to
+    //  find the string whose start/end index contains the state's start index.
+    let low = 0;
+    let high = this._numItems-1;
+    let mid, stringStart, stringEnd;
+    
+    let patternLast = aState.start - aDelta;
+    while (low <= high) {
+      mid = low + Math.floor((high - low) / 2); // excessive, especially with js nums
+      stringStart = this._offsetsToItems[mid*3];
+      let startDelta = stringStart - patternLast;
+      stringEnd = this._offsetsToItems[mid*3+1];
+      let endDelta = stringEnd - patternLast;
+      if (startDelta > 0)
+        high = mid - 1;
+      else if (endDelta <= 0)
+        low = mid + 1;
+      else {
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    // - The match occurred completely inside a source string.  Success.
+    // - The match spans more than one source strings, and is therefore not
+    //   a match.
+    
+    // at this point, we have located the origin string that corresponds to the
+    //  start index of this state.
+    // - The match terminated with the end of the preceding string, and does
+    //   not match us at all.  We, and potentially our children, are merely
+    //   serving as a unique terminal.
+    // - The 
+
+  let patternFirst = patternLast - (aPatLength - 1);
+
+  if (patternFirst >= stringStart) {
+    if (!(stringStart in aPresence)) {
+      aPresence[stringStart] = true;
+      aResults.push(this._offsetsToItems[mid*3+2]);
+    }
+  }
+    
+    // bail if we had it coming OR
+    // if the result terminates at/part-way through this state, meaning any
+    //  of its children are not going to be actual results, just hangers
+    //  on.
+/*
+    if (bail || (end <= aState.end)) {
+dump("  bailing! (bail was: " + bail + ")\n");
+      return;
+    }
+*/    
+    // process our children...
+    for (let key in aState) {
+      // edges have attributes of length 1...
+      if (key.length == 1) {
+        let statePrime = aState[key];
+        this._resultGather(statePrime, aResults, aPresence, aPatLength,
+                           aDelta + aState.length, //(alreadyAdjusted ? 0 : aState.length),
+                           false);
+      }
+    }
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a reference 'pair' of a state and a string (may be 'empty'=explicit,
+   *  which means no work to do and we return immediately) follow that state
+   *  (and then the successive states)'s transitions until we run out of
+   *  transitions.  This happens either when we find an explicit state, or 
+   *  find ourselves partially along an edge (conceptually speaking).  In
+   *  the partial case, we return the state prior to the edge traversal.
+   * (The information about the 'edge' is contained on its target State;
+   *  we can do this because a state is only referenced by one other state.) 
+   */
+  _canonize: function canonize(aState, aStart, aEnd) {
+    if (aEnd <= aStart) {
+      return [aState, aStart];
+    }
+  
+    let statePrime;
+    // we treat an aState of null as 'bottom', which has transitions for every
+    //  letter in the alphabet to 'root'.  rather than create all those
+    //  transitions, we special-case here.
+    if (aState === null)
+      statePrime = this._root;
+    else
+      statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+    while (statePrime.length <= aEnd - aStart) { // (no 1 adjustment required)
+      aStart += statePrime.length;
+      aState = statePrime;
+      if (aStart < aEnd) {
+        statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+      }
+    }
+    return [aState, aStart]; 
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Given a reference 'pair' whose state may or may not be explicit (and for
+   *  which we will perform the required splitting to make it explicit), test
+   *  whether it already possesses a transition corresponding to the provided
+   *  character.
+   * @return A list of: whether we had to make it explicit, the (potentially)
+   *    new explicit state.
+   */
+  _testAndSplit: function testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aEnd, aChar) {
+    if (aStart < aEnd) { // it's not explicit
+      let statePrime = aState[this._str[aStart]];
+      let length = aEnd - aStart;
+      if (aChar == this._str[statePrime.start + length]) {
+        return [true, aState];
+      }
+      else {
+        // do splitting... aState -> rState -> statePrime
+        let rState = new State(statePrime.start, statePrime.start + length);
+        aState[this._str[statePrime.start]] = rState;
+        statePrime.start += length;
+        rState[this._str[statePrime.start]] = statePrime;
+        return [false, rState];
+      }
+    }
+    else { // it's already explicit
+      if (aState === null) { // bottom case... shouldn't happen, but hey. 
+        return [true, aState];
+      }
+      return [(aChar in aState), aState];
+    }
+      
+  },
+
+  _update: function update(aState, aStart, aIndex) {
+    let oldR = this._root;
+    let textAtIndex = this._str[aIndex]; // T sub i (0-based corrected...)
+    // because of the way we store the 'end' value as a one-past form, we do
+    //  not need to subtract 1 off of aIndex.
+    let [endPoint, rState] = this._testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aIndex, //no -1
+                                                textAtIndex);
+    while (!endPoint) {
+      let rPrime = new State(aIndex, this._infinity);
+      rState[textAtIndex] = rPrime;
+      if (oldR !== this._root)
+        oldR.suffix = rState;
+      oldR = rState;
+      [aState, aStart] = this._canonize(aState.suffix, aStart, aIndex); // no -1
+      [endPoint, rState] = this._testAndSplit(aState, aStart, aIndex, // no -1
+                                              textAtIndex);
+    }
+    if (oldR !== this._root)
+      oldR.suffix = aState;
+    
+    return [aState, aStart];
+  },
+  
+  _construct: function construct(aStr) {
+    this._str = aStr;
+    // just needs to be longer than the string.
+    this._infinity = aStr.length + 1;
+    
+    //this._bottom = new State(0, -1, null);
+    this._root = new State(-1, 0, null); // null === bottom
+    let state = this._root;
+    let start = 0;
+  
+    for (let i = 0; i < aStr.length; i++) {
+      [state, start] = this._update(state, start, i); // treat as flowing -1...
+      [state, start] = this._canonize(state, start, i+1); // 1-length string
+    }
+  },
+  
+  dump: function SuffixTree_show(aState, aIndent, aKey) {
+    if (aState === undefined)
+      aState = this._root;
+    if (aIndent === undefined) {
+      aIndent = "";
+      aKey = ".";
+    }
+    
+    if (aState.isImplicit) {
+      let snip;
+      if (aState.length > 10)
+        snip = this._str.slice(aState.start,
+                           Math.min(aState.start+10, this._str.length)) + "...";
+      else
+        snip =  this._str.slice(aState.start,
+                                Math.min(aState.end, this._str.length)); 
+      dump(aIndent + aKey + ":" + snip + "(" +
+           aState.start + ":" + aState.end + ")\n");
+    }
+    else
+      dump(aIndent + aKey + ": (explicit:" + aState.start + ":" + aState.end +")\n");
+    let nextIndent = aIndent + "  ";
+    let keys = Object.keys(aState).filter(c => c.length == 1);
+    for (let key of keys) {
+      this.dump(aState[key], nextIndent, key);
+    }
+  }
+};
+MultiSuffixTree.prototype = SuffixTree.prototype;
+
+function examplar() {
+  let names = ["AndrewSmith", "AndrewJones", "MarkSmith", "BryanClark",
+               "MarthaJones", "DavidAscher", "DanMosedale", "DavidBienvenu",
+               "JanetDavis", "JosephBryant"];
+  let b = new MultiSuffixTree(names, names);
+  b.dump();
+  dump(b.findMatches("rya") + "\n");
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a095c427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/modules/utils.js
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+this.EXPORTED_SYMBOLS = ['GlodaUtils'];
+
+var Cc = Components.classes;
+var Ci = Components.interfaces;
+var Cr = Components.results;
+var Cu = Components.utils;
+
+Cu.import("resource:///modules/mailServices.js");
+
+/**
+ * @namespace A holding place for logic that is not gloda-specific and should
+ *  reside elsewhere.
+ */
+var GlodaUtils = {
+
+  /**
+   * This Regexp is super-complicated and used at least in two different parts of
+   * the code, so let's expose it from one single location.
+   */
+  PART_RE: new RegExp("^[^?]+\\?(?:/;section=\\d+\\?)?(?:[^&]+&)*part=([^&]+)(?:&[^&]+)*$"),
+
+  deMime: function gloda_utils_deMime(aString) {
+    return MailServices.mimeConverter.decodeMimeHeader(aString, null, false, true);
+  },
+
+  _headerParser: MailServices.headerParser,
+
+  /**
+   * Parses an RFC 2822 list of e-mail addresses and returns an object with
+   *  4 attributes, as described below.  We will use the example of the user
+   *  passing an argument of '"Bob Smith" <bob@example.com>'.
+   *
+   * This method (by way of nsIMsgHeaderParser) takes care of decoding mime
+   *  headers, but is not aware of folder-level character set overrides.
+   *
+   * count: the number of addresses parsed. (ex: 1)
+   * addresses: a list of e-mail addresses (ex: ["bob@example.com"])
+   * names: a list of names (ex: ["Bob Smith"])
+   * fullAddresses: aka the list of name and e-mail together (ex: ['"Bob Smith"
+   *  <bob@example.com>']).
+   *
+   * This method is a convenience wrapper around nsIMsgHeaderParser.
+   */
+  parseMailAddresses: function gloda_utils_parseMailAddresses(aMailAddresses) {
+    let addresses = {}, names = {}, fullAddresses = {};
+    this._headerParser.parseHeadersWithArray(aMailAddresses, addresses,
+                                             names, fullAddresses);
+    return {names: names.value, addresses: addresses.value,
+            fullAddresses: fullAddresses.value,
+            count: names.value.length};
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * MD5 hash a string and return the hex-string result. Impl from nsICryptoHash
+   *  docs.
+   */
+  md5HashString: function gloda_utils_md5hash(aString) {
+    let converter = Cc["@mozilla.org/intl/scriptableunicodeconverter"].
+                    createInstance(Ci.nsIScriptableUnicodeConverter);
+    let trash = {};
+    converter.charset = "UTF-8";
+    let data = converter.convertToByteArray(aString, trash);
+
+    let hasher = Cc['@mozilla.org/security/hash;1'].
+                 createInstance(Ci.nsICryptoHash);
+    hasher.init(Ci.nsICryptoHash.MD5);
+    hasher.update(data, data.length);
+    let hash = hasher.finish(false);
+
+     // return the two-digit hexadecimal code for a byte
+    function toHexString(charCode) {
+      return ("0" + charCode.toString(16)).slice(-2);
+    }
+
+    // convert the binary hash data to a hex string.
+    let hex = Object.keys(hash).map(i => toHexString(hash.charCodeAt(i)));
+    return hex.join("");
+  },
+
+  getCardForEmail: function gloda_utils_getCardForEmail(aAddress) {
+    // search through all of our local address books looking for a match.
+    let enumerator = MailServices.ab.directories;
+    let cardForEmailAddress;
+    let addrbook;
+    while (!cardForEmailAddress && enumerator.hasMoreElements())
+    {
+      addrbook = enumerator.getNext().QueryInterface(Ci.nsIAbDirectory);
+      try
+      {
+        cardForEmailAddress = addrbook.cardForEmailAddress(aAddress);
+        if (cardForEmailAddress)
+          return cardForEmailAddress;
+      } catch (ex) {}
+    }
+
+    return null;
+  },
+
+  _FORCE_GC_AFTER_NUM_HEADERS: 4096,
+  _headersSeen: 0,
+  /**
+   * As |forceGarbageCollection| says, once XPConnect sees a header, it likes
+   *  to hold onto that reference.  This method is used to track the number of
+   *  headers we have seen and force a GC when we have to.
+   *
+   * Ideally the indexer's idle-biased GC mechanism would take care of all the
+   *  GC; we are just a failsafe to make sure that our memory usage is bounded
+   *  based on the number of headers we have seen rather than just time.
+   *  Since holding onto headers can keep databases around too, this also
+   *  helps avoid keeping file handles open, etc.
+   *
+   * |forceGarbageCollection| will zero our tracking variable when a GC happens
+   *  so we are informed by the indexer's GC triggering.
+   *
+   * And of course, we don't want to trigger collections willy nilly because
+   *  they have a cost even if there is no garbage.
+   *
+   * @param aNumHeadersSeen The number of headers code has seen.  A granularity
+   *     of hundreds of messages should be fine.
+   */
+  considerHeaderBasedGC: function(aNumHeadersSeen) {
+    this._headersSeen += aNumHeadersSeen;
+    if (this._headersSeen >= this._FORCE_GC_AFTER_NUM_HEADERS)
+      this.forceGarbageCollection();
+  },
+
+  /**
+   * Force a garbage-collection sweep.  Gloda has to force garbage collection
+   *  periodically because XPConnect's XPCJSRuntime::DeferredRelease mechanism
+   *  can end up holding onto a ridiculously high number of XPConnect objects in
+   *  between normal garbage collections.  This has mainly posed a problem
+   *  because nsAutolock is a jerk in DEBUG builds in 1.9.1, but in theory this
+   *  also helps us even out our memory usage.
+   * We also are starting to do this more to try and keep the garbage collection
+   *  durations acceptable.  We intentionally avoid triggering the cycle
+   *  collector in those cases, as we do presume a non-trivial fixed cost for
+   *  cycle collection.  (And really all we want is XPConnect to not be a jerk.)
+   * This method exists mainly to centralize our GC activities and because if
+   *  we do start involving the cycle collector, that is a non-trivial block of
+   *  code to copy-and-paste all over the place (at least in a module).
+   *
+   * @param aCycleCollecting Do we need the cycle collector to run?  Currently
+   *     unused / unimplemented, but we would use
+   *     nsIDOMWindowUtils.garbageCollect() to do so.
+   */
+  forceGarbageCollection:
+      function gloda_utils_garbageCollection(aCycleCollecting) {
+    Cu.forceGC();
+    this._headersSeen = 0;
+  }
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build b/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cbae7782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/gloda/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'modules',
+    'components',
+]
+
+JAR_MANIFESTS += ['jar.mn']
diff --git a/mailnews/db/moz.build b/mailnews/db/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27ab5338d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'msgdb',
+    'gloda',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27dcb8746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+DIRS += [
+    'public',
+    'src',
+]
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9bf74e1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+XPIDL_SOURCES += [
+    'nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl',
+    'nsIDBChangeListener.idl',
+    'nsIDBFolderInfo.idl',
+    'nsIMsgDatabase.idl',
+    'nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl',
+    'nsINewsDatabase.idl',
+]
+
+XPIDL_MODULE = 'msgdb'
+
+EXPORTS += [
+    'nsDBFolderInfo.h',
+    'nsImapMailDatabase.h',
+    'nsMailDatabase.h',
+    'nsMsgDatabase.h',
+    'nsMsgDBCID.h',
+    'nsMsgHdr.h',
+    'nsMsgThread.h',
+    'nsNewsDatabase.h',
+]
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b3a51348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsDBFolderInfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* This class encapsulates the global information about a folder stored in the
+	summary file.
+*/
+#ifndef _nsDBFolderInfo_H
+#define _nsDBFolderInfo_H
+
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include <time.h>
+
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+// again, this could inherit from nsISupports, but I don't see the need as of yet.
+// I'm not sure it needs to be ref-counted (but I think it does).
+
+// I think these getters and setters really need to go through mdb and not rely on the object
+// caching the values. If this somehow turns out to be prohibitively expensive, we can invent
+// some sort of dirty mechanism, but I think it turns out that these values will be cached by 
+// the MSG_FolderInfo's anyway.
+class nsDBFolderInfo : public nsIDBFolderInfo
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+  
+  nsDBFolderInfo(nsMsgDatabase *mdb);
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    // interface methods.
+    NS_DECL_NSIDBFOLDERINFO
+    // create the appropriate table and row in a new db.
+    nsresult			AddToNewMDB();
+  // accessor methods.
+  
+  bool      TestFlag(int32_t flags);
+  int16_t   GetIMAPHierarchySeparator() ;
+  void      SetIMAPHierarchySeparator(int16_t hierarchyDelimiter) ;
+  void      ChangeImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t delta);
+  void      ChangeImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t delta) ;
+  
+  nsresult      InitFromExistingDB();
+  // get and set arbitrary property, aka row cell value.
+  nsresult SetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr);
+  nsresult SetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult SetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int64_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult SetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t propertyValue);
+  nsresult GetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, nsAString &propertyValue);
+  nsresult GetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t &propertyValue, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult GetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t &propertyValue, int32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult GetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty,
+                                     int64_t &propertyValue, int64_t defaultValue = 0);
+
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_lateredKeys; // list of latered messages
+
+  virtual size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return m_lateredKeys.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+  virtual size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return aMallocSizeOf(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsDBFolderInfo();
+
+  // initialize from appropriate table and row in existing db.
+  nsresult InitMDBInfo();
+  nsresult LoadMemberVariables();
+
+  nsresult AdjustHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater, bool force);
+
+  void ReleaseExternalReferences(); // let go of any references to other objects.
+
+  int64_t   m_folderSize;
+  int64_t   m_expungedBytes; // sum of size of deleted messages in folder
+  uint32_t  m_folderDate;
+  nsMsgKey  m_highWaterMessageKey; // largest news article number or imap uid whose header we've seen
+
+  //  m_numUnreadMessages and m_numMessages can never be negative. 0 means 'no msgs'.
+  int32_t   m_numUnreadMessages;
+  int32_t   m_numMessages;    // includes expunged and ignored messages
+
+  int32_t   m_flags;  // folder specific flags. This holds things like re-use thread pane,
+  // configured for off-line use, use default retrieval, purge article/header options
+
+  uint16_t    m_version;                // for upgrading...
+  int16_t     m_IMAPHierarchySeparator;	// imap path separator
+  
+  // mail only (for now)
+  
+  // IMAP only
+  int32_t     m_ImapUidValidity;
+  int32_t     m_totalPendingMessages;
+  int32_t     m_unreadPendingMessages;
+  
+  // news only (for now)
+  nsMsgKey    m_expiredMark;		// Highest invalid article number in group - for expiring
+  // the db folder info will have to know what db and row it belongs to, since it is really
+  // just a wrapper around the singleton folder info row in the mdb. 
+  nsMsgDatabase *m_mdb;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbTable;	// singleton table in db
+  nsIMdbRow     *m_mdbRow;	// singleton row in table;
+
+  nsCString     m_charSet;
+  bool          m_charSetOverride;
+  bool          m_mdbTokensInitialized;
+  
+  mdb_token     m_rowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_tableKindToken;
+  // tokens for the pre-set columns - we cache these for speed, which may be silly
+  mdb_token     m_mailboxNameColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_flagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_folderSizeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_expungedBytesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_folderDateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken;
+  
+  mdb_token     m_imapUidValidityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_expiredMarkColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_versionColumnToken;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28551ea60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIDBChangeListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(22baf00b-939d-42c3-ac51-21d99dfa1f05)]
+
+interface nsIDBChangeAnnouncer  : nsISupports {
+ /* these 2 calls return NS_OK on success, NS_COMFALSE on failure */
+  void AddListener(in nsIDBChangeListener listener);
+  void RemoveListener(in nsIDBChangeListener listener);
+
+  void NotifyHdrChangeAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags, in unsigned long aNewFlags, 
+                                in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyHdrAddedAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrAdded, in nsMsgKey parentKey, in long flags, 
+                               in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyHdrDeletedAll(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrDeleted, in nsMsgKey parentKey, in long flags, 
+                                 in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void NotifyParentChangedAll(in nsMsgKey keyReparented, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator); 
+
+  void NotifyReadChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void NotifyJunkScoreChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  void NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3acda8ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBChangeListener.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+interface nsIDBChangeAnnouncer;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+
+/**
+ * These callbacks are provided to allow listeners to the message database
+ * to update their status when changes occur.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(21c56d34-71b9-42bb-9606-331a6a5f8210)]
+
+interface  nsIDBChangeListener : nsISupports {
+  /**
+   * Callback when message flags are changed.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The changed header.
+   * @param aOldFlags   Message flags prior to change.
+   * @param aNewFlags   Message flags after change.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change.
+   */
+  void onHdrFlagsChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags,
+                   in unsigned long aNewFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message is marked as deleted.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The message header that is going to be deleted.
+   * @param aParentKey  Key of parent.
+   * @param aFlags      Flags that message has before delete.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onHdrDeleted(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags,
+                    in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message is added.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrChanged The message header that is added.
+   * @param aParentKey  Parent key of message.
+   * @param aFlags      Flags that new message will have.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onHdrAdded(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags,
+                  in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when message parrent is changed. Parent is changed when message is deleted or moved.
+   *
+   * @param aKeyChanged The message key that parent key was changed.
+   * @param oldParent   Old parent key.
+   * @param newParent   New parent key.
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onParentChanged(in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent,
+                       in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when announcer is going away. This is good place to release strong pointers to announcer.
+   *
+   * @param instigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onAnnouncerGoingAway(in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback when read flag is changed.
+   *
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onReadChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback used in case when "junkscore" property is changed.
+   *
+   * @param aInstigator Object that initiated the change. Can be null.
+   */
+  void onJunkScoreChanged(in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Callback used in the general case where any field may have changed.
+   * OnHdrPropertyChanged is called twice per change. On the first call, aPreChange
+   * is true, and aStatus is undefined. OnHdrPropertyChanged saves any required status in aStatus
+   * (such as a filter match). The calling function stores the value of aStatus, changes the
+   * header aHdrToChange, then calls OnHdrPropertyChanged again with aPreChange false. On this
+   * second call, the stored value of aStatus is provided, so that any changes may be noted.
+   *
+   * @param aHdrToChange the message header that is changing.
+   * @param aPreChange   true on first call before change, false on second call after change
+   * @param aStatus      storage location provided by calling routine for status
+   * @param aInstigator  object that initiated the change
+   */   
+  void onHdrPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrToChange, in boolean aPreChange, inout uint32_t aStatus,
+                       in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  /**
+   * Generic notification for extensibility. Common events should be documented
+   * here so we have a hope of keeping the documentation up to date.
+   * Current events are:
+   * "DBOpened" - When a pending listener becomes real. This can happen when
+   *              the existing db is force closed and a new one opened. Only
+   *              registered pending listeners are notified.
+   *
+   * @param aDB      the db for this event.
+   * @param aEvent   type of event. 
+   *
+   */
+  void onEvent(in nsIMsgDatabase aDB, in string aEvent);
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59b294d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIDBFolderInfo.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+
+[scriptable, uuid(a72dab4b-b3bd-471e-9a38-1b242b385459)]
+interface  nsIDBFolderInfo : nsISupports {
+  attribute long flags;
+
+  /**
+   * Or's aFlags into flags.
+   *
+   * @param - the flags(s) to set
+   *
+   * @return - the resulting flags.
+   */
+  long  orFlags(in long aFlags);
+  /**
+   * And's aFlags with flags, set flags to the result
+   *
+   * @param             the flags(s) to AND
+   *
+   * @return            the resulting flags.
+   */
+  long  andFlags(in long aFlags);
+
+  /**
+   * Allows us to keep track of the highwater mark
+   *
+   * @param aNewKey     If larger than the current highwater
+   *                    mark, sets the highwater mark to aNewKey.
+   */
+  void  onKeyAdded(in nsMsgKey aNewKey);
+
+  attribute nsMsgKey highWater;
+  attribute nsMsgKey expiredMark;
+  attribute long long folderSize;
+  attribute unsigned long folderDate;
+  void changeNumUnreadMessages(in long aDelta);
+  void changeNumMessages(in long aDelta);
+
+  // numUnreadMessages and numMessages will never return negative numbers. 0 means 'no msgs'.
+  attribute long numUnreadMessages;
+  attribute long numMessages;
+
+  attribute long long expungedBytes;
+  attribute long imapUidValidity;
+  attribute unsigned long version;
+  attribute long imapTotalPendingMessages;
+  attribute long imapUnreadPendingMessages;
+
+  attribute nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType;
+  attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags;
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType;
+  attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder;
+
+  void changeExpungedBytes(in long aDelta);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets a string property from the folder.
+   *
+   * @param propertyName The name of the property for the value to retrieve.
+   */
+  ACString getCharProperty(in string propertyName);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a string property from the folder.
+   *
+   * @param propertyName   The name of the property for which to set a value
+   * @param propertyValue  The new value of the property.
+   */
+  void setCharProperty(in string aPropertyName, in ACString aPropertyValue);
+  void setUint32Property(in string propertyName, in unsigned long propertyValue);
+  void setInt64Property(in string propertyName, in long long propertyValue);
+  unsigned long getUint32Property(in string propertyName, in unsigned long defaultValue);
+  long long     getInt64Property(in string propertyName, in long long defaultValue);
+  boolean getBooleanProperty(in string propertyName, in boolean defaultValue);
+  void setBooleanProperty(in string propertyName, in boolean aPropertyValue);
+  nsIDBFolderInfo	GetTransferInfo();
+  void	initFromTransferInfo(in nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo);
+
+  /**
+   * Gets/Sets the current character set for the folder. If there is no
+   * specific character set for the folder, it will return an empty string.
+   */
+  attribute ACString characterSet;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the effective character set on the folder. If there is no specific
+   * set defined for the folder, it will return the default character set.
+   */
+  readonly attribute ACString effectiveCharacterSet;
+
+  attribute boolean characterSetOverride;
+
+  attribute AString locale;
+  attribute AString mailboxName;
+
+
+  AString getProperty(in string propertyName);
+  void setProperty(in string propertyName, in AString propertyStr);
+
+  attribute string knownArtsSet;
+  attribute ACString folderName;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b79fc940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgDatabase.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup msgdb Mailnews message database
+ * This module is the access point to locally-stored databases.
+ *
+ * These databases are stored in .msf files. Each file contains useful cached
+ * information, like the message id or references, as well as the cc header or
+ * tag information. This cached information is encapsulated in nsIMsgDBHdr.
+ *
+ * Also included is threading information, mostly encapsulated in nsIMsgThread.
+ * The final component is the database folder info, which contains information
+ * on the view and basic information also stored in the folder cache such as the
+ * name or most recent update.
+ *
+ * What this module does not do is access individual messages. Access is
+ * strictly controlled by the nsIMsgFolder objects and their backends.
+ * @{
+ */
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+%}
+
+interface nsIMutableArray;
+interface nsIMsgDatabase;
+interface nsIMsgDBView;
+interface nsIDBChangeListener;
+interface nsIMsgDBHdr;
+interface nsISimpleEnumerator;
+interface nsIMsgThread;
+interface nsIDBFolderInfo;
+interface nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation;
+interface nsIMsgFolder;
+interface nsIMsgKeyArray;
+interface nsIFile;
+interface nsIArray;
+
+typedef unsigned long nsMsgRetainByPreference;
+
+
+[scriptable, uuid(fe8b7cec-eec8-4bcd-82ff-d8bb23cef3da)]
+
+interface nsIMsgRetentionSettings : nsISupports
+{
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainAll = 1;
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainByAge = 2;
+  const unsigned long nsMsgRetainByNumHeaders = 3;
+
+  attribute boolean useServerDefaults;
+  attribute nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  attribute unsigned long daysToKeepHdrs;
+  attribute unsigned long numHeadersToKeep;
+
+  // this is for keeping offline bodies.
+  attribute boolean cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  attribute unsigned long daysToKeepBodies;
+
+  /**
+   * Should retention settings be applied to flagged/starred messages?
+   * If false, flagged messages are never automatically deleted.
+   */
+  attribute boolean applyToFlaggedMessages;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(86a9da90-14f1-11d5-a5c0-0060b0fc04b7)]
+interface nsIMsgDownloadSettings : nsISupports
+{
+  attribute boolean useServerDefaults;
+  attribute boolean downloadByDate;
+  attribute boolean downloadUnreadOnly;
+  attribute unsigned long ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+};
+
+typedef long nsMsgDBCommit;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(15431853-e448-45dc-8978-9958bf74d9b7)]
+
+interface nsMsgDBCommitType 
+{
+  const long kLargeCommit = 1;
+  const long kSessionCommit = 2;
+  const long kCompressCommit = 3;
+};
+
+[ref] native nsMsgKeyArrayRef(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>);
+[ptr] native nsMsgKeyArrayPtr(nsTArray<nsMsgKey>);
+
+/**
+ * A service to open mail databases and manipulate listeners automatically.
+ *
+ * The contract ID for this component is
+ * <tt>\@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1</tt>.
+ */
+[scriptable, uuid(4cbbf024-3760-402d-89f3-6ababafeb07d)]
+interface nsIMsgDBService : nsISupports
+{
+  /**
+   * Opens a database for a given folder.
+   *
+   * This method is preferred over nsIMsgDBService::openMailDBFromFile if the
+   * caller has an actual nsIMsgFolder around. If the database detects that it
+   * is unreadable or out of date (using nsIMsgDatabase::outOfDate) it will
+   * destroy itself and prepare to be rebuilt, unless aLeaveInvalidDB is true.
+   *
+   * If one gets a NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING message, then one
+   * should call nsIMsgDBService::createNewDB to create the new database.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder         The folder whose database should be returned.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Whether or not the database should be deleted if it
+   *                        is invalid.
+   * @return                A new nsIMsgDatabase object representing the folder
+   *                        database that was opened.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is out of date.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+   *                        The database is present, but the summary file is
+   *                        missing.
+   * @see nsIMsgDatabase::Open
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::createNewDB
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase openFolderDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                              in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+
+  /**
+   * This is the same as a synchronous open in terms of params and errors.
+   * But to finish opening the db, the caller must call
+   * nsIMsgDBService::OpenMore repeatedly until the open is finished.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openMore
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase asyncOpenFolderDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                   in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+
+  /**
+   * Continues the open process for a db opened with
+   * nsIMsgDBService::asyncOpenFolderDB. Returns true if the db is ready
+   * to use, false if openMore needs to be called again.
+   * This will throw the same kinds of exceptions as openFolderDB.
+   * @param aTimeHint approximate number of milliseconds to spend
+   *                  before returning. This is more of a floor than
+                      a ceiling, since we can't guarantee that there
+                      won't be one big chunk that we can't interrupt.
+   * @return true if db is ready to use, false if openMore needs to
+   *         be called again.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   */
+  boolean openMore(in nsIMsgDatabase aDB, in unsigned long aTimeHint);
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new database for the given folder.
+   *
+   * If the database already exists, it will return the database, emit a
+   * warning, but not fully initialize it. For this reason, it should only be
+   * used when it is known that the database does not exist, such as when
+   * nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB throws an error.
+   *
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase createNewDB(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Opens or creates a database for a given file.
+   *
+   * This method should only be used if the caller does not have a folder
+   * instance, because the resulting db and message headers retrieved from the
+   * database would not know their owning folder, which limits their usefulness.
+   * For this reason, one should use nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB instead
+   * except under special circumstances.
+   *
+   * Unlike nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB, there is no corresponding method to
+   * create a new database if opening the database failed. However, this method
+   * will never throw NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING, so no corresponding
+   * method is needed.
+   *
+   * @param aFile           The file for which the database should be returned.
+   * @param aFolder         Folder the db corresponds to (may be null)
+   * @param aCreate         Whether or not the file should be created.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Whether or not the database should be deleted if it
+   *                        is invalid.
+   * @return                A new nsIMsgDatabase object encapsulating the file
+   *                        passed in.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @see nsIMsgDBService::openFolderDB
+   * @see nsIMsgDatabase::Open
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase openMailDBFromFile(in nsIFile aFile,
+                                    in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                                    in boolean aCreate,
+                                    in boolean aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  /**
+   * Adds the given listener to the listener set for the folder.
+   *
+   * Since the message database will likely be opened and closed many times, by
+   * registering using this method, one will be guaranteed to see all subsequent
+   * modifications. This will also add the listener to the database if it is
+   * already opened.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder         The folder to add a listener to.
+   * @param aListener       The listener to add the folder to.
+   */
+  void registerPendingListener(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder,
+                               in nsIDBChangeListener aListener);
+  /**
+   * Removes the listener from all folder listener sets.
+   *
+   * @param aListener       The listener to remove.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FAILURE
+   *                        The listener is not registered.
+   */
+  void unregisterPendingListener(in nsIDBChangeListener aListener);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the db for a folder, if already open.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder   The folder to get the cached (open) db for.
+   *
+   * @returns         null if the db isn't open, otherwise the db.
+   */
+  nsIMsgDatabase cachedDBForFolder(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /**
+   * Close the db for a folder, if already open.
+   *
+   * @param aFolder   The folder to close the cached (open) db for.
+   */
+  void forceFolderDBClosed(in nsIMsgFolder aFolder);
+
+  /// an enumerator to iterate over the open dbs.
+  readonly attribute nsIArray openDBs;
+};
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b64e66f8-4717-423a-be42-482658fb2199)]
+interface nsIMsgDatabase : nsIDBChangeAnnouncer {
+  void Close(in boolean aForceCommit);
+
+  void Commit(in nsMsgDBCommit commitType);
+  // Force closed is evil, and we should see if we can do without it.
+  // In 4.x, it was mainly used to remove corrupted databases.
+  void ForceClosed();
+  void clearCachedHdrs();
+  void resetHdrCacheSize(in unsigned long size);
+
+  readonly attribute nsIDBFolderInfo  dBFolderInfo;
+
+  /// Size of the database file in bytes.
+  readonly attribute long long databaseSize;
+
+  /// Folder this db was opened on.
+  readonly attribute nsIMsgFolder folder;
+
+  /**
+   * This is used when deciding which db's to close to free up memory
+   * and other resources in an LRU manner. It doesn't track every operation
+   * on every object from the db, but high level things like open, commit,
+   * and perhaps some of the list methods. Commit should be a proxy for all
+   * the mutation methods.
+   *
+   * I'm allowing clients to set the last use time as well, so that
+   * nsIMsgFolder.msgDatabase can set the last use time.
+   */
+  attribute PRTime lastUseTime;
+
+  // get a message header for the given key. Caller must release()!
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr GetMsgHdrForKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr getMsgHdrForMessageID(in string messageID);
+
+  /**
+   * get a message header for a Gmail message with the given X-GM-MSGID.
+   */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(in string aGmailMessageID);
+  //Returns whether or not this database contains the given key
+  boolean ContainsKey(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+/**
+ * Must call AddNewHdrToDB after creating. The idea is that you create
+ * a new header, fill in its properties, and then call AddNewHdrToDB.
+ * AddNewHdrToDB will send notifications to any listeners.
+ *
+ * @param aKey msgKey for the new header. If aKey is nsMsgKey_None,
+ *             we will auto-assign a new key.
+ */
+  nsIMsgDBHdr CreateNewHdr(in nsMsgKey aKey);
+
+  void AddNewHdrToDB(in nsIMsgDBHdr newHdr, in boolean notify);
+
+  nsIMsgDBHdr CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(in nsMsgKey key, in nsIMsgDBHdr existingHdr, in boolean addHdrToDB);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns all message keys stored in the database.
+   * Keys are returned in the order as stored in the database.
+   * The caller should sort them if it needs to.
+   */
+  void ListAllKeys(in nsIMsgKeyArray array);
+
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateMessages();
+  nsISimpleEnumerator ReverseEnumerateMessages();
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateThreads();
+
+  /**
+   * Get an enumerator for use with nextMatchingHdrs. The enumerator
+   * will only return messages that match the passed-in search terms.
+   *
+   * @param     searchTerms       array of search terms to evaluate.
+   * @param     reverse           start at the end, defaults to false.
+   *
+   * @returns   an enumerator for passing into nextMatchingHdrs
+   */
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getFilterEnumerator(in nsIArray searchTerms,
+                                          [optional] in boolean reverse);
+
+  /**
+   * Get the next N matching headers using a filter enumerator
+   * obtained by calling getFilterEnumerator.
+   *
+   * @param     enumerator -      This *must* be a filter enumerator
+   * @param     numHdrsToLookAt   if non 0, the number of hdrs to advance the
+   *                              enumerator before returning.
+   * @param     maxResults        if non 0, the max results to return.
+   * @param     matchingHdrs      if non null, array of matching hdrs.
+   * @param     numMatches        if non null, the number of matching hdrs.
+   *
+   * @returns   false, if done, true if more hdrs to look at.
+   */
+  boolean nextMatchingHdrs(in nsISimpleEnumerator enumerator,
+                           in long numHdrsToLookAt,
+                           in long maxResults,
+                           in nsIMutableArray matchingHdrs,
+                           out long numMatches);
+
+
+  // count the total and unread msgs, and adjust global count if needed
+  void syncCounts();
+
+  nsIMsgThread GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr) ;
+
+  // helpers for user command functions like delete, mark read, etc.
+
+  void MarkHdrRead(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean bRead,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHdrReplied(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean bReplied,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHdrMarked(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in boolean mark,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  /**
+   * Remove the new status from a message.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr        The database reference header for the message
+   * @param aInstigator    Reference to original calling object
+   */
+  void MarkHdrNotNew(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr,
+                     in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+
+  // MDN support
+  void MarkMDNNeeded(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bNeeded,
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  // MarkMDNneeded only used when mail server is a POP3 server
+  // or when the IMAP server does not support user defined
+  // PERMANENTFLAGS
+  boolean IsMDNNeeded(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void MarkMDNSent(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bNeeded,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  boolean IsMDNSent(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+// methods to get and set docsets for ids.
+  void MarkRead(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bRead, 
+                      in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkReplied(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bReplied, 
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkForwarded(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bForwarded, 
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkHasAttachments(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean bHasAttachments, 
+                                in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  void MarkThreadRead(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                      out unsigned long aCount,
+                      [array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+
+  /// Mark the specified thread ignored.
+  void MarkThreadIgnored(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsMsgKey threadKey,
+                         in boolean bIgnored,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Mark the specified thread watched.
+  void MarkThreadWatched(in nsIMsgThread thread, in nsMsgKey threadKey,
+                         in boolean bWatched,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Mark the specified subthread ignored.
+  void MarkHeaderKilled(in nsIMsgDBHdr msg, in boolean bIgnored,
+                        in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  /// Is the message read.
+  boolean IsRead(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message part of an ignored thread.
+  boolean IsIgnored(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message part of a watched thread.
+  boolean IsWatched(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Is the message flagged/starred.
+  boolean IsMarked(in nsMsgKey key);
+  /// Does the message have attachments.
+  boolean HasAttachments(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  void MarkAllRead(out unsigned long aCount,
+                   [array, size_is(aCount)] out nsMsgKey aKeys);
+
+  void deleteMessages(in unsigned long aNumKeys,
+                      [array, size_is(aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey nsMsgKeys,
+                      in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void DeleteMessage(in nsMsgKey key, 
+                           in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                           in boolean commit);
+  void DeleteHeader(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in nsIDBChangeListener instigator,
+                          in boolean commit, in boolean notify);
+
+  // lower level routine that doesn't remove hdr from thread or adjust counts
+  void RemoveHeaderMdbRow(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+
+  void UndoDelete(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr);
+
+  void MarkMarked(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean mark,
+                        in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void MarkOffline(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean offline,
+                         in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+  void SetLabel(in nsMsgKey key, in nsMsgLabelValue label);
+  void setStringProperty(in nsMsgKey aKey, in string aProperty, in string aValue);
+  /**
+   * Set the value of a string property in a message header
+   *
+   * @param msgHdr    Header of the message whose property will be changed
+   * @param aProperty the property to change
+   * @param aValue    new value for the property
+   */
+  void setStringPropertyByHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr msgHdr, in string aProperty, in string aValue);
+
+  /**
+   * Set the value of a uint32 property in a message header.
+   *
+   * @param aMsgHdr   header of the message whose property will be changed
+   * @param aProperty the property to change
+   * @param aValue    new value for the property
+   */
+  void setUint32PropertyByHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aMsgHdr,
+                              in string aProperty, in unsigned long aValue);
+
+  void MarkImapDeleted(in nsMsgKey key, in boolean deleted,
+                             in nsIDBChangeListener instigator);
+
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey FirstNew;
+
+  attribute nsIMsgRetentionSettings msgRetentionSettings;
+  // purge unwanted message headers and/or bodies. If deleteViaFolder is
+  // true, we'll call nsIMsgFolder::DeleteMessages to delete the messages.
+  // Otherwise, we'll just delete them from the db.
+  void applyRetentionSettings(in nsIMsgRetentionSettings aMsgRetentionSettings, 
+                              in boolean aDeleteViaFolder);
+
+  attribute nsIMsgDownloadSettings msgDownloadSettings;
+
+  boolean HasNew();
+  void ClearNewList(in boolean notify);
+  void AddToNewList(in nsMsgKey key);
+
+  // used mainly to force the timestamp of a local mail folder db to
+  // match the time stamp of the corresponding berkeley mail folder,
+  // but also useful to tell the summary to mark itself invalid
+  // Also, if a local folder is being reparsed, summary will be invalid
+  // until the reparsing is done.
+  attribute boolean summaryValid;
+
+  // batching - can be used to cache file stream for local mail,
+  // and perhaps to use the mdb batching mechanism as well.
+  void StartBatch();
+  void EndBatch();
+  // offline operations - we could move these into an offline operation interface
+  // but it would have to be in nsMailDatabase, since local folders can be move destinations
+  nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation GetOfflineOpForKey(in nsMsgKey messageKey, in boolean create);
+  void  RemoveOfflineOp(in nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation op);
+  nsISimpleEnumerator EnumerateOfflineOps();
+  [noscript] void ListAllOfflineOpIds(in nsMsgKeyArrayPtr offlineOpIds);
+  [noscript] void ListAllOfflineDeletes(in nsMsgKeyArrayPtr offlineDeletes);
+  void ListAllOfflineMsgs(in nsIMsgKeyArray aKeys);
+
+  void setAttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr pendingHdr, in string property,
+                                  in string propertyVal);
+
+  void setUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr pendingHdr, in string property,
+                                  in unsigned long propertyVal);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets a pending 64 bit attribute, which tells the DB that when a message
+   * which looks like the pendingHdr (e.g., same message-id) is added to the
+   * db, set the passed in property and value on the new header. This is
+   * usually because we've copied an imap message to a different folder, and
+   * want to carry forward attributes from the original message to the copy,
+   * but don't have the message hdr for the copy yet so we can't set
+   * attributes directly.
+   *
+   * @param aPendingHdr usually the source of the copy.
+   * @param aProperty name of property to set.
+   * @param aPropertyVal 64 bit value of property to set.
+   */
+  void setUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(in nsIMsgDBHdr aPendingHdr,
+                                      in string aProperty,
+                                      in unsigned long long aPropertyVal);
+
+  /**
+   * Given a message header with its message-id set, update any pending
+   *  attributes on the header.
+   *
+   * @param aNewHdr a new header that may have pending attributes.
+   */
+  void updatePendingAttributes(in nsIMsgDBHdr aNewHdr);
+
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey lowWaterArticleNum;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey highWaterArticleNum;
+  attribute nsMsgKey nextPseudoMsgKey;   //for undo-redo of move pop->imap
+  readonly attribute nsMsgKey nextFakeOfflineMsgKey; // for saving "fake" offline msg hdrs
+  // for sorting
+  void createCollationKey(in AString sourceString, out unsigned long aCount,
+                          [array, size_is(aCount)] out octet aKey);
+  long compareCollationKeys(in unsigned long aLen1,
+                            [array, size_is(aLen1)] in octet key1,
+                            in unsigned long aLen2,
+                            [array, size_is(aLen2)] in octet key2);
+
+  // when creating a view, the default sort order and view flags 
+  // use these for the default.  (this allows news to override, so that
+  // news can be threaded by default)
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue defaultViewFlags;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue  defaultSortType;
+  readonly attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue defaultSortOrder;
+
+  // for msg hdr hash table allocation. controllable by caller to improve folder loading preformance.
+  attribute unsigned long msgHdrCacheSize;
+
+  /**
+   * The list of messages currently in the NEW state.
+   * 
+   * If there are no such messages, a null pointer may be returned.
+   * the caller should free when done using free.
+   */
+  void getNewList(out unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] out nsMsgKey newKeys);
+  
+  // These are used for caching search hits in a db, to speed up saved search folders.
+  nsISimpleEnumerator getCachedHits(in string aSearchFolderUri);
+  void refreshCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in unsigned long aNumKeys, [array, size_is (aNumKeys)] in nsMsgKey aNewHits,
+     out unsigned long aNumBadHits, [array, size_is(aNumBadHits)] out nsMsgKey aStaleHits);
+  void updateHdrInCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr, in boolean aAdd);
+  boolean hdrIsInCache(in string aSearchFolderUri, in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdr);
+
+};
+/** @} */
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b07beef63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* -*- Mode: IDL; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.idl"
+// #include "nsIImapUrl.idl" // for imapMessageFlagsType
+
+typedef unsigned short imapMessageFlagsType;
+
+typedef long nsOfflineImapOperationType;
+
+[scriptable, uuid(b5229a55-22bb-444b-be92-13d719353828)]
+
+interface nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation : nsISupports
+{
+// type of stored imap operations
+  const long kFlagsChanged      = 0x1;
+  const long kMsgMoved          = 0x2;
+  const long kMsgCopy           = 0x4;
+  const long kMoveResult        = 0x8;
+  const long kAppendDraft       = 0x10;
+  const long kAddedHeader       = 0x20;
+  const long kDeletedMsg        = 0x40;
+  const long kMsgMarkedDeleted	= 0x80;
+  const long kAppendTemplate    = 0x100;
+  const long kDeleteAllMsgs     = 0x200;
+  const long kAddKeywords       = 0x400;
+  const long kRemoveKeywords    = 0x800;
+
+  attribute nsOfflineImapOperationType operation;
+  void clearOperation(in nsOfflineImapOperationType operation);
+  attribute nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+  // for move/copy operations, the msg key of the source msg.
+  attribute nsMsgKey srcMessageKey;
+
+  attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation;
+  attribute imapMessageFlagsType newFlags; // for kFlagsChanged
+  attribute string destinationFolderURI; // for move or copy
+  attribute string sourceFolderURI;
+  void addKeywordToAdd(in string aKeyword);
+  void addKeywordToRemove(in string aKeyword);
+  readonly attribute string keywordsToAdd; 
+  readonly attribute string keywordsToRemove;
+  readonly attribute long numberOfCopies;
+  void addMessageCopyOperation(in string destinationBox);
+  string getCopyDestination(in long copyIndex);
+  attribute unsigned long msgSize;
+  attribute boolean playingBack;
+};
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..151a42f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsINewsDatabase.idl
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsISupports.idl"
+
+%{C++
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+%}
+
+[ptr] native nsMsgKeySetPtr(nsMsgKeySet);
+
+[scriptable, uuid(f700208a-1dd1-11b2-b947-e4e1e4fdf278)]
+
+interface nsINewsDatabase : nsISupports {
+  [noscript] attribute nsMsgKeySetPtr readSet;
+};
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6092c284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsImapMailDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsImapMailDatabase_H_
+#define _nsImapMailDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+
+class nsImapMailDatabase : public nsMailDatabase
+{
+public:
+  // OK, it's dumb that this should require a fileSpec, since there is no file
+  // for the folder. This is mainly because we're deriving from nsMailDatabase;
+  // Perhaps we shouldn't...
+  nsImapMailDatabase();
+  virtual ~nsImapMailDatabase();
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD    StartBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    EndBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetSummaryValid(bool valid = true) override;
+  virtual nsresult AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD    ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                         const char *propertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                               uint32_t propertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                               const char *aProperty,
+                                               uint64_t aPropertyVal) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys,
+                               nsIDBChangeListener *instigator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr* aNewHdr) override;
+
+protected:
+  // IMAP does not set local file flags, override does nothing
+  virtual void UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bSet,
+                                nsMsgMessageFlagType flag, nsIOutputStream **ppFileStream);
+
+  nsresult      GetRowForPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, nsIMdbRow **row);
+  nsresult     GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  mdb_token    m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token    m_pendingHdrsTableKindToken;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a5c6b5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMailDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMailDatabase_H_
+#define _nsMailDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIFile.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+// This is the subclass of nsMsgDatabase that handles local mail messages.
+class nsIOFileStream;
+class nsIFile;
+class nsOfflineImapOperation;
+
+class nsMailDatabase : public nsMsgDatabase
+{
+public:
+  nsMailDatabase();
+  virtual ~nsMailDatabase();
+  NS_IMETHOD  ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys,
+                            nsIDBChangeListener *instigator) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD StartBatch() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD EndBatch() override;
+
+  nsresult  Open(nsMsgDBService* aDBService, nsIFile *aSummaryFile, bool create, bool upgrading) override;
+  virtual nsMailDatabase  *GetMailDB() {return this;}
+
+  virtual uint32_t  GetCurVersion() override {return kMsgDBVersion;}
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey opKey, bool create,
+                                 nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **op) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD  SetSummaryValid(bool valid) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD  GetSummaryValid(bool *valid) override;
+	
+  NS_IMETHOD    EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD    ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes) override;
+
+  friend class nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator;
+protected:
+
+  nsresult        GetAllOfflineOpsTable(); // get this on demand
+
+  // get the time and date of the mailbox file
+  void            GetMailboxModProperties(int64_t *aSize, uint32_t *aDate); 
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable>  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable;
+  mdb_token       m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token       m_offlineOpsTableKindToken;
+
+  virtual void    SetReparse(bool reparse);
+  
+protected:
+  
+  bool            m_reparse;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..557cc24c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDBCID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgDBCID_h__
+#define nsMsgDBCID_h__
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIFactory.h"
+#include "nsIComponentManager.h"
+
+// 03223c50-1e88-45e8-ba1a-7ce792dc3fc3
+#define NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CID \
+{  0x03223c50, 0x1e88, 0x45e8, \
+    { 0xba, 0x1a, 0x7c, 0xe7, 0x92, 0xdc, 0x3f, 0xc3 } }
+
+#define NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/msgDBService;1"
+
+#define NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/nsMsgDatabase/msgDB-"
+
+#define NS_MAILBOXDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"mailbox"
+
+//	a86c86ae-e97f-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_MAILDB_CID                      \
+{ 0xa86c86ae, 0xe97f, 0x11d2,                   \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_NEWSDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"news"
+
+// 36414aa0-e980-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_NEWSDB_CID                      \
+{ 0x36414aa0, 0xe980, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_IMAPDB_CONTRACTID \
+  NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID"imap"
+
+// 9e4b07ee-e980-11d2-a506-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_IMAPDB_CID                      \
+{ 0x9e4b07ee, 0xe980, 0x11d2,                  \
+    { 0xa5, 0x06, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7 } }
+
+#define NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CID \
+{ 0x1bd976d6, 0xdf44, 0x11d4,       \
+  {0xa5, 0xb6, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7} }
+
+#define NS_MSG_RETENTIONSETTINGS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/retentionSettings;1"
+
+// 4e3dae5a-157a-11d5-a5c0-0060b0fc04b7
+#define NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CID \
+{ 0x4e3dae5a, 0x157a, 0x11d5,       \
+  {0xa5, 0xc0, 0x00, 0x60, 0xb0, 0xfc, 0x04, 0xb7} }
+
+#define NS_MSG_DOWNLOADSETTINGS_CONTRACTID \
+  "@mozilla.org/msgDatabase/downloadSettings;1"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb011e85c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgDatabase_H_
+#define _nsMsgDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeAnnouncer.h"
+#include "nsMsgMessageFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsICollation.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchSession.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsCOMArray.h"
+#include "PLDHashTable.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+#include "nsTObserverArray.h"
+class ListContext;
+class nsMsgKeySet;
+class nsMsgThread;
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+class nsIMsgThread;
+class nsIDBFolderInfo;
+
+const int32_t kMsgDBVersion = 1;
+
+// Hopefully we're not opening up lots of databases at the same time, however
+// this will give us a buffer before we need to start reallocating the cache
+// array.
+const uint32_t kInitialMsgDBCacheSize = 20;
+
+class nsMsgDBService final : public nsIMsgDBService
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDBSERVICE
+
+  nsMsgDBService();
+
+  void AddToCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB);
+  void DumpCache();
+  void EnsureCached(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+  {
+    if (!m_dbCache.Contains(pMessageDB))
+      m_dbCache.AppendElement(pMessageDB);
+  }
+  void RemoveFromCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+  {
+    m_dbCache.RemoveElement(pMessageDB);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  ~nsMsgDBService();
+  void HookupPendingListeners(nsIMsgDatabase *db, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+  void FinishDBOpen(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgDatabase *aMsgDB);
+  nsMsgDatabase* FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName);
+
+  nsCOMArray <nsIMsgFolder> m_foldersPendingListeners;
+  nsCOMArray <nsIDBChangeListener> m_pendingListeners;
+  AutoTArray<nsMsgDatabase*, kInitialMsgDBCacheSize> m_dbCache;
+};
+
+class nsMsgDBEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    // nsMsgDBEnumerator methods:
+    typedef nsresult (*nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgDBHdr* hdr, void* closure);
+
+    nsMsgDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsIMdbTable *table,
+                      nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure,
+                      bool iterateForwards = true);
+    void Clear();
+
+    nsresult                        GetRowCursor();
+    virtual nsresult                PrefetchNext();
+    RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase>         mDB;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor>  mRowCursor;
+    mdb_pos                         mRowPos;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr>           mResultHdr;
+    bool                            mDone;
+    bool                            mNextPrefetched;
+    bool                            mIterateForwards;
+    nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter         mFilter;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable>          mTable;
+    void*                           mClosure;
+    // This is used when the caller wants to limit how many headers the
+    // enumerator looks at in any given time slice.
+    mdb_pos                         mStopPos;
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsMsgDBEnumerator();
+};
+
+class nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator : public nsMsgDBEnumerator
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsIMdbTable *table,
+                            bool reverse, nsIArray *searchTerms);
+  virtual ~nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator();
+  nsresult InitSearchSession(nsIArray *searchTerms, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+
+protected:
+  virtual nsresult               PrefetchNext() override;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchSession> m_searchSession;
+
+};
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+class MsgDBReporter;
+}
+}
+
+class nsMsgDatabase : public nsIMsgDatabase
+{
+public:
+  friend class nsMsgDBService;
+  friend class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator; // accesses m_mdbEnv and m_mdbStore
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGEANNOUNCER
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDATABASE
+
+  /**
+   * Opens a database folder.
+   *
+   * @param aFolderName     The name of the folder to create.
+   * @param aCreate         Whether or not the file should be created.
+   * @param aLeaveInvalidDB Set to true if you do not want the database to be
+   *                        deleted if it is invalid.
+   * @exception NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST
+   *                        The file could not be created.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is out of date.
+   * @exception NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING
+   *                        The database is present (and was opened), but the
+   *                        summary file is missing.
+   */
+  virtual nsresult Open(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                        bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  virtual nsresult IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, bool *pRead);
+  virtual nsresult MarkHdrReadInDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                               nsIDBChangeListener *instigator);
+  nsresult OpenInternal(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                        bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB, bool sync);
+  nsresult CheckForErrors(nsresult err, bool sync, nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *summaryFile);
+  virtual nsresult OpenMDB(const char *dbName, bool create, bool sync);
+  virtual nsresult CloseMDB(bool commit);
+  virtual nsresult CreateMsgHdr(nsIMdbRow* hdrRow, nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **result);
+  virtual nsresult GetThreadForMsgKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgThread **result);
+  virtual nsresult EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result, uint32_t *pFlag);
+  nsresult         GetSearchResultsTable(const char *searchFolderUri, bool createIfMissing, nsIMdbTable **table);
+
+  // this might just be for debugging - we'll see.
+  nsresult ListAllThreads(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *threadIds);
+  //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  // nsMsgDatabase methods:
+  nsMsgDatabase();
+
+  void GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory);
+  nsIMdbEnv             *GetEnv() {return m_mdbEnv;}
+  nsIMdbStore           *GetStore() {return m_mdbStore;}
+  virtual uint32_t      GetCurVersion();
+  nsresult              GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  nsIMimeConverter *    GetMimeConverter();
+
+  nsresult GetTableCreateIfMissing(const char *scope, const char *kind, nsIMdbTable **table,
+                                   mdb_token &scopeToken, mdb_token &kindToken);
+
+  //helper function to fill in nsStrings from hdr row cell contents.
+  nsresult RowCellColumnTonsString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t *uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t &uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToUInt64(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t *uint64Result, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char **ptr);
+  nsresult RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token colToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len);
+
+  nsresult GetEffectiveCharset(nsIMdbRow *row, nsACString &resultCharset);
+
+  // these methods take the property name as a string, not a token.
+  // they should be used when the properties aren't accessed a lot
+  nsresult        GetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, char **result);
+  nsresult        SetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const char *propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetPropertyAsNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, nsAString &result);
+  nsresult        SetPropertyFromNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t *result, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult        GetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t *result, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+  nsresult        SetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyVal);
+  nsresult        SetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t propertyVal);
+  nsresult        GetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName,
+                                     bool *result, bool defaultValue = false);
+  nsresult        SetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName,
+                                    bool propertyVal);
+  // helper function for once we have the token.
+  nsresult        SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr);
+
+  // helper functions to put values in cells for the passed-in row
+  nsresult        UInt32ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t value);
+  nsresult        CharPtrToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char *charPtr);
+  nsresult        RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, char **result);
+  nsresult        UInt64ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t value);
+
+  // helper functions to copy an nsString to a yarn, int32 to yarn, and vice versa.
+  static struct mdbYarn *nsStringToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, const nsAString &str);
+  static struct mdbYarn *UInt32ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t i);
+  static struct mdbYarn *UInt64ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t i);
+  static void YarnTonsString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsAString &str);
+  static void YarnTonsCString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsACString &str);
+  static void YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *i);
+  static void YarnToUInt64(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t *i);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  virtual nsresult DumpContents();
+  nsresult DumpThread(nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsresult DumpMsgChildren(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+#endif
+
+  friend class nsMsgHdr;  // use this to get access to cached tokens for hdr fields
+  friend class nsMsgThread;  // use this to get access to cached tokens for hdr fields
+  friend class nsMsgDBEnumerator;
+  friend class nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator;
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDatabase();
+
+  // prefs stuff - in future, we might want to cache the prefs interface
+  nsresult        GetBoolPref(const char *prefName, bool *result);
+  nsresult        GetIntPref(const char *prefName, int32_t *result);
+  virtual void    GetGlobalPrefs();
+    // retrieval methods
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForReference(nsCString &msgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **pMsgHdr);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForSubject(nsCString &subject);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForMessageId(nsCString &msgId);
+  nsIMsgThread *  GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsMsgHdr     *  GetMsgHdrForReference(nsCString &reference);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *  GetMsgHdrForSubject(nsCString &subject);
+  // threading interfaces
+  virtual nsresult CreateNewThread(nsMsgKey key, const char *subject, nsMsgThread **newThread);
+  virtual bool    ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe();
+  virtual bool    UseStrictThreading();
+  virtual bool    UseCorrectThreading();
+  virtual nsresult ThreadNewHdr(nsMsgHdr* hdr, bool &newThread);
+  virtual nsresult AddNewThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult AddToThread(nsMsgHdr *newHdr, nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIMsgDBHdr *pMsgHdr, bool threadInThread);
+
+  static PRTime gLastUseTime; // global last use time
+  PRTime m_lastUseTime;       // last use time for this db
+  // inline to make instrumentation as cheap as possible
+  inline void RememberLastUseTime() {gLastUseTime = m_lastUseTime = PR_Now();}
+
+  bool    MatchDbName(nsIFile *dbName);  // returns TRUE if they match
+
+  // Flag handling routines
+  virtual nsresult SetKeyFlag(nsMsgKey key, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                              nsIDBChangeListener *instigator = NULL);
+  virtual nsresult SetMsgHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator);
+
+  virtual bool    SetHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *, bool bSet, nsMsgMessageFlagType flag);
+  virtual bool    SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *, bool pRead);
+  virtual uint32_t GetStatusFlags(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t origFlags);
+  // helper function which doesn't involve thread object
+
+  virtual nsresult RemoveHeaderFromDB(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult RemoveHeaderFromThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr);
+  virtual nsresult AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsICollation> m_collationKeyGenerator;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMimeConverter> m_mimeConverter;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgRetentionSettings> m_retentionSettings;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDownloadSettings> m_downloadSettings;
+
+  nsresult PurgeMessagesOlderThan(uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                  bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                  nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete);
+  nsresult PurgeExcessMessages(uint32_t numHeadersToKeep,
+                               bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                               nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete);
+
+  // mdb bookkeeping stuff
+  virtual nsresult      InitExistingDB();
+  virtual nsresult      InitNewDB();
+  virtual nsresult      InitMDBInfo();
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> m_folder;
+  nsDBFolderInfo      *m_dbFolderInfo;
+  nsMsgKey      m_nextPseudoMsgKey;
+  nsIMdbEnv     *m_mdbEnv;  // to be used in all the db calls.
+  nsIMdbStore   *m_mdbStore;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable;
+  nsIMdbTable   *m_mdbAllThreadsTable;
+
+  // Used for asynchronous db opens. If non-null, we're still opening
+  // the underlying mork database. If null, the db has been completely opened.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbThumb> m_thumb;
+  // used to remember the args to Open for async open.
+  bool m_create;
+  bool m_leaveInvalidDB;
+
+  nsCString     m_dbName;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> m_newSet;  // new messages since last open.
+  bool          m_mdbTokensInitialized;
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> > m_ChangeListeners;
+  mdb_token     m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_token     m_hdrTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_allThreadsTableKindToken;
+  mdb_token     m_subjectColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_senderColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_referencesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_recipientsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_dateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageSizeColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_flagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_priorityColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_labelColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_statusOffsetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_numLinesColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_ccListColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_bccListColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadFlagsColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadChildrenColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageThreadIdColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadSubjectColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_messageCharSetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadParentColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadRootKeyColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken;
+  mdb_token     m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken;
+
+  // header caching stuff - MRU headers, keeps them around in memory
+  nsresult      AddHdrToCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult      ClearHdrCache(bool reInit);
+  nsresult      RemoveHdrFromCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  // all headers currently instantiated, doesn't hold refs
+  // these get added when msg hdrs get constructed, and removed when they get destroyed.
+  nsresult      GetHdrFromUseCache(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result);
+  nsresult      AddHdrToUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+  nsresult      ClearUseHdrCache();
+  nsresult      RemoveHdrFromUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key);
+
+  // not-reference holding array of threads we've handed out.
+  // If a db goes away, it will clean up the outstanding threads.
+  // We use an nsTArray because we don't expect to ever have very many
+  // of these, rarely more than 5.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgThread *> m_threads;
+  // Clear outstanding thread objects
+  void ClearThreads();
+  nsMsgThread *FindExistingThread(nsMsgKey threadId);
+
+  mdb_pos       FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(nsIMdbTable *table, mdb_id idToInsert);
+
+  void          ClearCachedObjects(bool dbGoingAway);
+  void          ClearEnumerators();
+  // all instantiated headers, but doesn't hold refs.
+  PLDHashTable  *m_headersInUse;
+  static PLDHashNumber HashKey(const void* aKey);
+  static bool MatchEntry(const PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry, const void* aKey);
+  static void MoveEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, const PLDHashEntryHdr* aFrom, PLDHashEntryHdr* aTo);
+  static void ClearEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry);
+  static PLDHashTableOps gMsgDBHashTableOps;
+  struct MsgHdrHashElement : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
+    nsMsgKey       mKey;
+    nsIMsgDBHdr     *mHdr;
+  };
+  PLDHashTable  *m_cachedHeaders;
+  bool          m_bCacheHeaders;
+  nsMsgKey  m_cachedThreadId;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> m_cachedThread;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mMdbFactory;
+
+  // Message reference hash table
+  static PLDHashTableOps gRefHashTableOps;
+  struct RefHashElement : public PLDHashEntryHdr {
+    const char     *mRef;       // Hash entry key, must come first
+    nsMsgKey        mThreadId;
+    uint32_t        mCount;
+  };
+  PLDHashTable *m_msgReferences;
+  nsresult GetRefFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey *threadId);
+  nsresult AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey threadId);
+  nsresult AddMsgRefsToHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsresult RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference);
+  nsresult RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr);
+  nsresult InitRefHash();
+
+  // not-reference holding array of enumerators we've handed out.
+  // If a db goes away, it will clean up the outstanding enumerators.
+  nsTArray<nsMsgDBEnumerator *> m_enumerators;
+
+  // Memory reporter details
+public:
+  static size_t HeaderHashSizeOf(PLDHashEntryHdr *hdr,
+                                 mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf,
+                                 void *arg);
+  virtual size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const;
+  virtual size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+  {
+    return aMallocSizeOf(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  }
+private:
+  uint32_t m_cacheSize;
+  RefPtr<mozilla::mailnews::MsgDBReporter> mMemReporter;
+};
+
+class nsMsgRetentionSettings : public nsIMsgRetentionSettings
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgRetentionSettings();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGRETENTIONSETTINGS
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgRetentionSettings();
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference m_retainByPreference;
+  uint32_t                m_daysToKeepHdrs;
+  uint32_t                m_numHeadersToKeep;
+  bool                    m_useServerDefaults;
+  bool                    m_cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  uint32_t                m_daysToKeepBodies;
+  bool                    m_applyToFlaggedMessages;
+};
+
+class nsMsgDownloadSettings : public nsIMsgDownloadSettings
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgDownloadSettings();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGDOWNLOADSETTINGS
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgDownloadSettings();
+  bool m_useServerDefaults;
+  bool m_downloadUnreadOnly;
+  bool m_downloadByDate;
+  int32_t m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d23e7b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgHdr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgHdr_H
+#define _nsMsgHdr_H
+
+#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+class nsCString;
+class nsIMsgThread;
+
+class nsMsgHdr : public nsIMsgDBHdr {
+public:
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGDBHDR
+	friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+    friend class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator; // accesses m_mdb
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // nsMsgHdr methods:
+    nsMsgHdr(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *dbRow);
+
+    virtual nsresult    GetRawFlags(uint32_t *result);
+    void                Init();
+    virtual nsresult    InitCachedValues();
+    virtual nsresult    InitFlags();
+    void                ClearCachedValues() {m_initedValues = 0;}
+
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    nsIMdbRow   *GetMDBRow() {return m_mdbRow;}
+    bool        IsParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild);
+    bool        IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild);
+    bool        IsAncestorKilled(uint32_t ancestorsToCheck);
+    void        ReparentInThread(nsIMsgThread *thread);
+
+    size_t SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOfFun) const
+    {
+      return m_references.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOfFun);
+    }
+    size_t SizeOfIncludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOfFun) const
+    {
+      return aMallocSizeOfFun(this) + SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOfFun);
+    }
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgHdr();
+    nsresult SetStringColumn(const char *str, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult SetUInt32Column(uint32_t value, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult GetUInt32Column(mdb_token token, uint32_t *pvalue, uint32_t defaultValue = 0);
+    nsresult SetUInt64Column(uint64_t value, mdb_token token);
+    nsresult GetUInt64Column(mdb_token token, uint64_t *pvalue, uint64_t defaultValue = 0);
+
+    // reference and threading stuff.
+    nsresult	ParseReferences(const char *references);
+    const char* GetNextReference(const char *startNextRef, nsCString &reference,
+                                 bool acceptNonDelimitedReferences);
+
+    nsMsgKey	m_threadId; 
+    nsMsgKey	m_messageKey; 	//news: article number, mail mbox offset, imap uid...
+    nsMsgKey	m_threadParent;	// message this is a reply to, in thread.
+    PRTime      m_date;                         
+    uint32_t    m_messageSize;	// lines for news articles, bytes for mail messages
+    uint32_t    m_statusOffset;	// offset in a local mail message of the mozilla status hdr
+    uint32_t    m_flags;
+    // avoid parsing references every time we want one
+    nsTArray<nsCString> m_references;
+    nsMsgPriorityValue  m_priority;
+
+    // nsMsgHdrs will have to know what db and row they belong to, since they are really
+    // just a wrapper around the msg row in the mdb. This could cause problems,
+    // though I hope not.
+    nsMsgDatabase *m_mdb;
+    nsIMdbRow     *m_mdbRow;
+    uint32_t      m_initedValues;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..62d303bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsMsgThread.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgThread_H
+#define _nsMsgThread_H
+
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsStringGlue.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+
+class nsIMdbTable;
+class nsIMsgDBHdr;
+class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+class nsMsgThread : public nsIMsgThread {
+public:
+  nsMsgThread();
+  nsMsgThread(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbTable *table);
+
+  friend class nsMsgThreadEnumerator;
+  friend class nsMsgDatabase;
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGTHREAD
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase> m_mdbDB;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgThread();
+
+  void                  Init();
+  void                  Clear();
+  virtual nsresult      InitCachedValues();
+  nsresult              ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  nsresult              ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta);
+  nsresult              RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey);
+  nsresult              SetThreadRootKey(nsMsgKey threadRootKey);
+  nsresult              GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, 
+                                          nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex); 
+  nsresult              RerootThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *newParentOfOldRoot, nsIMsgDBHdr *oldRoot, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  nsresult              ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  
+  nsresult              ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *topLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                       nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer);
+  nsresult              ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(uint32_t numChildren, nsMsgKey threadParentKey);
+
+  nsMsgKey              m_threadKey; 
+  uint32_t              m_numChildren;
+  uint32_t              m_numUnreadChildren;
+  uint32_t              m_flags;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> m_mdbTable;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow>   m_metaRow;
+  bool                  m_cachedValuesInitialized;
+  nsMsgKey              m_threadRootKey;
+  uint32_t              m_newestMsgDate;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33e225913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/public/nsNewsDatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsNewsDatabase_H_
+#define _nsNewsDatabase_H_
+
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsINewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsTArray.h"
+
+class nsIDBChangeListener;
+class MSG_RetrieveArtInfo;
+class MSG_PurgeInfo;
+// news group database
+
+class nsNewsDatabase : public nsMsgDatabase , public nsINewsDatabase
+{
+public:
+  nsNewsDatabase();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED 
+  NS_DECL_NSINEWSDATABASE
+
+  NS_IMETHOD Close(bool forceCommit) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD ForceClosed() override;
+  NS_IMETHOD Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType) override;
+  virtual uint32_t GetCurVersion() override;
+
+  // methods to get and set docsets for ids.
+  NS_IMETHOD  IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead) override;
+  virtual nsresult  IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead) override;
+
+  NS_IMETHOD         GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD         GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD         MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumMarked, nsMsgKey **thoseMarked) override;
+
+  virtual nsresult    ExpireUpTo(nsMsgKey expireKey);
+  virtual nsresult    ExpireRange(nsMsgKey startRange, nsMsgKey endRange);
+ 
+  virtual bool        SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead) override;
+ 
+  virtual nsresult  AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr) override;
+  nsresult          SyncWithReadSet();
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType) override;
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder) override;
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsNewsDatabase();
+  // this is owned by the nsNewsFolder, which lives longer than the db.
+  nsMsgKeySet           *m_readSet;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07f537462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+SOURCES += [
+    'nsDBFolderInfo.cpp',
+    'nsImapMailDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMailDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMsgDatabase.cpp',
+    'nsMsgHdr.cpp',
+    'nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp',
+    'nsMsgThread.cpp',
+    'nsNewsDatabase.cpp',
+]
+
+FINAL_LIBRARY = 'mail'
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0260738d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsDBFolderInfo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,977 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIPrefLocalizedString.h"
+#include "nsIObserver.h"
+#include "nsIObserverService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsImapCore.h"
+#include "mozilla/Services.h"
+
+static const char *kDBFolderInfoScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:dbfolderinfo:all";
+static const char *kDBFolderInfoTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:dbfolderinfo";
+
+struct mdbOid gDBFolderInfoOID;
+
+static const char * kNumMessagesColumnName ="numMsgs";
+// have to leave this as numNewMsgs even though it's numUnread Msgs
+static const char * kNumUnreadMessagesColumnName = "numNewMsgs";
+static const char * kFlagsColumnName = "flags";
+static const char * kFolderSizeColumnName = "folderSize";
+static const char * kExpungedBytesColumnName = "expungedBytes";
+static const char * kFolderDateColumnName = "folderDate";
+static const char * kHighWaterMessageKeyColumnName = "highWaterKey";
+
+static const char * kImapUidValidityColumnName = "UIDValidity";
+static const char * kTotalPendingMessagesColumnName = "totPendingMsgs";
+static const char * kUnreadPendingMessagesColumnName = "unreadPendingMsgs";
+static const char * kMailboxNameColumnName = "mailboxName";
+static const char * kKnownArtsSetColumnName = "knownArts";
+static const char * kExpiredMarkColumnName = "expiredMark";
+static const char * kVersionColumnName = "version";
+static const char * kCharacterSetColumnName = "charSet";
+static const char * kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName = "charSetOverride";
+static const char * kLocaleColumnName = "locale";
+
+
+#define kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET        "mailnews.view_default_charset"
+#define kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE    "mailnews.force_charset_override"
+static nsCString* gDefaultCharacterSet = nullptr;
+static bool       gDefaultCharacterOverride;
+static nsIObserver *gFolderCharsetObserver = nullptr;
+
+// observer for charset related preference notification
+class nsFolderCharsetObserver : public nsIObserver {
+
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIOBSERVER
+
+  nsFolderCharsetObserver() { }
+private:
+  virtual ~nsFolderCharsetObserver() {}
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsFolderCharsetObserver, nsIObserver)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsFolderCharsetObserver::Observe(nsISupports *aSubject, const char *aTopic, const char16_t *someData)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+  rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_PREFBRANCH_PREFCHANGE_TOPIC_ID))
+  {
+    nsDependentString prefName(someData);
+
+    if (prefName.EqualsLiteral(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
+                      NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsString ucsval;
+        pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+        if (!ucsval.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            CopyUTF16toUTF8(ucsval, *gDefaultCharacterSet);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    else if (prefName.EqualsLiteral(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE))
+    {
+      rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, &gDefaultCharacterOverride);
+    }
+  }
+  else if (!strcmp(aTopic, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID))
+  {
+    rv = prefBranch->RemoveObserver(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET, this);
+    rv = prefBranch->RemoveObserver(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, this);
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(gFolderCharsetObserver);
+    delete gDefaultCharacterSet;
+    gDefaultCharacterSet = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsDBFolderInfo)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsDBFolderInfo)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::QueryInterface(REFNSIID iid, void** result)
+{
+  if (! result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  if(iid.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIDBFolderInfo)) ||
+    iid.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports)))
+  {
+    *result = static_cast<nsIDBFolderInfo*>(this);
+    AddRef();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
+}
+
+
+nsDBFolderInfo::nsDBFolderInfo(nsMsgDatabase *mdb)
+                  : m_flags(0),
+                    m_expiredMark(0),
+                    m_expiredMarkColumnToken(0)
+{
+  m_mdbTable = NULL;
+  m_mdbRow = NULL;
+  m_version = 1; // for upgrading...
+  m_IMAPHierarchySeparator = 0; // imap path separator
+  // mail only (for now)
+  m_folderSize = 0;
+  m_folderDate = 0;
+  m_expungedBytes = 0; // sum of size of deleted messages in folder
+  m_highWaterMessageKey = 0;
+
+  m_numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  m_numMessages = 0;
+  // IMAP only
+  m_ImapUidValidity = kUidUnknown;
+  m_totalPendingMessages =0;
+  m_unreadPendingMessages = 0;
+
+  m_mdbTokensInitialized = false;
+  m_charSetOverride = false;
+
+  if (!gFolderCharsetObserver)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefService> prefs = do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> prefBranch;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      rv = prefs->GetBranch(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(prefBranch));
+    }
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefLocalizedString> pls;
+      rv = prefBranch->GetComplexValue(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET,
+        NS_GET_IID(nsIPrefLocalizedString), getter_AddRefs(pls));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        nsString ucsval;
+        pls->ToString(getter_Copies(ucsval));
+        if (!ucsval.IsEmpty())
+        {
+          if (!gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            gDefaultCharacterSet = new nsCString;
+
+          if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+            CopyUTF16toUTF8(ucsval, *gDefaultCharacterSet);
+        }
+      }
+      rv = prefBranch->GetBoolPref(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, &gDefaultCharacterOverride);
+
+      gFolderCharsetObserver = new nsFolderCharsetObserver();
+      NS_ASSERTION(gFolderCharsetObserver, "failed to create observer");
+
+      // register prefs callbacks
+      if (gFolderCharsetObserver)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(gFolderCharsetObserver);
+        rv = prefBranch->AddObserver(kMAILNEWS_VIEW_DEFAULT_CHARSET, gFolderCharsetObserver, false);
+        rv = prefBranch->AddObserver(kMAILNEWS_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OVERRIDE, gFolderCharsetObserver, false);
+
+        // also register for shutdown
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIObserverService> observerService =
+          mozilla::services::GetObserverService();
+        if (observerService)
+        {
+          rv = observerService->AddObserver(gFolderCharsetObserver, NS_XPCOM_SHUTDOWN_OBSERVER_ID, false);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  m_mdb = mdb;
+  if (mdb)
+  {
+    nsresult err;
+
+    //		mdb->AddRef();
+    err = m_mdb->GetStore()->StringToToken(mdb->GetEnv(), kDBFolderInfoScope, &m_rowScopeToken);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = m_mdb->GetStore()->StringToToken(mdb->GetEnv(), kDBFolderInfoTableKind, &m_tableKindToken);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        gDBFolderInfoOID.mOid_Scope = m_rowScopeToken;
+        gDBFolderInfoOID.mOid_Id = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    InitMDBInfo();
+  }
+}
+
+nsDBFolderInfo::~nsDBFolderInfo()
+{
+  // nsMsgDatabase strictly owns nsDBFolderInfo, so don't ref-count db.
+  ReleaseExternalReferences();
+}
+
+// Release any objects we're holding onto. This needs to be safe
+// to call multiple times.
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ReleaseExternalReferences()
+{
+  if (m_mdb)
+  {
+    if (m_mdbTable)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbTable);
+      m_mdbTable = nullptr;
+    }
+    if (m_mdbRow)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+      m_mdbRow = nullptr;
+    }
+    m_mdb = nullptr;
+  }
+}
+
+// this routine sets up a new db to know about the dbFolderInfo stuff...
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::AddToNewMDB()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    // create the unique table for the dbFolderInfo.
+    nsresult err = store->NewTable(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_rowScopeToken,
+      m_tableKindToken, true, nullptr, &m_mdbTable);
+
+    // create the singleton row for the dbFolderInfo.
+    err  = store->NewRowWithOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(),
+      &gDBFolderInfoOID, &m_mdbRow);
+
+    // add the row to the singleton table.
+    if (m_mdbRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      err = m_mdbTable->AddRow(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_mdbRow);
+
+    ret = err;	// what are we going to do about nsresult's?
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::InitFromExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    if (store)
+    {
+      mdb_pos		rowPos;
+      mdb_count outTableCount; // current number of such tables
+      mdb_bool mustBeUnique; // whether port can hold only one of these
+      mdb_bool hasOid;
+      ret = store->GetTableKind(m_mdb->GetEnv(), m_rowScopeToken, m_tableKindToken, &outTableCount,
+        &mustBeUnique, &m_mdbTable);
+      //			NS_ASSERTION(mustBeUnique && outTableCount == 1, "only one global db info allowed");
+
+      if (m_mdbTable)
+      {
+        // find singleton row for global info.
+        ret = m_mdbTable->HasOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &gDBFolderInfoOID, &hasOid);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+        {
+          nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+          rowPos = -1;
+          ret= m_mdbTable->GetTableRowCursor(m_mdb->GetEnv(), rowPos, &rowCursor);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            ret = rowCursor->NextRow(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &m_mdbRow, &rowPos);
+            NS_RELEASE(rowCursor);
+            if (!m_mdbRow)
+              ret = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+              LoadMemberVariables();
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+        ret = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbTokensInitialized && m_mdb && m_mdb->GetStore())
+  {
+    nsIMdbStore *store = m_mdb->GetStore();
+    nsIMdbEnv	*env = m_mdb->GetEnv();
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kNumMessagesColumnName, &m_numMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kNumUnreadMessagesColumnName, &m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFlagsColumnName, &m_flagsColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFolderSizeColumnName, &m_folderSizeColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kExpungedBytesColumnName, &m_expungedBytesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kFolderDateColumnName, &m_folderDateColumnToken);
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kHighWaterMessageKeyColumnName, &m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kMailboxNameColumnName, &m_mailboxNameColumnToken);
+
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kImapUidValidityColumnName, &m_imapUidValidityColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kTotalPendingMessagesColumnName, &m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kUnreadPendingMessagesColumnName, &m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kExpiredMarkColumnName, &m_expiredMarkColumnToken);
+    store->StringToToken(env,  kVersionColumnName, &m_versionColumnToken);
+    m_mdbTokensInitialized  = true;
+  }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::LoadMemberVariables()
+{
+  // it's really not an error for these properties to not exist...
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+  GetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_folderSizeColumnToken, m_folderSize);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_folderDateColumnToken, m_folderDate);
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_imapUidValidityColumnToken, m_ImapUidValidity, kUidUnknown);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_expiredMarkColumnToken, m_expiredMark);
+  GetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_expungedBytesColumnToken, m_expungedBytes);
+  GetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken, m_highWaterMessageKey);
+  int32_t version;
+
+  GetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_versionColumnToken, version);
+  m_version = (uint16_t) version;
+  m_charSetOverride = gDefaultCharacterOverride;
+  uint32_t propertyValue;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property(kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName, gDefaultCharacterOverride, &propertyValue);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_charSetOverride = propertyValue;
+
+  m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, kCharacterSetColumnName, getter_Copies(m_charSet));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetVersion(uint32_t version)
+{
+  m_version = version;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_versionColumnToken, (uint32_t) m_version);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetVersion(uint32_t *version)
+{
+  *version = m_version;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::AdjustHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater, bool force)
+{
+  if (force || m_highWaterMessageKey < highWater)
+  {
+    m_highWaterMessageKey = highWater;
+    SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_highWaterMessageKeyColumnToken, highWater);
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetHighWater(nsMsgKey highWater)
+{
+  return AdjustHighWater(highWater, true);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::OnKeyAdded(nsMsgKey aNewKey)
+{
+  return AdjustHighWater(aNewKey, false);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderSize(int64_t *size)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(size);
+  *size = m_folderSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderSize(int64_t size)
+{
+  m_folderSize = size;
+  return SetInt64Property(kFolderSizeColumnName, m_folderSize);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderDate(uint32_t *folderDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(folderDate);
+  *folderDate = m_folderDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderDate(uint32_t folderDate)
+{
+  m_folderDate = folderDate;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_folderDateColumnToken, folderDate);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetHighWater(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  // Sanity check highwater - if it gets too big, other code
+  // can fail. Look through last 100 messages to recalculate
+  // the highwater mark.
+  *result = m_highWaterMessageKey;
+  if (m_highWaterMessageKey > 0xFFFFFF00 && m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+    nsresult rv = m_mdb->ReverseEnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+    bool hasMore = false;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader;
+    nsMsgKey recalculatedHighWater = 1;
+    int32_t i = 0;
+    while(i++ < 100 && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore))
+              && hasMore)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      (void) hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+      if (pHeader)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        if (msgKey > recalculatedHighWater)
+          recalculatedHighWater = msgKey;
+      }
+    }
+    NS_ASSERTION(m_highWaterMessageKey >= recalculatedHighWater,
+                 "highwater incorrect");
+    m_highWaterMessageKey = recalculatedHighWater;
+  }
+  *result = m_highWaterMessageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetExpiredMark(nsMsgKey expiredKey)
+{
+  m_expiredMark = expiredKey;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_expiredMarkColumnToken, expiredKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetExpiredMark(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  *result = m_expiredMark;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// The size of the argument depends on the maximum size of a single message
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeExpungedBytes(int32_t delta)
+{
+  return SetExpungedBytes(m_expungedBytes + delta);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetMailboxName(const nsAString &newBoxName)
+{
+  return SetPropertyWithToken(m_mailboxNameColumnToken, newBoxName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetMailboxName(nsAString &boxName)
+{
+  return GetPropertyWithToken(m_mailboxNameColumnToken, boxName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeNumUnreadMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numUnreadMessages += delta;
+  // m_numUnreadMessages can never be set to negative.
+  if (m_numUnreadMessages < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+     NS_ASSERTION(false, "Hardcoded assertion");
+#endif
+      m_numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  }
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeNumMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_numMessages += delta;
+  // m_numMessages can never be set to negative.
+  if (m_numMessages < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "num messages can't be < 0");
+#endif
+    m_numMessages = 0;
+  }
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetNumUnreadMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_numUnreadMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetNumUnreadMessages(int32_t numUnreadMessages)
+{
+  m_numUnreadMessages = numUnreadMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numUnreadMessagesColumnToken, m_numUnreadMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetNumMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_numMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetNumMessages(int32_t numMessages)
+{
+  m_numMessages = numMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_numMessagesColumnToken, m_numMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetExpungedBytes(int64_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_expungedBytes;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetExpungedBytes(int64_t expungedBytes)
+{
+  m_expungedBytes = expungedBytes;
+  return SetInt64PropertyWithToken(m_expungedBytesColumnToken, m_expungedBytes);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetFlags(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFlags(int32_t flags)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_flags != flags)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION((m_flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox) == 0 || (flags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Inbox) != 0, "lost inbox flag");
+    m_flags = flags;
+    ret = SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::OrFlags(int32_t flags, int32_t *result)
+{
+  m_flags |= flags;
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::AndFlags(int32_t flags, int32_t *result)
+{
+  m_flags &= flags;
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_flagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapUidValidity(int32_t *result)
+{
+  *result = m_ImapUidValidity;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapUidValidity(int32_t uidValidity)
+{
+  m_ImapUidValidity = uidValidity;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_imapUidValidityColumnToken, m_ImapUidValidity);
+}
+
+bool nsDBFolderInfo::TestFlag(int32_t flags)
+{
+  return (m_flags & flags) != 0;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharacterSet(nsACString &result)
+{
+  if (!m_charSet.IsEmpty())
+    result.Assign(m_charSet);
+  else if (gDefaultCharacterSet)
+    result.Assign(*gDefaultCharacterSet);
+  else
+    result.Truncate();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetEffectiveCharacterSet(nsACString &result)
+{
+  result.Truncate();
+  if (NS_FAILED(GetCharProperty(kCharacterSetColumnName, result)) ||
+      (result.IsEmpty() && gDefaultCharacterSet))
+    result = *gDefaultCharacterSet;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharacterSet(const nsACString &charSet)
+{
+  m_charSet.Assign(charSet);
+  return SetCharProperty(kCharacterSetColumnName, charSet);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharacterSetOverride(bool *characterSetOverride)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(characterSetOverride);
+  *characterSetOverride = m_charSetOverride;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharacterSetOverride(bool characterSetOverride)
+{
+  m_charSetOverride = characterSetOverride;
+  return SetUint32Property(kCharacterSetOverrideColumnName, characterSetOverride);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetLocale(nsAString &result)
+{
+  GetProperty(kLocaleColumnName, result);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetLocale(const nsAString &locale)
+{
+  return SetProperty(kLocaleColumnName, locale);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_totalPendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_totalPendingMessages+=delta;
+  SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_totalPendingMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsDBFolderInfo::GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_unreadPendingMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t numUnreadPendingMessages)
+{
+  m_unreadPendingMessages = numUnreadPendingMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_unreadPendingMessages);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetImapTotalPendingMessages(int32_t numTotalPendingMessages)
+{
+  m_totalPendingMessages = numTotalPendingMessages;
+  return SetUint32PropertyWithToken(m_totalPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_totalPendingMessages);
+}
+
+void nsDBFolderInfo::ChangeImapUnreadPendingMessages(int32_t delta)
+{
+  m_unreadPendingMessages+=delta;
+  SetInt32PropertyWithToken(m_unreadPendingMessagesColumnToken, m_unreadPendingMessages);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewTypeValue viewType; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue *aViewType)
+{
+  uint32_t viewTypeValue;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property("viewType", nsMsgViewType::eShowAllThreads, &viewTypeValue);
+  *aViewType = viewTypeValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetViewType(nsMsgViewTypeValue aViewType)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("viewType", aViewType);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue viewFlags; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aViewFlags)
+{
+  nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue defaultViewFlags;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultViewFlags(&defaultViewFlags);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t viewFlagsValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("viewFlags", defaultViewFlags, &viewFlagsValue);
+  *aViewFlags = viewFlagsValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue aViewFlags)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("viewFlags", aViewFlags);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewSortTypeValue sortType; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aSortType)
+{
+  nsMsgViewSortTypeValue defaultSortType;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultSortType(&defaultSortType);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t sortTypeValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("sortType", defaultSortType, &sortTypeValue);
+  *aSortType = sortTypeValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue aSortType)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("sortType", aSortType);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgViewSortOrderValue sortOrder; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aSortOrder)
+{
+  nsMsgViewSortOrderValue defaultSortOrder;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetDefaultSortOrder(&defaultSortOrder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  uint32_t sortOrderValue;
+  rv = GetUint32Property("sortOrder", defaultSortOrder, &sortOrderValue);
+  *aSortOrder = sortOrderValue;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue aSortOrder)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property("sortOrder", aSortOrder);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetKnownArtsSet(const char *newsArtSet)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, kKnownArtsSetColumnName, newsArtSet);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetKnownArtsSet(char **newsArtSet)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, kKnownArtsSetColumnName, newsArtSet);
+}
+
+// get arbitrary property, aka row cell value.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetPropertyAsNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, resultProperty);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetCharProperty(const char *aPropertyName,
+                                              const nsACString &aPropertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, aPropertyName,
+                            nsCString(aPropertyValue).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetCharProperty(const char *propertyName,
+                                              nsACString &resultProperty)
+{
+  nsCString result;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, getter_Copies(result));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    resultProperty.Assign(result);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint64Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, (uint64_t) propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetPropertyFromNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int64_t propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt64ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint64_t) propertyValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::SetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t propertyValue)
+{
+  nsAutoString propertyStr;
+  propertyStr.AppendInt(propertyValue, 16);
+  return SetPropertyWithToken(aProperty, propertyStr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetPropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnTonsString(m_mdbRow, aProperty, resultProperty);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetUint32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, uint32_t &propertyValue, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_mdbRow, aProperty, propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt32PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty, int32_t &propertyValue, int32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint32_t &) propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t defaultValue, uint32_t *propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt64Property(const char *propertyName, int64_t defaultValue, int64_t *propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetUint64Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, (uint64_t *) &propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsDBFolderInfo::GetInt64PropertyWithToken(mdb_token aProperty,
+                                                   int64_t &propertyValue,
+                                                   int64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt64(m_mdbRow, aProperty, (uint64_t *) &propertyValue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetBooleanProperty(const char *propertyName, bool defaultValue, bool *propertyValue)
+{
+  uint32_t defaultUint32Value = (defaultValue) ? 1 : 0;
+  uint32_t returnValue;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, &returnValue, defaultUint32Value);
+  *propertyValue = (returnValue != 0);
+  return rv;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsDBFolderInfo::SetBooleanProperty(const char *propertyName, bool propertyValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetFolderName(nsACString &folderName)
+{
+  return GetCharProperty("folderName", folderName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::SetFolderName(const nsACString &folderName)
+{
+  return SetCharProperty("folderName", folderName);
+}
+
+class nsTransferDBFolderInfo : public nsDBFolderInfo
+{
+public:
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo();
+  virtual ~nsTransferDBFolderInfo();
+  // parallel arrays of properties and values
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_properties;
+  nsTArray<nsCString> m_values;
+};
+
+nsTransferDBFolderInfo::nsTransferDBFolderInfo() : nsDBFolderInfo(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+nsTransferDBFolderInfo::~nsTransferDBFolderInfo()
+{
+}
+
+/* void GetTransferInfo (out nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::GetTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo **transferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(transferInfo);
+
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo *newInfo = new nsTransferDBFolderInfo;
+  *transferInfo = newInfo;
+  NS_ADDREF(newInfo);
+
+  mdb_count numCells;
+  mdbYarn cellYarn;
+  mdb_column cellColumn;
+  char columnName[100];
+  mdbYarn cellName = { columnName, 0, sizeof(columnName), 0, 0, nullptr };
+
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_mdbRow, "null row in getTransferInfo");
+  m_mdbRow->GetCount(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &numCells);
+  // iterate over the cells in the dbfolderinfo remembering attribute names and values.
+  for (mdb_count cellIndex = 0; cellIndex < numCells; cellIndex++)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbRow->SeekCellYarn(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellIndex, &cellColumn, nullptr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = m_mdbRow->AliasCellYarn(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        m_mdb->GetStore()->TokenToString(m_mdb->GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellName);
+        newInfo->m_values.AppendElement(Substring((const char *)cellYarn.mYarn_Buf,
+                                        (const char *) cellYarn.mYarn_Buf + cellYarn.mYarn_Fill));
+        newInfo->m_properties.AppendElement(Substring((const char *) cellName.mYarn_Buf,
+                                            (const char *) cellName.mYarn_Buf + cellName.mYarn_Fill));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* void InitFromTransferInfo (in nsIDBFolderInfo transferInfo); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsDBFolderInfo::InitFromTransferInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo *aTransferInfo)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aTransferInfo);
+
+  nsTransferDBFolderInfo *transferInfo = static_cast<nsTransferDBFolderInfo *>(aTransferInfo);
+
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < transferInfo->m_values.Length(); i++)
+    SetCharProperty(transferInfo->m_properties[i].get(), transferInfo->m_values[i]);
+
+  LoadMemberVariables();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84865eb80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsImapMailDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsImapMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+
+const char *kPendingHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:pending:all";	// scope for all offine ops table
+const char *kPendingHdrsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:pending";
+struct mdbOid gAllPendingHdrsTableOID;
+
+nsImapMailDatabase::nsImapMailDatabase()
+{
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsImapMailDatabase::~nsImapMailDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsImapMailDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t version;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+    *aResult = (GetCurVersion() == version);
+  }
+  else
+      *aResult = false;
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP	nsImapMailDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool valid)
+{
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(valid ? GetCurVersion() : 0);
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// IMAP does not set local file flags, override does nothing
+void nsImapMailDatabase::UpdateFolderFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr * /* msgHdr */, bool /* bSet */,
+                                          nsMsgMessageFlagType /* flag */, nsIOutputStream ** /* ppFileStream */)
+{
+}
+
+// We override this to avoid our parent class (nsMailDatabase)'s 
+// grabbing of the folder semaphore, and bailing on failure.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(aNumKeys, nsMsgKeys, instigator);
+}
+
+// override so nsMailDatabase methods that deal with m_folderStream are *not* called
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t size = 0;
+    (void)msgHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&size);
+    return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable = nullptr;
+  return nsMailDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::GetAllPendingHdrsTable()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable)
+    rv = GetTableCreateIfMissing(kPendingHdrsScope, kPendingHdrsTableKind, getter_AddRefs(m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable),
+                                                m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken, m_pendingHdrsTableKindToken) ;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify)
+{
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(newHdr, notify);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    rv = UpdatePendingAttributes(newHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr* aNewHdr)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  mdb_count numPendingHdrs = 0;
+  m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numPendingHdrs);
+  if (numPendingHdrs > 0)
+  {
+    mdbYarn messageIdYarn;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+    mdbOid  outRowId;
+
+    nsCString messageId;
+    aNewHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)messageId.get();
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = messageId.Length();
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+    messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+    m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken,
+              m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn, &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+    if (pendingRow)
+    {
+      mdb_count numCells;
+      mdbYarn cellYarn;
+      mdb_column cellColumn;
+      uint32_t existingFlags;
+
+      pendingRow->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numCells);
+      aNewHdr->GetFlags(&existingFlags);
+      // iterate over the cells in the pending hdr setting properties on the aNewHdr.
+      // we skip cell 0, which is the messageId;
+      nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aNewHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+      nsIMdbRow *row = msgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+      for (mdb_count cellIndex = 1; cellIndex < numCells; cellIndex++)
+      {
+        nsresult err = pendingRow->SeekCellYarn(GetEnv(), cellIndex, &cellColumn, nullptr);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        {
+          err = pendingRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+          {
+            if (row)
+              row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), cellColumn, &cellYarn);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      // We might have changed some cached values, so force a refresh.
+      msgHdr->ClearCachedValues();
+      uint32_t resultFlags;
+      msgHdr->OrFlags(existingFlags, &resultFlags);
+      m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), pendingRow);
+      pendingRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsImapMailDatabase::GetRowForPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr,
+                                                 nsIMdbRow **row)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetAllPendingHdrsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  mdbYarn messageIdYarn;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  mdbOid  outRowId;
+  nsCString messageId;
+  pendingHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)messageId.get();
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = messageId.Length();
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  rv = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken,
+            m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn, &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+
+  if (!pendingRow)
+    rv  = m_mdbStore->NewRow(GetEnv(), m_pendingHdrsRowScopeToken, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (pendingRow)
+  {
+    // now we need to add cells to the row to remember the messageid, property and property value, and flags.
+    // Then, when hdrs are added to the db, we'll check if they have a matching message-id, and if so,
+    // set the property and flags
+    // XXX we already fetched messageId from the pending hdr, could it have changed by the time we get here? 
+    nsCString messageId;
+    pendingHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+    // we're just going to ignore messages without a message-id. They should be rare. If SPAM messages often
+    // didn't have message-id's, they'd be filtered on the server, most likely, and spammers would then
+    // start putting in message-id's.
+    if (!messageId.IsEmpty())
+    {
+       extern const char *kMessageIdColumnName;
+       m_mdbAllPendingHdrsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), pendingRow);
+       // make sure this is the first cell so that when we ignore the first
+       // cell in nsImapMailDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB, we're ignoring the right one
+      (void) SetProperty(pendingRow, kMessageIdColumnName, messageId.get());
+      pendingRow.forget(row);
+    }
+    else
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsImapMailDatabase::SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(pendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetProperty(pendingRow, property, propertyVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailDatabase::SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr,
+                                                   const char *property,
+                                                   uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(pendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetUint32Property(pendingRow, property, propertyVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsImapMailDatabase::SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                                   const char *aProperty,
+                                                   uint64_t aPropertyVal)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPendingHdr);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> pendingRow;
+  nsresult rv = GetRowForPendingHdr(aPendingHdr, getter_AddRefs(pendingRow));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return SetUint64Property(pendingRow, aProperty, aPropertyVal);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13a53485f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMailDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalFolderHdrs.h"
+#include "nsNetUtil.h"
+#include "nsISeekableStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+
+extern PRLogModuleInfo *IMAPOffline;
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+// scope for all offine ops table
+const char *kOfflineOpsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:ops:all";
+const char *kOfflineOpsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:ops";
+struct mdbOid gAllOfflineOpsTableOID;
+
+nsMailDatabase::nsMailDatabase() : m_reparse(false)
+{
+  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable = nullptr;
+  m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken = 0;
+  m_offlineOpsTableKindToken = 0;
+}
+
+nsMailDatabase::~nsMailDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+// caller passes in upgrading==true if they want back a db even if the db is out of date.
+// If so, they'll extract out the interesting info from the db, close it, delete it, and
+// then try to open the db again, prior to reparsing.
+nsresult nsMailDatabase::Open(nsMsgDBService* aDBService, nsIFile *aSummaryFile,
+                              bool aCreate, bool aUpgrading)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  nsString leafName;
+  aSummaryFile->GetLeafName(leafName);
+  if (!StringEndsWith(leafName, NS_LITERAL_STRING(".msf"),
+                     nsCaseInsensitiveStringComparator()))
+    NS_ERROR("non summary file passed into open\n");
+#endif
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Open(aDBService, aSummaryFile, aCreate, aUpgrading);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable = nullptr;
+  return nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+// get this on demand so that only db's that have offline ops will
+// create the table.
+nsresult nsMailDatabase::GetAllOfflineOpsTable()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    rv = GetTableCreateIfMissing(kOfflineOpsScope, kOfflineOpsTableKind, getter_AddRefs(m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable), 
+                                                m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken, m_offlineOpsTableKindToken) ;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  SetSummaryValid(true);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    bool isLocked;
+    m_folder->GetLocked(&isLocked);
+    if (isLocked)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "Some other operation is in progress");
+      return NS_MSG_FOLDER_BUSY;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(aNumKeys, nsMsgKeys, instigator);
+  SetSummaryValid(true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  uint32_t version;
+  m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+  if (GetCurVersion() != version)
+  {
+    *aResult = false;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  if (!m_folder) {
+    // If the folder is not set, we just return without checking the validity
+    // of the summary file. For now, this is an expected condition when the
+    // message database is being opened from a URL in 
+    // nsMailboxUrl::GetMsgHdrForKey() which calls
+    // nsMsgDBService::OpenMailDBFromFile() without a folder.
+    // Returning an error here would lead to the deletion of the MSF in the
+    // caller nsMsgDatabase::CheckForErrors().
+    *aResult = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->IsSummaryFileValid(m_folder, this, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool aValid)
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase::SetSummaryValid(aValid);
+
+  if (!m_folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // If this is a virtual folder, there is no storage.
+  bool flag;
+  m_folder->GetFlag(nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual, &flag);
+  if (flag)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgPluggableStore> msgStore;
+  nsresult rv = m_folder->GetMsgStore(getter_AddRefs(msgStore));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return msgStore->SetSummaryFileValid(m_folder, this, aValid);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMailDatabase::RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (!op || !m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsMsgOfflineImapOperation* offlineOp = static_cast<nsMsgOfflineImapOperation*>(op);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  nsIMdbRow* row = offlineOp->GetMDBRow();
+  rv = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), row);
+  row->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool create, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **offlineOp)
+{
+  mdb_bool	hasOid;
+  mdbOid		rowObjectId;
+  nsresult err;
+
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  
+  if (!offlineOp || !m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  *offlineOp = NULL;
+  
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_offlineOpsRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbStore && (hasOid  || create))
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> offlineOpRow;
+    err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(offlineOpRow));
+    
+    if (create)
+    {
+      if (!offlineOpRow)
+      {
+        err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(offlineOpRow));
+        NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+      }
+      if (offlineOpRow && !hasOid)
+        m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), offlineOpRow);
+    }
+    
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && offlineOpRow)
+    {
+      *offlineOp = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(this, offlineOpRow);
+      if (*offlineOp)
+        (*offlineOp)->SetMessageKey(msgKey);
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*offlineOp);
+    }
+    if (!hasOid && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      // set initial value for flags so we don't lose them.
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (msgHdr)
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+        (*offlineOp)->SetNewFlags(flags);
+      }
+      int32_t newFlags;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->OrFlags(nsMsgFolderFlags::OfflineEvents, &newFlags);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not impl yet");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(offlineOpIds);
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+
+  if (m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1, &rowCursor);
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos	outPos;
+      
+      err = rowCursor->NextRowOid(GetEnv(), &outOid, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || outOid.mOid_Id == (mdb_id) -1)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        offlineOpIds->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+        if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> offlineOp;
+          GetOfflineOpForKey(outOid.mOid_Id, false, getter_AddRefs(offlineOp));
+          if (offlineOp)
+          {
+            nsMsgOfflineImapOperation *logOp = static_cast<nsMsgOfflineImapOperation *>(static_cast<nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *>(offlineOp.get()));
+            if (logOp)
+              logOp->Log(IMAPOffline);
+
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    // TODO: would it cause a problem to replace this with "rv = err;" ?
+    rv = (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    rowCursor->Release();
+  }
+
+  offlineOpIds->Sort();
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMailDatabase::ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(offlineDeletes);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetAllOfflineOpsTable();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor *rowCursor;
+  if (m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+  {
+    nsresult err = m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1, &rowCursor);
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos outPos;
+      nsIMdbRow* offlineOpRow;
+
+      err = rowCursor->NextRow(GetEnv(), &offlineOpRow, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || offlineOpRow == nullptr)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        offlineOpRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+        nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *offlineOp = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(this, offlineOpRow);
+        if (offlineOp)
+        {
+          NS_ADDREF(offlineOp);
+          imapMessageFlagsType newFlags;
+          nsOfflineImapOperationType opType;
+          
+          offlineOp->GetOperation(&opType);
+          offlineOp->GetNewFlags(&newFlags);
+          if (opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved || 
+            ((opType & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged) 
+            && (newFlags & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMarkedDeleted)))
+            offlineDeletes->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+          NS_RELEASE(offlineOp);
+        }
+        offlineOpRow->Release();
+      }
+    }
+    // TODO: would it cause a problem to replace this with "rv = err;" ?
+    rv = (NS_SUCCEEDED(err)) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    rowCursor->Release();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// This is used to remember that the db is out of sync with the mail folder
+// and needs to be regenerated.
+void nsMailDatabase::SetReparse(bool reparse)
+{
+  m_reparse = reparse;
+}
+
+class nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+  nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator(nsMailDatabase* db);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator();
+  nsresult					GetRowCursor();
+  nsresult					PrefetchNext();
+  nsMailDatabase*              mDB;
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor*       mRowCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation> mResultOp;
+  bool              mDone;
+  bool						mNextPrefetched;
+};
+
+nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator(nsMailDatabase* db)
+    : mDB(db), mRowCursor(nullptr), mDone(false)
+{
+  NS_ADDREF(mDB);
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::~nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator()
+{
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mRowCursor);
+  NS_RELEASE(mDB);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::GetRowCursor()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mDone = false;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mDB->m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  rv = mDB->m_mdbAllOfflineOpsTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDB->GetEnv(), -1, &mRowCursor);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultOp) 
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultOp;
+      NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* offlineOpRow;
+  mdb_pos rowPos;
+
+  if (!mRowCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetRowCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  rv = mRowCursor->NextRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &offlineOpRow, &rowPos);
+  if (!offlineOpRow) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op = new nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(mDB, offlineOpRow);
+  mResultOp = op;
+  if (!op)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  if (mResultOp) 
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineOpEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b366ab5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,5915 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// this file implements the nsMsgDatabase interface using the MDB Interface.
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMailDatabase.h"
+#include "nsDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsIMsgSearchTerm.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMorkCID.h"
+#include "nsIMdbFactoryFactory.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBCID.h"
+#include "nsILocale.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsILocaleService.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeyArray.h"
+#include "nsIMutableArray.h"
+#include "nsComponentManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsServiceManagerUtils.h"
+#include "nsMemory.h"
+#include "nsICollation.h"
+#include "nsCollationCID.h"
+#include "nsIPrefService.h"
+#include "nsIPrefBranch.h"
+#include "nsIMsgPluggableStore.h"
+#include "nsAlgorithm.h"
+#include "nsArrayEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMemoryReporter.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/Services.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_) || defined(DEBUG_seth_)
+#define DEBUG_MSGKEYSET 1
+#endif
+
+#define MSG_HASH_SIZE 512
+
+// This will be used on discovery, since we don't know total.
+const int32_t kMaxHdrsInCache = 512;
+
+// special keys
+static const nsMsgKey kAllMsgHdrsTableKey = 1;
+static const nsMsgKey kTableKeyForThreadOne = 0xfffffffe;
+static const nsMsgKey kAllThreadsTableKey = 0xfffffffd;
+static const nsMsgKey kFirstPseudoKey = 0xfffffff0;
+static const nsMsgKey kIdStartOfFake = 0xffffff80;
+static const nsMsgKey kForceReparseKey = 0xfffffff0;
+
+static PRLogModuleInfo* DBLog;
+
+PRTime nsMsgDatabase::gLastUseTime;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBService, nsIMsgDBService)
+
+nsMsgDBService::nsMsgDBService()
+{
+  DBLog = PR_NewLogModule("MSGDB");
+}
+
+
+nsMsgDBService::~nsMsgDBService()
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  // If you hit this warning, it means that some code is holding onto
+  // a db at shutdown.
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(!m_dbCache.Length(), "some msg dbs left open");
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB = m_dbCache.ElementAt(i);
+    if (pMessageDB)
+      printf("db left open %s\n", (const char *) pMessageDB->m_dbName.get());
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenFolderDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                           bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                           nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *cacheDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  if (cacheDB)
+  {
+    // this db could have ended up in the folder cache w/o an m_folder pointer via
+    // OpenMailDBFromFile. If so, take this chance to fix the folder.
+    if (!cacheDB->m_folder)
+      cacheDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+    cacheDB->RememberLastUseTime();
+    *_retval = cacheDB; // FindInCache already addRefed.
+    // if m_thumb is set, someone is asynchronously opening the db. But our
+    // caller wants to synchronously open it, so just do it.
+    if (cacheDB->m_thumb)
+      return cacheDB->Open(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Don't try to create the database yet--let the createNewDB call do that.
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+  rv = msgDatabase->Open(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) && rv != NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    return rv;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Doing these checks for debug only as we don't want to report certain
+    // errors in debug mode, but in release mode we wouldn't report them either
+
+    // These errors are expected.
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+        rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      return rv;
+
+    // If it isn't one of the expected errors, throw a warning.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#endif
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  FinishDBOpen(aFolder, msgDatabase);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::AsyncOpenFolderDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                                nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *cacheDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  if (cacheDB)
+  {
+    // this db could have ended up in the folder cache w/o an m_folder pointer via
+    // OpenMailDBFromFile. If so, take this chance to fix the folder.
+    if (!cacheDB->m_folder)
+      cacheDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+    *_retval = cacheDB; // FindInCache already addRefed.
+    // We don't care if an other consumer is thumbing the store. In that
+    // case, they'll both thumb the store.
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+  rv = msgDatabase->OpenInternal(this, summaryFilePath, false, aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                 false /* open asynchronously */);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    // Doing these checks for debug only as we don't want to report certain
+    // errors in debug mode, but in release mode we wouldn't report them either
+
+    // These errors are expected.
+    if (rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING ||
+        rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      return rv;
+
+    // If it isn't one of the expected errors, throw a warning.
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+#endif
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  FinishDBOpen(aFolder, msgDatabase);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenMore(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB,
+                                       uint32_t aTimeHint,
+                                       bool *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(aDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgDatabase, NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG);
+  // Check if this db has been opened.
+  if (!msgDatabase->m_thumb)
+  {
+    *_retval = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  nsresult rv;
+  *_retval = false;
+  PRIntervalTime startTime = PR_IntervalNow();
+  do
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    rv = msgDatabase->m_thumb->DoMore(msgDatabase->m_mdbEnv,
+                                       &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone,
+                                       &outBroken);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+    if (outDone)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+      msgDatabase->GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+      NS_ENSURE_TRUE(mdbFactory, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+      rv = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(msgDatabase->m_mdbEnv, msgDatabase->m_thumb, &msgDatabase->m_mdbStore);
+      msgDatabase->m_thumb = nullptr;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> folderPath;
+      (void) msgDatabase->m_folder->GetFilePath(getter_AddRefs(folderPath));
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIFile> summaryFile;
+      (void) GetSummaryFileLocation(folderPath, getter_AddRefs(summaryFile));
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = (msgDatabase->m_mdbStore) ? msgDatabase->InitExistingDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        rv = msgDatabase->CheckForErrors(rv, false, this, summaryFile);
+
+      FinishDBOpen(msgDatabase->m_folder, msgDatabase);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  while (PR_IntervalToMilliseconds(PR_IntervalNow() - startTime) <= aTimeHint);
+  *_retval = !msgDatabase->m_thumb;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * When a db is opened, we need to hook up any pending listeners for 
+ * that db, and notify them.
+ */
+void nsMsgDBService::HookupPendingListeners(nsIMsgDatabase *db,
+                                            nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  for (int32_t listenerIndex = 0;
+       listenerIndex < m_foldersPendingListeners.Count(); listenerIndex++)
+  {
+  //  check if we have a pending listener on this db, and if so, add it.
+    if (m_foldersPendingListeners[listenerIndex] == folder)
+    {
+      db->AddListener(m_pendingListeners.ObjectAt(listenerIndex));
+      m_pendingListeners.ObjectAt(listenerIndex)->OnEvent(db, "DBOpened");
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBService::FinishDBOpen(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsMsgDatabase *aMsgDB)
+{
+  uint32_t folderFlags;
+  aFolder->GetFlags(&folderFlags);
+
+  if (! (folderFlags & nsMsgFolderFlags::Virtual) &&
+      aMsgDB->m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    mdb_count numHdrsInTable = 0;
+    int32_t numMessages;
+    aMsgDB->m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(aMsgDB->GetEnv(),
+                                              &numHdrsInTable);
+    aMsgDB->m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&numMessages);
+    if (numMessages != (int32_t) numHdrsInTable)
+      aMsgDB->SyncCounts();
+  }
+  HookupPendingListeners(aMsgDB, aFolder);
+  aMsgDB->RememberLastUseTime();
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FindInCache - this addrefs the db it finds.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------
+nsMsgDatabase* nsMsgDBService::FindInCache(nsIFile *dbName)
+{
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB = m_dbCache[i];
+    if (pMessageDB->MatchDbName(dbName))
+    {
+      if (pMessageDB->m_mdbStore)  // don't return db without store
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(pMessageDB);
+        return pMessageDB;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+// This method is called when the caller is trying to create a db without
+// having a corresponding nsIMsgFolder object.  This happens in a few
+// situations, including imap folder discovery, compacting local folders,
+// and copying local folders.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::OpenMailDBFromFile(nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                                                 nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                                 bool aCreate,
+                                                 bool aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                                 nsIMsgDatabase** pMessageDB)
+{
+  if (!aFolderName)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFile>  dbPath;
+  nsresult rv = GetSummaryFileLocation(aFolderName, getter_AddRefs(dbPath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *pMessageDB = FindInCache(dbPath);
+  if (*pMessageDB)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMailDatabase> msgDB = new nsMailDatabase;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(msgDB, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  rv = msgDB->Open(this, dbPath, aCreate, aLeaveInvalidDB);
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST)
+    return rv;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*pMessageDB = msgDB);
+  if (aCreate && msgDB && rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING)
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    msgDB->m_folder = aFolder;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::CreateNewDB(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder,
+                                          nsIMsgDatabase **_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFolder);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgIncomingServer> incomingServer;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetServer(getter_AddRefs(incomingServer));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsCString localDatabaseType;
+  incomingServer->GetLocalDatabaseType(localDatabaseType);
+  nsAutoCString dbContractID(NS_MSGDB_CONTRACTID);
+  dbContractID.Append(localDatabaseType.get());
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB = do_CreateInstance(dbContractID.get(), &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDatabase = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase *>(msgDB.get());
+
+  msgDatabase->m_folder = aFolder;
+  rv = msgDatabase->Open(this, summaryFilePath, true, true);
+
+  // We are trying to create a new database, but that implies that it did not
+  // already exist. Open returns NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING for the
+  // successful creation of a new database. But if it existed for some
+  // reason, then we would get rv = NS_OK instead. That is a "failure"
+  // from our perspective, so we want to return a failure since we are not
+  // returning a valid database object.
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(rv == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING,
+                 NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) ? NS_ERROR_FILE_ALREADY_EXISTS : rv);
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_retval = msgDB);
+
+  HookupPendingListeners(msgDB, aFolder);
+
+  msgDatabase->RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void registerPendingListener (in nsIMsgFolder aFolder, in nsIDBChangeListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::RegisterPendingListener(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  // need to make sure we don't hold onto these forever. Maybe a shutdown listener?
+  // if there is a db open on this folder already, we should register the listener.
+  m_foldersPendingListeners.AppendObject(aFolder);
+  m_pendingListeners.AppendObject(aListener);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDatabase> openDB;
+  CachedDBForFolder(aFolder, getter_AddRefs(openDB));
+  if (openDB)
+    openDB->AddListener(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void unregisterPendingListener (in nsIDBChangeListener aListener); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::UnregisterPendingListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  int32_t listenerIndex = m_pendingListeners.IndexOfObject(aListener);
+  if (listenerIndex != -1)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    CachedDBForFolder(m_foldersPendingListeners[listenerIndex], getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    if (msgDB)
+      msgDB->RemoveListener(aListener);
+    m_foldersPendingListeners.RemoveObjectAt(listenerIndex);
+    m_pendingListeners.RemoveObjectAt(listenerIndex);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::CachedDBForFolder(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder, nsIMsgDatabase **aRetDB)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aRetDB);
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath;
+  nsresult rv = aFolder->GetSummaryFile(getter_AddRefs(summaryFilePath));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aRetDB = FindInCache(summaryFilePath);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::ForceFolderDBClosed(nsIMsgFolder *aFolder)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mailDB;
+  nsresult rv = CachedDBForFolder(aFolder, getter_AddRefs(mailDB));
+  if (mailDB)
+  {
+    mailDB->ForceClosed();
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBService::GetOpenDBs(nsIArray **aOpenDBs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aOpenDBs);
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMutableArray> openDBs(do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+    openDBs->AppendElement(m_dbCache[i], false);
+
+  openDBs.forget(aOpenDBs);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+static bool gGotGlobalPrefs = false;
+static bool gThreadWithoutRe = true;
+static bool gStrictThreading = false;
+static bool gCorrectThreading = false;
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::GetGlobalPrefs()
+{
+  if (!gGotGlobalPrefs)
+  {
+    GetBoolPref("mail.thread_without_re", &gThreadWithoutRe);
+    GetBoolPref("mail.strict_threading", &gStrictThreading);
+    GetBoolPref("mail.correct_threading", &gCorrectThreading);
+    gGotGlobalPrefs = true;
+  }
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddHdrToCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key) // do we want key? We could get it from hdr
+{
+  if (m_bCacheHeaders)
+  {
+    if (!m_cachedHeaders)
+      m_cachedHeaders = new PLDHashTable(&gMsgDBHashTableOps, sizeof(struct MsgHdrHashElement), m_cacheSize);
+    if (m_cachedHeaders)
+    {
+      if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+        hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      if (m_cachedHeaders->EntryCount() > m_cacheSize)
+        ClearHdrCache(true);
+      PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_cachedHeaders->Add((void *)(uintptr_t) key, mozilla::fallible);
+      if (!entry)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+      MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+      element->mHdr = hdr;
+      element->mKey = key;
+      NS_ADDREF(hdr);     // make the cache hold onto the header
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgHdrCacheSize(uint32_t aSize)
+{
+  m_cacheSize = aSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrCacheSize(uint32_t *aSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aSize);
+  *aSize = m_cacheSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetLastUseTime(PRTime *aTime)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aTime);
+  *aTime = m_lastUseTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetLastUseTime(PRTime aTime)
+{
+  gLastUseTime = m_lastUseTime = aTime;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDatabaseSize(int64_t *_retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(_retval);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> summaryFilePath = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  rv = summaryFilePath->InitWithNativePath(m_dbName);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool exists;
+  rv = summaryFilePath->Exists(&exists);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (exists)
+      rv = summaryFilePath->GetFileSize(_retval);
+    else
+      *_retval = 0;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ClearCachedHdrs()
+{
+  ClearCachedObjects(false);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  if (mRefCnt > 1)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "");
+    printf("someone's holding onto db - refs = %ld\n", mRefCnt);
+  }
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearEnumerators()
+{
+  // clear out existing enumerators
+  nsTArray<nsMsgDBEnumerator *> copyEnumerators;
+  copyEnumerators.SwapElements(m_enumerators);
+
+  uint32_t numEnums = copyEnumerators.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numEnums; i++)
+    copyEnumerators[i]->Clear();
+}
+
+nsMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::FindExistingThread(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  uint32_t numThreads = m_threads.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numThreads; i++)
+    if (m_threads[i]->m_threadKey == threadId)
+      return m_threads[i];
+
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearThreads()
+{
+  // clear out existing threads
+  nsTArray<nsMsgThread *> copyThreads;
+  copyThreads.SwapElements(m_threads);
+
+  uint32_t numThreads = copyThreads.Length();
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numThreads; i++)
+    copyThreads[i]->Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::ClearCachedObjects(bool dbGoingAway)
+{
+  ClearHdrCache(false);
+#ifdef DEBUG_DavidBienvenu
+  if (m_headersInUse && m_headersInUse->EntryCount() > 0)
+  {
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "leaking headers");
+    printf("leaking %d headers in %s\n", m_headersInUse->EntryCount(), (const char *) m_dbName);
+  }
+#endif
+  m_cachedThread = nullptr;
+  m_cachedThreadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  // We should only clear the use hdr cache when the db is going away, or we could
+  // end up with multiple copies of the same logical msg hdr, which will lead to
+  // ref-counting problems.
+  if (dbGoingAway)
+  {
+    ClearUseHdrCache();
+    ClearThreads();
+  }
+  m_thumb = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ClearHdrCache(bool reInit)
+{
+  if (m_cachedHeaders)
+  {
+    // save this away in case we renter this code.
+    PLDHashTable  *saveCachedHeaders = m_cachedHeaders;
+    m_cachedHeaders = nullptr;
+    for (auto iter = saveCachedHeaders->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      if (element)
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(element->mHdr);
+    }
+
+    if (reInit)
+    {
+      saveCachedHeaders->ClearAndPrepareForLength(m_cacheSize);
+      m_cachedHeaders = saveCachedHeaders;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      delete saveCachedHeaders;
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHdrFromCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (m_cachedHeaders)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+      m_cachedHeaders->Search((const void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      m_cachedHeaders->Remove((void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+      NS_RELEASE(hdr); // get rid of extra ref the cache was holding.
+    }
+
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetHdrFromUseCache(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+      m_headersInUse->Search((const void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+      *result = element->mHdr;
+    }
+    if (*result)
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(*result);
+      rv = NS_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+PLDHashTableOps nsMsgDatabase::gMsgDBHashTableOps =
+{
+  HashKey,
+  MatchEntry,
+  MoveEntry,
+  ClearEntry,
+  nullptr
+};
+
+// HashKey is supposed to maximize entropy in the low order bits, and the key
+// as is, should do that.
+PLDHashNumber
+nsMsgDatabase::HashKey(const void* aKey)
+{
+  return PLDHashNumber(NS_PTR_TO_INT32(aKey));
+}
+
+bool
+nsMsgDatabase::MatchEntry(const PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry, const void* aKey)
+{
+  const MsgHdrHashElement* hdr = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(aEntry);
+  return aKey == (const void *)(uintptr_t) hdr->mKey; // ### or get the key from the hdr...
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgDatabase::MoveEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, const PLDHashEntryHdr* aFrom, PLDHashEntryHdr* aTo)
+{
+  const MsgHdrHashElement* from = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(aFrom);
+  MsgHdrHashElement* to = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(aTo);
+  // ### eh? Why is this needed? I don't think we have a copy operator?
+  *to = *from;
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgDatabase::ClearEntry(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry)
+{
+  MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(aEntry);
+  element->mHdr = nullptr; // eh? Need to release this or not?
+  element->mKey = nsMsgKey_None; // eh?
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddHdrToUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (!m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    mdb_count numHdrs = MSG_HASH_SIZE;
+    if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+      m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrs);
+    m_headersInUse = new PLDHashTable(&gMsgDBHashTableOps, sizeof(struct MsgHdrHashElement), std::max((mdb_count)MSG_HASH_SIZE, numHdrs));
+  }
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_headersInUse->Add((void *)(uintptr_t) key, mozilla::fallible);
+    if (!entry)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+    MsgHdrHashElement* element = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(entry);
+    element->mHdr = hdr;
+    element->mKey = key;
+    // the hash table won't add ref, we'll do it ourselves
+    // stand for the addref that CreateMsgHdr normally does.
+    NS_ADDREF(hdr);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ClearUseHdrCache()
+{
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    // clear mdb row pointers of any headers still in use, because the
+    // underlying db is going away.
+    for (auto iter = m_headersInUse->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto element = static_cast<const MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      if (element && element->mHdr) {
+        nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(element->mHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+        // clear out m_mdbRow member variable - the db is going away, which means that this member
+        // variable might very well point to a mork db that is gone.
+        NS_IF_RELEASE(msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+    //    NS_IF_RELEASE(msgHdr->m_mdb);
+      }
+    }
+    delete m_headersInUse;
+    m_headersInUse = nullptr;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHdrFromUseCache(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr, nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    if (key == nsMsgKey_None)
+      hdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+    m_headersInUse->Remove((void *)(uintptr_t) key);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::CreateMsgHdr(nsIMdbRow* hdrRow, nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr* *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  nsresult rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, result);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+  {
+    hdrRow->Release();
+    return rv;
+  }
+
+  nsMsgHdr *msgHdr = new nsMsgHdr(this, hdrRow);
+  if(!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  msgHdr->SetMessageKey(key);
+  // don't need to addref here; GetHdrFromUseCache addrefs.
+  *result = msgHdr;
+
+  AddHdrToCache(msgHdr, key);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  m_ChangeListeners.AppendElementUnlessExists(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RemoveListener(nsIDBChangeListener *aListener)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aListener);
+  m_ChangeListeners.RemoveElement(aListener);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// XXX should we return rv for listener->propertyfunc_?
+#define NOTIFY_LISTENERS(propertyfunc_, params_) \
+  PR_BEGIN_MACRO \
+  nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator iter(m_ChangeListeners); \
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener; \
+  while (iter.HasMore()) { \
+    listener = iter.GetNext(); \
+    listener->propertyfunc_ params_; \
+  } \
+  PR_END_MACRO
+
+// change announcer methods - just broadcast to all listeners.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrChangeAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged,
+                                                uint32_t aOldFlags,
+                                                uint32_t aNewFlags,
+                                                nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  // We will only notify the change if the header exists in the database.
+  // This allows database functions to be usable in both the case where the
+  // header is in the db, or the header is not so no notifications should be
+  // given.
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  bool inDb = false;
+  if (aHdrChanged)
+  {
+    aHdrChanged->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    ContainsKey(key, &inDb);
+  }
+  if (inDb)
+    NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrFlagsChanged,
+                     (aHdrChanged, aOldFlags, aNewFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnReadChanged, (aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnJunkScoreChanged, (aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrDeletedAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrDeleted,
+                                                 nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                                 int32_t aFlags,
+                                                 nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrDeleted, (aHdrDeleted, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyHdrAddedAll(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrAdded,
+                                               nsMsgKey aParentKey,
+                                               int32_t aFlags,
+                                               nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  printf("notifying add of %ld parent %ld\n", keyAdded, parentKey);
+#endif
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnHdrAdded, (aHdrAdded, aParentKey, aFlags, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyParentChangedAll(nsMsgKey aKeyReparented,
+                                                    nsMsgKey aOldParent,
+                                                    nsMsgKey aNewParent,
+                                                    nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnParentChanged,
+                   (aKeyReparented, aOldParent, aNewParent, aInstigator));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway(void)
+{
+  NOTIFY_LISTENERS(OnAnnouncerGoingAway, (this));
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::MatchDbName(nsIFile *dbName)  // returns true if they match
+{
+  nsCString dbPath;
+  dbName->GetNativePath(dbPath);
+  return dbPath.Equals(m_dbName);
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBService::AddToCache(nsMsgDatabase* pMessageDB)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_dbCache.Length() < 50, "50 or more open db's");
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (pMessageDB->m_folder)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> msgDB;
+    CachedDBForFolder(pMessageDB->m_folder, getter_AddRefs(msgDB));
+    NS_ASSERTION(!msgDB, "shouldn't have db in cache");
+  }
+#endif
+  m_dbCache.AppendElement(pMessageDB);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Log the open db's, and how many headers are in memory.
+ */
+void nsMsgDBService::DumpCache()
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase* db = nullptr;
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("%d open DB's\n", m_dbCache.Length()));
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_dbCache.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    db = m_dbCache.ElementAt(i);
+    MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("%s - %ld hdrs in use\n",
+      (const char*)db->m_dbName.get(),
+      db->m_headersInUse ? db->m_headersInUse->EntryCount() : 0));
+  }
+}
+
+// Memory Reporting implementations
+
+size_t nsMsgDatabase::SizeOfExcludingThis(mozilla::MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf) const
+{
+  size_t totalSize = 0;
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    totalSize += m_dbFolderInfo->SizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    nsIMdbHeap *morkHeap = nullptr;
+    m_mdbEnv->GetHeap(&morkHeap);
+    if (morkHeap)
+      totalSize += morkHeap->GetUsedSize();
+  }
+  totalSize += m_newSet.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  totalSize += m_ChangeListeners.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  totalSize += m_threads.ShallowSizeOfExcludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  // We have two tables of header objects, but every header in m_cachedHeaders
+  // should be in m_headersInUse.
+  // double-counting...
+  size_t headerSize = 0;
+  if (m_headersInUse)
+  {
+    headerSize = m_headersInUse->ShallowSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+    for (auto iter = m_headersInUse->Iter(); !iter.Done(); iter.Next()) {
+      auto entry = static_cast<MsgHdrHashElement*>(iter.Get());
+      // Sigh, this is dangerous, but so long as this is a closed system, this
+      // is safe.
+      headerSize += static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(entry->mHdr)->SizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+    }
+  }
+  totalSize += headerSize;
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+    totalSize += m_msgReferences->ShallowSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
+  return totalSize;
+}
+
+namespace mozilla {
+namespace mailnews {
+
+MOZ_DEFINE_MALLOC_SIZE_OF(GetMallocSize)
+
+class MsgDBReporter final : public nsIMemoryReporter
+{
+  nsMsgDatabase *mDatabase;
+public:
+  MsgDBReporter(nsMsgDatabase *db) : mDatabase(db) {}
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_IMETHOD GetName(nsACString &aName)
+  {
+    aName.AssignLiteral("msg-database-objects");
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  NS_IMETHOD CollectReports(nsIMemoryReporterCallback*aCb,
+                            nsISupports* aClosure,
+                            bool aAnonymize) override
+  {
+    nsCString path;
+    GetPath(path, aAnonymize);
+    return aCb->Callback(EmptyCString(), path,
+                         nsIMemoryReporter::KIND_HEAP,
+                         nsIMemoryReporter::UNITS_BYTES,
+                         mDatabase->SizeOfIncludingThis(GetMallocSize),           
+                         NS_LITERAL_CSTRING("Memory used for the folder database."),
+                         aClosure);
+  }
+
+  void GetPath(nsACString &memoryPath, bool aAnonymize)
+  {
+    memoryPath.AssignLiteral("explicit/maildb/database(");
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> folder;
+    mDatabase->GetFolder(getter_AddRefs(folder));
+    if (folder)
+    {
+      if (aAnonymize)
+        memoryPath.AppendLiteral("<anonymized>");
+      else
+      {
+        nsAutoCString folderURL;
+        folder->GetFolderURL(folderURL);
+        MsgReplaceChar(folderURL, '/', '\\');
+        memoryPath += folderURL;
+      }
+    } else {
+      memoryPath.AppendLiteral("UNKNOWN-FOLDER");
+    }
+    memoryPath.Append(')');
+  }
+
+private:
+  ~MsgDBReporter() {}
+};
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(MsgDBReporter, nsIMemoryReporter)
+}
+}
+
+nsMsgDatabase::nsMsgDatabase()
+        : m_dbFolderInfo(nullptr),
+        m_nextPseudoMsgKey(kFirstPseudoKey),
+        m_mdbEnv(nullptr), m_mdbStore(nullptr),
+        m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable(nullptr), m_mdbAllThreadsTable(nullptr),
+        m_create(false),
+        m_leaveInvalidDB(false),
+        m_dbName(""),
+        m_mdbTokensInitialized(false),
+        m_hdrRowScopeToken(0),
+        m_hdrTableKindToken(0),
+        m_threadTableKindToken(0),
+        m_subjectColumnToken(0),
+        m_senderColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_referencesColumnToken(0),
+        m_recipientsColumnToken(0),
+        m_dateColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageSizeColumnToken(0),
+        m_flagsColumnToken(0),
+        m_priorityColumnToken(0),
+        m_labelColumnToken(0),
+        m_statusOffsetColumnToken(0),
+        m_numLinesColumnToken(0),
+        m_ccListColumnToken(0),
+        m_bccListColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadFlagsColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadChildrenColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageThreadIdColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadSubjectColumnToken(0),
+        m_messageCharSetColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadParentColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadRootKeyColumnToken(0),
+        m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken(0),
+        m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken(0),
+        m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken(0),
+        m_headersInUse(nullptr),
+        m_cachedHeaders(nullptr),
+        m_bCacheHeaders(true),
+        m_cachedThreadId(nsMsgKey_None),
+        m_msgReferences(nullptr),
+        m_cacheSize(kMaxHdrsInCache)
+{
+  mMemReporter = new mozilla::mailnews::MsgDBReporter(this);
+  mozilla::RegisterWeakMemoryReporter(mMemReporter);
+}
+
+nsMsgDatabase::~nsMsgDatabase()
+{
+  mozilla::UnregisterWeakMemoryReporter(mMemReporter);
+  //  Close(FALSE);  // better have already been closed.
+  ClearCachedObjects(true);
+  ClearEnumerators();
+  delete m_cachedHeaders;
+  delete m_headersInUse;
+
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    delete m_msgReferences;
+    m_msgReferences = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("closing database    %s\n",
+    (const char*)m_dbName.get()));
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> serv(do_GetService(NS_MSGDB_SERVICE_CONTRACTID));
+  if (serv)
+    static_cast<nsMsgDBService*>(serv.get())->RemoveFromCache(this);
+
+  // if the db folder info refers to the mdb db, we must clear it because
+  // the reference will be a dangling one soon.
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ReleaseExternalReferences();
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    m_mdbStore->Release();
+
+  if (m_mdbEnv)
+  {
+    m_mdbEnv->Release(); //??? is this right?
+    m_mdbEnv = nullptr;
+  }
+  m_ChangeListeners.Clear();
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDatabase, nsIMsgDatabase, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer)
+
+void nsMsgDatabase::GetMDBFactory(nsIMdbFactory ** aMdbFactory)
+{
+  if (!mMdbFactory)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbFactoryService> mdbFactoryService = do_GetService(NS_MORK_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mdbFactoryService)
+      mdbFactoryService->GetMdbFactory(getter_AddRefs(mMdbFactory));
+  }
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMdbFactory = mMdbFactory);
+}
+
+// aLeaveInvalidDB: true if caller wants back a db even out of date.
+// If so, they'll extract out the interesting info from the db, close it,
+// delete it, and then try to open the db again, prior to reparsing.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::Open(nsMsgDBService *aDBService, nsIFile *aFolderName,
+                             bool aCreate, bool aLeaveInvalidDB)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::OpenInternal(aDBService, aFolderName, aCreate, aLeaveInvalidDB,
+                                     true /* open synchronously */);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::OpenInternal(nsMsgDBService *aDBService,
+                                     nsIFile *summaryFile, bool aCreate,
+                                     bool aLeaveInvalidDB, bool sync)
+{
+  nsAutoCString summaryFilePath;
+  summaryFile->GetNativePath(summaryFilePath);
+
+  MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("nsMsgDatabase::Open(%s, %s, %p, %s)\n",
+    (const char*)summaryFilePath.get(), aCreate ? "TRUE":"FALSE",
+    this, aLeaveInvalidDB ? "TRUE":"FALSE"));
+
+
+  nsresult rv = OpenMDB(summaryFilePath.get(), aCreate, sync);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    MOZ_LOG(DBLog, LogLevel::Info, ("error opening db %lx", rv));
+
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(DBLog, LogLevel::Debug))
+    aDBService->DumpCache();
+
+  if (rv == NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST)
+    return rv;
+
+  m_create = aCreate;
+  m_leaveInvalidDB = aLeaveInvalidDB;
+  if (!sync && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    aDBService->AddToCache(this);
+    // remember open options for when the parsing is complete.
+    return rv;
+  }
+  return CheckForErrors(rv, true, aDBService, summaryFile);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CheckForErrors(nsresult err, bool sync,
+                                       nsMsgDBService *aDBService,
+                                       nsIFile *summaryFile)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+  bool summaryFileExists;
+  bool newFile = false;
+  bool deleteInvalidDB = false;
+
+  bool exists;
+  int64_t fileSize;
+  summaryFile->Exists(&exists);
+  summaryFile->GetFileSize(&fileSize);
+  // if the old summary doesn't exist, we're creating a new one.
+  if ((!exists || !fileSize) && m_create)
+    newFile = true;
+
+  summaryFileExists = exists && fileSize > 0;
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if (!newFile && summaryFileExists)
+      {
+        bool valid = false;
+        nsresult rv = GetSummaryValid(&valid);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !valid)
+          err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+      }
+      // compare current version of db versus filed out version info.
+      uint32_t version;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetVersion(&version);
+      if (GetCurVersion() != version)
+        err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+
+      // Check if we should force a reparse because, for example, we have
+      // reached the key limit.
+      bool forceReparse;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false, &forceReparse);
+      if (forceReparse)
+      {
+        NS_WARNING("Forcing a reparse presumably because key limit reached");
+        err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+      }
+
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(err) && !m_leaveInvalidDB)
+      deleteInvalidDB = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    deleteInvalidDB = true;
+  }
+
+  if (deleteInvalidDB)
+  {
+    // this will make the db folder info release its ref to the mail db...
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+    ForceClosed();
+    if (err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(err) || newFile)
+  {
+    // if we couldn't open file, or we have a blank one, and we're supposed
+    // to upgrade, updgrade it.
+    if (newFile && !m_leaveInvalidDB)  // caller is upgrading, and we have empty summary file,
+    {          // leave db around and open so caller can upgrade it.
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+    }
+    else if (NS_FAILED(err) && err != NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE)
+    {
+      Close(false);
+      summaryFile->Remove(false);  // blow away the db if it's corrupt.
+    }
+  }
+  if (sync && (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) || err == NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING))
+    aDBService->AddToCache(this);
+  return (summaryFileExists) ? err : NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open the MDB database synchronously or async based on sync argument.
+ * If successful, this routine will set up the m_mdbStore and m_mdbEnv of
+ * the database object so other database calls can work.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::OpenMDB(const char *dbName, bool create, bool sync)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbFactory> mdbFactory;
+  GetMDBFactory(getter_AddRefs(mdbFactory));
+  if (mdbFactory)
+  {
+    ret = mdbFactory->MakeEnv(NULL, &m_mdbEnv);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+    {
+      nsIMdbHeap* dbHeap = nullptr;
+
+      if (m_mdbEnv)
+        m_mdbEnv->SetAutoClear(true);
+      m_dbName = dbName;
+      bool exists = false;
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIFile> dbFile = do_CreateInstance(NS_LOCAL_FILE_CONTRACTID, &ret);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && dbFile) {
+        ret = dbFile->InitWithNativePath(m_dbName);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          ret = dbFile->Exists(&exists);
+      }
+      if (!exists)
+      {
+        ret = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_MISSING;
+      }
+      // If m_thumb is set, we're asynchronously opening the db already.
+      else if (!m_thumb) 
+      {
+        mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+        mdb_bool  canOpen;
+        mdbYarn    outFormatVersion;
+
+        nsIMdbFile* oldFile = nullptr;
+        ret = mdbFactory->OpenOldFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, dbName,
+                                      mdbBool_kFalse, // not readonly, we want modifiable
+                                      &oldFile);
+        if (oldFile)
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            ret = mdbFactory->CanOpenFilePort(m_mdbEnv, oldFile, // the file to investigate
+              &canOpen, &outFormatVersion);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && canOpen)
+            {
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+              inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+              ret = mdbFactory->OpenFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+                oldFile, &inOpenPolicy, getter_AddRefs(m_thumb));
+            }
+            else
+              ret = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(oldFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+      }
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && m_thumb && sync)
+      {
+        mdb_count outTotal;    // total somethings to do in operation
+        mdb_count outCurrent;  // subportion of total completed so far
+        mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+        mdb_bool outBroken;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+        do
+        {
+          ret = m_thumb->DoMore(m_mdbEnv, &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+          if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+          {// mork isn't really doing NS errors yet.
+            outDone = true;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && !outBroken && !outDone);
+        //        m_mdbEnv->ClearErrors(); // ### temporary...
+        // only 0 is a non-error return.
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && outDone)
+        {
+          ret = mdbFactory->ThumbToOpenStore(m_mdbEnv, m_thumb, &m_mdbStore);
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+            ret = (m_mdbStore) ? InitExistingDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+        }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+        DumpContents();
+#endif
+        m_thumb = nullptr;
+      }
+      else if (create)  // ### need error code saying why open file store failed
+      {
+        nsIMdbFile* newFile = 0;
+        ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFile(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap, dbName, &newFile);
+        if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+          ret = NS_ERROR_FILE_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST;
+        if ( newFile )
+        {
+          if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+          {
+            mdbOpenPolicy inOpenPolicy;
+
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_ScopePlan.mScopeStringSet_Count = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MinMemory = 0;
+            inOpenPolicy.mOpenPolicy_MaxLazy = 0;
+
+            ret = mdbFactory->CreateNewFileStore(m_mdbEnv, dbHeap,
+              newFile, &inOpenPolicy, &m_mdbStore);
+            if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret))
+              ret = (m_mdbStore) ? InitNewDB() : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+          }
+          NS_RELEASE(newFile); // always release our file ref, store has own
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+//  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(ret), "failed opening mdb");
+#endif
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CloseMDB(bool commit)
+{
+  if (commit)
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit);
+  return(NS_OK);
+}
+
+
+// force the database to close - this'll flush out anybody holding onto
+// a database without having a listener!
+// This is evil in the com world, but there are times we need to delete the file.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  // make sure someone has a reference so object won't get deleted out from under us.
+  AddRef();
+  NotifyAnnouncerGoingAway();
+  // make sure dbFolderInfo isn't holding onto mork stuff because mork db is going away
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ReleaseExternalReferences();
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_dbFolderInfo);
+
+  err = CloseMDB(true);  // Backup DB will try to recover info, so commit
+  ClearCachedObjects(true);
+  ClearEnumerators();
+if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->Release();
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable->Release();
+    m_mdbAllThreadsTable = nullptr;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    m_mdbStore->Release();
+    m_mdbStore = nullptr;
+  }
+
+  // better not be any listeners, because we're going away.
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_ChangeListeners.IsEmpty(), "shouldn't have any listeners left");
+
+  Release();
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDBFolderInfo(nsIDBFolderInfo  **result)
+{
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("db must be corrupt");
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = m_dbFolderInfo);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **aFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aFolder);
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolder = m_folder);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbThumb> commitThumb;
+
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  if (commitType == nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit || commitType == nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit)
+  {
+    mdb_percent outActualWaste = 0;
+    mdb_bool outShould;
+    if (m_mdbStore) {
+      err = m_mdbStore->ShouldCompress(GetEnv(), 30, &outActualWaste, &outShould);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && outShould)
+        commitType = nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit;
+    }
+  }
+  //  commitType = nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit;  // ### until incremental writing works.
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    switch (commitType)
+    {
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->LargeCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kSessionCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->SessionCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    case nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit:
+      err = m_mdbStore->CompressCommit(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(commitThumb));
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (commitThumb)
+  {
+    mdb_count outTotal = 0;    // total somethings to do in operation
+    mdb_count outCurrent = 0;  // subportion of total completed so far
+    mdb_bool outDone = false;      // is operation finished?
+    mdb_bool outBroken = false;     // is operation irreparably dead and broken?
+    while (!outDone && !outBroken && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      err = commitThumb->DoMore(GetEnv(), &outTotal, &outCurrent, &outDone, &outBroken);
+    }
+
+  }
+  // ### do something with error, but clear it now because mork errors out on commits.
+  if (GetEnv())
+    GetEnv()->ClearErrors();
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager =
+    do_GetService(NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && accountManager)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+
+    rv = accountManager->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && folderCache)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+      rv = folderCache->GetCacheElement(m_dbName, false, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cacheElement && m_dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        int32_t totalMessages, unreadMessages, pendingMessages, pendingUnreadMessages;
+
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&totalMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&unreadMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(&pendingUnreadMessages);
+        m_dbFolderInfo->GetImapTotalPendingMessages(&pendingMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("totalMsgs", totalMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", unreadMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("pendingMsgs", pendingMessages);
+        cacheElement->SetInt32Property("pendingUnreadMsgs", pendingUnreadMessages);
+        folderCache->Commit(false);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::Close(bool forceCommit /* = TRUE */)
+{
+  return CloseMDB(forceCommit);
+}
+
+const char *kMsgHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:msgs:all";  // scope for all headers table
+const char *kMsgHdrsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:msgs";
+const char *kThreadTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:thread";
+const char *kThreadHdrsScope = "ns:msg:db:row:scope:threads:all"; // scope for all threads table
+const char *kAllThreadsTableKind = "ns:msg:db:table:kind:allthreads"; // kind for table of all threads
+const char *kSubjectColumnName = "subject";
+const char *kSenderColumnName = "sender";
+const char *kMessageIdColumnName = "message-id";
+const char *kReferencesColumnName = "references";
+const char *kRecipientsColumnName = "recipients";
+const char *kDateColumnName = "date";
+const char *kMessageSizeColumnName = "size";
+const char *kFlagsColumnName = "flags";
+const char *kPriorityColumnName = "priority";
+const char *kLabelColumnName = "label";
+const char *kStatusOffsetColumnName = "statusOfset";
+const char *kNumLinesColumnName = "numLines";
+const char *kCCListColumnName = "ccList";
+const char *kBCCListColumnName = "bccList";
+const char *kMessageThreadIdColumnName = "msgThreadId";
+const char *kThreadFlagsColumnName = "threadFlags";
+const char *kThreadIdColumnName = "threadId";
+const char *kThreadChildrenColumnName = "children";
+const char *kThreadUnreadChildrenColumnName = "unreadChildren";
+const char *kThreadSubjectColumnName = "threadSubject";
+const char *kMessageCharSetColumnName = "msgCharSet";
+const char *kThreadParentColumnName = "threadParent";
+const char *kThreadRootColumnName = "threadRoot";
+const char *kThreadNewestMsgDateColumnName = "threadNewestMsgDate";
+const char *kOfflineMsgOffsetColumnName = "msgOffset";
+const char *kOfflineMsgSizeColumnName = "offlineMsgSize";
+struct mdbOid gAllMsgHdrsTableOID;
+struct mdbOid gAllThreadsTableOID;
+const char *kFixedBadRefThreadingProp = "fixedBadRefThreading";
+
+// set up empty tables, dbFolderInfo, etc.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitNewDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    nsDBFolderInfo *dbFolderInfo = new nsDBFolderInfo(this);
+    if (dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      NS_ADDREF(dbFolderInfo);
+      err = dbFolderInfo->AddToNewMDB();
+      dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(GetCurVersion());
+      dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", false);
+      dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, true);
+      nsIMdbStore *store = GetStore();
+      // create the unique table for the dbFolderInfo.
+      struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+      struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+      if (!store)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+      allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+      allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+
+      // TODO: check this error value?
+      (void) store->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, m_hdrTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+
+      // error here is not fatal.
+      (void) store->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID, m_allThreadsTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo = dbFolderInfo;
+
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetTableCreateIfMissing(const char *scope, const char *kind, nsIMdbTable **table,
+                                                mdb_token &scopeToken, mdb_token &kindToken)
+{
+  struct mdbOid tableOID;
+
+  if (!m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  (void) m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), scope, &scopeToken);
+  (void) m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kind, &kindToken);
+  tableOID.mOid_Scope = scopeToken;
+  tableOID.mOid_Id = 1;
+
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbStore->GetTable(GetEnv(), &tableOID, table);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+
+  // create new all all offline ops table, if it doesn't exist.
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !*table)
+  {
+    rv = m_mdbStore->NewTable(GetEnv(), scopeToken,kindToken,
+                              false, nullptr, table);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !*table)
+      rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "couldn't create offline ops table");
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitExistingDB()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  err = InitMDBInfo();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    err = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &gAllMsgHdrsTableOID, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      m_dbFolderInfo = new nsDBFolderInfo(this);
+      if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(m_dbFolderInfo);
+        err = m_dbFolderInfo->InitFromExistingDB();
+      }
+    }
+    else
+      err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "failed initing existing db");
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+    // create new all msg hdrs table, if it doesn't exist.
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    {
+      struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+
+      nsresult mdberr = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, m_hdrTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable);
+      if (NS_FAILED(mdberr) || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+        err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+    allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+    allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+    err = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &gAllThreadsTableOID, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+    if (!m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+    {
+
+      nsresult mdberr = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID, m_allThreadsTableKindToken,
+        false, nullptr, &m_mdbAllThreadsTable);
+      if (NS_FAILED(mdberr) || !m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+        err = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    bool fixedBadRefThreading;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, false, &fixedBadRefThreading);
+    if (!fixedBadRefThreading)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+      err = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(enumerator));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && enumerator)
+      {
+        bool hasMore;
+
+        while (NS_SUCCEEDED(err = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+               hasMore)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+          err = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+          NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+          nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+          if (msgHdr && NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+          {
+            nsCString messageId;
+            nsAutoCString firstReference;
+            msgHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+            msgHdr->GetStringReference(0, firstReference);
+            if (messageId.Equals(firstReference))
+            {
+              err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty(kFixedBadRefThreadingProp, true);
+    }
+
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+// initialize the various tokens and tables in our db's env
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitMDBInfo()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdbTokensInitialized && GetStore())
+  {
+    m_mdbTokensInitialized = true;
+    err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kMsgHdrsScope, &m_hdrRowScopeToken);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kSubjectColumnName, &m_subjectColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kSenderColumnName, &m_senderColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageIdColumnName, &m_messageIdColumnToken);
+      // if we just store references as a string, we won't get any savings from the
+      // fact there's a lot of duplication. So we may want to break them up into
+      // multiple columns, r1, r2, etc.
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kReferencesColumnName, &m_referencesColumnToken);
+      // similarly, recipients could be tokenized properties
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kRecipientsColumnName, &m_recipientsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kDateColumnName, &m_dateColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageSizeColumnName, &m_messageSizeColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kFlagsColumnName, &m_flagsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kPriorityColumnName, &m_priorityColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kLabelColumnName, &m_labelColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kStatusOffsetColumnName, &m_statusOffsetColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kNumLinesColumnName, &m_numLinesColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kCCListColumnName, &m_ccListColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kBCCListColumnName, &m_bccListColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageThreadIdColumnName, &m_messageThreadIdColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadIdColumnName, &m_threadIdColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadFlagsColumnName, &m_threadFlagsColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadNewestMsgDateColumnName, &m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadChildrenColumnName, &m_threadChildrenColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadUnreadChildrenColumnName, &m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kThreadSubjectColumnName, &m_threadSubjectColumnToken);
+      GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  kMessageCharSetColumnName, &m_messageCharSetColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kMsgHdrsTableKind, &m_hdrTableKindToken);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadTableKind, &m_threadTableKindToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kAllThreadsTableKind, &m_allThreadsTableKindToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadHdrsScope, &m_threadRowScopeToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadParentColumnName, &m_threadParentColumnToken);
+      err  = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kThreadRootColumnName, &m_threadRootKeyColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kOfflineMsgOffsetColumnName, &m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken);
+      err = GetStore()->StringToToken(GetEnv(), kOfflineMsgSizeColumnName, &m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken);
+
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        // The table of all message hdrs will have table id 1.
+        gAllMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+        gAllMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllMsgHdrsTableKey;
+        gAllThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+        gAllThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = kAllThreadsTableKey;
+
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+// Returns if the db contains this key
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ContainsKey(nsMsgKey key, bool *containsKey)
+{
+
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool  hasOid;
+  mdbOid    rowObjectId;
+
+  if (!containsKey || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *containsKey = false;
+
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    *containsKey = hasOid;
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+// get a message header for the given key. Caller must release()!
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForKey(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **pmsgHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_bool  hasOid;
+  mdbOid    rowObjectId;
+
+  // Because this may be called a lot, and we don't want gettimeofday() to show
+  // up in trace logs, we just remember the most recent time any db was used,
+  // which should be close enough for our purposes.
+  m_lastUseTime = gLastUseTime;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_folder, "folder should be set");
+#endif
+
+  if (!pmsgHdr || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *pmsgHdr = NULL;
+  err = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, pmsgHdr);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && *pmsgHdr)
+    return err;
+
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) /* && hasOid */)
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+    err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hdrRow);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      if (!hdrRow)
+      {
+        err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        //        NS_ASSERTION(hasOid, "we had oid, right?");
+        err = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  key, pmsgHdr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::StartBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::EndBatch()
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessage(nsMsgKey key, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator, bool commit)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  rv = DeleteHeader(msgHdr, instigator, commit, true);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteMessages(uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey* nsMsgKeys, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t kindex;
+  for (kindex = 0; kindex < aNumKeys; kindex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKeys[kindex];
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+    bool hasKey;
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ContainsKey(key, &hasKey)) && hasKey)
+    {
+      err = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_FAILED(err))
+      {
+        err = NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+        break;
+      }
+      if (msgHdr)
+        err = DeleteHeader(msgHdr, instigator, kindex % 300 == 0, true);
+      if (NS_FAILED(err))
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t size = 0;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageSize(&size);
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::DeleteHeader(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator, bool commit, bool notify)
+{
+  if (!msg)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  (void)msg->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  // only need to do this for mail - will this speed up news expiration?
+  SetHdrFlag(msg, true, nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged);  // tell mailbox (mail)
+
+  bool hdrWasNew = m_newSet.BinaryIndexOf(key) != m_newSet.NoIndex;
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(key);
+
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo != NULL)
+  {
+    bool isRead;
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(-1);
+    IsRead(key, &isRead);
+    if (!isRead)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-1);
+    AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(msg);
+  }
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+  //Save off flags and threadparent since they will no longer exist after we remove the header from the db.
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    (void)msg->GetFlags(&flags);
+    msg->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+  }
+
+  RemoveHeaderFromThread(msgHdr);
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    // If deleted hdr was new, restore the new flag on flags 
+    // so saved searches will know to reduce their new msg count.
+    if (hdrWasNew)
+      flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+    NotifyHdrDeletedAll(msg, threadParent, flags, instigator); // tell listeners
+  }
+  //  if (!onlyRemoveFromThread)  // to speed up expiration, try this. But really need to do this in RemoveHeaderFromDB
+  nsresult ret = RemoveHeaderFromDB(msgHdr);
+
+
+  if (commit)
+    Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);      // ### dmb is this a good time to commit?
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UndoDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr)
+{
+    if (aMsgHdr)
+    {
+        nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aMsgHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+        // force deleted flag, so SetHdrFlag won't bail out because  deleted flag isn't set
+        msgHdr->m_flags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged;
+        SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, false, nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged); // clear deleted flag in db
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderFromThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread ;
+  ret = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgHdr, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ret) && thread)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIDBChangeAnnouncer> announcer = do_QueryInterface(this);
+    ret = thread->RemoveChildHdr(msgHdr, announcer);
+  }
+  return ret;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderMdbRow(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msg);
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  return RemoveHeaderFromDB(msgHdr);
+}
+
+// This is a lower level routine which doesn't send notifcations or
+// update folder info. One use is when a rule fires moving a header
+// from one db to another, to remove it from the first db.
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveHeaderFromDB(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+
+  RemoveHdrFromCache(msgHdr, nsMsgKey_None);
+  if (UseCorrectThreading())
+    RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(msgHdr);
+  nsIMdbRow* row = msgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+  if (row)
+  {
+    ret = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->CutRow(GetEnv(), row);
+    row->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+  }
+  msgHdr->m_initedValues = 0; // invalidate cached values.
+  return ret;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+  rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, pRead);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+uint32_t  nsMsgDatabase::GetStatusFlags(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, uint32_t origFlags)
+{
+  uint32_t  statusFlags = origFlags;
+  bool    isRead = true;
+
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  if ((!m_newSet.IsEmpty() && m_newSet[m_newSet.Length() - 1] == key) ||
+      (m_newSet.BinaryIndexOf(key) != m_newSet.NoIndex))
+    statusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead)) && isRead)
+    statusFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Read;
+  return statusFlags;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead)
+{
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msgHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+  // can't call GetFlags, because it will be recursive.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  hdr->GetRawFlags(&flags);
+  *pRead = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsMarked(nsMsgKey key, bool *pMarked)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pMarked = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsIgnored(nsMsgKey key, bool *pIgnored)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pIgnored);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(key, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  // This should be very surprising, but we leave that up to the caller
+  // to determine for now.
+  if (!threadHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  *pIgnored = !!(threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsWatched(nsMsgKey key, bool *pWatched)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pWatched);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(key, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+  // This should be very surprising, but we leave that up to the caller
+  // to determine for now.
+  if (!threadHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  threadHdr->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  *pWatched = !!(threadFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::HasAttachments(nsMsgKey key, bool *pHasThem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(pHasThem);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pHasThem = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead)
+{
+  return SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, bRead, nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrReadInDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                                             nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  bool     hdrInDB;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(key);
+  (void) ContainsKey(key, &hdrInDB);
+  if (hdrInDB && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    if (bRead)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-1);
+    else
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(1);
+  }
+
+  SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead); // this will cause a commit, at least for local mail, so do it after we change
+  // the folder counts above, so they will get committed too.
+  uint32_t flags;
+  rv = msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New;
+  msgHdr->SetFlags(flags);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkRead(nsMsgKey key, bool bRead,
+                                      nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  rv = MarkHdrRead(msgHdr, bRead, instigator);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkReplied(nsMsgKey key, bool bReplied,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bReplied, nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkForwarded(nsMsgKey key, bool bForwarded,
+                                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bForwarded, nsMsgMessageFlags::Forwarded, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHasAttachments(nsMsgKey key, bool bHasAttachments,
+                                                nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bHasAttachments, nsMsgMessageFlags::Attachment, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadRead(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator,
+                              uint32_t *aNumMarked, nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(thread);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumMarked);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aThoseMarked);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> thoseMarked;
+  thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  for (uint32_t curChildIndex = 0; curChildIndex < numChildren; curChildIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+
+    rv = thread->GetChildHdrAt(curChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      bool isRead = true;
+      IsHeaderRead(child, &isRead);
+      if (!isRead)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey key;
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(child->GetMessageKey(&key)))
+          thoseMarked.AppendElement(key);
+        MarkHdrRead(child, true, instigator);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *aNumMarked = thoseMarked.Length();
+
+  if (thoseMarked.Length())
+  {
+    *aThoseMarked =
+      (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(&thoseMarked[0],
+                                   thoseMarked.Length() * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+    if (!*aThoseMarked)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    *aThoseMarked = nullptr;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadIgnored(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey threadKey, bool bIgnored,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(thread);
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t oldThreadFlags = threadFlags; // not quite right, since we probably want msg hdr flags.
+  if (bIgnored)
+  {
+    threadFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;  // ignore is implicit un-watch
+  }
+  else
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  thread->SetFlags(threadFlags);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(threadKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldThreadFlags, threadFlags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkHeaderKilled(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, bool bIgnored,
+                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msg->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  uint32_t oldFlags = msgFlags;
+  if (bIgnored)
+    msgFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  else
+    msgFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+  msg->SetFlags(msgFlags);
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldFlags, msgFlags, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkThreadWatched(nsIMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey threadKey, bool bWatched,
+                                 nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(thread);
+  uint32_t threadFlags;
+  thread->GetFlags(&threadFlags);
+  uint32_t oldThreadFlags = threadFlags; // not quite right, since we probably want msg hdr flags.
+  if (bWatched)
+  {
+    threadFlags |= nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;  // watch is implicit un-ignore
+  }
+  else
+    threadFlags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  GetMsgHdrForKey(threadKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+
+  nsresult rv  = NotifyHdrChangeAll(msg, oldThreadFlags, threadFlags, instigator);
+  thread->SetFlags(threadFlags);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkMarked(nsMsgKey key, bool mark,
+                                        nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, mark, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkOffline(nsMsgKey key, bool offline,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, offline, nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetStringProperty(nsMsgKey aKey, const char *aProperty, const char *aValue)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(aKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+  return SetStringPropertyByHdr(msgHdr, aProperty, aValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetStringPropertyByHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, const char *aProperty, const char *aValue)
+{
+  // don't do notifications if message not yet added to database.
+  // Ignore errors (consequences of failure are minor).
+  bool notify = true;
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  ContainsKey(key, &notify);
+
+  nsCString oldValue;
+  nsresult rv = msgHdr->GetStringProperty(aProperty, getter_Copies(oldValue));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  // if no change to this string property, bail out
+  if (oldValue.Equals(aValue))
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Precall OnHdrPropertyChanged to store prechange status
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> statusArray(m_ChangeListeners.Length());
+  uint32_t status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener;
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    while (listeners.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(msgHdr, true, &status, nullptr);
+      // ignore errors, but append element to keep arrays in sync
+      statusArray.AppendElement(status);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = msgHdr->SetStringProperty(aProperty, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+  //Postcall OnHdrPropertyChanged to process the change
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    // if this is the junk score property notify, as long as we're not going
+    // from no value to non junk
+    if (!strcmp(aProperty, "junkscore") && !(oldValue.IsEmpty() && !strcmp(aValue, "0")))
+      NotifyJunkScoreChanged(nullptr);
+
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; listeners.HasMore(); i++)
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      status = statusArray[i];
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(msgHdr, false, &status, nullptr);
+      // ignore errors
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32PropertyByHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                                      const char *aProperty,
+                                      uint32_t aValue)
+{
+  // If no change to this property, bail out.
+  uint32_t oldValue;
+  nsresult rv = aMsgHdr->GetUint32Property(aProperty, &oldValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (oldValue == aValue)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  // Don't do notifications if message not yet added to database.
+  bool notify = true;  
+  nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  ContainsKey(key, &notify);
+
+  // Precall OnHdrPropertyChanged to store prechange status.
+  nsTArray<uint32_t> statusArray(m_ChangeListeners.Length());
+  uint32_t status;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> listener;
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    while (listeners.HasMore())
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(aMsgHdr, true, &status, nullptr);
+      // Ignore errors, but append element to keep arrays in sync.
+      statusArray.AppendElement(status);
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = aMsgHdr->SetUint32Property(aProperty, aValue);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // Postcall OnHdrPropertyChanged to process the change.
+  if (notify)
+  {
+    nsTObserverArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIDBChangeListener> >::ForwardIterator listeners(m_ChangeListeners);
+    for (uint32_t i = 0; listeners.HasMore(); i++)
+    {
+      listener = listeners.GetNext();
+      status = statusArray[i];
+      listener->OnHdrPropertyChanged(aMsgHdr, false, &status, nullptr);
+      // Ignore errors.
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetLabel(nsMsgKey key, nsMsgLabelValue label)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  nsMsgLabelValue oldLabel;
+  msgHdr->GetLabel(&oldLabel);
+
+  msgHdr->SetLabel(label);
+  // clear old label
+  if (oldLabel != label)
+  {
+    if (oldLabel != 0)
+      rv = SetKeyFlag(key, false, oldLabel << 25, nullptr);
+    // set the flag in the x-mozilla-status2 line.
+    rv = SetKeyFlag(key, true, label << 25, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkImapDeleted(nsMsgKey key, bool deleted,
+                                             nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, deleted, nsMsgMessageFlags::IMAPDeleted, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkMDNNeeded(nsMsgKey key, bool bNeeded,
+                                           nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bNeeded, nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::IsMDNNeeded(nsMsgKey key, bool *pNeeded)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pNeeded = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportNeeded);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::MarkMDNSent(nsMsgKey key, bool bSent,
+                                    nsIDBChangeListener *instigator /* = NULL */)
+{
+  return SetKeyFlag(key, bSent, nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent, instigator);
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::IsMDNSent(nsMsgKey key, bool *pSent)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+  *pSent = !!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::MDNReportSent);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult  nsMsgDatabase::SetKeyFlag(nsMsgKey key, bool set, uint32_t flag,
+                                     nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+
+  rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !msgHdr)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND; // XXX return rv?
+
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, set, flag);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool set, uint32_t flag, nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  uint32_t oldFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&oldFlags);
+
+  SetHdrFlag(msgHdr, set, flag);
+
+  uint32_t flags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+  if (oldFlags == flags)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  return NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, oldFlags, flags, instigator);
+}
+
+// Helper routine - lowest level of flag setting - returns true if flags change,
+// false otherwise.
+bool nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bSet, nsMsgMessageFlagType flag)
+{
+  uint32_t statusFlags;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&statusFlags);
+  uint32_t currentStatusFlags = GetStatusFlags(msgHdr, statusFlags);
+  bool flagAlreadySet = (currentStatusFlags & flag) != 0;
+
+  if ((flagAlreadySet && !bSet) || (!flagAlreadySet && bSet))
+  {
+    uint32_t resultFlags;
+    if (bSet)
+      msgHdr->OrFlags(flag, &resultFlags);
+    else
+      msgHdr->AndFlags(~flag, &resultFlags);
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead,
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  bool isReadInDB = true;
+  nsresult rv = nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isReadInDB);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool isRead = true;
+  rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  // if the flag is already correct in the db, don't change it.
+  // Check msg flags as well as IsHeaderRead in case it's a newsgroup
+  // and the msghdr flags are out of sync with the newsrc settings.
+  // (we could override this method for news db's, but it's a trivial fix here.
+  if (bRead != isRead || isRead != isReadInDB)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    
+    bool inDB = false;
+    (void)ContainsKey(msgKey, &inDB);
+
+    if (inDB)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+      rv = GetThreadForMsgKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(threadHdr));
+      if (threadHdr)
+        threadHdr->MarkChildRead(bRead);
+    }
+    return MarkHdrReadInDB(msgHdr, bRead, instigator);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrReplied(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bReplied,
+                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(msgHdr, bReplied, nsMsgMessageFlags::Replied, instigator);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrMarked(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool mark,
+                         nsIDBChangeListener *instigator)
+{
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(msgHdr, mark, nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked, instigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::MarkHdrNotNew(nsIMsgDBHdr *aMsgHdr,
+                             nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgHdr);
+  nsMsgKey msgKey;
+  aMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+  m_newSet.RemoveElement(msgKey);
+  return SetMsgHdrFlag(aMsgHdr, false, nsMsgMessageFlags::New, aInstigator);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumKeys, nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumKeys);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aThoseMarked);
+  nsMsgHdr  *pHeader;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> thoseMarked;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    bool isRead;
+    IsHeaderRead(pHeader, &isRead);
+
+    if (!isRead)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      (void)pHeader->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      thoseMarked.AppendElement(key);
+      rv = MarkHdrRead(pHeader, true, nullptr);   // ### dmb - blow off error?
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  *aNumKeys = thoseMarked.Length();
+
+  if (thoseMarked.Length())
+  {
+    *aThoseMarked = (nsMsgKey *) nsMemory::Clone(&thoseMarked[0],
+                                                 thoseMarked.Length() * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+    if (!*aThoseMarked)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  }
+  else
+    *aThoseMarked = nullptr;
+
+  // force num new to 0.
+  int32_t numUnreadMessages;
+
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&numUnreadMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(-numUnreadMessages);
+  // caller will Commit the db, so no need to do it here.
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddToNewList(nsMsgKey key)
+{
+  // we add new keys in increasing order...
+  if (m_newSet.IsEmpty() || (m_newSet[m_newSet.Length() - 1] < key))
+    m_newSet.AppendElement(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ClearNewList(bool notify /* = FALSE */)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  if (notify && !m_newSet.IsEmpty())  // need to update view
+  {
+    nsTArray<nsMsgKey> saveNewSet;
+    // clear m_newSet so that the code that's listening to the key change
+    // doesn't think we have new messages and send notifications all over
+    // that we have new messages.
+    saveNewSet.SwapElements(m_newSet);
+    for (uint32_t elementIndex = saveNewSet.Length() - 1; ; elementIndex--)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey lastNewKey = saveNewSet.ElementAt(elementIndex);
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr;
+      err = GetMsgHdrForKey(lastNewKey, getter_AddRefs(msgHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      {
+        uint32_t flags;
+        (void)msgHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+
+        if ((flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::New) != flags)
+        {
+          msgHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &flags);
+          NotifyHdrChangeAll(msgHdr, flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::New, flags, nullptr);
+        }
+      }
+      if (elementIndex == 0)
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::HasNew(bool *_retval)
+{
+  if (!_retval) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *_retval = (m_newSet.Length() > 0);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetFirstNew(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  bool hasnew;
+  nsresult rv = HasNew(&hasnew);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  *result = (hasnew) ? m_newSet.ElementAt(0) : nsMsgKey_None;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgDBEnumerator::nsMsgDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                     nsIMdbTable *table,
+                                     nsMsgDBEnumeratorFilter filter,
+                                     void* closure,
+                                     bool iterateForwards)
+    : mDB(db),
+      mDone(false),
+      mIterateForwards(iterateForwards),
+      mFilter(filter),
+      mClosure(closure),
+      mStopPos(-1)
+{
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+  mTable = table;
+  mRowPos = 0;
+  mDB->m_enumerators.AppendElement(this);
+}
+
+nsMsgDBEnumerator::~nsMsgDBEnumerator()
+{
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgDBEnumerator::Clear()
+{
+  mRowCursor = nullptr;
+  mTable = nullptr;
+  mResultHdr = nullptr;
+  if (mDB)
+    mDB->m_enumerators.RemoveElement(this);
+  mDB = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBEnumerator::GetRowCursor()
+{
+  mDone = false;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mTable)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (mIterateForwards)
+  {
+    mRowPos = -1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    mdb_count numRows;
+    mTable->GetCount(mDB->GetEnv(), &numRows);
+    mRowPos = numRows; // startPos is 0 relative.
+  }
+  return mTable->GetTableRowCursor(mDB->GetEnv(), mRowPos, getter_AddRefs(mRowCursor));
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  if (!aItem)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultHdr)
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultHdr;
+      NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow* hdrRow;
+  uint32_t flags;
+
+  if (!mRowCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetRowCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    mResultHdr = nullptr;
+    if (mIterateForwards)
+      rv = mRowCursor->NextRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &hdrRow, &mRowPos);
+    else
+      rv = mRowCursor->PrevRow(mDB->GetEnv(), &hdrRow, &mRowPos);
+    if (!hdrRow)
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(mDB->GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return rv;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = mDB->GetHdrFromUseCache(key, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = mDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    if (mResultHdr)
+      mResultHdr->GetFlags(&flags);
+    else
+      flags = 0;
+  }
+  while (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultHdr, mClosure)) && !(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Expunged));
+
+  if (mResultHdr)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  else
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  if (!aResult)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched && (NS_FAILED(PrefetchNext())))
+    mDone = true;
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                                     nsIMdbTable *table,
+                                                     bool reverse,
+                                                     nsIArray *searchTerms)
+   : nsMsgDBEnumerator(db, table, nullptr, nullptr, !reverse)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::~nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator()
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create the search session for the enumerator,
+ * add the scope term for "folder" to the search session, and add the search
+ * terms in the array to the search session.
+ */
+nsresult nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::InitSearchSession(nsIArray *searchTerms, nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  m_searchSession = do_CreateInstance(NS_MSGSEARCHSESSION_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  m_searchSession->AddScopeTerm(nsMsgSearchScope::offlineMail, folder);
+  // add each item in termsArray to the search session
+  uint32_t numTerms;
+  rv = searchTerms->GetLength(&numTerms);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numTerms; i++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgSearchTerm> searchTerm;
+    searchTerms->QueryElementAt(i, NS_GET_IID(nsIMsgSearchTerm), getter_AddRefs(searchTerm));
+    m_searchSession->AppendTerm(searchTerm);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  do
+  {
+    rv = nsMsgDBEnumerator::PrefetchNext();
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+    {
+      bool matches;
+      rv  = m_searchSession->MatchHdr(mResultHdr, mDB, &matches);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && matches)
+        break;
+      mResultHdr = nullptr;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  } while (mStopPos == -1 || mRowPos != mStopPos);
+
+  if (!mResultHdr)
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable,
+                                               nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::ReverseEnumerateMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable,
+                                               nullptr, nullptr, false);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetFilterEnumerator(nsIArray *searchTerms, bool aReverse,
+                                   nsISimpleEnumerator **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  RefPtr<nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator> e = 
+    new nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, aReverse,
+                                  searchTerms);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(e, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  nsresult rv = e->InitSearchSession(searchTerms, m_folder);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  return CallQueryInterface(e.get(), aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::NextMatchingHdrs(nsISimpleEnumerator *aEnumerator,
+                                int32_t aNumHdrsToLookAt, int32_t aMaxResults,
+                                nsIMutableArray *aMatchingHdrs,
+                                int32_t *aNumMatches, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEnumerator);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator *enumerator =
+    static_cast<nsMsgFilteredDBEnumerator *> (aEnumerator);
+
+  // Force mRowPos to be initialized.
+  if (!enumerator->mRowCursor)
+    enumerator->GetRowCursor();
+
+  if (aNumHdrsToLookAt)
+  {
+    enumerator->mStopPos = enumerator->mIterateForwards ?
+      enumerator->mRowPos + aNumHdrsToLookAt :
+      enumerator->mRowPos - aNumHdrsToLookAt;
+    if (enumerator->mStopPos < 0)
+      enumerator->mStopPos = 0;
+  }
+  int32_t numMatches = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  do
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> nextMessage = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nextMessage)
+    {
+      if (aMatchingHdrs)
+        aMatchingHdrs->AppendElement(nextMessage, false);
+      ++numMatches;
+      if (aMaxResults && numMatches == aMaxResults)
+        break;
+    }
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  while (true);
+
+  if (aNumMatches)
+    *aNumMatches = numMatches;
+
+  *aResult = !enumerator->mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SyncCounts()
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  mdb_count numHdrsInTable = 0;
+  int32_t numUnread = 0;
+  int32_t numHdrs = 0;
+
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrsInTable);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pHeader = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+
+    bool isRead;
+    IsHeaderRead(pHeader, &isRead);
+    if (!isRead)
+      numUnread++;
+    numHdrs++;
+  }
+
+  int32_t oldTotal, oldUnread;
+  (void) m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&oldUnread);
+  (void) m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&oldTotal);
+  if (oldUnread != numUnread)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(numUnread - oldUnread);
+  if (oldTotal != numHdrs)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(numHdrs - oldTotal);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllKeys(nsIMsgKeyArray *aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+  nsresult  rv = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTableRowCursor> rowCursor;
+
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+  {
+    uint32_t numMsgs = 0;
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numMsgs);
+    aKeys->SetCapacity(numMsgs);
+    rv = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetTableRowCursor(GetEnv(), -1,
+                                                     getter_AddRefs(rowCursor));
+    while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && rowCursor)
+    {
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      mdb_pos  outPos;
+
+      rv = rowCursor->NextRowOid(GetEnv(), &outOid, &outPos);
+      // is this right? Mork is returning a 0 id, but that should valid.
+      if (outPos < 0 || outOid.mOid_Id == (mdb_id) -1)
+        break;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+        aKeys->AppendElement(outOid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+class nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator, public nsIDBChangeListener
+{
+public:
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+    // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+    NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+    NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+
+    // nsMsgDBEnumerator methods:
+    typedef nsresult (*nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgThread* thread);
+
+    nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db, nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter filter);
+
+protected:
+    virtual ~nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator();
+    nsresult          GetTableCursor(void);
+    nsresult          PrefetchNext();
+    nsMsgDatabase*              mDB;
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbPortTableCursor>  mTableCursor;
+    nsIMsgThread*                 mResultThread;
+    bool                        mDone;
+    bool              mNextPrefetched;
+    nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter     mFilter;
+};
+
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(nsMsgDatabase* db,
+                                     nsMsgDBThreadEnumeratorFilter filter)
+    : mDB(db), mTableCursor(nullptr), mResultThread(nullptr), mDone(false),
+      mFilter(filter)
+{
+    mDB->AddListener(this);
+    mNextPrefetched = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::~nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator()
+{
+  mTableCursor = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+  if (mDB)
+    mDB->RemoveListener(this);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator, nsIDBChangeListener)
+
+
+/* void OnHdrFlagsChanged (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in unsigned long aOldFlags, in unsigned long aNewFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrFlagsChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, uint32_t aOldFlags, uint32_t aNewFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+//void OnHdrPropertyChanged(in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrToChange, in bool aPreChange, 
+// inout uint32_t aStatus, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator);
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrPropertyChanged(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrToChange, bool aPreChange, uint32_t *aStatus, 
+                                         nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onHdrDeleted (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrDeleted(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onHdrAdded (in nsIMsgDBHdr aHdrChanged, in nsMsgKey aParentKey, in long aFlags, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnHdrAdded(nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdrChanged, nsMsgKey aParentKey, int32_t aFlags, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onParentChanged (in nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, in nsMsgKey oldParent, in nsMsgKey newParent, in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onAnnouncerGoingAway (in nsIDBChangeAnnouncer instigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *instigator)
+{
+  mTableCursor = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+  mDB->RemoveListener(this);
+  mDB = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnEvent(nsIMsgDatabase *aDB, const char *aEvent)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onReadChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnReadChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* void onJunkScoreChanged (in nsIDBChangeListener aInstigator); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::OnJunkScoreChanged(nsIDBChangeListener *aInstigator)
+{
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::GetTableCursor(void)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!mDB || !mDB->m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mDB->m_mdbStore->GetPortTableCursor(mDB->GetEnv(),   mDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken, mDB->m_threadTableKindToken,
+    getter_AddRefs(mTableCursor));
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+
+  *aItem = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    rv = PrefetchNext();
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  {
+    if (mResultThread)
+    {
+      *aItem = mResultThread;
+      NS_ADDREF(mResultThread);
+      mNextPrefetched = false;
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::PrefetchNext()
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> table;
+
+  if (!mDB)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!mTableCursor)
+  {
+    rv = GetTableCursor();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+  while (true)
+  {
+    NS_IF_RELEASE(mResultThread);
+    mResultThread = nullptr;
+    rv = mTableCursor->NextTable(mDB->GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(table));
+    if (!table)
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+    }
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    {
+      mDone = true;
+      return rv;
+    }
+
+    mdbOid tableId;
+    table->GetOid(mDB->GetEnv(), &tableId);
+
+    mResultThread = mDB->FindExistingThread(tableId.mOid_Id);
+    if (!mResultThread)
+      mResultThread = new nsMsgThread(mDB, table);
+
+    if (mResultThread)
+    {
+      uint32_t numChildren = 0;
+      NS_ADDREF(mResultThread);
+      mResultThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+      // we've got empty thread; don't tell caller about it.
+      if (numChildren == 0)
+        continue;
+    }
+    if (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultThread)))
+      continue;
+    else
+      break;
+  }
+  if (mResultThread)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  if (!mNextPrefetched)
+    PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateThreads(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+  nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBThreadEnumerator(this, nullptr);
+  if (e == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// only return headers with a particular flag set
+static nsresult
+nsMsgFlagSetFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, void *closure)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags, desiredFlags;
+  desiredFlags = * (uint32_t *) closure;
+  msg->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  return (msgFlags & desiredFlags) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(nsISimpleEnumerator* *result, uint32_t *pFlag)
+{
+  RememberLastUseTime();
+
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, nsMsgFlagSetFilter, pFlag);
+  if (!e)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::CreateNewHdr(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr **pnewHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsIMdbRow    *hdrRow = nullptr;
+  struct mdbOid allMsgHdrsTableOID;
+
+  if (!pnewHdr || !m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (key != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+  allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  allMsgHdrsTableOID.mOid_Id = key;  // presumes 0 is valid key value
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, &hdrRow);
+  if (!hdrRow)
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &allMsgHdrsTableOID, &hdrRow);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Mork will assign an ID to the new row, generally the next available ID.
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, &hdrRow);
+    if (hdrRow)
+    {
+      struct mdbOid oid;
+      hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &oid);
+      key = oid.mOid_Id;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      // We failed to create a new row. That can happen if we run out of keys,
+      // which will force a reparse.
+      RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(ListAllKeys(keys)))
+      {
+        uint32_t numKeys;
+        keys->GetLength(&numKeys);
+        for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numKeys; i++)
+        {
+          if (keys->m_keys[i] >= kForceReparseKey)
+          {
+            // Force a reparse.
+            if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+              m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("forceReparse", true);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      err = NS_MSG_ERROR_FOLDER_SUMMARY_OUT_OF_DATE;
+    }
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+  err = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, pnewHdr);
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::AddNewHdrToDB(nsIMsgDBHdr *newHdr, bool notify)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(newHdr);
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(newHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+  bool newThread;
+  bool hasKey;
+  ContainsKey(hdr->m_messageKey, &hasKey);
+  if (hasKey)
+  {
+    NS_ERROR("adding hdr that already exists");
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  nsresult err = ThreadNewHdr(hdr, newThread);
+  // we thread header before we add it to the all headers table
+  // so that subject and reference threading will work (otherwise,
+  // when we try to find the first header with the same subject or
+  // reference, we get the new header!)
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    uint32_t flags;
+
+    newHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+    hdr->GetRawFlags(&flags);
+    // use raw flags instead of GetFlags, because GetFlags will
+    // pay attention to what's in m_newSet, and this new hdr isn't
+    // in m_newSet yet.
+    if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::New)
+    {
+      uint32_t newFlags;
+      newHdr->AndFlags(~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, &newFlags);  // make sure not filed out
+      AddToNewList(key);
+    }
+    if (m_dbFolderInfo != NULL)
+    {
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(1);
+      bool isRead = true;
+      IsHeaderRead(newHdr, &isRead);
+      if (!isRead)
+        m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(1);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->OnKeyAdded(key);
+    }
+
+    err = m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), hdr->GetMDBRow());
+    if (notify)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+      newHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+      NotifyHdrAddedAll(newHdr, threadParent, flags, NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (UseCorrectThreading())
+      err = AddMsgRefsToHash(newHdr);
+  }
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(err), "error creating thread");
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::CopyHdrFromExistingHdr(nsMsgKey key, nsIMsgDBHdr *existingHdr, bool addHdrToDB, nsIMsgDBHdr **newHdr)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (existingHdr)
+  {
+    nsMsgHdr* sourceMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(existingHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+    nsMsgHdr *destMsgHdr = nullptr;
+    CreateNewHdr(key, (nsIMsgDBHdr **) &destMsgHdr);
+    nsIMdbRow  *sourceRow = sourceMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    if (!destMsgHdr || !sourceRow)
+      return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+
+    nsIMdbRow  *destRow = destMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    if (!destRow)
+      return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+    err = destRow->SetRow(GetEnv(), sourceRow);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      // we may have gotten the header from a cache - calling SetRow
+      // basically invalidates any cached values, so invalidate them.
+      destMsgHdr->m_initedValues = 0;
+      if(addHdrToDB)
+        err = AddNewHdrToDB(destMsgHdr, true);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && newHdr)
+        *newHdr = destMsgHdr;
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnTonsString(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  nsresult rv = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  YarnTonsString(&yarn, resultStr);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// as long as the row still exists, and isn't changed, the returned const char ** will be valid.
+// But be very careful using this data - the caller should never return it in turn to another caller.
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, const char **ptr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(hdrRow);
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  nsresult rv = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *ptr = (const char*)yarn.mYarn_Buf;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsIMimeConverter *nsMsgDatabase::GetMimeConverter()
+{
+  if (!m_mimeConverter)
+  {
+    // apply mime decode
+    m_mimeConverter = do_GetService(NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CONTRACTID);
+  }
+  return m_mimeConverter;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetEffectiveCharset(nsIMdbRow *row, nsACString &resultCharset)
+{
+  resultCharset.Truncate();
+  bool characterSetOverride;
+  m_dbFolderInfo->GetCharacterSetOverride(&characterSetOverride);
+  nsresult rv = RowCellColumnToCharPtr(row, m_messageCharSetColumnToken, getter_Copies(resultCharset));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv) || resultCharset.IsEmpty() ||
+      resultCharset.Equals("us-ascii") || characterSetOverride)
+  {
+    rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetEffectiveCharacterSet(resultCharset);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, nsAString &resultStr)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  const char *nakedString = nullptr;
+  err = RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(row, columnToken, &nakedString);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && nakedString && strlen(nakedString))
+  {
+    GetMimeConverter();
+    if (m_mimeConverter)
+    {
+      nsAutoString decodedStr;
+      nsCString charSet;
+      GetEffectiveCharset(row, charSet);
+
+      err = m_mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeader(nakedString, charSet.get(),
+        false, true, resultStr);
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token colToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len)
+{
+  nsString sender;
+  nsresult rv = RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(row, colToken, sender);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  nsString name;
+  ExtractName(DecodedHeader(sender), name);
+  return CreateCollationKey(name, len, result);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetCollationKeyGenerator()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILocale> locale;
+    nsAutoString localeName;
+
+    // get a locale service
+    nsCOMPtr <nsILocaleService> localeService = do_GetService(NS_LOCALESERVICE_CONTRACTID, &err);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      // do this for a new db if no UI to be provided for locale selection
+      err = localeService->GetApplicationLocale(getter_AddRefs(locale));
+
+      if (locale)
+      {
+        // or generate a locale from a stored locale name ("en_US", "fr_FR")
+        //err = localeFactory->NewLocale(&localeName, &locale);
+
+        nsCOMPtr <nsICollationFactory> f = do_CreateInstance(NS_COLLATIONFACTORY_CONTRACTID, &err);
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && f)
+        {
+          // get a collation interface instance
+          err = f->CreateCollation(locale, getter_AddRefs(m_collationKeyGenerator));
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToCollationKey(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint8_t **result, uint32_t *len)
+{
+  const char *nakedString = nullptr;
+  nsresult err;
+
+  err = RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(row, columnToken, &nakedString);
+  if (!nakedString)
+    nakedString = "";
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    GetMimeConverter();
+    if (m_mimeConverter)
+    {
+      nsCString decodedStr;
+      nsCString charSet;
+      GetEffectiveCharset(row, charSet);
+
+      err = m_mimeConverter->DecodeMimeHeaderToUTF8(
+        nsDependentCString(nakedString), charSet.get(), false,
+        true, decodedStr);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+        err = CreateCollationKey(NS_ConvertUTF8toUTF16(decodedStr), len, result);
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::CompareCollationKeys(uint32_t len1, uint8_t *key1, uint32_t len2,
+                                    uint8_t *key2, int32_t *result)
+{
+  nsresult rv = GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  rv = m_collationKeyGenerator->CompareRawSortKey(key1,len1,key2,len2,result);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::CreateCollationKey(const nsAString& sourceString, uint32_t *len,
+                                  uint8_t **result)
+{
+  nsresult err = GetCollationKeyGenerator();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  if (!m_collationKeyGenerator) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  err = m_collationKeyGenerator->AllocateRawSortKey(nsICollation::kCollationCaseInSensitive, sourceString, result, len);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err,err);
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t &uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return RowCellColumnToUInt32(hdrRow, columnToken, &uint32Result, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt32(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t *uint32Result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (uint32Result)
+    *uint32Result = defaultValue;
+  if (hdrRow)  // ### probably should be an error if hdrRow is NULL...
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      YarnToUInt32(&yarn, uint32Result);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::UInt32ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint32_t value)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  yarnBuf[100];
+
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size;
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, UInt32ToYarn(&yarn, value));
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::UInt64ToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, uint64_t value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(row);
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  yarnBuf[17]; // max string is 16 bytes, + 1 for null.
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) yarnBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(yarnBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Size, "%llx", value);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf);
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, &yarn);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToUInt64(nsIMdbRow *hdrRow, mdb_token columnToken,
+                                     uint64_t *uint64Result,
+                                     uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (uint64Result)
+    *uint64Result = defaultValue;
+  if (hdrRow)  // ### probably should be an error if hdrRow is NULL...
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = hdrRow->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      YarnToUInt64(&yarn, uint64Result);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CharPtrToRowCellColumn(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, const char *charPtr)
+{
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) charPtr;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn.mYarn_Buf) + 1;
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = yarn.mYarn_Size - 1;
+  yarn.mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? we're storing csid in the msg hdr...
+
+  return row->AddColumn(GetEnv(),  columnToken, &yarn);
+}
+
+// caller must NS_Free result
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RowCellColumnToCharPtr(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token columnToken, char **result)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (row && result)
+  {
+    struct mdbYarn yarn;
+    err = row->AliasCellYarn(GetEnv(), columnToken, &yarn);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    {
+      *result = (char *)NS_Alloc(yarn.mYarn_Fill + 1);
+      if (*result)
+      {
+        if (yarn.mYarn_Fill > 0)
+          memcpy(*result, yarn.mYarn_Buf, yarn.mYarn_Fill);
+        (*result)[yarn.mYarn_Fill] = '\0';
+      }
+      else
+        err = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+    }
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::nsStringToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, const nsAString &str)
+{
+  yarn->mYarn_Buf = ToNewCString(NS_ConvertUTF16toUTF8(str));
+  yarn->mYarn_Size = str.Length() + 1;
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = yarn->mYarn_Size - 1;
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? we're storing csid in the msg hdr...
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::UInt32ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t i)
+{
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, yarn->mYarn_Size, "%lx", i);
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf);
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;  // what to do with this? Should be parsed out of the mime2 header?
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */struct mdbYarn *nsMsgDatabase::UInt64ToYarn(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t i)
+{
+  PR_snprintf((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, yarn->mYarn_Size, "%llx", i);
+  yarn->mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen((const char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf);
+  yarn->mYarn_Form = 0;
+  return yarn;
+}
+
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnTonsString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsAString &str)
+{
+  const char* buf = (const char*)yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+  if (buf)
+    CopyASCIItoUTF16(Substring(buf, buf + yarn->mYarn_Fill), str);
+  else
+    str.Truncate();
+}
+
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnTonsCString(struct mdbYarn *yarn, nsACString &str)
+{
+    const char* buf = (const char*)yarn->mYarn_Buf;
+    if (buf)
+        str.Assign(buf, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+    else
+        str.Truncate();
+}
+
+// WARNING - if yarn is empty, *pResult will not be changed!!!!
+// this is so we can leave default values as they were.
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnToUInt32(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint32_t *pResult)
+{
+  uint8_t numChars = std::min<mdb_fill>(8, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+
+  if (numChars == 0)
+    return;
+
+  *pResult = MsgUnhex((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, numChars);
+}
+
+// WARNING - if yarn is empty, *pResult will not be changed!!!!
+// this is so we can leave default values as they were.
+/* static */void nsMsgDatabase::YarnToUInt64(struct mdbYarn *yarn, uint64_t *pResult)
+{
+  uint8_t numChars = std::min<mdb_fill>(16, yarn->mYarn_Fill);
+
+  if (numChars == 0)
+    return;
+
+  *pResult = MsgUnhex((char *) yarn->mYarn_Buf, numChars);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, char **result)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToCharPtr(row, property_token, result);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    CharPtrToRowCellColumn(row, property_token, propertyVal);
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetPropertyAsNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, nsAString &result)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnTonsString(row, property_token, result);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetPropertyFromNSString(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyVal)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    return SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(row, property_token, propertyVal);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t *result, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToUInt32(row, property_token, result, defaultValue);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint64_t *result, uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+  mdb_token property_token;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+    err = RowCellColumnToUInt64(row, property_token, result, defaultValue);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32Property(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  int32StrBuf[20];
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = int32StrBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(int32StrBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = sizeof(int32StrBuf);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    UInt32ToYarn(&yarn, propertyVal);
+    err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), property_token, &yarn);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetUint64Property(nsIMdbRow *row,
+                                          const char *propertyName,
+                                          uint64_t propertyVal)
+{
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+  char  int64StrBuf[100];
+  yarn.mYarn_Buf = int64StrBuf;
+  yarn.mYarn_Size = sizeof(int64StrBuf);
+  yarn.mYarn_Fill = sizeof(int64StrBuf);
+
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(m_mdbStore); // db might have been closed out from under us.
+  if (!row)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  mdb_token  property_token;
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(),  propertyName, &property_token);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+  {
+    UInt64ToYarn(&yarn, propertyVal);
+    err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), property_token, &yarn);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, 
+                                     bool *result, 
+                                     bool defaultValue /* = false */)
+{
+  uint32_t res;
+  nsresult rv = GetUint32Property(row, propertyName, &res, (uint32_t) defaultValue);
+  *result = !!res;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetBooleanProperty(nsIMdbRow *row, const char *propertyName, 
+                                    bool propertyVal)
+{
+  return SetUint32Property(row, propertyName, (uint32_t) propertyVal);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::SetNSStringPropertyWithToken(nsIMdbRow *row, mdb_token aProperty, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(row);
+  struct mdbYarn yarn;
+
+  yarn.mYarn_Grow = NULL;
+  nsresult err = row->AddColumn(GetEnv(), aProperty, nsStringToYarn(&yarn, propertyStr));
+  free((char *)yarn.mYarn_Buf);  // won't need this when we have nsCString
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t nsMsgDatabase::GetCurVersion()
+{
+  return kMsgDBVersion;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetSummaryValid(bool valid /* = true */)
+{
+  // If the file was invalid when opened (for example in folder compact), then it may
+  //  not have been added to the cache. Add it now if missing.
+  if (valid)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBService> serv(mozilla::services::GetDBService());
+    static_cast<nsMsgDBService*>(serv.get())->EnsureCached(this);
+  }
+  // setting the version to 0 ought to make it pretty invalid.
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetVersion(valid ? GetCurVersion() : 0);
+
+  // for default db (and news), there's no nothing to set to make it it valid
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgDatabase::GetSummaryValid(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  *aResult = true;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+// protected routines
+
+// should we thread messages with common subjects that don't start with Re: together?
+// I imagine we might have separate preferences for mail and news, so this is a virtual method.
+bool    nsMsgDatabase::ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gThreadWithoutRe;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgDatabase::UseStrictThreading()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gStrictThreading;
+}
+
+// Should we make sure messages are always threaded correctly (see bug 181446)
+bool nsMsgDatabase::UseCorrectThreading()
+{
+  GetGlobalPrefs();
+  return gCorrectThreading;
+}
+
+// adapted from removed PL_DHashFreeStringKey
+static void
+msg_DHashFreeStringKey(PLDHashTable* aTable, PLDHashEntryHdr* aEntry)
+{
+  const PLDHashEntryStub* stub = (const PLDHashEntryStub*)aEntry;
+  free((void*)stub->key);
+  PLDHashTable::ClearEntryStub(aTable, aEntry);
+}
+
+PLDHashTableOps nsMsgDatabase::gRefHashTableOps =
+{
+  PLDHashTable::HashStringKey,
+  PLDHashTable::MatchStringKey,
+  PLDHashTable::MoveEntryStub,
+  msg_DHashFreeStringKey,
+  nullptr
+};
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetRefFromHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey *threadId)
+{
+  // Initialize the reference hash
+  if (!m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = InitRefHash();
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      return rv;
+  }
+
+  // Find reference from the hash
+  PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+    m_msgReferences->Search((const void *) reference.get());
+  if (entry)
+  {
+    RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+    *threadId = element->mThreadId;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddRefToHash(nsCString &reference, nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry = m_msgReferences->Add((void *) reference.get(), mozilla::fallible);
+    if (!entry)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY; // XXX out of memory
+
+    RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+    if (!element->mRef)
+    {
+      element->mRef = ToNewCString(reference);  // Will be freed in msg_DHashFreeStringKey()
+      element->mThreadId = threadId;
+      element->mCount = 1;
+    }
+    else
+      element->mCount++;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddMsgRefsToHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = AddRefToHash(reference, threadId);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveRefFromHash(nsCString &reference)
+{
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+  {
+    PLDHashEntryHdr *entry =
+     m_msgReferences->Search((const void *) reference.get());
+    if (entry)
+    {
+      RefHashElement *element = static_cast<RefHashElement *>(entry);
+      if (--element->mCount == 0)
+        m_msgReferences->Remove((void *) reference.get());
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// Filter only messages with one or more references
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::RemoveMsgRefsFromHash(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  msgHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+
+  for (int32_t i = 0; i < numReferences; i++)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+    
+    msgHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    rv = RemoveRefFromHash(reference);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+static nsresult nsReferencesOnlyFilter(nsIMsgDBHdr *msg, void *closure)
+{
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  msg->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  return (numReferences) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::InitRefHash()
+{
+  // Delete an existing table just in case
+  if (m_msgReferences)
+    delete m_msgReferences;
+
+  // Create new table
+  m_msgReferences = new PLDHashTable(&gRefHashTableOps, sizeof(struct RefHashElement), MSG_HASH_SIZE);
+  if (!m_msgReferences)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Create enumerator to go through all messages with references
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  enumerator = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable, nsReferencesOnlyFilter, nullptr);
+  if (enumerator == nullptr)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  // Populate table with references of existing messages
+  bool hasMore;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+    rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msgHdr = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+    if (msgHdr && NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = AddMsgRefsToHash(msgHdr);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::CreateNewThread(nsMsgKey threadId, const char *subject, nsMsgThread **pnewThread)
+{
+  nsresult  err = NS_OK;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> threadTable;
+  struct mdbOid threadTableOID;
+  struct mdbOid allThreadsTableOID;
+
+  if (!pnewThread || !m_mdbStore)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  threadTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  threadTableOID.mOid_Id = threadId;
+
+  // Under some circumstances, mork seems to reuse an old table when we create one.
+  // Prevent problems from that by finding any old table first, and deleting its rows.
+  nsresult res = GetStore()->GetTable(GetEnv(), &threadTableOID, getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && threadTable)
+    threadTable->CutAllRows(GetEnv());
+
+  err  = GetStore()->NewTableWithOid(GetEnv(), &threadTableOID, m_threadTableKindToken,
+    false, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+  if (NS_FAILED(err))
+    return err;
+
+  allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Scope = m_threadRowScopeToken;
+  allThreadsTableOID.mOid_Id = threadId;
+
+  // add a row for this thread in the table of all threads that we'll use
+  // to do our mapping between subject strings and threads.
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> threadRow;
+
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID,
+                           getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+  if (!threadRow)
+  {
+    err  = m_mdbStore->NewRowWithOid(GetEnv(), &allThreadsTableOID,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && threadRow)
+    {
+      if (m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+        m_mdbAllThreadsTable->AddRow(GetEnv(), threadRow);
+      err = CharPtrToRowCellColumn(threadRow, m_threadSubjectColumnToken, subject);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    NS_WARNING("odd that thread row already exists");
+#endif
+    threadRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> metaRow;
+    threadTable->GetMetaRow(GetEnv(), nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(metaRow));
+    if (metaRow)
+      metaRow->CutAllColumns(GetEnv());
+
+    CharPtrToRowCellColumn(threadRow, m_threadSubjectColumnToken, subject);
+  }
+
+
+  *pnewThread = new nsMsgThread(this, threadTable);
+  if (*pnewThread)
+  {
+    (*pnewThread)->SetThreadKey(threadId);
+     m_cachedThread = *pnewThread;
+     m_cachedThreadId = threadId;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+nsIMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForReference(nsCString &msgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **pMsgHdr)
+{
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  GetMsgHdrForMessageID(msgID.get(), &msgHdr);
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = NULL;
+
+  if (msgHdr != NULL)
+  {
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId)))
+    {
+      // find thread header for header whose message id we matched.
+      thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+    }
+    if (pMsgHdr)
+      *pMsgHdr = msgHdr;
+    else
+      msgHdr->Release();
+  }
+  // Referenced message not found, check if there are messages that reference same message
+  else if (UseCorrectThreading())
+  {
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRefFromHash(msgID, &threadId)))
+	  thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+  }
+
+  return thread;
+}
+
+nsIMsgThread *  nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForSubject(nsCString &subject)
+{
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = nullptr;
+
+  mdbYarn  subjectYarn;
+
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)subject.get();
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(subject.get());
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Size = subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow>  threadRow;
+  mdbOid    outRowId;
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    nsresult result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_threadRowScopeToken,
+      m_threadSubjectColumnToken, &subjectYarn,  &outRowId, getter_AddRefs(threadRow));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && threadRow)
+    {
+      //Get key from row
+      mdbOid outOid;
+      nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(threadRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+        key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+      // find thread header for header whose message id we matched.
+      // It is fine if key was not found,
+      // GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey_None) returns nullptr.
+      thread = GetThreadForThreadId(key);
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+    else
+    {
+      nsresult  rv;
+      RefPtr<nsMsgThread> pThread;
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbPortTableCursor> tableCursor;
+      m_mdbStore->GetPortTableCursor(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, m_threadTableKindToken,
+                                     getter_AddRefs(tableCursor));
+
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> table;
+
+        while (true)
+        {
+          rv = tableCursor->NextTable(GetEnv(), getter_AddRefs(table));
+          if (!table)
+            break;
+          if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+            break;
+
+          pThread = new nsMsgThread(this, table);
+          if (pThread)
+          {
+            nsCString curSubject;
+            pThread->GetSubject(curSubject);
+            if (subject.Equals(curSubject))
+            {
+              NS_ERROR("thread with subject exists, but FindRow didn't find it\n");
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          else
+            break;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+  return thread;
+}
+
+// Returns thread that contains a message that references the passed message ID
+nsIMsgThread *nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForMessageId(nsCString &msgId)
+{
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = NULL;
+  nsMsgKey threadId;
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetRefFromHash(msgId, &threadId)))
+    thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+
+  return thread;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ThreadNewHdr(nsMsgHdr* newHdr, bool &newThread)
+{
+  nsresult result=NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> replyToHdr;
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None, newHdrKey;
+
+  if (!newHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  newHdr->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None); // if we're undoing, could have a thread parent
+  uint16_t numReferences = 0;
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+
+  // use raw flags instead of GetFlags, because GetFlags will
+  // pay attention to what's in m_newSet, and this new hdr isn't
+  // in m_newSet yet.
+  newHdr->GetRawFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  newHdr->GetNumReferences(&numReferences);
+  newHdr->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+
+  // try reference threading first
+  for (int32_t i = numReferences - 1; i >= 0;  i--)
+  {
+    nsAutoCString reference;
+
+    newHdr->GetStringReference(i, reference);
+    // first reference we have hdr for is best top-level hdr.
+    // but we have to handle case of promoting new header to top-level
+    // in case the top-level header comes after a reply.
+
+    if (reference.IsEmpty())
+      break;
+
+    thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForReference(reference, getter_AddRefs(replyToHdr))) ;
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      if (replyToHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey replyToKey;
+        replyToHdr->GetMessageKey(&replyToKey);
+        // message claims to be a reply to itself - ignore that since it leads to corrupt threading.
+        if (replyToKey == newHdrKey)
+        {
+          // bad references - throw them all away.
+          newHdr->SetMessageId("");
+          thread = nullptr;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+      newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+      result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, replyToHdr, true);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  // if user hasn't said "only thread by ref headers", thread by subject
+  if (!thread && !UseStrictThreading())
+  {
+    // try subject threading if we couldn't find a reference and the subject starts with Re:
+    nsCString subject;
+    newHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+    if (ThreadBySubjectWithoutRe() || (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe))
+    {
+      nsAutoCString cSubject(subject);
+      thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForSubject(cSubject));
+      if(thread)
+      {
+        thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+        newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+        //TRACE("threading based on subject %s\n", (const char *) msgHdr->m_subject);
+        // if we move this and do subject threading after, ref threading,
+        // don't thread within children, since we know it won't work. But for now, pass TRUE.
+        result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, nullptr, true);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Check if this is a new parent to an existing message (that has a reference to this message)
+  if (!thread && UseCorrectThreading())
+  {
+    nsCString msgId;
+    newHdr->GetMessageId(getter_Copies(msgId));
+
+    thread = dont_AddRef(GetThreadForMessageId(msgId));
+    if (thread)
+    {
+      thread->GetThreadKey(&threadId);
+      newHdr->SetThreadId(threadId);
+      result = AddToThread(newHdr, thread, nullptr, true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!thread)
+  {
+    // Not a parent or child, make it a new thread for now
+    result = AddNewThread(newHdr);
+    newThread = true;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    newThread = false;
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddToThread(nsMsgHdr *newHdr, nsIMsgThread *thread, nsIMsgDBHdr *inReplyTo, bool threadInThread)
+{
+  // don't worry about real threading yet.
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIDBChangeAnnouncer> announcer = do_QueryInterface(this);
+
+  return thread->AddChild(newHdr, inReplyTo, threadInThread, announcer);
+}
+
+nsMsgHdr * nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForReference(nsCString &reference)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "not implemented yet.");
+  return nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForMessageID(const char *aMsgID, nsIMsgDBHdr **aHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgID);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr  *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn  messageIdYarn;
+
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) aMsgID;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(aMsgID);
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  messageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = messageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result;
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+    result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+      m_messageIdColumnToken, &messageIdYarn,  &outRowId,
+      &hdrRow);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return rv;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  *aHdr = msgHdr; // already addreffed above.
+  return NS_OK; // it's not an error not to find a msg hdr.
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForGMMsgID(const char *aGMMsgId, nsIMsgDBHdr **aHdr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aGMMsgId);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aHdr);
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn gMailMessageIdYarn;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void *) aGMMsgId;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill = strlen(aGMMsgId);
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Size = gMailMessageIdYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result;
+  mdb_token property_token;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbStore, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+  result = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), "X-GM-MSGID",
+    &property_token);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(result, result);
+  result = m_mdbStore->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+    property_token, &gMailMessageIdYarn, &outRowId, &hdrRow);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    // Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    nsMsgKey key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if ((NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr))
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return rv;
+    }
+  }
+  *aHdr = msgHdr;
+  return NS_OK; // it's not an error not to find a msg hdr.
+}
+
+nsIMsgDBHdr *nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgHdrForSubject(nsCString &subject)
+{
+  nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdbYarn subjectYarn;
+
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Buf = (void*)subject.get();
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill = PL_strlen(subject.get());
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Form = 0;
+  subjectYarn.mYarn_Size = subjectYarn.mYarn_Fill;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow;
+  mdbOid outRowId;
+  nsresult result = GetStore()->FindRow(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,
+    m_subjectColumnToken, &subjectYarn,  &outRowId,
+    &hdrRow);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && hdrRow)
+  {
+    //Get key from row
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    nsMsgKey key = nsMsgKey_None;
+    rv = hdrRow->GetOid(GetEnv(), &outOid);
+    if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+      return nullptr;
+    key = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    rv = GetHdrFromUseCache(key, &msgHdr);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgHdr)
+      hdrRow->Release();
+    else {
+      rv = CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow, key, &msgHdr);
+      if (NS_WARN_IF(NS_FAILED(rv)))
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+  return msgHdr;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, nsIMsgThread **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(msgHdr);
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  (void)msgHdr->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  if (threadId != nsMsgKey_None)
+    *result = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+
+  // if we can't find the thread, try using the msg key as the thread id,
+  // because the msg hdr might not have the thread id set correctly
+  // Or maybe the message was deleted?
+  if (!*result)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey;
+    msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+    *result = GetThreadForThreadId(msgKey);
+  }
+  // failure is normal when message was deleted
+  return (*result) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForMsgKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgThread **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> msg;
+  nsresult rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(msg));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msg)
+    rv = GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msg, aResult);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// caller needs to unrefer.
+nsIMsgThread *  nsMsgDatabase::GetThreadForThreadId(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+
+  nsIMsgThread *retThread = (threadId == m_cachedThreadId && m_cachedThread) ?
+    m_cachedThread.get() : FindExistingThread(threadId);
+  if (retThread)
+  {
+    NS_ADDREF(retThread);
+    return retThread;
+  }
+  if (m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    mdbOid tableId;
+    tableId.mOid_Id = threadId;
+    tableId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbTable> threadTable;
+    nsresult res = m_mdbStore->GetTable(GetEnv(), &tableId,
+                                        getter_AddRefs(threadTable));
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && threadTable)
+    {
+      retThread = new nsMsgThread(this, threadTable);
+      if (retThread)
+      {
+        NS_ADDREF(retThread);
+        m_cachedThread = retThread;
+        m_cachedThreadId = threadId;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return retThread;
+}
+
+// make the passed in header a thread header
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::AddNewThread(nsMsgHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+
+  if (!msgHdr)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsMsgThread *threadHdr = nullptr;
+
+  nsCString subject;
+  nsMsgKey threadKey = msgHdr->m_messageKey;
+  // can't have a thread with key 1 since that's the table id of the all msg hdr table,
+  // so give it kTableKeyForThreadOne (0xfffffffe).
+  if (threadKey == kAllMsgHdrsTableKey)
+    threadKey = kTableKeyForThreadOne;
+
+  nsresult err = msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+
+  err = CreateNewThread(threadKey, subject.get(), &threadHdr);
+  msgHdr->SetThreadId(threadKey);
+  if (threadHdr)
+  {
+    threadHdr->AddRef();
+    // err = msgHdr->GetSubject(subject);
+    // threadHdr->SetThreadKey(msgHdr->m_messageKey);
+    // threadHdr->SetSubject(subject.get());
+    // need to add the thread table to the db.
+    AddToThread(msgHdr, threadHdr, nullptr, false);
+    threadHdr->Release();
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetBoolPref(const char *prefName, bool *result)
+{
+  bool prefValue = false;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetBoolPref(prefName, &prefValue);
+    *result = prefValue;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetIntPref(const char *prefName, int32_t *result)
+{
+  int32_t prefValue = 0;
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIPrefBranch> pPrefBranch(do_GetService(NS_PREFSERVICE_CONTRACTID, &rv));
+  if (pPrefBranch)
+  {
+    rv = pPrefBranch->GetIntPref(prefName, &prefValue);
+    *result = prefValue;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::ListAllThreads(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *threadIds)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  nsMsgThread *pThread;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> threads;
+  rv = EnumerateThreads(getter_AddRefs(threads));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = threads->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    rv = threads->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pThread);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv,rv);
+
+    if (threadIds) {
+      nsMsgKey key;
+      (void)pThread->GetThreadKey(&key);
+      threadIds->AppendElement(key);
+    }
+    // NS_RELEASE(pThread);
+    pThread = nullptr;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetAttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  const char *propertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetUint32AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *pendingHdr, const char *property,
+                                  uint32_t propertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::SetUint64AttributeOnPendingHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *aPendingHdr,
+                                              const char *aProperty,
+                                              uint64_t aPropertyVal)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UpdatePendingAttributes(nsIMsgDBHdr *aNewHdr)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetOfflineOpForKey(nsMsgKey msgKey, bool create, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation **offlineOp)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgDatabase::RemoveOfflineOp(nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation *op)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineMsgs(nsIMsgKeyArray *aKeys)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aKeys);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> enumerator;
+  uint32_t flag = nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline;
+  // if we change this routine to return an enumerator that generates the keys
+  // one by one, we'll need to somehow make a copy of flag for the enumerator
+  // to own, since the enumerator will persist past the life of flag on the stack.
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessagesWithFlag(getter_AddRefs(enumerator), &flag);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+  {
+    bool hasMoreElements;
+    while(NS_SUCCEEDED(enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMoreElements)) && hasMoreElements)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> childSupports;
+      rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(childSupports));
+      if(NS_FAILED(rv))
+        return rv;
+
+      // clear out db hdr, because it won't be valid when we get rid of the .msf file
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> dbMessage(do_QueryInterface(childSupports, &rv));
+      if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && dbMessage)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey msgKey;
+        dbMessage->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+        aKeys->AppendElement(msgKey);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::EnumerateOfflineOps(nsISimpleEnumerator **enumerator)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineOpIds(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineOpIds)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(false, "overridden by nsMailDatabase");
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ListAllOfflineDeletes(nsTArray<nsMsgKey> *offlineDeletes)
+{
+  nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+  if (!offlineDeletes)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  // technically, notimplemented, but no one's putting offline ops in anyway.
+  return ret;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->GetHighWater(key);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey NextPseudoMsgKey */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetNextPseudoMsgKey(nsMsgKey *nextPseudoMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(nextPseudoMsgKey);
+  *nextPseudoMsgKey = m_nextPseudoMsgKey--;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetNextPseudoMsgKey(nsMsgKey nextPseudoMsgKey)
+{
+  m_nextPseudoMsgKey = nextPseudoMsgKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetNextFakeOfflineMsgKey(nsMsgKey *nextFakeOfflineMsgKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(nextFakeOfflineMsgKey);
+  // iterate over hdrs looking for first non-existant fake offline msg key
+  nsMsgKey fakeMsgKey = kIdStartOfFake;
+
+  bool containsKey;
+  do
+  {
+     ContainsKey(fakeMsgKey, &containsKey);
+     if (!containsKey)
+       break;
+     fakeMsgKey--;
+  }
+  while (containsKey);
+
+  *nextFakeOfflineMsgKey = fakeMsgKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpContents()
+{
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  RefPtr<nsMsgKeyArray> keys = new nsMsgKeyArray;
+  if (!keys)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  nsresult rv = ListAllKeys(keys);
+  uint32_t numKeys;
+  keys->GetLength(&numKeys);
+  for (i = 0; i < numKeys; i++) {
+    key = keys->m_keys[i];
+    nsIMsgDBHdr *msg = NULL;
+    rv = GetMsgHdrForKey(key, &msg);
+    nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msg);      // closed system, cast ok
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+      nsCString author;
+      nsCString subject;
+
+      msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+      msgHdr->GetAuthor(getter_Copies(author));
+      msgHdr->GetSubject(getter_Copies(subject));
+      printf("hdr key = %u, author = %s subject = %s\n", key, author.get(), subject.get());
+      NS_RELEASE(msgHdr);
+    }
+  }
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> threads;
+  rv = ListAllThreads(&threads);
+  for ( i = 0; i < threads.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    key = threads[i];
+    printf("thread key = %u\n", key);
+    // DumpThread(key);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpMsgChildren(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::DumpThread(nsMsgKey threadId)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsIMsgThread *thread = nullptr;
+
+  thread = GetThreadForThreadId(threadId);
+  if (thread)
+  {
+    nsISimpleEnumerator *enumerator = nullptr;
+
+    rv = thread->EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey_None, &enumerator);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && enumerator)
+    {
+      bool hasMore = false;
+
+      while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = enumerator->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) &&
+             hasMore)
+      {
+        nsCOMPtr <nsISupports> supports;
+        rv = enumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+        NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> pMessage = do_QueryInterface(supports);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !pMessage)
+          break;
+      }
+      NS_RELEASE(enumerator);
+
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *retentionSettings)
+{
+  m_retentionSettings = retentionSettings;
+  if (retentionSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+    uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs;
+    uint32_t numHeadersToKeep;
+    uint32_t daysToKeepBodies;
+    bool cleanupBodiesByDays;
+    bool useServerDefaults;
+    bool applyToFlaggedMessages;
+
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepHdrs(&daysToKeepHdrs);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetNumHeadersToKeep(&numHeadersToKeep);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepBodies(&daysToKeepBodies);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    (void) retentionSettings->GetCleanupBodiesByDays(&cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    (void) retentionSettings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+    rv = retentionSettings->GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(&applyToFlaggedMessages);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // need to write this to the db. We'll just use the dbfolderinfo to write properties.
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("retainBy", retainByPreference);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("daysToKeepHdrs", daysToKeepHdrs);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("numHdrsToKeep", numHeadersToKeep);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("daysToKeepBodies", daysToKeepBodies);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("cleanupBodies", cleanupBodiesByDays);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", useServerDefaults);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("applyToFlaggedMessages", applyToFlaggedMessages);
+  }
+  Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings **retentionSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retentionSettings);
+  if (!m_retentionSettings)
+  {
+    // create a new one, and initialize it from the db.
+    m_retentionSettings = new nsMsgRetentionSettings;
+    if (m_retentionSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+      uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+      uint32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+      bool useServerDefaults;
+      uint32_t daysToKeepBodies = 0;
+      bool cleanupBodiesByDays = false;
+      bool applyToFlaggedMessages;
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("retainBy", nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll, &retainByPreference);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("daysToKeepHdrs", 0, &daysToKeepHdrs);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("numHdrsToKeep", 0, &numHeadersToKeep);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("daysToKeepBodies", 0, &daysToKeepBodies);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", true, &useServerDefaults);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("cleanupBodies", false, &cleanupBodiesByDays);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("applyToFlaggedMessages", false,
+                                         &applyToFlaggedMessages);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetRetainByPreference(retainByPreference);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepHdrs(daysToKeepHdrs);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetNumHeadersToKeep(numHeadersToKeep);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetDaysToKeepBodies(daysToKeepBodies);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetUseServerDefaults(useServerDefaults);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetCleanupBodiesByDays(cleanupBodiesByDays);
+      m_retentionSettings->SetApplyToFlaggedMessages(applyToFlaggedMessages);
+    }
+  }
+  *retentionSettings = m_retentionSettings;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*retentionSettings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::SetMsgDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings *downloadSettings)
+{
+  m_downloadSettings = downloadSettings;
+  if (downloadSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    bool useServerDefaults;
+    bool downloadByDate;
+    uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+    bool downloadUnreadOnly;
+
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetUseServerDefaults(&useServerDefaults);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetDownloadByDate(&downloadByDate);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetDownloadUnreadOnly(&downloadUnreadOnly);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    rv = downloadSettings->GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(&ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+    // need to write this to the db. We'll just use the dbfolderinfo to write properties.
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", useServerDefaults);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("downloadByDate", downloadByDate);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetBooleanProperty("downloadUnreadOnly", downloadUnreadOnly);
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetUint32Property("ageLimit", ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetMsgDownloadSettings(nsIMsgDownloadSettings **downloadSettings)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(downloadSettings);
+  if (!m_downloadSettings)
+  {
+    // create a new one, and initialize it from the db.
+    m_downloadSettings = new nsMsgDownloadSettings;
+    if (m_downloadSettings && m_dbFolderInfo)
+    {
+      bool useServerDefaults;
+      bool downloadByDate;
+      uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+      bool downloadUnreadOnly;
+
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("useServerDefaults", true, &useServerDefaults);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("downloadByDate", false, &downloadByDate);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetBooleanProperty("downloadUnreadOnly", false, &downloadUnreadOnly);
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetUint32Property("ageLimit", 0, &ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+
+      m_downloadSettings->SetUseServerDefaults(useServerDefaults);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadByDate(downloadByDate);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetDownloadUnreadOnly(downloadUnreadOnly);
+      m_downloadSettings->SetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+    }
+  }
+  *downloadSettings = m_downloadSettings;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*downloadSettings);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ApplyRetentionSettings(nsIMsgRetentionSettings *aMsgRetentionSettings,
+                                                    bool aDeleteViaFolder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aMsgRetentionSettings);
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_folder)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  bool isDraftsTemplatesOutbox;
+  uint32_t dtoFlags = nsMsgFolderFlags::Drafts | nsMsgFolderFlags::Templates |
+                        nsMsgFolderFlags::Queue;
+  (void) m_folder->IsSpecialFolder(dtoFlags, true, &isDraftsTemplatesOutbox);
+  // Never apply retention settings to Drafts/Templates/Outbox.
+  if (isDraftsTemplatesOutbox)
+    return NS_OK;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMutableArray> msgHdrsToDelete;
+  if (aDeleteViaFolder)
+  {
+    msgHdrsToDelete = do_CreateInstance(NS_ARRAY_CONTRACTID, &rv);
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }
+  nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference;
+  aMsgRetentionSettings->GetRetainByPreference(&retainByPreference);
+
+  bool applyToFlaggedMessages = false;
+  aMsgRetentionSettings->GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(&applyToFlaggedMessages);
+
+  uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs = 0;
+  uint32_t numHeadersToKeep = 0;
+  switch (retainByPreference)
+  {
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainAll:
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainByAge:
+    aMsgRetentionSettings->GetDaysToKeepHdrs(&daysToKeepHdrs);
+    rv = PurgeMessagesOlderThan(daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                applyToFlaggedMessages, msgHdrsToDelete);
+    break;
+  case nsIMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetainByNumHeaders:
+    aMsgRetentionSettings->GetNumHeadersToKeep(&numHeadersToKeep);
+    rv = PurgeExcessMessages(numHeadersToKeep,
+                             applyToFlaggedMessages, msgHdrsToDelete);
+    break;
+  }
+  if (m_folder)
+  {
+    // update the time we attempted to purge this folder
+    char dateBuf[100];
+    dateBuf[0] = '\0';
+    PRExplodedTime exploded;
+    PR_ExplodeTime(PR_Now(), PR_LocalTimeParameters, &exploded);
+    PR_FormatTimeUSEnglish(dateBuf, sizeof(dateBuf), "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y", &exploded);
+    m_folder->SetStringProperty("LastPurgeTime", nsDependentCString(dateBuf));
+  }
+  if (msgHdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    uint32_t count;
+    msgHdrsToDelete->GetLength(&count);
+    if (count > 0)
+      rv = m_folder->DeleteMessages(msgHdrsToDelete, nullptr, true, false, nullptr, false);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::PurgeMessagesOlderThan(uint32_t daysToKeepHdrs,
+                                               bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                               nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr *pHeader;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete;
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+
+  PRTime cutOffDay = PR_Now() - daysToKeepHdrs * PR_USEC_PER_DAY;
+
+  // so now cutOffDay is the PRTime cut-off point. Any msg with a date less than that will get purged.
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    bool purgeHdr = false;
+
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (!applyToFlaggedMessages)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      (void)pHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    if (!purgeHdr)
+    {
+      PRTime date;
+      pHeader->GetDate(&date);
+      if (date < cutOffDay)
+        purgeHdr = true;
+    }
+    if (purgeHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      if (hdrsToDelete)
+        hdrsToDelete->AppendElement(pHeader, false);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  if (!hdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(), nullptr);
+
+    if (keysToDelete.Length() > 10) // compress commit if we deleted more than 10
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+    else if (!keysToDelete.IsEmpty())
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::PurgeExcessMessages(uint32_t numHeadersToKeep,
+                                            bool applyToFlaggedMessages,
+                                            nsIMutableArray *hdrsToDelete)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr    *pHeader;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+  bool hasMore = false;
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> keysToDelete;
+
+  mdb_count numHdrs = 0;
+  if (m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable)
+    m_mdbAllMsgHeadersTable->GetCount(GetEnv(), &numHdrs);
+  else
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+    bool purgeHdr = false;
+    rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+      break;
+
+    if (!applyToFlaggedMessages)
+    {
+      uint32_t flags;
+      (void)pHeader->GetFlags(&flags);
+      if (flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked)
+        continue;
+    }
+
+    // this isn't quite right - we want to prefer unread messages (keep all of those we can)
+    if (numHdrs > numHeadersToKeep)
+      purgeHdr = true;
+
+    if (purgeHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      pHeader->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      keysToDelete.AppendElement(msgKey);
+      numHdrs--;
+      if (hdrsToDelete)
+        hdrsToDelete->AppendElement(pHeader, false);
+    }
+    NS_RELEASE(pHeader);
+  }
+
+  if (!hdrsToDelete)
+  {
+    int32_t numKeysToDelete = keysToDelete.Length();
+    if (numKeysToDelete > 0)
+    {
+      DeleteMessages(keysToDelete.Length(), keysToDelete.Elements(), nullptr);
+      if (numKeysToDelete > 10)  // compress commit if we deleted more than 10
+        Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kCompressCommit);
+      else
+        Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgRetentionSettings, nsIMsgRetentionSettings)
+
+// Initialise the member variables to resonable defaults.
+nsMsgRetentionSettings::nsMsgRetentionSettings()
+: m_retainByPreference(1),
+  m_daysToKeepHdrs(0),
+  m_numHeadersToKeep(0),
+  m_useServerDefaults(true),
+  m_cleanupBodiesByDays(false),
+  m_daysToKeepBodies(0),
+  m_applyToFlaggedMessages(false)
+{
+}
+
+nsMsgRetentionSettings::~nsMsgRetentionSettings()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute unsigned long retainByPreference */
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetRetainByPreference(nsMsgRetainByPreference *retainByPreference)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(retainByPreference);
+  *retainByPreference = m_retainByPreference;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetRetainByPreference(nsMsgRetainByPreference retainByPreference)
+{
+  m_retainByPreference = retainByPreference;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long daysToKeepHdrs; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetDaysToKeepHdrs(uint32_t *aDaysToKeepHdrs)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDaysToKeepHdrs);
+  *aDaysToKeepHdrs = m_daysToKeepHdrs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetDaysToKeepHdrs(uint32_t aDaysToKeepHdrs)
+{
+  m_daysToKeepHdrs = aDaysToKeepHdrs;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long numHeadersToKeep; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetNumHeadersToKeep(uint32_t *aNumHeadersToKeep)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNumHeadersToKeep);
+  *aNumHeadersToKeep = m_numHeadersToKeep;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetNumHeadersToKeep(uint32_t aNumHeadersToKeep)
+{
+  m_numHeadersToKeep = aNumHeadersToKeep;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+/* attribute boolean useServerDefaults; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetUseServerDefaults(bool *aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUseServerDefaults);
+  *aUseServerDefaults = m_useServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetUseServerDefaults(bool aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = aUseServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean cleanupBodiesByDays; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetCleanupBodiesByDays(bool *aCleanupBodiesByDays)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCleanupBodiesByDays);
+  *aCleanupBodiesByDays = m_cleanupBodiesByDays;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetCleanupBodiesByDays(bool aCleanupBodiesByDays)
+{
+  m_cleanupBodiesByDays = aCleanupBodiesByDays;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute long daysToKeepBodies; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetDaysToKeepBodies(uint32_t *aDaysToKeepBodies)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDaysToKeepBodies);
+  *aDaysToKeepBodies = m_daysToKeepBodies;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetDaysToKeepBodies(uint32_t aDaysToKeepBodies)
+{
+  m_daysToKeepBodies = aDaysToKeepBodies;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean applyToFlaggedMessages; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::GetApplyToFlaggedMessages(bool *aApplyToFlaggedMessages)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aApplyToFlaggedMessages);
+  *aApplyToFlaggedMessages = m_applyToFlaggedMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgRetentionSettings::SetApplyToFlaggedMessages(bool aApplyToFlaggedMessages)
+{
+  m_applyToFlaggedMessages = aApplyToFlaggedMessages;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgDownloadSettings, nsIMsgDownloadSettings)
+
+nsMsgDownloadSettings::nsMsgDownloadSettings()
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = false;
+  m_downloadUnreadOnly = false;
+  m_downloadByDate = false;
+  m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = 0;
+}
+
+nsMsgDownloadSettings::~nsMsgDownloadSettings()
+{
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean useServerDefaults; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetUseServerDefaults(bool *aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aUseServerDefaults);
+  *aUseServerDefaults = m_useServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetUseServerDefaults(bool aUseServerDefaults)
+{
+  m_useServerDefaults = aUseServerDefaults;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* attribute boolean downloadUnreadOnly; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetDownloadUnreadOnly(bool *aDownloadUnreadOnly)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadUnreadOnly);
+  *aDownloadUnreadOnly = m_downloadUnreadOnly;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetDownloadUnreadOnly(bool aDownloadUnreadOnly)
+{
+  m_downloadUnreadOnly = aDownloadUnreadOnly;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* attribute boolean downloadByDate; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetDownloadByDate(bool *aDownloadByDate)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDownloadByDate);
+  *aDownloadByDate = m_downloadByDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetDownloadByDate(bool aDownloadByDate)
+{
+  m_downloadByDate = aDownloadByDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+/* attribute long ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::GetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(uint32_t *ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload);
+  *ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDownloadSettings::SetAgeLimitOfMsgsToDownload(uint32_t ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload)
+{
+  m_ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload = ageLimitOfMsgsToDownload;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultViewFlags);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_view_flags", aDefaultViewFlags);
+  if (*aDefaultViewFlags < nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone ||
+      *aDefaultViewFlags > (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    *aDefaultViewFlags = nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortType);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_sort_type", aDefaultSortType);
+  if (*aDefaultSortType < nsMsgViewSortType::byDate ||
+      *aDefaultSortType > nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+    *aDefaultSortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortOrder);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_sort_order", aDefaultSortOrder);
+  if (*aDefaultSortOrder != nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending)
+    *aDefaultSortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::ResetHdrCacheSize(uint32_t aSize)
+{
+  if (m_cacheSize > aSize)
+  {
+    m_cacheSize = aSize;
+    ClearHdrCache(false);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  void getNewList(out unsigned long count, [array, size_is(count)] out long newKeys);
+ */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetNewList(uint32_t *aCount, nsMsgKey **aNewKeys)
+{
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aCount);
+    NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aNewKeys);
+
+    *aCount = m_newSet.Length();
+    if (*aCount > 0)
+    {
+      *aNewKeys = static_cast<nsMsgKey *>(moz_xmalloc(*aCount * sizeof(nsMsgKey)));
+      if (!*aNewKeys)
+        return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      memcpy(*aNewKeys, m_newSet.Elements(), *aCount * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+      return NS_OK;
+    }
+    // if there were no new messages, signal this by returning a null pointer
+    //
+    *aNewKeys = nullptr;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDatabase::GetSearchResultsTable(const char *searchFolderUri, bool createIfMissing, nsIMdbTable **table)
+{
+  mdb_kind kindToken;
+  mdb_count numTables;
+  mdb_bool mustBeUnique;
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbStore, NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER);
+
+  nsresult err = m_mdbStore->StringToToken(GetEnv(), searchFolderUri, &kindToken);
+  err = m_mdbStore->GetTableKind(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken,  kindToken,
+                                  &numTables, &mustBeUnique, table);
+  if ((!*table || NS_FAILED(err)) && createIfMissing)
+    err = m_mdbStore->NewTable(GetEnv(), m_hdrRowScopeToken, kindToken, true, nullptr, table);
+
+  return *table ? err : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::GetCachedHits(const char *aSearchFolderUri, nsISimpleEnumerator **aEnumerator)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  (void) GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, false, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  if (!table)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // expected result for no cached hits
+  nsMsgDBEnumerator* e = new nsMsgDBEnumerator(this, table, nullptr, nullptr);
+  if (e == nullptr)
+      return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+  NS_ADDREF(*aEnumerator = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDatabase::RefreshCache(const char *aSearchFolderUri, uint32_t aNumKeys, nsMsgKey *aNewHits, uint32_t *aNumBadHits, nsMsgKey **aStaleHits)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  // update the table so that it just contains aNewHits.
+  // And, keep track of the headers in the original table but not in aNewHits, so we
+  // can put those in aStaleHits.
+  // both aNewHits and the db table are sorted by uid/key.
+  // So, start at the beginning of the table and the aNewHits array.
+  uint32_t newHitIndex = 0;
+  uint32_t tableRowIndex = 0;
+
+  uint32_t rowCount;
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  nsTArray<nsMsgKey> staleHits;
+  // should assert that each array is sorted
+  while (newHitIndex < aNumKeys || tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+  {
+    mdbOid oid;
+    nsMsgKey tableRowKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    if (tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+    {
+      nsresult ret = table->PosToOid (GetEnv(), tableRowIndex, &oid);
+      if (NS_FAILED(ret))
+      {
+        tableRowIndex++;
+        continue;
+      }
+      tableRowKey = oid.mOid_Id;  // ### TODO need the real key for the 0th key problem.
+    }
+
+    if (newHitIndex < aNumKeys && aNewHits[newHitIndex] == tableRowKey)
+    {
+      newHitIndex++;
+      tableRowIndex++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (tableRowIndex >= rowCount || (newHitIndex < aNumKeys && aNewHits[newHitIndex] < tableRowKey))
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> hdrRow;
+      mdbOid rowObjectId;
+
+      rowObjectId.mOid_Id = aNewHits[newHitIndex];
+      rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+      err = m_mdbStore->GetRow(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, getter_AddRefs(hdrRow));
+      if (hdrRow)
+      {
+        table->AddRow(GetEnv(), hdrRow);
+        mdb_pos newPos;
+        table->MoveRow(GetEnv(), hdrRow, rowCount, tableRowIndex, &newPos);
+        rowCount++;
+        tableRowIndex++;
+      }
+      newHitIndex++;
+      continue;
+    }
+    else if (newHitIndex >= aNumKeys || aNewHits[newHitIndex] > tableRowKey)
+    {
+      staleHits.AppendElement(tableRowKey);
+      table->CutOid(GetEnv(), &oid);
+      rowCount--;
+      continue; // don't increment tableRowIndex since we removed that row.
+    }
+   }
+   *aNumBadHits = staleHits.Length();
+   if (*aNumBadHits)
+   {
+     *aStaleHits = static_cast<nsMsgKey *>(moz_xmalloc(*aNumBadHits * sizeof(nsMsgKey)));
+     if (!*aStaleHits)
+       return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+     memcpy(*aStaleHits, staleHits.Elements(), *aNumBadHits * sizeof(nsMsgKey));
+   }
+   else
+     *aStaleHits = nullptr;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  printf("after refreshing cache\n");
+  // iterate over table and assert that it's in id order
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  mdbOid oid;
+  tableRowIndex = 0;
+  mdb_id prevId = 0;
+  while (tableRowIndex < rowCount)
+  {
+    nsresult ret = table->PosToOid (m_mdbEnv, tableRowIndex++, &oid);
+    if (tableRowIndex > 1 && oid.mOid_Id <= prevId)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "inserting row into cached hits table, not sorted correctly");
+      printf("key %lx is before or equal %lx\n", prevId, oid.mOid_Id);
+    }
+    prevId = oid.mOid_Id;
+  }
+
+#endif
+  Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// search sorted table
+mdb_pos nsMsgDatabase::FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(nsIMdbTable *table, mdb_id idToInsert)
+{
+  mdb_pos searchPos = 0;
+  uint32_t rowCount;
+  table->GetCount(GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+  mdb_pos hi = rowCount;
+  mdb_pos lo = 0;
+
+  while (hi > lo)
+  {
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    searchPos = (lo + hi - 1) / 2;
+    table->PosToOid(GetEnv(), searchPos, &outOid);
+    if (outOid.mOid_Id == idToInsert)
+    {
+      NS_ASSERTION(false, "id shouldn't be in table");
+      return hi;
+    }
+    if (outOid.mOid_Id > idToInsert)
+      hi = searchPos;
+    else // if (outOid.mOid_Id <  idToInsert)
+      lo = searchPos + 1;
+  }
+  return hi;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::UpdateHdrInCache(const char *aSearchFolderUri, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool aAdd)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  aHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(aHdr);  // closed system, so this is ok
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && m_mdbStore && msgHdr->m_mdbRow)
+  {
+    if (!aAdd)
+    {
+      table->CutRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      mdbOid rowId;
+      msgHdr->m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdbEnv, &rowId);
+      mdb_pos insertPos = FindInsertIndexInSortedTable(table, rowId.mOid_Id);
+      uint32_t rowCount;
+      table->GetCount(m_mdbEnv, &rowCount);
+      table->AddRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow);
+      mdb_pos newPos;
+      table->MoveRow(m_mdbEnv, msgHdr->m_mdbRow, rowCount, insertPos, &newPos);
+    }
+  }
+
+//  if (aAdd)
+ // if we need to add this hdr, we need to insert it in key order.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDatabase::HdrIsInCache(const char* aSearchFolderUri, nsIMsgDBHdr *aHdr, bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbTable> table;
+  nsresult err = GetSearchResultsTable(aSearchFolderUri, true, getter_AddRefs(table));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(err, err);
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  aHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+  mdbOid rowObjectId;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = key;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  mdb_bool hasOid;
+  err =  table->HasOid(GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+  *aResult = hasOid;
+  return err;
+}
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba1663e3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgHdr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1098 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "mozilla/mailnews/MimeHeaderParser.h"
+#include "nsMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla::mailnews;
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgHdr, nsIMsgDBHdr)
+
+#define FLAGS_INITED 0x1
+#define CACHED_VALUES_INITED 0x2
+#define REFERENCES_INITED 0x4
+#define THREAD_PARENT_INITED 0x8
+
+nsMsgHdr::nsMsgHdr(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *dbRow)
+{
+  m_mdb = db;
+  Init();
+  m_mdbRow = dbRow;
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    m_mdb->AddRef();
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (dbRow && NS_SUCCEEDED(dbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+    {
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+      m_mdb->AddHdrToUseCache((nsIMsgDBHdr *) this, m_messageKey);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgHdr::Init()
+{
+  m_initedValues = 0;
+  m_statusOffset = 0xffffffff;
+  m_messageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_messageSize = 0;
+  m_date = 0;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_mdbRow = NULL;
+  m_threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_threadParent = nsMsgKey_None;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::InitCachedValues()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+  {
+    uint32_t uint32Value;
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken, &m_messageSize);
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken, &uint32Value);
+    Seconds2PRTime(uint32Value, &m_date);
+
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageThreadIdColumnToken, &m_threadId);
+
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_initedValues |= CACHED_VALUES_INITED;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::InitFlags()
+{
+
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_mdb)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if(!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+  {
+    err = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_flagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+    m_flags &= ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New; // don't get new flag from MDB
+
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_initedValues |= FLAGS_INITED;
+  }
+
+  return err;
+
+}
+
+nsMsgHdr::~nsMsgHdr()
+{
+  if (m_mdbRow)
+  {
+    if (m_mdb)
+    {
+      NS_RELEASE(m_mdbRow);
+      m_mdb->RemoveHdrFromUseCache((nsIMsgDBHdr *) this, m_messageKey);
+    }
+  }
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdb);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  if (m_messageKey == nsMsgKey_None && m_mdbRow != NULL)
+  {
+    mdbOid outOid;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdbRow->GetOid(m_mdb->GetEnv(), &outOid)))
+      m_messageKey = outOid.mOid_Id;
+
+  }
+  *result = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetThreadId(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+    InitCachedValues();
+
+  if (result)
+  {
+    *result = m_threadId;
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetThreadId(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+  m_threadId = inKey;
+  return SetUInt32Column(m_threadId, m_mdb->m_messageThreadIdColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey value)
+{
+  m_messageKey = value;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetRawFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if (m_mdb)
+    *result = m_mdb->GetStatusFlags(this, m_flags);
+  else
+    *result = m_flags;
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(! (*result & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)), "shouldn't be set in db");
+#endif
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetFlags(uint32_t flags)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+  NS_ASSERTION(! (flags & (nsMsgMessageFlags::Elided)), "shouldn't set this flag on db");
+#endif
+  m_initedValues |= FLAGS_INITED;
+  m_flags = flags;
+  // don't write out nsMsgMessageFlags::New to MDB.
+  return SetUInt32Column(m_flags & ~nsMsgMessageFlags::New, m_mdb->m_flagsColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::OrFlags(uint32_t flags, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if ((m_flags & flags) != flags)
+    SetFlags (m_flags | flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::AndFlags(uint32_t flags, uint32_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  if ((m_flags & flags) != m_flags)
+    SetFlags (m_flags & flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkHasAttachments(bool bHasAttachments)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkHasAttachments(key, bHasAttachments, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkRead(bool bRead)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkRead(key, bRead, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::MarkFlagged(bool bFlagged)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if(m_mdb)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey key;
+    rv = GetMessageKey(&key);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      rv = m_mdb->MarkMarked(key, bFlagged, nullptr);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsAString &resultProperty)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetPropertyAsNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, resultProperty);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetProperty(const char *propertyName, const nsAString &propertyStr)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetPropertyFromNSString(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyStr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, const char *propertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, propertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStringProperty(const char *propertyName, char **aPropertyValue)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, propertyName, aPropertyValue);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t *pResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, pResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, uint32_t value)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(propertyName);
+  if (!m_mdb || !m_mdbRow)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, propertyName, value);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetNumReferences(uint16_t *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & REFERENCES_INITED))
+  {
+    const char *references;
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(m_mdb->RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(GetMDBRow(),
+                       m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken, &references)))
+      ParseReferences(references);
+    m_initedValues |= REFERENCES_INITED;
+  }
+
+  if (result)
+    *result = m_references.Length();
+  // there is no real failure here; if there are no references, there are no
+  //  references.
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::ParseReferences(const char *references)
+{
+  const char *startNextRef = references;
+  nsAutoCString resultReference;
+  nsCString messageId;
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+  while (startNextRef && *startNextRef)
+  {
+    startNextRef = GetNextReference(startNextRef, resultReference,
+                                    startNextRef == references);
+    // Don't add self-references.
+    if (!resultReference.IsEmpty() && !resultReference.Equals(messageId))
+      m_references.AppendElement(resultReference);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStringReference(int32_t refNum, nsACString& resultReference)
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  if(!(m_initedValues & REFERENCES_INITED))
+    GetNumReferences(nullptr); // it can handle the null
+
+  if ((uint32_t)refNum < m_references.Length())
+    resultReference = m_references.ElementAt(refNum);
+  else
+    err = NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetDate(PRTime *result)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & CACHED_VALUES_INITED))
+    InitCachedValues();
+
+  *result = m_date;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetDateInSeconds(uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  return GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken, aResult);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageId(const char *messageId)
+{
+  if (messageId && *messageId == '<')
+  {
+    nsAutoCString tempMessageID(messageId + 1);
+    if (tempMessageID.CharAt(tempMessageID.Length() - 1) == '>')
+      tempMessageID.SetLength(tempMessageID.Length() - 1);
+    return SetStringColumn(tempMessageID.get(), m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken);
+  }
+  return SetStringColumn(messageId, m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetSubject(const char *subject)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(subject, m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetAuthor(const char *author)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(author, m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetReferences(const char *references)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(references);
+  m_references.Clear();
+  ParseReferences(references);
+
+  m_initedValues |= REFERENCES_INITED;
+
+  return SetStringColumn(references, m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetRecipients(const char *recipients)
+{
+  // need to put in rfc822 address parsing code here (or make caller do it...)
+  return SetStringColumn(recipients, m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetCcList(const char *ccList)
+{
+	return SetStringColumn(ccList, m_mdb->m_ccListColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetBccList(const char *bccList)
+{
+  return SetStringColumn(bccList, m_mdb->m_bccListColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageSize(uint32_t messageSize)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column(messageSize, m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken);
+  m_messageSize = messageSize;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetOfflineMessageSize(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t size;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken, &size);
+
+  *result = size;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetOfflineMessageSize(uint32_t messageSize)
+{
+  return SetUInt32Column(messageSize, m_mdb->m_offlineMessageSizeColumnToken);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetLineCount(uint32_t lineCount)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column(lineCount, m_mdb->m_numLinesColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetStatusOffset(uint32_t statusOffset)
+{
+  return SetUInt32Column(statusOffset, m_mdb->m_statusOffsetColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetDate(PRTime date)
+{
+  m_date = date;
+  uint32_t seconds;
+  PRTime2Seconds(date, &seconds);
+  return SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) seconds, m_mdb->m_dateColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetStatusOffset(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t offset = 0;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_statusOffsetColumnToken, &offset);
+
+  *result = offset;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue priority)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) priority, m_mdb->m_priorityColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetPriority(nsMsgPriorityValue *result)
+{
+  if (!result)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  uint32_t priority = 0;
+  nsresult rv = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_priorityColumnToken, &priority);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  *result = (nsMsgPriorityValue) priority;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue label)
+{
+  SetUInt32Column((uint32_t) label, m_mdb->m_labelColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetLabel(nsMsgLabelValue *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  return GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_labelColumnToken, result);
+}
+
+// I'd like to not store the account key, if the msg is in
+// the same account as it was received in, to save disk space and memory.
+// This might be problematic when a message gets moved...
+// And I'm not sure if we should short circuit it here,
+// or at a higher level where it might be more efficient.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetAccountKey(const char *aAccountKey)
+{
+  return SetStringProperty("account", aAccountKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAccountKey(char **aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  return GetStringProperty("account", aResult);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageOffset(uint64_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+
+  // if there is a message offset, use it, otherwise, we'll use the message key.
+  (void) GetUInt64Column(m_mdb->m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken, result, (unsigned)-1);
+  if (*result == (unsigned)-1)
+    *result = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetMessageOffset(uint64_t offset)
+{
+  SetUInt64Column(offset, m_mdb->m_offlineMsgOffsetColumnToken);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageSize(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t size;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_messageSizeColumnToken, &size);
+
+  *result = size;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetLineCount(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  uint32_t linecount;
+  nsresult res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_numLinesColumnToken, &linecount);
+  *result = linecount;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetPriorityString(const char *priority)
+{
+  nsMsgPriorityValue priorityVal = nsMsgPriority::Default;
+
+  // We can ignore |NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString()| return value,
+  // since we set a default value for |priorityVal|.
+  NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(priority, priorityVal);
+
+  return SetPriority(priorityVal);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAuthor(char* *resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetSubject(char* *resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetRecipients(char* *resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetCcList(char * *resultCCList)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_ccListColumnToken, resultCCList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetBccList(char * *resultBCCList)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_bccListColumnToken, resultBCCList);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMessageId(char * *resultMessageId)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_messageIdColumnToken, resultMessageId);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedAuthor(nsAString &resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedSubject(nsAString &resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetMime2DecodedRecipients(nsAString &resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToMime2DecodedString(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetAuthorCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultAuthor)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToAddressCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_senderColumnToken, resultAuthor, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetSubjectCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_subjectColumnToken, resultSubject, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetRecipientsCollationKey(uint32_t *len, uint8_t **resultRecipients)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCollationKey(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_recipientsColumnToken, resultRecipients, len);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetCharset(char **aCharset)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_messageCharSetColumnToken, aCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetCharset(const char *aCharset)
+{
+  return SetStringColumn(aCharset, m_mdb->m_messageCharSetColumnToken);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetEffectiveCharset(nsACString &resultCharset)
+{
+  return m_mdb->GetEffectiveCharset(m_mdbRow, resultCharset);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+  m_threadParent = inKey;
+  if (inKey == m_messageKey)
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "can't be your own parent");
+  SetUInt32Column(m_threadParent, m_mdb->m_threadParentColumnToken);
+  m_initedValues |= THREAD_PARENT_INITED;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetThreadParent(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+  if(!(m_initedValues & THREAD_PARENT_INITED))
+  {
+    res = GetUInt32Column(m_mdb->m_threadParentColumnToken, &m_threadParent, nsMsgKey_None);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+      m_initedValues |= THREAD_PARENT_INITED;
+  }
+  *result = m_threadParent;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetFolder(nsIMsgFolder **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(result);
+
+  if (m_mdb && m_mdb->m_folder)
+  {
+    *result = m_mdb->m_folder;
+    NS_ADDREF(*result);
+  }
+  else
+    *result = nullptr;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetStringColumn(const char *str, mdb_token token)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(str);
+  return m_mdb->CharPtrToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, str);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetUInt32Column(uint32_t value, mdb_token token)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, value);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetUInt32Column(mdb_token token, uint32_t *pvalue, uint32_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt32(GetMDBRow(), token, pvalue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::SetUInt64Column(uint64_t value, mdb_token token)
+{
+  return m_mdb->UInt64ToRowCellColumn(m_mdbRow, token, value);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgHdr::GetUInt64Column(mdb_token token, uint64_t *pvalue, uint64_t defaultValue)
+{
+  return m_mdb->RowCellColumnToUInt64(GetMDBRow(), token, pvalue, defaultValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Roughly speaking, get the next message-id (starts with a '<' ends with a
+ *  '>').  Except, we also try to handle the case where your reference is of
+ *  a prehistoric vintage that just stuck any old random junk in there.  Our
+ *  old logic would (unintentionally?) just trim the whitespace off the front
+ *  and hand you everything after that.  We change things at all because that
+ *  same behaviour does not make sense if we have already seen a proper message
+ *  id.  We keep the old behaviour at all because it would seem to have
+ *  benefits.  (See jwz's non-zero stats: http://www.jwz.org/doc/threading.html) 
+ * So, to re-state, if there is a valid message-id in there at all, we only
+ *  return valid message-id's (sans bracketing '<' and '>').  If there isn't,
+ *  our result (via "references") is a left-trimmed copy of the string.  If
+ *  there is nothing in there, our result is an empty string.)  We do require
+ *  that you pass allowNonDelimitedReferences what it demands, though.
+ * For example: "<valid@stuff> this stuff is invalid" would net you
+ *  "valid@stuff" and "this stuff is invalid" as results.  We now only would
+ *  provide "valid-stuff" and an empty string (which you should ignore) as
+ *  results.  However "this stuff is invalid" would return itself, allowing
+ *  anything relying on that behaviour to keep working.
+ * 
+ * Note: We accept anything inside the '<' and '>'; technically, we should want
+ *  at least a '@' in there (per rfc 2822).  But since we're going out of our
+ *  way to support weird things...
+ * 
+ * @param startNextRef The position to start at; this should either be the start
+ *     of your references string or our return value from a previous call.
+ * @param reference You pass a nsCString by reference, we put the reference we
+ *     find in it, if we find one.  It may be empty!  Beware!
+ * @param allowNonDelimitedReferences Should we support the
+ *     pre-reasonable-standards form of In-Reply-To where it could be any
+ *     arbitrary string and our behaviour was just to take off leading
+ *     whitespace.  It only makes sense to pass true for your first call to this
+ *     function, as if you are around to make a second call, it means we found
+ *     a properly formatted message-id and so we should only look for more
+ *     properly formatted message-ids.
+ * @returns The next starting position of this routine, which may be pointing at
+ *     a nul '\0' character to indicate termination.
+ */ 
+const char *nsMsgHdr::GetNextReference(const char *startNextRef,
+                                       nsCString &reference,
+                                       bool acceptNonDelimitedReferences)
+{
+  const char *ptr = startNextRef;
+  const char *whitespaceEndedAt = nullptr;
+  const char *firstMessageIdChar = nullptr;
+
+  // make the reference result string empty by default; we will set it to
+  //  something valid if the time comes.
+  reference.Truncate();
+
+  // walk until we find a '<', but keep track of the first point we found that
+  //  was not whitespace (as defined by previous versions of this code.)
+  for (bool foundLessThan = false; !foundLessThan; ptr++)
+  {
+    switch (*ptr)
+    {
+      case '\0':
+        // if we are at the end of the string, we found some non-whitespace, and
+        //  the caller requested that we accept non-delimited whitespace,
+        //  give them that as their reference.  (otherwise, leave it empty)
+        if (acceptNonDelimitedReferences && whitespaceEndedAt)
+          reference = whitespaceEndedAt;
+        return ptr;
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\t':
+        // do nothing, make default case mean you didn't get whitespace
+        break;
+      case '<':
+        firstMessageIdChar = ++ptr; // skip over the '<'
+        foundLessThan = true; // (flag to stop)
+        // intentional fallthrough so whitespaceEndedAt will definitely have
+        //  a non-NULL value, just in case the message-id is not valid (no '>')
+        //  and the old-school support is desired.
+        MOZ_FALLTHROUGH;
+      default:
+        if (!whitespaceEndedAt)
+            whitespaceEndedAt = ptr;
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // keep going until we hit a '>' or hit the end of the string 
+  for(; *ptr ; ptr++)
+  {
+    if (*ptr == '>')
+    {
+      // it's valid, update reference, making sure to stop before the '>'
+      reference.Assign(firstMessageIdChar, ptr - firstMessageIdChar);
+      // and return a start point just after the '>'
+      return ++ptr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // we did not have a fully-formed, valid message-id, so consider falling back
+  if (acceptNonDelimitedReferences && whitespaceEndedAt)
+    reference = whitespaceEndedAt;
+  return ptr;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsParentOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild)
+{
+  uint16_t referenceToCheck = 0;
+  possibleChild->GetNumReferences(&referenceToCheck);
+  nsAutoCString reference;
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+
+  while (referenceToCheck > 0)
+  {
+    possibleChild->GetStringReference(referenceToCheck - 1, reference);
+
+    if (reference.Equals(messageId))
+      return true;
+    // if reference didn't match, check if this ref is for a non-existent
+    // header. If it is, continue looking at ancestors.
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> refHdr;
+    if (!m_mdb)
+      break;
+    (void) m_mdb->GetMsgHdrForMessageID(reference.get(), getter_AddRefs(refHdr));
+    if (refHdr)
+      break;
+    referenceToCheck--;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *possibleChild)
+{
+  const char *references;
+  nsMsgHdr* curHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(possibleChild);      // closed system, cast ok
+  m_mdb->RowCellColumnToConstCharPtr(curHdr->GetMDBRow(), m_mdb->m_referencesColumnToken, &references);
+  if (!references)
+    return false;
+
+  nsCString messageId;
+  // should put < > around message id to make strstr strictly match
+  GetMessageId(getter_Copies(messageId));
+  return (strstr(references, messageId.get()) != nullptr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsRead(bool *isRead)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isRead);
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *isRead = !!(m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsFlagged(bool *isFlagged)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isFlagged);
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  *isFlagged = !!(m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Marked);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgHdr::ReparentInThread(nsIMsgThread *thread)
+{
+  NS_WARNING("Borked message header, attempting to fix!");
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  // bail out early for the singleton thread case.
+  if (numChildren == 1)
+  {
+    SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+    return;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+    // loop through thread, looking for our proper parent.
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      thread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      // closed system, cast ok
+      nsMsgHdr* curMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(curHdr.get());
+      if (curHdr && curMsgHdr->IsParentOf(this))
+      {
+        nsMsgKey curHdrKey;
+        curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curHdrKey);
+        SetThreadParent(curHdrKey);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+    // we didn't find it. So either the root header is our parent,
+    // or we're the root.
+    int32_t rootIndex;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> rootHdr;
+    thread->GetRootHdr(&rootIndex, getter_AddRefs(rootHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(rootHdr, "thread has no root hdr - shouldn't happen");
+    if (rootHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey rootKey;
+      rootHdr->GetMessageKey(&rootKey);
+      // if we're the root, our thread parent is -1.
+      SetThreadParent(rootKey == m_messageKey ? nsMsgKey_None : rootKey);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+bool nsMsgHdr::IsAncestorKilled(uint32_t ancestorsToCheck)
+{
+  if (!(m_initedValues & FLAGS_INITED))
+    InitFlags();
+  bool isKilled = m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored;
+
+  if (!isKilled)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey threadParent;
+    GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+
+    if (threadParent == m_messageKey)
+    {
+      // isKilled is false by virtue of the enclosing if statement
+      NS_ERROR("Thread is parent of itself, please fix!");
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+      (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+      if (!thread)
+        return false;
+      ReparentInThread(thread);
+      // Something's wrong, but the problem happened some time ago, so erroring
+      // out now is probably not a good idea. Ergo, we'll pretend to be OK, show
+      // the user the thread (err on the side of caution), and let the assertion
+      // alert debuggers to a problem.
+      return false;
+    }
+    if (threadParent != nsMsgKey_None)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> parentHdr;
+      (void) m_mdb->GetMsgHdrForKey(threadParent, getter_AddRefs(parentHdr));
+
+      if (parentHdr)
+      {
+        // More proofing against crashers. This crasher was derived from the
+        // fact that something got borked, leaving is in hand with a circular
+        // reference to borked headers inducing these loops. The defining
+        // characteristic of these headers is that they don't actually seat
+        // themselves in the thread properly.
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+        (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+        if (thread)
+        {
+          nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> claimant;
+          (void) thread->GetChild(threadParent, getter_AddRefs(claimant));
+          if (!claimant)
+          {
+            // attempt to reparent, and say the thread isn't killed,
+            // erring on the side of safety.
+            ReparentInThread(thread);
+            return false;
+          }
+        }
+
+        if (!ancestorsToCheck)
+        {
+          // We think we have a parent, but we have no more ancestors to check
+          NS_ASSERTION(false, "cycle in parent relationship, please fix!");
+          return false;
+        }
+        // closed system, cast ok
+        nsMsgHdr* parent = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(parentHdr.get());
+        return parent->IsAncestorKilled(ancestorsToCheck - 1);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return isKilled;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetIsKilled(bool *isKilled)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(isKilled);
+  *isKilled = false;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> thread;
+  (void) m_mdb->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(this, getter_AddRefs(thread));
+  // if we can't find the thread, let's at least check one level; maybe
+  // the header hasn't been added to a thread yet.
+  uint32_t numChildren = 1;
+  if (thread)
+    thread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  if (!numChildren)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  // We can't have as many ancestors as there are messages in the thread,
+  // so tell IsAncestorKilled to only check numChildren - 1 ancestors.
+  *isKilled = IsAncestorKilled(numChildren - 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "nsIStringEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
+#define NULL_MORK_COLUMN 0
+class nsMsgPropertyEnumerator : public nsIUTF8StringEnumerator
+{
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIUTF8STRINGENUMERATOR
+
+  nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(nsMsgHdr* aHdr);
+  void PrefetchNext();
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgPropertyEnumerator();
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRowCellCursor> mRowCellCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbEnv> m_mdbEnv;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbStore> m_mdbStore;
+  // Hold a reference to the hdr so it will hold an xpcom reference to the
+  // underlying mdb row. The row cell cursor will crash if the underlying
+  // row goes away.
+  RefPtr<nsMsgHdr> m_hdr;
+  bool mNextPrefetched;
+  mdb_column mNextColumn;
+};
+
+nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(nsMsgHdr* aHdr)
+  :  mNextPrefetched(false),
+     mNextColumn(NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+{
+  RefPtr<nsMsgDatabase> mdb;
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbRow> mdbRow;
+
+  if (aHdr &&
+      (mdbRow = aHdr->GetMDBRow()) &&
+      (m_hdr = aHdr) &&
+      (mdb = aHdr->m_mdb) &&
+      (m_mdbEnv = mdb->m_mdbEnv) &&
+      (m_mdbStore = mdb->m_mdbStore))
+  {
+    mdbRow->GetRowCellCursor(m_mdbEnv, -1, getter_AddRefs(mRowCellCursor));
+  }
+}
+
+nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::~nsMsgPropertyEnumerator()
+{
+  // Need to clear this before the nsMsgHdr and its corresponding
+  // nsIMdbRow potentially go away.
+  mRowCellCursor = nullptr;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgPropertyEnumerator, nsIUTF8StringEnumerator)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::GetNext(nsACString& aItem)
+{
+  PrefetchNext();
+  if (mNextColumn == NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; // call HasMore first
+  if (!m_mdbStore || !m_mdbEnv)
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+  mNextPrefetched = false;
+  char columnName[100];
+  struct mdbYarn colYarn = {columnName, 0, sizeof(columnName), 0, 0, nullptr};
+  // Get the column of the cell
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbStore->TokenToString(m_mdbEnv, mNextColumn, &colYarn);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  aItem.Assign(static_cast<char *>(colYarn.mYarn_Buf), colYarn.mYarn_Fill);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::HasMore(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+
+  PrefetchNext();
+  *aResult = (mNextColumn != NULL_MORK_COLUMN);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+void nsMsgPropertyEnumerator::PrefetchNext(void)
+{
+  if (!mNextPrefetched && m_mdbEnv && mRowCellCursor)
+  {
+    mNextPrefetched = true;
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIMdbCell> cell;
+    mRowCellCursor->NextCell(m_mdbEnv, getter_AddRefs(cell), &mNextColumn, nullptr);
+    if (mNextColumn == NULL_MORK_COLUMN)
+    {
+      // free up references
+      m_mdbStore = nullptr;
+      m_mdbEnv = nullptr;
+      mRowCellCursor = nullptr;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgHdr::GetPropertyEnumerator(nsIUTF8StringEnumerator** _result)
+{
+  nsMsgPropertyEnumerator* enumerator = new nsMsgPropertyEnumerator(this);
+  if (!enumerator)
+    return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+  NS_ADDREF(*_result = enumerator);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ce35047a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "mozilla/Logging.h"
+
+using namespace mozilla;
+
+PRLogModuleInfo *IMAPOffline;
+
+/* Implementation file */
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgOfflineImapOperation, nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation)
+
+// property names for offine imap operation fields.
+#define PROP_OPERATION "op"
+#define PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS "opFlags"
+#define PROP_NEW_FLAGS "newFlags"
+#define PROP_MESSAGE_KEY "msgKey"
+#define PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY "srcMsgKey"
+#define PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI "srcFolderURI"
+#define PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI "moveDest"
+#define PROP_NUM_COPY_DESTS "numCopyDests"
+#define PROP_COPY_DESTS "copyDests" // how to delimit these? Or should we do the "dest1","dest2" etc trick? But then we'd need to shuffle
+                                    // them around since we delete off the front first.
+#define PROP_KEYWORD_ADD "addedKeywords"
+#define PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE "removedKeywords"
+#define PROP_MSG_SIZE "msgSize"
+#define PROP_PLAYINGBACK "inPlayback"
+
+nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *row)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(db, "can't have null db");
+  NS_ASSERTION(row, "can't have null row");
+  m_operation = 0;
+  m_operationFlags = 0;
+  m_messageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_sourceMessageKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_mdb = db;
+  NS_ADDREF(m_mdb);
+  m_mdbRow = row;
+  m_newFlags = 0;
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, (uint32_t *) &m_operation, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MESSAGE_KEY, &m_messageKey, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS, &m_operationFlags, 0);
+  m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, (uint32_t *) &m_newFlags, 0);
+}
+
+nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::~nsMsgOfflineImapOperation()
+{
+  // clear the row first, in case we're holding the last reference
+  // to the db.
+  m_mdbRow = nullptr;
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_mdb);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsOfflineImapOperationType operation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType *aOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aOperation);
+  *aOperation = m_operation;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType aOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x setOperation was %x add %x", m_messageKey, m_operation, aOperation));
+
+  m_operation |= aOperation;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, m_operation);
+}
+
+/* void clearOperation (in nsOfflineImapOperationType operation); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::ClearOperation(nsOfflineImapOperationType aOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x clearOperation was %x clear %x", m_messageKey, m_operation, aOperation));
+  m_operation &= ~aOperation;
+  switch (aOperation)
+  {
+  case kMsgMoved:
+  case kAppendTemplate:
+  case kAppendDraft:
+    m_moveDestination.Truncate();
+    break;
+  case kMsgCopy:
+    m_copyDestinations.RemoveElementAt(0);
+    break;
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION, m_operation);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey messageKey; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *aMessageKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessageKey);
+  *aMessageKey = m_messageKey;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  m_messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MESSAGE_KEY, m_messageKey);
+}
+
+/* attribute nsMsgKey srcMessageKey; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetSrcMessageKey(nsMsgKey *aMessageKey)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMessageKey);
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY, aMessageKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetSrcMessageKey(nsMsgKey aMessageKey)
+{
+  m_messageKey = aMessageKey;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_MESSAGE_KEY, m_messageKey);
+}
+
+/* attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetFlagOperation(imapMessageFlagsType *aFlagOperation)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aFlagOperation);
+  *aFlagOperation = m_operationFlags;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetFlagOperation(imapMessageFlagsType aFlagOperation)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x setFlagOperation was %x add %x", m_messageKey, m_operationFlags, aFlagOperation));
+  SetOperation(kFlagsChanged);
+  nsresult rv = SetNewFlags(aFlagOperation);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_operationFlags |= aFlagOperation;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_OPERATION_FLAGS, m_operationFlags);
+}
+
+/* attribute imapMessageFlagsType flagOperation; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetNewFlags(imapMessageFlagsType *aNewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNewFlags);
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, &flags, 0);
+  *aNewFlags = m_newFlags = (imapMessageFlagsType) flags;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetNewFlags(imapMessageFlagsType aNewFlags)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info) && m_newFlags != aNewFlags)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x SetNewFlags was %x to %x", m_messageKey, m_newFlags, aNewFlags));
+  m_newFlags = aNewFlags;
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_NEW_FLAGS, m_newFlags);
+}
+
+
+/* attribute string destinationFolderURI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetDestinationFolderURI(char * *aDestinationFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aDestinationFolderURI);
+  (void) m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI, getter_Copies(m_moveDestination));
+  *aDestinationFolderURI = ToNewCString(m_moveDestination);
+  return (*aDestinationFolderURI) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetDestinationFolderURI(const char * aDestinationFolderURI)
+{
+  if (MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x SetDestinationFolderURI to %s", m_messageKey, aDestinationFolderURI));
+  m_moveDestination = aDestinationFolderURI ? aDestinationFolderURI : 0;
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_MOVE_DEST_FOLDER_URI, aDestinationFolderURI);
+}
+
+/* attribute string sourceFolderURI; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetSourceFolderURI(char * *aSourceFolderURI)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aSourceFolderURI);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI, getter_Copies(m_sourceFolder));
+  *aSourceFolderURI = ToNewCString(m_sourceFolder);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetSourceFolderURI(const char * aSourceFolderURI)
+{
+  m_sourceFolder = aSourceFolderURI ? aSourceFolderURI : 0;
+  SetOperation(kMoveResult);
+
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_SRC_FOLDER_URI, aSourceFolderURI);
+}
+
+/* attribute string keyword; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetKeywordsToAdd(char * *aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aKeywords);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD, getter_Copies(m_keywordsToAdd));
+  *aKeywords = ToNewCString(m_keywordsToAdd);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeywordToAdd(const char * aKeyword)
+{
+  SetOperation(kAddKeywords);
+  return AddKeyword(aKeyword, m_keywordsToAdd, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD, m_keywordsToRemove, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetKeywordsToRemove(char * *aKeywords)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aKeywords);
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE, getter_Copies(m_keywordsToRemove));
+  *aKeywords = ToNewCString(m_keywordsToRemove);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeyword(const char *aKeyword, nsCString &addList, const char *addProp,
+                                               nsCString &removeList, const char *removeProp)
+{
+  int32_t startOffset, keywordLength;
+  if (!MsgFindKeyword(nsDependentCString(aKeyword), addList, &startOffset, &keywordLength))
+  {
+    if (!addList.IsEmpty())
+      addList.Append(' ');
+    addList.Append(aKeyword);
+  }
+  // if the keyword we're removing was in the list of keywords to add,
+  // cut it from that list.
+  if (MsgFindKeyword(nsDependentCString(aKeyword), removeList, &startOffset, &keywordLength))
+  {
+    removeList.Cut(startOffset, keywordLength);
+    m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, removeProp, removeList.get());
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, addProp, addList.get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddKeywordToRemove(const char * aKeyword)
+{
+  SetOperation(kRemoveKeywords);
+  return AddKeyword(aKeyword, m_keywordsToRemove, PROP_KEYWORD_REMOVE, m_keywordsToAdd, PROP_KEYWORD_ADD);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::AddMessageCopyOperation(const char *destinationBox)
+{
+  SetOperation(kMsgCopy);
+  nsAutoCString newDest(destinationBox);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  m_copyDestinations.AppendElement(newDest);
+  return SetCopiesToDB();
+}
+
+// we write out the folders as one string, separated by 0x1.
+#define FOLDER_SEP_CHAR '\001'
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetCopiesFromDB()
+{
+  nsCString copyDests;
+  m_copyDestinations.Clear();
+  nsresult rv = m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, getter_Copies(copyDests));
+  // use 0x1 as the delimiter between folder names since it's not a legal character
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !copyDests.IsEmpty())
+  {
+    int32_t curCopyDestStart = 0;
+    int32_t nextCopyDestPos = 0;
+
+    while (nextCopyDestPos != -1)
+    {
+      nsCString curDest;
+      nextCopyDestPos = copyDests.FindChar(FOLDER_SEP_CHAR, curCopyDestStart);
+      if (nextCopyDestPos > 0)
+        curDest = Substring(copyDests, curCopyDestStart, nextCopyDestPos - curCopyDestStart);
+      else
+        curDest = Substring(copyDests, curCopyDestStart, copyDests.Length() - curCopyDestStart);
+      curCopyDestStart = nextCopyDestPos + 1;
+      m_copyDestinations.AppendElement(curDest);
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetCopiesToDB()
+{
+  nsAutoCString copyDests;
+
+  // use 0x1 as the delimiter between folders
+  for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_copyDestinations.Length(); i++)
+  {
+    if (i > 0)
+      copyDests.Append(FOLDER_SEP_CHAR);
+    copyDests.Append(m_copyDestinations.ElementAt(i));
+  }
+  return m_mdb->SetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, copyDests.get());
+}
+
+/* attribute long numberOfCopies; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetNumberOfCopies(int32_t *aNumberOfCopies)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aNumberOfCopies);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  *aNumberOfCopies = m_copyDestinations.Length();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* string getCopyDestination (in long copyIndex); */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetCopyDestination(int32_t copyIndex, char **retval)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(retval);
+  nsresult rv = GetCopiesFromDB();
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  if (copyIndex >= (int32_t)m_copyDestinations.Length())
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  *retval = ToNewCString(m_copyDestinations.ElementAt(copyIndex));
+  return (*retval) ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+}
+
+/* attribute unsigned log msgSize; */
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetMsgSize(uint32_t *aMsgSize)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aMsgSize);
+  return m_mdb->GetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MSG_SIZE, aMsgSize, 0);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetMsgSize(uint32_t aMsgSize)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetUint32Property(m_mdbRow, PROP_MSG_SIZE, aMsgSize);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::SetPlayingBack(bool aPlayingBack)
+{
+  return m_mdb->SetBooleanProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_PLAYINGBACK, aPlayingBack);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::GetPlayingBack(bool *aPlayingBack)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG(aPlayingBack);
+  return m_mdb->GetBooleanProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_PLAYINGBACK, aPlayingBack);
+}
+
+
+void nsMsgOfflineImapOperation::Log(PRLogModuleInfo *logFile)
+{
+  if (!IMAPOffline)
+    IMAPOffline = PR_NewLogModule("IMAPOFFLINE");
+  if (!MOZ_LOG_TEST(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info))
+    return;
+  //  const long kMoveResult              = 0x8;
+  //  const long kAppendDraft           = 0x10;
+  //  const long kAddedHeader           = 0x20;
+  //  const long kDeletedMsg              = 0x40;
+  //  const long kMsgMarkedDeleted = 0x80;
+  //  const long kAppendTemplate      = 0x100;
+  //  const long kDeleteAllMsgs          = 0x200;
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kFlagsChanged)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x changeFlag:%x", m_messageKey, m_newFlags));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgMoved)
+  {
+    nsCString moveDestFolder;
+    GetDestinationFolderURI(getter_Copies(moveDestFolder));
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x moveTo:%s", m_messageKey, moveDestFolder.get()));
+  }
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kMsgCopy)
+  {
+    nsCString copyDests;
+    m_mdb->GetProperty(m_mdbRow, PROP_COPY_DESTS, getter_Copies(copyDests));
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x moveTo:%s", m_messageKey, copyDests.get()));
+  }
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAppendDraft)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x append draft", m_messageKey));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kAddKeywords)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x add keyword:%s", m_messageKey, m_keywordsToAdd.get()));
+  if (m_operation & nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation::kRemoveKeywords)
+    MOZ_LOG(IMAPOffline, LogLevel::Info, ("msg id %x remove keyword:%s", m_messageKey, m_keywordsToRemove.get()));
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e892a253a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgOfflineImapOperation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+#ifndef _nsMsgOfflineImapOperation_H_
+
+#include "nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation.h"
+#include "mdb.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+class nsMsgOfflineImapOperation : public nsIMsgOfflineImapOperation
+{
+public:
+  /** Instance Methods **/
+  nsMsgOfflineImapOperation(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbRow *row);
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGOFFLINEIMAPOPERATION
+
+
+  nsIMdbRow   *GetMDBRow() {return m_mdbRow;}
+  nsresult    GetCopiesFromDB();
+  nsresult    SetCopiesToDB();
+  void        Log(PRLogModuleInfo *logFile);
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgOfflineImapOperation();
+  nsresult AddKeyword(const char *aKeyword, nsCString &addList, const char *addProp,
+                      nsCString &removeList, const char *removeProp);
+
+  nsOfflineImapOperationType m_operation;
+  nsMsgKey          m_messageKey;
+  nsMsgKey          m_sourceMessageKey;
+  uint32_t          m_operationFlags; // what to do on sync
+  imapMessageFlagsType m_newFlags; // used for kFlagsChanged
+
+  // these are URI's, and are escaped. Thus, we can use a delimter like ' '
+  // because the real spaces should be escaped.
+  nsCString  m_sourceFolder;
+  nsCString  m_moveDestination;
+  nsTArray<nsCString>  m_copyDestinations;
+
+  nsCString      m_keywordsToAdd;
+  nsCString      m_keywordsToRemove;
+
+  // nsMsgOfflineImapOperation will have to know what db and row they belong to, since they are really
+  // just a wrapper around the offline operation row in the mdb.
+  // though I hope not.
+  nsMsgDatabase    *m_mdb;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMdbRow> m_mdbRow;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgOfflineImapOperation_H_ */
+
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d8ad3d85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsMsgThread.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgThread.h"
+#include "MailNewsTypes2.h"
+#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgThread, nsIMsgThread)
+
+nsMsgThread::nsMsgThread()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  Init();
+}
+nsMsgThread::nsMsgThread(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsIMdbTable *table)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  Init();
+  m_mdbTable = table;
+  m_mdbDB = db;
+  if (db)
+    db->m_threads.AppendElement(this);
+  else
+    NS_ERROR("no db for thread");
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  if (m_mdbDB->m_threads.Length() > 5)
+    printf("more than five outstanding threads\n");
+#endif
+  if (table && db)
+  {
+    table->GetMetaRow(db->GetEnv(), nullptr, nullptr, getter_AddRefs(m_metaRow));
+    InitCachedValues();
+  }
+}
+
+void nsMsgThread::Init()
+{
+  m_threadKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_threadRootKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+  m_numChildren = 0;
+  m_numUnreadChildren = 0;
+  m_flags = 0;
+  m_newestMsgDate = 0;
+  m_cachedValuesInitialized = false;
+}
+
+nsMsgThread::~nsMsgThread()
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgThread);
+  if (m_mdbDB)
+  {
+    mozilla::DebugOnly<bool> found = m_mdbDB->m_threads.RemoveElement(this);
+    NS_ASSERTION(found, "removing thread not in threads array");
+  }
+  else // This can happen if db is forced closed
+    NS_WARNING("null db in thread");
+  Clear();
+}
+
+void nsMsgThread::Clear()
+{
+  m_mdbTable = nullptr;
+  m_metaRow = nullptr;
+  m_mdbDB = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::InitCachedValues()
+{
+  nsresult err = NS_OK;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbDB && m_metaRow, NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER);
+
+  if (!m_cachedValuesInitialized)
+  {
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, &m_numChildren);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, &m_threadKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, &m_numUnreadChildren);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadRootKeyColumnToken, &m_threadRootKey, nsMsgKey_None);
+    err = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken, &m_newestMsgDate, 0);
+    // fix num children if it's wrong. this doesn't work - some DB's have a bogus thread table
+    // that is full of bogus headers - don't know why.
+    uint32_t rowCount = 0;
+    m_mdbTable->GetCount(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowCount);
+    //    NS_ASSERTION(m_numChildren <= rowCount, "num children wrong - fixing");
+    if (m_numChildren > rowCount)
+      ChangeChildCount((int32_t) rowCount - (int32_t) m_numChildren);
+    if ((int32_t) m_numUnreadChildren < 0)
+      ChangeUnreadChildCount(- (int32_t) m_numUnreadChildren);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err))
+      m_cachedValuesInitialized = true;
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetThreadKey(nsMsgKey threadKey)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_threadKey == nsMsgKey_None || m_threadKey == threadKey,
+               "shouldn't be changing thread key");
+  m_threadKey = threadKey;
+  // by definition, the initial thread key is also the thread root key.
+  SetThreadRootKey(threadKey);
+  // gotta set column in meta row here.
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(
+                    m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, threadKey);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetThreadKey(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult res = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadIdColumnToken, &m_threadKey);
+  *result = m_threadKey;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetFlags(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  nsresult res = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, &m_flags);
+  *result = m_flags;
+  return res;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetFlags(uint32_t flags)
+{
+  m_flags = flags;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(
+                    m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadFlagsColumnToken, m_flags);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetSubject(const nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  return m_mdbDB->CharPtrToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadSubjectColumnToken, nsCString(aSubject).get());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetSubject(nsACString& aSubject)
+{
+  nsCString subjectStr;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToCharPtr(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadSubjectColumnToken, 
+                                                getter_Copies(subjectStr));
+
+  aSubject.Assign(subjectStr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNumChildren(uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_numChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNumUnreadChildren (uint32_t *result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  *result = m_numUnreadChildren;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::RerootThread(nsIMsgDBHdr *newParentOfOldRoot, nsIMsgDBHdr *oldRoot, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  mdb_pos outPos;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrAncestor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> ancestorHdr = newParentOfOldRoot;
+  nsMsgKey newRoot;
+
+  ancestorHdr->GetMessageKey(&newRoot);
+  // loop trying to find the oldest ancestor of this msg
+  // that is a parent of the root. The oldest ancestor will
+  // become the root of the thread.
+  do
+  {
+    ancestorHdr->GetThreadParent(&newHdrAncestor);
+    if (newHdrAncestor != nsMsgKey_None && newHdrAncestor != m_threadRootKey && newHdrAncestor != newRoot)
+    {
+      newRoot = newHdrAncestor;
+      rv = m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(newRoot, getter_AddRefs(ancestorHdr));
+    }
+  }
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && ancestorHdr && newHdrAncestor != nsMsgKey_None && newHdrAncestor != m_threadRootKey
+    && newHdrAncestor != newRoot);
+  SetThreadRootKey(newRoot);
+  ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(oldRoot, newRoot, announcer);
+  if (ancestorHdr)
+  {
+    nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr = ancestorHdr;
+    nsMsgHdr* rootMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(msgHdr);          // closed system, cast ok
+    nsIMdbRow *newRootHdrRow = rootMsgHdr->GetMDBRow();
+    // move the  root hdr to pos 0.
+    m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), newRootHdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+    ancestorHdr->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::AddChild(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIMsgDBHdr *inReplyTo, bool threadInThread,
+                                    nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  nsMsgHdr* hdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(child);          // closed system, cast ok
+  uint32_t newHdrFlags = 0;
+  uint32_t msgDate;
+  nsMsgKey newHdrKey = 0;
+  bool parentKeyNeedsSetting = true;
+
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = hdr->GetMDBRow();
+  NS_ENSURE_STATE(hdrRow);
+  hdr->GetRawFlags(&newHdrFlags);
+  hdr->GetMessageKey(&newHdrKey);
+  hdr->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+  if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(msgDate);
+
+  if (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched)
+    SetFlags(m_flags | nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched);
+
+  child->AndFlags(~(nsMsgMessageFlags::Watched), &newHdrFlags);
+  
+  // These are threading flags that the child may have set before being added
+  // to the database.
+  uint32_t protoThreadFlags;
+  child->GetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", &protoThreadFlags);
+  SetFlags(m_flags | protoThreadFlags);
+  // Clear the flag so that it doesn't fudge anywhere else
+  child->SetUint32Property("ProtoThreadFlags", 0);
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  // get the num children before we add the new header.
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  // if this is an empty thread, set the root key to this header's key
+  if (numChildren == 0)
+    SetThreadRootKey(newHdrKey);
+
+  if (m_mdbTable)
+  {
+    m_mdbTable->AddRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow);
+    ChangeChildCount(1);
+    if (! (newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+      ChangeUnreadChildCount(1);
+  }
+  if (inReplyTo)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey parentKey;
+    inReplyTo->GetMessageKey(&parentKey);
+    child->SetThreadParent(parentKey);
+    parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+  }
+
+  // check if this header is a parent of one of the messages in this thread
+  bool hdrMoved = false;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  uint32_t moveIndex = 0;
+
+  PRTime newHdrDate;
+  child->GetDate(&newHdrDate);
+
+  // This is an ugly but simple fix for a difficult problem. Basically, when we add
+  // a message to a thread, we have to run through the thread to see if the new
+  // message is a parent of an existing message in the thread, and adjust things
+  // accordingly. If you thread by subject, and you have a large folder with
+  // messages w/ all the same subject, this code can take a really long time. So the
+  // pragmatic thing is to say that for threads with more than 1000 messages, it's
+  // simply not worth dealing with the case where the parent comes in after the
+  // child. Threads with more than 1000 messages are pretty unwieldy anyway.
+  // See Bug 90452
+
+  if (numChildren < 1000)
+  {
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+      {
+        if (hdr->IsParentOf(curHdr))
+        {
+          nsMsgKey oldThreadParent;
+          mdb_pos outPos;
+          // move this hdr before the current header.
+          if (!hdrMoved)
+          {
+            m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, childIndex, &outPos);
+            hdrMoved = true;
+            curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+            curHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+            nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curParent;
+            m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(oldThreadParent, getter_AddRefs(curParent));
+            if (curParent && hdr->IsAncestorOf(curParent))
+            {
+              nsMsgKey curParentKey;
+              curParent->GetMessageKey(&curParentKey);
+              if (curParentKey == m_threadRootKey)
+              {
+                m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+                RerootThread(child, curParent, announcer);
+                parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+              }
+            }
+            else if (msgKey == m_threadRootKey)
+            {
+              RerootThread(child, curHdr, announcer);
+              parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+            }
+          }
+          curHdr->SetThreadParent(newHdrKey);
+          // TODO: what should be msgKey if hdrMoved was true above?
+          if (msgKey == newHdrKey)
+            parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+
+          // OK, this is a reparenting - need to send notification
+          if (announcer)
+            announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(msgKey, oldThreadParent, newHdrKey, nullptr);
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+          if (newHdrKey != m_threadKey)
+            printf("adding second level child\n");
+#endif
+        }
+        // Calculate a position for this child in date order
+        else if (!hdrMoved && childIndex > 0 && moveIndex == 0)
+        {
+          PRTime curHdrDate;
+
+          curHdr->GetDate(&curHdrDate);
+          if (newHdrDate < curHdrDate)
+            moveIndex = childIndex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // If this header is not a reply to a header in the thread, and isn't a parent
+  // check to see if it starts with Re: - if not, and the first header does start
+  // with re, should we make this header the top level header?
+  // If it's date is less (or it's ID?), then yes.
+  if (numChildren > 0 && !(newHdrFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::HasRe) && !inReplyTo)
+  {
+    PRTime topLevelHdrDate;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> topLevelHdr;
+    rv = GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(topLevelHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && topLevelHdr)
+    {
+      topLevelHdr->GetDate(&topLevelHdrDate);
+      if (newHdrDate < topLevelHdrDate)
+      {
+        RerootThread(child, topLevelHdr, announcer);
+        mdb_pos outPos;
+        m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, 0, &outPos);
+        hdrMoved = true;
+        topLevelHdr->SetThreadParent(newHdrKey);
+        parentKeyNeedsSetting = false;
+        // ### need to get ancestor of new hdr here too.
+        SetThreadRootKey(newHdrKey);
+        child->SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey_None);
+        // argh, here we'd need to adjust all the headers that listed
+        // the demoted header as their thread parent, but only because
+        // of subject threading. Adjust them to point to the new parent,
+        // that is.
+        ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(topLevelHdr, newHdrKey, announcer);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  // OK, check to see if we added this header, and didn't parent it.
+
+  if (numChildren > 0 && parentKeyNeedsSetting)
+    child->SetThreadParent(m_threadRootKey);
+
+  // Move child to keep thread sorted in ascending date order
+  if (!hdrMoved && moveIndex > 0)
+  {
+    mdb_pos outPos;
+    m_mdbTable->MoveRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), hdrRow, -1, moveIndex, &outPos);
+  }
+
+  // do this after we've put the new hdr in the thread
+  bool isKilled;
+  child->GetIsKilled(&isKilled);
+  if ((m_flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Ignored || isKilled) && m_mdbDB)
+    m_mdbDB->MarkHdrRead(child, true, nullptr);
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+  nsMsgKey msgHdrThreadKey;
+  child->GetThreadId(&msgHdrThreadKey);
+  NS_ASSERTION(msgHdrThreadKey == m_threadKey, "adding msg to thread it doesn't belong to");
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsMsgDatabase *msgDB = static_cast<nsMsgDatabase*>(m_mdbDB);
+  msgDB->DumpThread(m_threadRootKey);
+#endif
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentNonReferenceChildrenOf(nsIMsgDBHdr *oldTopLevelHdr, nsMsgKey newParentKey,
+                                                            nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+  for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey oldTopLevelHdrKey;
+
+    oldTopLevelHdr->GetMessageKey(&oldTopLevelHdrKey);
+    nsresult rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey oldThreadParent, curHdrKey;
+      nsMsgHdr* oldTopLevelMsgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(oldTopLevelHdr);      // closed system, cast ok
+      curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+      curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curHdrKey);
+      if (oldThreadParent == oldTopLevelHdrKey && curHdrKey != newParentKey && !oldTopLevelMsgHdr->IsParentOf(curHdr))
+      {
+        curHdr->GetThreadParent(&oldThreadParent);
+        curHdr->SetThreadParent(newParentKey);
+        // OK, this is a reparenting - need to send notification
+        if (announcer)
+          announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(curHdrKey, oldThreadParent, newParentKey, nullptr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChildKeyAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsMsgKey *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (aIndex >= m_numChildren)
+  {
+    *aResult = nsMsgKey_None;
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;
+  }
+  mdbOid oid;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->PosToOid( m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &oid);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  *aResult = oid.mOid_Id;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChildHdrAt(uint32_t aIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  // mork doesn't seem to handle this correctly, so deal with going off
+  // the end here.
+  if (aIndex >= m_numChildren)
+    return NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+  mdbOid oid;
+  nsresult rv = m_mdbTable->PosToOid( m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &oid);
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND);
+  nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = nullptr;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->PosToRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), aIndex, &hdrRow);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdrRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+  // CreateMsgHdr takes ownership of the hdrRow reference.
+  rv = m_mdbDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  oid.mOid_Id , result);
+  return (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) ? NS_OK : NS_MSG_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetChild(nsMsgKey msgKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  mdb_bool hasOid;
+  mdbOid rowObjectId;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(m_mdbTable, NS_ERROR_INVALID_POINTER);
+
+  *result = NULL;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->HasOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId, &hasOid);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hasOid && m_mdbDB && m_mdbDB->m_mdbStore)
+  {
+    nsIMdbRow *hdrRow = nullptr;
+    rv = m_mdbDB->m_mdbStore->GetRow(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId,  &hdrRow);
+    NS_ENSURE_TRUE(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && hdrRow, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
+    rv = m_mdbDB->CreateMsgHdr(hdrRow,  msgKey, result);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::RemoveChildAt(uint32_t aIndex)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::RemoveChild(nsMsgKey msgKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  mdbOid  rowObjectId;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Id = msgKey;
+  rowObjectId.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_hdrRowScopeToken;
+  rv = m_mdbTable->CutOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowObjectId);
+  // if this thread is empty, remove it from the all threads table.
+  if (m_numChildren == 0 && m_mdbDB->m_mdbAllThreadsTable)
+  {
+    mdbOid rowID;
+    rowID.mOid_Id = m_threadKey;
+    rowID.mOid_Scope = m_mdbDB->m_threadRowScopeToken;
+
+    m_mdbDB->m_mdbAllThreadsTable->CutOid(m_mdbDB->GetEnv(), &rowID);
+  }
+#if 0 // this seems to cause problems
+  if (m_numChildren == 0 && m_metaRow && m_mdbDB)
+    m_metaRow->CutAllColumns(m_mdbDB->GetEnv());
+#endif
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::RemoveChildHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *child, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  uint32_t flags;
+  nsMsgKey key;
+  nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(child);
+
+  child->GetFlags(&flags);
+  child->GetMessageKey(&key);
+
+  child->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+  ReparentChildrenOf(key, threadParent, announcer);
+
+  // if this was the newest msg, clear the newest msg date so we'll recalc.
+  uint32_t date;
+  child->GetDateInSeconds(&date);
+  if (date == m_newestMsgDate)
+    SetNewestMsgDate(0);
+
+ if (!(flags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Read))
+    ChangeUnreadChildCount(-1);
+  ChangeChildCount(-1);
+  return RemoveChild(key);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentChildrenOf(nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *announcer)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  if (numChildren > 0)
+  {
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey threadParent;
+
+        curHdr->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+        if (threadParent == oldParent)
+        {
+          nsMsgKey curKey;
+
+          curHdr->SetThreadParent(newParent);
+          curHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+          if (announcer)
+            announcer->NotifyParentChangedAll(curKey, oldParent, newParent, nullptr);
+          // if the old parent was the root of the thread, then only the first child gets
+          // promoted to root, and other children become children of the new root.
+          if (newParent == nsMsgKey_None)
+          {
+            SetThreadRootKey(curKey);
+            newParent = curKey;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::MarkChildRead(bool bRead)
+{
+  ChangeUnreadChildCount(bRead ? -1 : 1);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+class nsMsgThreadEnumerator : public nsISimpleEnumerator {
+public:
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  // nsISimpleEnumerator methods:
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+
+  // nsMsgThreadEnumerator methods:
+  typedef nsresult (*nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter)(nsIMsgDBHdr* hdr, void* closure);
+
+  nsMsgThreadEnumerator(nsMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+  nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure);
+  int32_t MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey);
+
+protected:
+  virtual ~nsMsgThreadEnumerator();
+
+  nsresult                Prefetch();
+
+  nsIMdbTableRowCursor*   mRowCursor;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr>  mResultHdr;
+  nsMsgThread*            mThread;
+  nsMsgKey                mThreadParentKey;
+  nsMsgKey                mFirstMsgKey;
+  int32_t                 mChildIndex;
+  bool                    mDone;
+  bool                    mNeedToPrefetch;
+  nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter     mFilter;
+  void*                   mClosure;
+  bool                    mFoundChildren;
+};
+
+nsMsgThreadEnumerator::nsMsgThreadEnumerator(nsMsgThread *thread, nsMsgKey startKey,
+                                             nsMsgThreadEnumeratorFilter filter, void* closure)
+                                             : mRowCursor(nullptr), mDone(false),
+                                             mFilter(filter), mClosure(closure), mFoundChildren(false)
+{
+  mThreadParentKey = startKey;
+  mChildIndex = 0;
+  mThread = thread;
+  mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  mFirstMsgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+
+  nsresult rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(nullptr, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+    mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&mFirstMsgKey);
+
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if (mThreadParentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    nsMsgKey msgKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+
+
+    for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+        if (msgKey == startKey)
+        {
+          mChildIndex = MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(msgKey);
+          mDone = (mChildIndex < 0);
+          break;
+        }
+
+        if (mDone)
+          break;
+
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "couldn't get child from thread");
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey threadParent;
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+      child->GetThreadParent(&threadParent);
+
+      printf("index = %ld key = %ld parent = %lx\n", childIndex, msgKey, threadParent);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  NS_ADDREF(thread);
+}
+
+nsMsgThreadEnumerator::~nsMsgThreadEnumerator()
+{
+    NS_RELEASE(mThread);
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgThreadEnumerator, nsISimpleEnumerator)
+
+
+int32_t nsMsgThreadEnumerator::MsgKeyFirstChildIndex(nsMsgKey inMsgKey)
+{
+  //	if (msgKey != mThreadParentKey)
+  //		mDone = true;
+  // look through rest of thread looking for a child of this message.
+  // If the inMsgKey is the first message in the thread, then all children
+  // without parents are considered to be children of inMsgKey.
+  // Otherwise, only true children qualify.
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curHdr;
+  int32_t firstChildIndex = -1;
+
+  mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  // if this is the first message in the thread, just check if there's more than
+  // one message in the thread.
+  // if (inMsgKey == mThread->m_threadRootKey)
+  // return (numChildren > 1) ? 1 : -1;
+
+  for (uint32_t curChildIndex = 0; curChildIndex < numChildren; curChildIndex++)
+  {
+    nsresult rv = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(curChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(curHdr));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curHdr)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+
+      curHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      if (parentKey == inMsgKey)
+      {
+        firstChildIndex = curChildIndex;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+  printf("first child index of %ld = %ld\n", inMsgKey, firstChildIndex);
+#endif
+  return firstChildIndex;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aItem);
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+  {
+    rv = Prefetch();
+    NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+  }  
+
+  if (mResultHdr)
+  {
+    *aItem = mResultHdr;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aItem);
+    mNeedToPrefetch = true;
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThreadEnumerator::Prefetch()
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_OK;          // XXX or should this default to an error?
+  mResultHdr = nullptr;
+  if (mThreadParentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = mThread->GetRootHdr(&mChildIndex, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+    NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr, "better be able to get root hdr");
+    mChildIndex = 0; // since root can be anywhere, set mChildIndex to 0.
+  }
+  else if (!mDone)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    mThread->GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    while (mChildIndex < (int32_t) numChildren)
+    {
+      rv  = mThread->GetChildHdrAt(mChildIndex++, getter_AddRefs(mResultHdr));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mResultHdr)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey parentKey;
+        nsMsgKey curKey;
+
+        if (mFilter && NS_FAILED(mFilter(mResultHdr, mClosure))) {
+          mResultHdr = nullptr;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+        mResultHdr->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+        mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&curKey);
+        // if the parent is the same as the msg we're enumerating over,
+        // or the parentKey isn't set, and we're iterating over the top
+        // level message in the thread, then leave mResultHdr set to cur msg.
+        if (parentKey == mThreadParentKey ||
+          (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None
+          && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && curKey != mThreadParentKey))
+          break;
+        mResultHdr = nullptr;
+      }
+      else
+        NS_ASSERTION(false, "better be able to get child");
+    }
+    if (!mResultHdr && mThreadParentKey == mFirstMsgKey && !mFoundChildren && numChildren > 1)
+      mThread->ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, mThreadParentKey);
+  }
+  if (!mResultHdr)
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  }
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+  {
+    mDone = true;
+    return rv;
+  }
+  else
+    mNeedToPrefetch = false;
+  mFoundChildren = true;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+	nsMsgKey debugMsgKey;
+	mResultHdr->GetMessageKey(&debugMsgKey);
+	printf("next for %ld = %ld\n", mThreadParentKey, debugMsgKey);
+#endif
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThreadEnumerator::HasMoreElements(bool *aResult)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aResult);
+  if (mNeedToPrefetch)
+    Prefetch();
+  *aResult = !mDone;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::EnumerateMessages(nsMsgKey parentKey, nsISimpleEnumerator* *result)
+{
+  nsMsgThreadEnumerator* e = new nsMsgThreadEnumerator(this, parentKey, nullptr, nullptr);
+  NS_ENSURE_TRUE(e, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
+  NS_ADDREF(*result = e);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(uint32_t numChildren, nsMsgKey threadParentKey)
+{
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  // run through looking for messages that don't have a correct parent,
+  // i.e., a parent that's in the thread!
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+    rv  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curChild)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+
+      curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+
+      if (parentKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+      {
+        GetChild(parentKey, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+        if (!parent)
+          curChild->SetThreadParent(threadParentKey);
+        else
+        {
+          nsMsgKey childKey;
+          curChild->GetMessageKey(&childKey);
+          // can't be your own parent; set parent to thread parent,
+          // or make ourselves the root if we are the root.
+          if (childKey == parentKey)
+            curChild->SetThreadParent(m_threadRootKey == childKey ? 
+                                      nsMsgKey_None : m_threadRootKey);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetRootHdr(int32_t *resultIndex, nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  *result = nullptr;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (m_threadRootKey != nsMsgKey_None)
+  {
+    rv = GetChildHdrForKey(m_threadRootKey, result, resultIndex);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+    {
+      // check that we're really the root key.
+      nsMsgKey parentKey;
+      (*result)->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+      if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+        return rv;
+      NS_RELEASE(*result);
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG_David_Bienvenu
+    printf("need to reset thread root key\n");
+#endif
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsMsgKey threadParentKey = nsMsgKey_None;
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> curChild;
+      rv  = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(curChild));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && curChild)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey parentKey;
+
+        curChild->GetThreadParent(&parentKey);
+        if (parentKey == nsMsgKey_None)
+        {
+          curChild->GetMessageKey(&threadParentKey);
+          if (*result)
+          {
+            NS_WARNING("two top level msgs, not good");
+            continue;
+          }
+          SetThreadRootKey(threadParentKey);
+          if (resultIndex)
+            *resultIndex = childIndex;
+          NS_ADDREF(*result = curChild);
+          ReparentMsgsWithInvalidParent(numChildren, threadParentKey);
+          //            return NS_OK;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (!*result)
+  {
+    // if we can't get the thread root key, we'll just get the first hdr.
+    // there's a bug where sometimes we weren't resetting the thread root key
+    // when removing the thread root key.
+    if (resultIndex)
+      *resultIndex = 0;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(0, result);
+  }
+  if (!*result)
+    return rv;
+  // Check that the thread id of the message is this thread.
+  nsMsgKey threadId = nsMsgKey_None;
+  (void)(*result)->GetThreadId(&threadId);
+  if (threadId != m_threadKey)
+    (*result)->SetThreadId(m_threadKey);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ChangeChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  uint32_t childCount = 0;
+  m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION(childCount != 0 || delta > 0, "child count gone negative");
+  childCount += delta;
+
+  NS_WARNING_ASSERTION((int32_t) childCount >= 0, "child count gone to 0 or below");
+  if ((int32_t) childCount < 0)	// force child count to >= 0
+    childCount = 0;
+
+  rv = m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  m_numChildren = childCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::ChangeUnreadChildCount(int32_t delta)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  uint32_t childCount = 0;
+  m_mdbDB->RowCellColumnToUInt32(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  childCount += delta;
+  if ((int32_t) childCount < 0)
+  {
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+    NS_ASSERTION(false, "negative unread child count");
+#endif
+    childCount = 0;
+  }
+  rv = m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadUnreadChildrenColumnToken, childCount);
+  m_numUnreadChildren = childCount;
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::SetThreadRootKey(nsMsgKey threadRootKey)
+{
+  m_threadRootKey = threadRootKey;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadRootKeyColumnToken, threadRootKey);
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgThread::GetChildHdrForKey(nsMsgKey desiredKey, nsIMsgDBHdr **result, int32_t *resultIndex)
+{
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  uint32_t childIndex = 0;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;        // XXX or should this default to an error?
+
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+
+  for (childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, result);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *result)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      // we're only doing one level of threading, so check if caller is
+      // asking for children of the first message in the thread or not.
+      // if not, we will tell him there are no children.
+      (*result)->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+      if (msgKey == desiredKey)
+      {
+        nsMsgKey threadKey;
+        (*result)->GetThreadId(&threadKey);
+        if (threadKey != m_threadKey) // this msg isn't in this thread
+        {
+          NS_WARNING("msg in wrong thread - this shouldn't happen");
+          uint32_t msgSize;
+          (*result)->GetMessageSize(&msgSize);
+          if (msgSize == 0) // this is a phantom message - let's get rid of it.
+          {
+            RemoveChild(msgKey);
+            rv = NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+          }
+          else
+          {
+            // otherwise, let's try to figure out which thread
+            // this message really belongs to.
+            nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgThread> threadKeyThread = 
+                  dont_AddRef(m_mdbDB->GetThreadForThreadId(threadKey));
+            if (threadKeyThread)
+            {
+              nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> otherThreadHdr;
+              threadKeyThread->GetChild(msgKey, getter_AddRefs(otherThreadHdr));
+              if (otherThreadHdr)
+              {
+                // Message is in one thread but has a different thread id.
+                // Remove it from the thread and then rethread it.
+                RemoveChild(msgKey);
+                threadKeyThread->RemoveChildHdr(otherThreadHdr, nullptr);
+                bool newThread;
+                nsMsgHdr* msgHdr = static_cast<nsMsgHdr*>(otherThreadHdr.get());
+                m_mdbDB->ThreadNewHdr(msgHdr, newThread);
+              }
+              else
+              {
+                (*result)->SetThreadId(m_threadKey);
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      NS_RELEASE(*result);
+    }
+  }
+  if (resultIndex)
+    *resultIndex = (int32_t) childIndex;
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetFirstUnreadChild(nsIMsgDBHdr **result)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(result);
+  uint32_t numChildren;
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+  uint8_t minLevel = 0xff;
+
+  GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+  if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+    numChildren = 0;
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> retHdr;
+
+  for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+  {
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+    rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && child)
+    {
+      nsMsgKey msgKey;
+      child->GetMessageKey(&msgKey);
+
+      bool isRead;
+      rv = m_mdbDB->IsRead(msgKey, &isRead);
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && !isRead)
+      {
+        // this is the root, so it's the best we're going to do.
+        if (msgKey == m_threadRootKey)
+        {
+          retHdr = child;
+          break;
+        }
+        uint8_t level = 0;
+        nsMsgKey parentId;
+        child->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+        nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> parent;
+        // count number of ancestors - that's our level
+        while (parentId != nsMsgKey_None)
+        {
+          rv = m_mdbDB->GetMsgHdrForKey(parentId, getter_AddRefs(parent));
+          if (parent)
+          {
+            parent->GetThreadParent(&parentId);
+            level++;
+          }
+        }
+        if (level < minLevel)
+        {
+          minLevel = level;
+          retHdr = child;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*result = retHdr);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::GetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t *aResult)
+{
+  // if this hasn't been set, figure it out by enumerating the msgs in the thread.
+  if (!m_newestMsgDate)
+  {
+    uint32_t numChildren;
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    GetNumChildren(&numChildren);
+
+    if ((int32_t) numChildren < 0)
+      numChildren = 0;
+
+    for (uint32_t childIndex = 0; childIndex < numChildren; childIndex++)
+    {
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> child;
+      rv = GetChildHdrAt(childIndex, getter_AddRefs(child));
+      if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+      {
+        uint32_t msgDate;
+        child->GetDateInSeconds(&msgDate);
+        if (msgDate > m_newestMsgDate)
+          m_newestMsgDate = msgDate;
+      }
+    }
+
+  }
+  *aResult = m_newestMsgDate;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgThread::SetNewestMsgDate(uint32_t aNewestMsgDate)
+{
+  m_newestMsgDate = aNewestMsgDate;
+  return m_mdbDB->UInt32ToRowCellColumn(m_metaRow, m_mdbDB->m_threadNewestMsgDateColumnToken, aNewestMsgDate);
+}
diff --git a/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fb3dbb2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/mailnews/db/msgdb/src/nsNewsDatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDBView.h"
+#include "nsIMsgThread.h"
+#include "nsNewsDatabase.h"
+#include "nsMsgKeySet.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_) || defined(DEBUG_seth_)
+#define DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE 1
+#endif
+
+nsNewsDatabase::nsNewsDatabase()
+{
+  m_readSet = nullptr;
+}
+
+nsNewsDatabase::~nsNewsDatabase()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsNewsDatabase, nsMsgDatabase)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsNewsDatabase, nsMsgDatabase)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+  if (!aInstancePtr) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *aInstancePtr = nullptr;
+
+  if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsINewsDatabase)))
+  {
+    *aInstancePtr = static_cast<nsINewsDatabase *>(this);
+  }
+
+  if(*aInstancePtr)
+  {
+    AddRef();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return nsMsgDatabase::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::Close(bool forceCommit)
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Close(forceCommit);
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::ForceClosed()
+{
+  return nsMsgDatabase::ForceClosed();
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::Commit(nsMsgDBCommit commitType)
+{
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo && m_readSet)
+  {
+    // let's write out our idea of the read set so we can compare it with that of
+    // the .rc file next time we start up.
+    nsCString readSet;
+    m_readSet->Output(getter_Copies(readSet));
+    m_dbFolderInfo->SetCharProperty("readSet", readSet);
+  }
+  return nsMsgDatabase::Commit(commitType);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t nsNewsDatabase::GetCurVersion()
+{
+  return kMsgDBVersion;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::IsRead(nsMsgKey key, bool *pRead)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(pRead, "null out param in IsRead");
+  if (!pRead) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  if (!m_readSet) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+
+  *pRead = m_readSet->IsMember(key);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::IsHeaderRead(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool *pRead)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+    if (!msgHdr || !pRead) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+    rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = IsRead(messageKey,pRead);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// return highest article number we've seen.
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetHighWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(m_dbFolderInfo, "null db folder info");
+  if (!m_dbFolderInfo)
+    return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+  return m_dbFolderInfo->GetHighWater(key);
+}
+
+// return the key of the first article number we know about.
+// Since the iterator iterates in id order, we can just grab the
+// messagekey of the first header it returns.
+// ### dmb
+// This will not deal with the situation where we get holes in
+// the headers we know about. Need to figure out how and when
+// to solve that. This could happen if a transfer is interrupted.
+// Do we need to keep track of known arts permanently?
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetLowWaterArticleNum(nsMsgKey *key)
+{
+  nsresult  rv;
+  nsMsgHdr  *pHeader;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  rv = hdrs->GetNext((nsISupports**)&pHeader);
+  NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "nsMsgDBEnumerator broken");
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    return rv;
+
+  return pHeader->GetMessageKey(key);
+}
+
+nsresult  nsNewsDatabase::ExpireUpTo(nsMsgKey expireKey)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+nsresult		nsNewsDatabase::ExpireRange(nsMsgKey startRange, nsMsgKey endRange)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::GetReadSet(nsMsgKeySet **pSet)
+{
+    if (!pSet) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *pSet = m_readSet;
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::SetReadSet(nsMsgKeySet *pSet)
+{
+  m_readSet = pSet;
+
+  if (m_readSet)
+  {
+    // compare this read set with the one in the db folder info.
+    // If not equivalent, sync with this one.
+    nsCString dbReadSet;
+    if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+      m_dbFolderInfo->GetCharProperty("readSet", dbReadSet);
+    nsCString newsrcReadSet;
+    m_readSet->Output(getter_Copies(newsrcReadSet));
+    if (!dbReadSet.Equals(newsrcReadSet))
+      SyncWithReadSet();
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+bool nsNewsDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr, bool bRead)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    bool isRead;
+    rv = IsHeaderRead(msgHdr, &isRead);
+
+    if (isRead == bRead)
+    {
+      // give the base class a chance to update m_flags.
+      nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead);
+      return false;
+    }
+    else {
+      nsMsgKey messageKey;
+
+      // give the base class a chance to update m_flags.
+      nsMsgDatabase::SetHdrReadFlag(msgHdr, bRead);
+      rv = msgHdr->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+
+      NS_ASSERTION(m_readSet, "m_readSet is null");
+      if (!m_readSet) return false;
+
+      if (!bRead) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE
+        printf("remove %d from the set\n",messageKey);
+#endif
+
+        m_readSet->Remove(messageKey);
+
+        rv = NotifyReadChanged(nullptr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+      }
+      else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_NEWS_DATABASE
+        printf("add %d to the set\n",messageKey);
+#endif
+
+        if (m_readSet->Add(messageKey) < 0) return false;
+
+        rv = NotifyReadChanged(nullptr);
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return false;
+      }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsNewsDatabase::MarkAllRead(uint32_t *aNumMarked,
+                                          nsMsgKey **aThoseMarked)
+{
+  nsMsgKey lowWater = nsMsgKey_None, highWater;
+  nsCString knownArts;
+  if (m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    m_dbFolderInfo->GetKnownArtsSet(getter_Copies(knownArts));
+    nsMsgKeySet *knownKeys = nsMsgKeySet::Create(knownArts.get());
+    if (knownKeys)
+      lowWater = knownKeys->GetFirstMember();
+
+    delete knownKeys;
+  }
+  if (lowWater == nsMsgKey_None)
+    GetLowWaterArticleNum(&lowWater);
+  GetHighWaterArticleNum(&highWater);
+  if (lowWater > 2)
+    m_readSet->AddRange(1, lowWater - 1);
+  nsresult err = nsMsgDatabase::MarkAllRead(aNumMarked, aThoseMarked);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(err) && 1 <= highWater)
+    m_readSet->AddRange(1, highWater); // mark everything read in newsrc.
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::SyncWithReadSet()
+{
+
+  // The code below attempts to update the underlying nsMsgDatabase's idea
+  // of read/unread flags to match the read set in the .newsrc file. It should
+  // only be called when they don't match, e.g., we crashed after committing the
+  // db but before writing out the .newsrc
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISimpleEnumerator> hdrs;
+  nsresult rv = EnumerateMessages(getter_AddRefs(hdrs));
+  NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+  bool hasMore = false, readInNewsrc, isReadInDB, changed = false;
+  int32_t numMessages = 0, numUnreadMessages = 0;
+  nsMsgKey messageKey;
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgThread> threadHdr;
+
+  // Scan all messages in DB
+  while (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv = hdrs->HasMoreElements(&hasMore)) && hasMore)
+  {
+      nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> supports;
+      rv = hdrs->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(supports));
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgDBHdr> header = do_QueryInterface(supports, &rv);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      rv = nsMsgDatabase::IsHeaderRead(header, &isReadInDB);
+      NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
+
+      header->GetMessageKey(&messageKey);
+      IsRead(messageKey,&readInNewsrc);
+
+      numMessages++;
+      if (!readInNewsrc)
+        numUnreadMessages++;
+
+      // If DB and readSet disagree on Read/Unread, fix DB
+      if (readInNewsrc!=isReadInDB)
+      {
+        MarkHdrRead(header, readInNewsrc, nullptr);
+        changed = true;
+      }
+  }
+
+  // Update FolderInfo Counters
+  int32_t oldMessages, oldUnreadMessages;
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumMessages(&oldMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldMessages!=numMessages)
+  {
+      changed = true;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumMessages(numMessages-oldMessages);
+  }
+  rv = m_dbFolderInfo->GetNumUnreadMessages(&oldUnreadMessages);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && oldUnreadMessages!=numUnreadMessages)
+  {
+      changed = true;
+      m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeNumUnreadMessages(numUnreadMessages-oldUnreadMessages);
+  }
+
+  if (changed)
+      Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsNewsDatabase::AdjustExpungedBytesOnDelete(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgHdr)
+{
+  uint32_t msgFlags;
+  msgHdr->GetFlags(&msgFlags);
+  if (msgFlags & nsMsgMessageFlags::Offline && m_dbFolderInfo)
+  {
+    uint32_t size = 0;
+    (void)msgHdr->GetOfflineMessageSize(&size);
+    return m_dbFolderInfo->ChangeExpungedBytes (size);
+  }
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultViewFlags(nsMsgViewFlagsTypeValue *aDefaultViewFlags)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultViewFlags);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_view_flags", aDefaultViewFlags);
+  if (*aDefaultViewFlags < nsMsgViewFlagsType::kNone ||
+      *aDefaultViewFlags > (nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kShowIgnored |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kUnreadOnly |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kExpandAll |
+                            nsMsgViewFlagsType::kGroupBySort))
+    *aDefaultViewFlags = nsMsgViewFlagsType::kThreadedDisplay;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultSortType(nsMsgViewSortTypeValue *aDefaultSortType)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortType);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_sort_type", aDefaultSortType);
+  if (*aDefaultSortType < nsMsgViewSortType::byDate ||
+      *aDefaultSortType > nsMsgViewSortType::byAccount)
+    *aDefaultSortType = nsMsgViewSortType::byThread;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsNewsDatabase::GetDefaultSortOrder(nsMsgViewSortOrderValue *aDefaultSortOrder)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aDefaultSortOrder);
+  GetIntPref("mailnews.default_news_sort_order", aDefaultSortOrder);
+  if (*aDefaultSortOrder != nsMsgViewSortOrder::descending)
+    *aDefaultSortOrder = nsMsgViewSortOrder::ascending;
+  return NS_OK;
+}